B.TECH.DEGREE COURSE SCHEME AND SYLLABI (2002-03 ADMISSION ONWARDS) MAHATMA GANDHI UNIVERSITY KOTTAYAM KERALA REGULATIONS (Effective from 2002-03 admission onwards) 1. Conditions for admission Candidates for admission to the B.Tech. Degree course shall be required to have passed the higher secondary/+2/XII Std. examination conducted by boards/departments recognized/accepted by the University, obtaining not less than 50% marks in Mathematics and not less than 50% marks in Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry put together or the diploma examination in Engineering, Kerala or any examination accepted by the Government of Kerala as equivalent there to with 50% marks in the final qualifying examination, subject to the usual concession allowed for backward and other communities as specified from time to time. 2. Duration of the course a) The course for the B.Tech. Degree shall extend over a period of four academic years comprising of 8 semesters. The first and second semester combined and each semester from third semester onwards shall cover the groups of subjects as given in the scheme of studies and examinations. b) Each semester shall normally comprise of 16 weeks. c) The course calendar will be as follows. Semesters I & II Semesters IV, VI and VIII Semesters III, V and VII Semesters Commencement After the admissions are over. December 1st First working day of June Closing 31st of March 31st of March 30th of September Examination 15th April 15th April 15th October 3. Eligibility for the Degree Candidates for admission to the Degree of B.Tech. shall be required to have undergone the prescribed course of study in an institution maintained or affiliated to Mahatma Gandhi University for a period of not less than four academic years and to have passed all examinations specified in the scheme. The first academic year of study shall be from the date of commencement of admission till the closure of the academic year. The remaining 6 semester will have to be completed within 3 subsequent academic years. 4. Subjects of Study The subjects of study shall be in accordance with the scheme and syllabi given in the Annexure. 5. Electives All students shall choose electives in VII and VIII semesters, from a prescribed set of elective subjects offered by the institution, as indicated in the scheme. There should be at least 20% students of the class for an elective subject to be offered. New electives may be introduced according to the needs of emerging fields in technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be approved by the university before the course is offered. 6. Sessional work 2 Sessional marks for Theory, Drawing, Workshops, Laboratories and Practical will be awarded by the teaching faculty based on the day to day performance of the students. The allocation of sessional marks for the individual subjects shall be on the following basis. Theory Subjects Attendance Assignments Tests 20% 20% 60% Practical Subjects Attendance Regular class work/Drawing/Workshop Record/Lab Record and Class Performance Tests 20% 60% 20% The sessional marks allotted for attendance shall be awarded in direct proportion to the percentage of attendance secured by the candidate in the subject. However full sessional marks for attendance shall be awarded to those who are securing 80% attendance and above. 7. Examination There shall be University Examinations at the end of the first academic year and at the end of every semester from third semester onwards in subjects as prescribed in the scheme of examination. 8. Eligibility for appearing examination is subject to the following a) The student should have successfully completed the course work for the year/semester. b) The student should have not less than 75% attendance for the particular year in the case of I & II semesters combined or the particular semester in the case of higher semesters. However, he is eligible for condonation of attendance (once in case of I & II semesters combined or twice in the case of higher semesters) subject to the conditions given below in the entire course. i) ii) iii) iv) His conduct must be satisfactory. The shortage shall not be more than 10% of actual working days. Condonation is given only on medical grounds. The condonation shall be granted subject to rules and procedures prescribed by the University from time to time. v) It is open to the Vice Chancellor to grant condonation of shortage of attendance on the recommendation of Principal. 9. Repetition of the course work a) A student who is not eligible for condonation of shortage of attendance shall repeat the course in full including the sessional work in the next immediate chance. The sessional marks earned during repetition of course alone will be counted in such case. b) A student can repeat the course only once in each semester/year. c) A student can also repeat the course work for improving sessional marks subject to the following conditions. 3 i) He shall repeat the course work in full (including sessionals) in a particular semester/year once and that too at the earliest available opportunity. ii) He shall not combine his course work with regular course work of any other semester. iii) A candidate who has satisfactorily completed the VIII semester course will not be allowed to repeat the course work in any semester. iv) He shall not be allowed to repeat the course work of any semester if he has already passed that semester examination in full. v) A candidate who has been registered for the higher semester examination will not be allowed to repeat the course work, in lower semester. vi) The sessional marks obtained during the repeated course only shall be considered for all purposes. d) For repeating the course in any of the above cases the character and conduct of the student must be satisfactory as certified by the Head of the Institution. 10. Conduct of Examination To conduct all the theory examinations, a Chief Superintendent and an Assistant Chief Superintendent should be appointed by the Principal. An external Chief Superintendent should also be appointed by the University as an Observer for conducting all theory examinations in Self-financing Engineering Colleges. The examination in theory papers will be conducted in accordance with the following schedule as far as possible. Fore Noon Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Mon. Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Mon. Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Mon. day 1 day 2 day 3 day 4 day 5 day 6 day 7 day 8 day 9 day 10 day 11 day 12 day 13 day 14 day 15 1 & 2, 6 5 1 & 2, 6 5 1 & 2, 6 5 1 & 2, 6 5 1 & 2, 6 1 & 2, 6 5 1&2 5 1&2 1&2 3, 7 After Noon 4, 8 3, 7 4, 8 3, 7 4, 8 3, 7 4, 8 3, 7 4, 8 4, 8 3, 7 (Main and supplementary examinations will alternate) Conduct of Practical Examinations 4 The Principals of the concerned Engineering Colleges with the help of the Chairmen of all branches will conduct the practical examination for all semesters with the approval from the University and bonafide laboratory record, workshop record/project record, seminar report are mandatory for appearing practical/viva voce university examinations. To conduct each practical examination, an External Examiner and an Internal Examiner should be appointed by the University. In Self-financing Engineering Colleges, no practical examination should be conducted without the presence of an External Examiner appointed by the University. 11. Minimum for a pass A candidate shall be declared to have passed in any individual subject of a semester/year examination if he secures not less than 40% marks for the subject in University examination and not less than 50% of the total marks for the subject, i.e., University examination marks and sessional marks in that subject put together. A candidate who passes in all the subjects of a semester examination shall be declared to have passed the examination in full. 12. Improvement of marks A candidate shall be allowed to re-appear for any theory examination in order to improve the marks already obtained subject to the following conditions. a) The candidate shall be permitted to take the improvement examination only during the chance immediately after the first appearance. b) The candidate shall not be allowed to appear for an improvement examination for the subject of the VIII semester. c) The improved marks (better of the two) obtained by the candidate for each subject he has appeared for shall be counted for all purposes. d) A candidate can apply for improvement in three subjects in combined SI&II provided he/she has passed all the theory subjects. e) A candidate can apply improvement in two subjects in combined SI&II if he/she has only one supplementary theory examination. f) A candidate can improve one subject in combined SI&II if he/she has only two supplementary theory examinations. g) Those candidates who have to write supplementary examination in three or more theory papers in combined SI&II will not be eligible for improvement of any paper. h) For higher semesters (SIII to SVII) (i) a candidate can apply for improvement in two subjects if he/she has passed all theory subjects (ii) a candidate can apply for improvement in one subjects if he/she has passed five theory subjects (iii) a candidate shall not be eligible for improvement of any paper if he/she has failed for two or more theory subjects. i) No candidate shall be permitted to improve the marks for practical examination. j) A candidate shall be allowed to withdraw from the whole examination of a semester in accordance with the rules for cancellation of examinations, of the University. 13. Promotion to Higher semesters 5 A student is eligible to be promoted to the higher semesters subject to the following conditions. i) He should have successfully completed the lower semester. ii) He should have obtained 75% attendance in the lower semester or obtained condonation as per University rules. iii) A student shall be permitted to register for any semester examination only if he had registered for the previous semester examination. iv) A student can be permitted to register for the V semester University examination only if he has passed fully the combined I & II semester examination. v) A student can be permitted to register for the VII semester examination only if he has passed fully the III and IV semester examination. 14. Completion of the course The degree will be awarded to the candidate only if he successfully completes the course work and has passed all the examinations within a period of 8 years from the time of admission. 15. Classification of Successful candidates a) A candidate who qualifies for the Degree passing all the semester examinations within five academic years (10 consecutive semesters) after commencement of his course of study and has secured not less than 75% of the aggregate of the total marks in all the 8 semesters shall be declared to have passes B.Tech. Examination in First Class with Distinction. b) A candidate who qualifies for the Degree passing all the semester examinations within five academic years (10 consecutive semesters) after the commencement of the course of study and has secured not less than 60% of the aggregate of the total marks in all the 8 semesters shall be declared to have passes B.Tech. Examination in First Class. c) All other successful candidates shall be declared to have passed B.Tech. Degree Examination in Second Class. d) Successful candidates who complete the examination in four academic years (8 consecutive semesters and chances) after the commencement of the course of study shall be ranked branch-wise on the basis of the aggregate of the total marks for all the eight semesters. 16. Industrial visit It is desirable to conduct Industry/Establishment/Site visits of one day duration as suggested by the department in 3rd to 8th semesters. Such visits should be limited to 15 numbers during the course and these days will be counted for attendance. 17. Co-curricular Activities and Extra Murals a) ‘Students’ Counselling Students counselling must be undertaken either during Saturdays or after regular working hours or on other holidays depending upon the convenience of students and faculty members. A team of 3 faculty members including group tutor of the class is expected to conduct regular counselling for duration of 5 hours/week in order to help the students in their curricular and personal problems. 6 b) Industrial/Field Training & Literature Overview In order to promote Industry-Institute Interaction and to impart hands-on experience in the field work/literature overview, 3 hours/week must be set apart for each class in addition to regular working hours under the supervision of the faculty members. c) Seminar, Symposium, Group Discussions etc. Orientation lectures, Seminars etc. will be presented by the faculty and experts from Industries or other Educational institutions. Also there will be Seminars, Debates and Group Discussions presented by the students to develop their communication skill. 3 hours/week from 4 P.M. to 5 P.M. is to be apart for this, which is to be, supervised by the faculty members. d) Project work For the students in final semester, in addition to 4 hours allotted to regular project work, 5 hours/week must also be added on during Saturdays or other holidays in order to improve the quality of the projects undertaken. A candidate will not be permitted to appear for the project work/viva voce examinations unless, he/she submits the project report within the prescribed date (March 15th). 18. Question Papers Question papers for Mathematics of all semesters and Engineering Graphics of I & II semesters combined shall contain two questions from each module of the relevant syllabus, one of which will have to be answered. All other theory papers will normally have the question papers in the following pattern. Part A Part B Short answer questions covering the whole syllabus with maximum 40% marks for this part. All questions are compulsory. Two questions from each module of the syllabus out of which one is to be answered. Maximum marks for this part is 60%. 19. Revision of Regulations The University may from time to time revise, amend or change the Regulations, scheme of studies, and examination and syllabi. The changes, unless specified otherwise, will have effect from the beginning of the academic year/semester following the Notification from the UNIVERSITY. 7 Scheme – I & II Semesters Combined Scheme – I & II (Common to all branches) Course Code Course No. Subject Teaching Period Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs) Session al 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50x3 600 Marks Lect. CME LRPTA 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 Tut. Prac. The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 900 Pract ical - Total A B C D E F G H I J Engineering Mathematics I Engineering Physics Engineering Chemistry Engineering Mechanics Engineering Graphics Basic Civil Engineering Basic Mechanical Engineering Basic Electrical Engineering Basic Electronics Engineering Workshop Total 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 12 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 9 3 6* 9 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1500 *3 periods will be in Mechanical Engineering Workshop and 3 periods in Civil Engineering Workshop & Electrical Engineering Workshop alternately. 8 CIVIL ENGINEERING 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Subject Code CMELP A301 C302 C303 C304 C305 C306 C307 C308 Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Tut. Prac. 3 3 2 3 3 14 1 2 2 1 1 7 3 3 3 9 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practi cal 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Subject Engineering Mathematics -II Fluid Mechanics – I Mechanics of Solids Construction Engineering and Management Surveying -I Civil Engineering Drawing - I Material Testing Laboratory – 1 Surveying practical – 1 Total 4TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Subject Code CMELRP TA401 C402 C403 C404 C405 C406 C407 C408 Subject Engineering Mathematics -III Fluid Mechanics – II Structural Analysis - I Engg. Economics and Construction Management Surveying – II Civil Engineering Drawing –II Hydraulics Laboratory Surveying Practical -II Total Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Tut. Prac. 3 2 2 2 3 12 1 2 2 2 2 9 3 3 3 9 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 Practi cal Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 5TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Subject Code CMELP A501 C502 C503 C504 C505 C506 C507 C508 Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.) 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Tut. Prac. 3 2 2 2 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 1 3 3 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 Pract ical 100 100 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 Subject Engineering Mathematics -IV Design of concrete structures –I Structural Analysis – II Computer programming Engineering Geology Geo Technical Engineering – I Computing Techniques Lab Geo Technical Engineering Lab Total 25 9 15 9 6 400 600 200 1200 6TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Subject Code C601 C602 C603 C604 C605 C606 C607 C608 Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.) 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 25 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Tut. Prac. 3 3 3 3 3 2 17 1 1 1 1 1 2 7 3 3 6 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Pract ical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Subject Structural Analysis – III Design of Steel structures Transportation Engineering -I Water Resources Engineering - I Geo Technical Engineering – II Quantity surveying Material testing lab - II Computer Aided Design -I Total 7TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Subject Code C701 C702 C703 C704 C705 C706 C707 C708 Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.) 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 25 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Tut. Prac. 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 3 3 6 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Pract ical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Subject Design of Concrete Structures – II Water Resources Engineering - II Transportation Engineering –II Architecture and town planning Environmental Engineering - I Elective –I Transportation Engineering Lab. Computer Aided Design -II Total 8TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Subject Code C801 C802 C803 C804 C805 C806 C807 C808 C809 Duration of Uty. Exam (hrs.) 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 25 No. of periods per week (hrs) Lect. Tut. Prac. 3 3 3 3 3 2 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 3 4 7 Marks Session al 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 The ory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 50 150 Pract ical 100 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 Subject Advanced structural design Finite Element Analysis Building Technology and Management Environmental Engineering II Elective –II Elective –III Environmental Engineering Laboratory Project / Seminar Viva - Voce Total 10 MECHANICAL ENGINEEING 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. CMEL PA 301 M 302 M 303 M 304 M 305 M 306 M 307 M 308 Teaching Periods Lect. Engineering Mathematics - II Machine Drawing - I Fluid Mechanics Metallurgy & Material Science Thermodynamics Strength of Materials and Structural Engg. Fluid Mechanics Laboratory Strength of Materials Laboratory Total 3 2 3 2 3 13 Tut. 1 2 1 2 1 7 Prac. 4 3 3 10 Duration of Uty. Exam. (Hrs.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Subject 4TH SEMESTER Course Code Course No. CMEL RPTA 401 M 402 M 403 M 404 M 405 M 406 M 407 M 408 Teaching Periods Subject Lect. Engineering Mathematics - III Theory of Machines-1 Hydraulic Machines Machine Tools Electrical Technology Machine Drawing - II Hydraulic Machines Laboratory Electrical and Electronics Laboratory Total Tut. Prac. Duration of Uty. Exam. (Hrs.) Marks Sessional Theory Practical Total A B C D E F G H 3 2 2 2 3 12 1 1 2 1 1 6 4 4 4 12 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 - 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 11 Engineering Mathematics .) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 6TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.II Heat and Mass Transfer Principles of Management and Engineering Economics Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing Heat Engines Laboratory Advanced Machine Tool Laboratory Total 2 3 2 2 3 3 15 Tut. Exam. M 601 M 602 M 603 M 604 M 605 M 606 M 607 M 608 Teaching Periods Subject Lect. Exam. 1 1 2 2 2 2 10 Prac. Mechanics of Materials Metrology and Instrumentation Thermal Engineering . CMEL PA 501 M 502 M 503 M 504 M 505 M 506 M 507 M 508 Teaching Periods Subject Lect.I Computer Laboratory Machine Tool Laboratory Total 3 3 2 2 2 2 14 Tut.IV Manufacturing Processes Computer Programming Theory of Machines II Mechatronics and Control systems Thermal Engineering . (Hrs. 2 1 2 2 1 1 9 Prac. 3 3 6 Duration of Uty. 3 3 6 Duration of Uty. (Hrs.5TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 12 . Gas Dynamics and Jet Propulsion Industrial Engineering Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Dynamics of Machinery Machine Design and Drawing . In each semester for workshops and laboratories. 13 . 1 1 1 1 1 5 Prac. They will complete the project in the eighth semester. 60% of the sessional marks will consists of class performance. M 801 M 802 M 803 M 804 M 805 M 806 M 807 M 808 M 809 Teaching Periods Subject Lect./ Proj.III Mechanical Measurements Laboratory Project and Seminar Viva Voce Total 2 3 2 2 3 3 Tut.I Mechanical Engineering Laboratory Heat Transfer Laboratory Project and Seminar Total 2 2 2 2 2 3 13 Tut. 8TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No. Production Engineering Automobile Engineering Production Planning and Control Machine Design and Drawing . M 701 M 702 M 703 M 704 M 705 M 706 M 707 M 708 M 709 Teaching Periods Subject Lect.II Elective .7TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No. 20% will be for attendance and 20% for final examiniation. (Hrs. lab record and viva conducted by faculty members day to day. Exam. (Hrs.II Elective . 2 4 4 2 12 Duration of Uty.I Elective . in which 35 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the guide. 2 - Duration of Uty. Balance 40 marks will be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the students before an evaluation board consisting of a minimum of 3 faculty members including the guide./ Proj. 1 1 1 1 1 Prac.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 Practical Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 15 5 4 4 10 3 - 50 100 450 600 100 50 150 150 100 50 1200 Sessional marks for seminar will be out of 25. students must submit a brief out line of the proposed project work. Out of the remaining 40%. Exam. They must submit an interim report at the end of the semester. Sessional marks for workshops and laboratories will be based on day to day performance assessed by faculty members. Sessional marks for project will be out of 75.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 At the beginning of the seventh semester. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. CMELR PTA 401 E 402 E 403 E 404 E 405 E 406 E 407 E 408 Teaching Hours Subject L Engineering Mathematics -III Network Analysis & Synthesis Electronic Circuits Electrical Machines . 4TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. University Exam will be either in Hydraulic Machines Lab or Heat Engines Lab. CMEL PA 301 E 302 E 303 E 304 E 305 E 306 E 307 E 308 Teaching Hours Subject L Engineering Mathematics -II Mechanical Technology Electric Circuit Theory Electromagnetic Theory Electical and Electonic Measurements Power Generation & Distribution Basic Electrical Lab Mechanical Lab* Total 15 7 3 3 2 3 2 2 T 1 1 2 1 1 1 4 4 8 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ.) Sessional University Total 4 3 4 4 4 3 4 4 30 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 14 .I Computer Programming Electrical and Electronic Instruments Electrical Measurements Lab Computer Programming Lab Total 16 6 3 2 3 3 3 2 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 8 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ. Total Exam(Hrs. Total Exam(Hrs.) Sessional University Total 4 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 30 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 *Mechanical Lab consists of: 1) Hydraulic Machines Lab & 2) Heat Engines Lab. Total Exam(Hrs. A B C D E F G H Teaching Hours Subject L 3 3 2 3 2 2 T 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 4 15 7 8 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ.5TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No.) Sessional University Total 4 4 4 3 4 3 4 4 30 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 15 .I Electrical Machines . Total Exam(Hrs.I Electronic Circuits Lab Total 6TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No.II Electrical Power Transmission Digital Signal Processing Microprocessors and Applications Computer Organisation Digital Lab Systems Lab Total 16 6 3 3 3 2 3 2 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 8 P Maximum Marks Duration of Univ. A B C D E F G H E 601 E 602 E 603 E 604 E 605 E 606 E 607 E 608 Teaching Hours Subject L Control Systems .) Sessional University Total 4 4 3 5 3 3 4 4 30 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 CMEL PA 501 Engineering Mathematics -IV E 502 E 503 E 504 E 505 E 506 E 507 E 508 Digital Circuits Communication Engineering Industrial management and Economics Linear Integrated Circuits Power Electronics Electrical Machines Lab . 7TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No. Prac.III Electrical Machines Lab -II Project and Seminar** Viva Voce Total 16 6 8 30 21 450 3 3 2 3 3 2 Maximum Marks Duration of Univ.) Sessional University Total 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 4 2 9 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 4 2 30 24 400 800 1200 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 *The Project Work will be started in the Seventh Semester./ T Proj. 8TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No.) Sessional University Total 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 50 750 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 **Sessional Marks for Seminar will be out of 25 and that for Project will be out of 75 in which 40 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the Guide.II Elective . The remaining 35 marks are to be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the student in the presence of 2 staff members one of which shall be the Guide. Total Exam(Hrs./ T Proj. 16 . Prac. Sessional Marks for Seminar will be out of 25 and that for Project will be out of 75. A B C D E F G H I E 701 E 702 E 703 E 704 E 705 E 706 E 707 E 708 E 709 Teaching Hours Subject L Electrical Machines -III Electrical Drives and Control Utilisation of Electrical Power Control Systems . Total Exam(Hrs. A B C D E F G H I E 801 E 802 E 803 E 804 E 805 E 806 E 807 E 808 E 809 Teaching Hours Subject L Power System Analysis Switch Gear and Protection Instrumentation Electrical System Design Elective .II System Design with Microcontrollers Elective .I Electrical Drawing Control and Power Electronics Lab Project & Seminar* Total 15 6 3 2 2 3 2 3 Maximum Marks Duration of Univ. ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING 3RD SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Engineering Mathematics III Digital Electronics and Logic Design Communication Engineering Electronic circuits –II Signals and systems Reliability & Humanities Electronic circuits Lab Computer programming Lab Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 17 . CMELR TPA 401 LA402 LA403 LA404 LTA405 LA406 LA407 LA408 Subject Teaching periods L T P 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 Uty. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Engineering Mathematics II Network Theory Electrical Technology Solid state devices Electronic circuits –I Computer programming Electrical lab Basic Electronics Lab Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 4TH SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. CMEL PA 301 LA302 LA303 LA304 LA305 LA306 LA307 L308 Subject Teaching periods L T P 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 0 16 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 Uty. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Industrial Management and Economics Digital communication Techniques Digital signal processing Radiation and Propagation Electronic Instrumentation Control Systems Linear IC Lab Mini Project Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 18 .5TH SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No: CMEL PA 501 LA502 L503 LA504 LA505 L506 LA507 L508 Subject Teaching periods L T P 3 2 3 2 3 3 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 Uty. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Engineering Mathematics IV Power Electronics Applied Electromagnetic Theory Computer organization and Architecture Linear integrated circuits Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Digital IC lab Communication–I lab Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 6TH SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No: LA 601 L602 LTA 603 L604 L605 L606 L607 L608 Subject Teaching periods L T P 3 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 17 2 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 6 Uty. / Proj. Microcontroller based system design VLSI technology Microwave and Radar Engineering Optical fiber communication systems Information Theory and coding Elective – I Microprocessor and Microcontroller Lab Communication-II lab Project design and seminar Total 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 200 8TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No: LA801 L802 LA803 L804 L805 L806 L807 L808 L809 Subject Teaching periods L T Prac. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Sessional Theory Practical Total Proj. Uty.7TH SEMESTER Marks Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No: LA701 LA702 L703 L704 L705 L706 LA707 L708 L709 Subject Teaching periods L T Pra./ 2 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 2 8 Uty. Exam duration (hours) Marks Sessional Theory Practical Total Computer Networks Advanced communication systems Advanced microprocessors Television Engineering Elective –II Elective – III Systems Lab Project design and seminar Viva -voce Total 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 18 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 600 19 . Exam duration (hours) Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Marks Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 20 . Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 4TH SEMESTER Course Code Course No.COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. RT301 R 302 RT 303 RT 304 RT 305 R306 R 307 R 308 Subject Engineering Mathematics II Micro Processor Systems Solid State Electronics Problem Solving and Computer Programming Humanities Logic System Design Solid State Electronics Lab Programming Lab Total Teaching Periods L T P 3 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 4 4 8 Uty. Teaching Periods Subject L A B C D E F G H CMEL RPTA 401 R 402 R 403 R 404 R 405 R406 R 407 R 408 Engineering Mathematics III Computer Organization Object Oriented Programming Integrated Circuits Data Structures and Programming Methodologies Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals Integrated Circuits Lab Data Structures Lab Total 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 0 16 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 P 4 4 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Uty. 4 4 8 Uty./ Proj. R 601 RT602 R 603 RT604 RT605 R 606 R 607 R 608 Subject L PC & PC based Systems Software Engineering Project Management and Quality Assurance Computer Networks Network Computing Algorithm Analysis and Design System Software Lab Mini Project Total 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 0 16 Teaching Periods T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 Prac. Exam duration (hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Course No. RT501 R 502 RT503 R 504 RT505 RT506 R 507 R 508 Subject Engineering Mathematics IV Operating Systems Database Management Systems File Structures and Algorithms Language Processors Data Communication Microprocessor Lab Database Lab Total 6TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.5TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Teaching Periods L T P 3 3 3 2 3 2 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 4 4 8 Uty. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 21 . Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 50 150 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 22 ./ Proj. 4 4 8 Uty.7TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H I Course No. Exam duration (hours) Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 3 3 3 9 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 8TH SEMESTER Course Code Course No. Subject L A B C D E F G H I RT801 R 802 R 803 RT804 R 805 R 806 R 807 R 808 R809 Security in Computing High Performance Computing Principles of Programming Languages Artificial Intelligence Elective II Elective III Graphics and Multimedia Lab Project & Seminar Viva-Voce Total 2 2 3 3 3 3 0 0 16 Teaching Periods T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 Prac. RT701 RT702 R 703 R 704 RT705 R 706 R 707 R 708 R709 Subject L Object Oriented Modeling and Design Computer Graphics Theory of Computation Advanced Software Environments Web Technologies Elective I Computer Hardware and Networking Lab Network Programming Lab Project & Seminar Total 2 3 3 2 2 3 0 0 0 15 Teaching Periods T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 Prac./ Proj. Uty. III Object Oriented Programming Electrical Technology Chemical Engg. – I Polymer Physics Polymer Science. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 CMEP 401 P 402 LP 403 P 404 P 405 P 406 P 407 P 408 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Total 23 .I Organic Chemistry Strength of Materials & Structural Engineering Chemistry lab Computer Lab Total Teaching Periods L 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 6 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 P 3 3 6 Uty.POLYMER ENGINEERING 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.II Polymer Preparation & Characterisation Lab Electrical Machines Lab Teaching Periods L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 P 3 3 6 6 Uty. CMEL 301 P 302 P 303 P 304 P 305 MP 306 P 307 P 308 Subject Engineering Mathematics.II Humanities Computer Programming Polymer Science. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 4th Semester Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. Subject Engineering Mathematics. Teaching Periods L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 P 3 3 6 6 Uty.Science & Technology Latex Technology Polymer ProcessingI Specification Tests Lab Polymer Analysis Lab CMEP 501 P 502 P 503 P 504 P 505 P 506 P 507 P 508 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Total 6TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. Subject Principles of Management Engg.5TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No.IV Chemical Engg.II Plastics . .Science & Technology Rubber . Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 P 601 P 602 P 603 P 604 P 605 P 606 P 607 P 608 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Total 24 . . Statistics & Quality Control Chemical Engg.III Biomedical & Biopolymers Polymer Blends & Composites Polymer ProcessingII Latex Products Lab Polymer Products Lab Teaching Periods L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 P 3 3 6 6 Uty. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Subject Engineering Mathematics. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 50 150 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 Total 25 . 8TH SEMESTER Course Code Course No. They must submit a preliminary report at the end of the semester. P 701 P 702 P 703 P 704 P 705 P 706 P 707 P 708 Elective. Subject P 801 P 802 P 803 P 804 P 805 P 806 P 807 P 808 P 809 Elective./ Proj. students must submit an abstract of their undergraduate project. IV Tyre Technology Polymer Testing Polymer Testing Lab Chemical Engineering Lab 2 2 3 3 3 3 16 3 3 2 8 Uty. Teaching Periods L A B C D E F G H I T 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 Prac. Exam duration (hours ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - Marks Sessional 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Theory 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 Practical 100 100 200 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 P709 Project/Seminar Total At the beginning of the seventh semester.voce 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 6 Uty./ Proj. They will complete the project in the eighth semester. Subject L A B C D E F G H I Teaching Periods T 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 Prac.II Computer Aided design & Manufacturing Fibre Technology Polymers & Environment Polymer Product Design Speciality Polymers Chemical Technology Lab Project Work & Seminar Viva.7TH SEMESTER Course Code Course No.I Industrial Engineering Production Engineering Chemical Engg. Mathematics II RT303 Solid State Electronics RT304 Problem Solving & Computer Programming RT305 Humanities T306 T307 T308 Digital Electronics C Programming Lab Electronic Circuits Lab TOTAL 4TH SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No. A B C D E F G H T302 SUBJECT Electrical Circuits and Systems L 3 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 16 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 Marks Duration Uty Exams Univ. SUBJECT L 3 3 2 3 2 3 0 0 16 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 Marks Duration Uty Exams Univ. (Hrs) P/D Sessional Exam Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 CMELR Engg. Mathematics III PTA401 T402 T403 T404 T406 T407 T408 Data Structures & Algorithms Linear Integrated Circuits & Applications Computer System Architecture Object Oriented Programming in C++ C++ & DS Lab Integrated Circuits Lab TOTAL LTA405 Signals & Systems 26 .INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 3RD SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Course Code No. (Hrs) P/D Sessional Exam Total 0 3 50 100 150 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 RT 301 Engg. Mathematics IV T502 T504 Operating System Concepts Microprocessors RT503 Database Management Systems RT505 Language Processors RT 506 Data Communication T 507 T 508 DBMS Lab Microprocessor Lab TOTAL 6TH SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Course Code No./ Proj. 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 6 Duration Marks Uty Univ.5TH SEMESTER Duration Marks Uty Exams Univ. P/D (Hrs) Sessional Exam Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Teaching Periods Course Course Code No. A B C D E F G H SUBJECT L 3 4 3 3 3 2 0 0 18 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 RT501 Engg. Exams (Hrs) Sessional Exam Total 3 50 100 150 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 RT602 Software Engineering LTA603 Digital Signal Processing RT 604 Computer Networks RT605 Network Computing T606 T 607 T608 Personal Computer Hardware Systems Programming Lab Mini Project TOTAL 27 . A B C D E F G H T 601 SUBJECT Project Management L 3 2 3 3 3 4 0 0 18 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 Prac. 7TH SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Course Code No. A B C D E F G H I SUBJECT L 2 3 3 2 2 3 0 0 0 15 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 RT 701 Object Oriented Modelling and Design RT 702 Computer Graphics T 703 T 704 Modern Communication Systems Mutimedia Techniques Duration Marks Uty Prac. Proj (Hrs) Sessional Exam Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 0 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 _ _ 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 0 450 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 _ 50 750 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 RT 801 Security in Computing T 802 T 803 T 805 T 806 T 807 T 808 T 809 Information Systems and Management E-Commerce Elective II Elective III Internet Lab Project & Seminar Viva Voce TOTAL RT 804 Artificial Intelligence 28 . A B C D E F G H I SUBJECT L 2 3 2 3 3 3 0 0 0 16 T 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 Duration Marks Uty Prac./ Exams Univ./ Exams Univ. Proj (Hrs) Sessional Exam Total 0 3 50 100 150 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 3 9 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 _ 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 _ 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 _ 800 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 _ 1200 RT 705 Web Technologies T706 T 707 T708 T 709 Elective I Multimedia Lab Communication Systems Lab Project & Seminar TOTAL 8TH SEMESTER Teaching Periods Course Course Code No. APPLIED ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION 3RD SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Teaching Periods Course No CMEL PA 301 LA302 LA303 LA304 LA305 LA306 LA307 A308 Subject Lect Engineering Mathematics-II Network Theory Electrical Technology Solid State Devices Electronic Circuits-I Computer Programming Electrical Lab Basic Electronics Lab Total Teaching Hours 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 0 16 Marks Uty Exam Tut Prac Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total (Hours) 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 600 4TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No Subject Teaching Periods Lect Tut 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 Marks Uty Exam Prac Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total (Hours) 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 CMELR Engineering PTA 401 Mathematics-III Digital Electronics LA402 and Logic Design Communication LA403 Engineering LA404 Electronic Circuits-II LTA405 Signals and Systems Reliability and LA406 Humanities LA407 Electronics Circuits Lab LA408 Computer Prog Lab Total Teaching Hours 29 . C. Lab Measurement Lab Total Teaching Hours 3 2 3 2 3 3 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 6TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No Marks Uty Exam Lect Tut Prac Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total (Hours) 3 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 17 2 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 Teaching Periods Subject LA601 A602 Industrial Management And Ecnomics Micro Processors And Micro Controllers LTA603 Digital Signal Processing A604 A605 A606 A607 A608 Industrial Instrumentation I Data Communication Control Sysrem Theory Instrumentation Lab Mini Project Total Teaching Hours 30 .5TH SEMESTER Course Code A B C D E F G H Course No Subject Teaching Periods Lect Tut Marks Uty Exam Prac Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total (Hours) 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 CMEL PA 501 LA502 A503 LA504 LA505 A506 LA507 A508 Engineering Mathematics IV Power Electronics Basic Instrumentation Computer Organisation And Archetecture Linear Integrated Circuits Transducers And Recording Systems Digital I. III Process Control Lab Project and Seminar Viva ./ Duration Sessional Theory Practical Total Proj. 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 18 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 450 Marks Theory Practical 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 50 150 Total 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 100 50 1200 LA801 Computer Networks A802 Modern Control Theory Advanced LA803 Microprocessors A804 A805 A806 A807 A808 A809 Computerised Process Control Elective .7TH SEMESTER Course Code Teaching Periods Course No Subject Marks Uty Exam Lect Tut Prac./ Duration Sessional (Hours) Proj. (Hours) 2 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 2 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 600 100 100 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1200 A B C D E F G H I LA 701 Micro Controller based System Design LA 702 VLSI Technology A 703 Industrial Instrumentation II A 704 Process Dynamics & Control A 705 Bio medical Instrumentation A 706 Elective I LA 707 Microprocessor and Microcontroller Lab A 708 Industrial Electronics Lab A 709 Project Design And Seminar Total 8TH SEMESTER Course Course Code No A B C D E F G H I Subject Teaching Periods Uty Exam Lect Tut Prac.Voice Total 31 .II Elective . Module 4 Laplace Transforms Laplace transforms – Laplace transform of derivatives and integrals – shifting theorem – differentiation and integration of transforms – inverse transforms – application of convolution property – solution of linear differential equations with constant coefficients using Laplace transform – Laplace transform of unit step function. N. Mathematics Higher Engg. impulse function and periodic function Module 5 Fourier Series Dirichelt conditions – Fourier series with period 2* and 21 – Half range sine and cosine series – simple problems – rms value. Module 2 Partial Differentiation Partial differentiation – chair rules – Eulers theorem for homogeneous functions – Taylors series for function of two variables – maxima and minima of function of two variables (proof of results not expected.B. 32 Erwin Kreyszig Grawal B. Advanced Engg.S. References 1. cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates – volume using triple integrals – simple problems. 4. 6.P. 2. Mathematics Engg. 3.S.Bali Goyal and Gupta E.) Modules 3 Multiple Integrals Double integrals in cartesian and polar co-ordinates – application in finding area and volume using double integrals – change of variables using Jacobian – triple integrals in cartesian. Mathematics Laplace and Fourier Transforms Advanced Mathematics for Engineers Methods of Applied Mathematics ENGINEERING PHYSICS CMELRPTA 102 1+1+0 Module 1 Optical Instruments and Applications Electron microscope – characteristics of laser – spontaneous emission – stimulated emission – population inversion-pumping pumping mechanisms – typical laser systems like Ruby lase – He-Ne laser – semi conductor laser – Applications of laser.Hilderbrand . 5.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I CMELRPTA 101 3+1+0 Module 1 Matrix Elementary transformation – finding inverse and rank using elementary transformation – solution of linear equations using elementary transformations – eigenvalues and eigenvectors – application of Cayley Hamiltion theorem – Diagonalization – Reduction of quadratic form into sum of squares using orthogonal transformation – nature of quadratic form.Sokolinokoff F. 4.K.Gupta Dr.Module 2 Super Conductivity Transition temperature – Meissner effect – Isotope effect – Type I and II super conductors – BCS theory (qualitative study) – High temperature super conductivity (general idea) – Joseph son effect – SQUIDS – Applications of Super conductors. Ferro. condensation and copolymerism . Teflon. 33 .Gaur and S. Module 5 Fibre Optics and its Application General ides of optical fibre – NA of fibre – step index and graded index fibre – multi mode and single mode fibre – applications of optical fibre – fibre optic communication system (block diagram) – Optical fibre sensors. Antiferro and Ferri magnetic materials – soft and hard magnetic materials – properties – applications – magnetic permeability – susceptibility – relation between them – Hysteresis. Module 4 Magnetic Materials Dia. Physics Solid State Physics Engg. Materials Physics for Engineers R.Kittel Decker B. Physics Engg. M. 5. Poly propelene. 3. References 1. Dielectrics: Properties – Dielectric constant – Dielectric strength – Dielectric loss – Polar and non polar molecule – Dielectric polarization – dielectric susceptibility – types – applications. Poly vinylidene chloride. Module 2 Plastics and Elastomers High Polymers – types of polymerization – addition. Module 3 Crystallography and Lattice Planes Crystallography – space lattice – unitcell – crystal systems – Co-ordination number packing factor – lattice planes and Miller Indices – spacing between lattice planes – Bragg’s law and crystal structure analysis – Bragg’s Xray spectrometer.L. 2.thermo plastics and thermo setting plastics – preparation and properties of PVC.Premlet ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY CMELRPTA 103 1+1+0 Module 1 Electro Chemistry Conductance – Experimental Determination – Galvenic cells – reversible and irreversible cells – EMF and its measurement – Single electrode potential – types of electrodes – Hydrogen electrode – Calomel electrode – Electrochemical series – Nernst equation – concentration cells – polarization and over voltage – decomposition potential – Secondary cells – Lead-Acid accumulator – Fuel cells. Ultra sonics – Production – piczoelectric and magnetostriction method – properties – applications. PVA. Engg.Arumugam C. Para. Terylene.K.Kuriakose and J. butyl rubber. Chemistry Engg. Acrylics. Module 2 Centre of gravity. Module 5 Fuels: Classification – calorific value and its determination – solid. liquid and gaseous fuels – petrol knock – octane number – cetane number – synthetic gasoline – natural gas – pollution – causes of pollution – air pollution due to automobiles – control of air pollution Lubrication and Lubricants: Mechanism of lubrication – different types of lubricants – manufacture and properties of lubricating oil – manufacture. And Tech. centroid of wires. 4. Chemistry Chemistry in Engg. Module 4 Domestic water supply Requirements and methods of processing – Industrial water supply: Hard and soft waters – defects of using water containing dissolved minerals for industrial purposes – Boiler Troubles – methods of treatment. areas. Definition of rigid body – moment of a force about an axis – varignon’s theorem of moment – couple – properties of force couples – resolution of a given force in to force acting at a given point and a couple – reduction of a system of coplanar forces acting on a rigid body into a single force and a single couple – equilibrium of a rigid body under coplanar forces – types of supports – reaction at supports of beams and frames – graphical method.aggarwal J. (Vol. volumes – moment of inertia of lamina and radius of gyration – parallel axis theorem and its applications – mass moment 34 . properties and uses of semi-solid lubricants – properties and uses of solid lubricants – synthetic lubricants. References 1. 3.De ENGINEERING MECHANICS CMELRPTA 104 2+2+0 Module 1 Forces in Plane – Vector addition of concurrent forces in plane – problems involving the equilibrium of particles – free body diagrams. Module 3 Corrosion and protective coatings Chemical and electro chemical corrosion – Factors affecting corrosion – corrosion control – cathodic protection – inorganic coating – metallic coating – hot dipping – electroplating – metal spraying – cladding – vacuum metalistion – anodisation – vitreous coating.C. I & II) Environmental Chemistry Jain and Jain O. 2.Rajam A. Bakelite – Moulding techniques – Lamination – glass reinforced plastics – Natural Rubber properties – Valcunisation of rubber – synthetic rubber – industrial uses buna rubbers. silicon rubber and Thiokol.P. Nylon. Engg. 5. Conic sections – construction of ellipse.H. Module 4 Dynamics: Kinematics (Velocity – acceleration) rectilinear motion of a particle under variable acceleration Relative velocity – simple cases only. Simple stress and strain – bars of uniform cross section – shear stress – modulus of rigidity – bulk modulus – Poisson’s ratio – Relation between different modulii.L. 35 . Mechanics for Engineers – Statics and Dynamics.R. Module 3 Simple trusses – analysis of trusses by methods of joints and sections – graphicalmethod. energy and power – principles of momentum and impulse. Engineering Mechanics. 3. References 1. Vikas Publishing Co.. Engineering Mechanics. Engineering Mechanics.G. & Johnston E. McGrwa Hill 6. Circular motion with uniform acceleration – relation between angular and rectilinear motion – normal and tangential acceleration – motion of rotation and translation – instantaneous centre of zero velocity (elementary treatment only) Module 5 Kinetics of particles – Newton’s Laws of motion of translation – work.of inertia of thin circular and rectangular plates – mass moment of inertia of solid rectangular prisms. Standard Publishers and Distributors S. Scales – plain scale – vernier scal – diagonal scale. parabola. Motion of rotation – couple – torque – Newtons laws of motion of rotation – differential equations of rotation – angular impulse and torque – conservation of angular momentum – work-done and power by torque and couple.. & Kraige L. Engineering Mechanics. cylinders and cones. John Wiley ENGINEERING GRAPHICS CMELRPTA 105 1+0+3 Module 1 Introduction of Engineering Graphics: drawing instruments and their uses – familiarization with current. Construction of cycloids.Timoshinko. archimedian spiral and logarithmic spiral – drawing tangents and normals to these curves. involute. Beer F. hyoperbola and rectangular hyperbola. McGraw Hill Ramachandra. 2.P. Engineering Mechanics. Friction-angle of friction and coefficient of friction – laws of dry friction-ladder friction – wedge friction. Indian standard code of practice for general engineering drawing. Rajasekararn & G.. Prentice hall of India S. Meriam J.Sankarasubramanian. 4. Shames I. Orthographic projection of straight lines parallel to one plane and inclined to the other plane – straight lines inclined to both the planes – true length and inclination of lines with reference planes – traces of lines – projection of planes. References 1. 3.S. Module 2 Timber – Varieties found in Kerala – effects. prisms.Marhur Engineering Graphics – P. cylinder in cylinder. mixing. cones and spheres. Module 5 Introduction to prespective projections: prespective views of prisms. batching. Introduction to isometric projection – isometric scale – isometric views – isometric projections of prism. pyramids. Intersection of surfaces – methods of determining lines of intersection – intersection of prism. cones. 4. Roofing: Steel truss. Geometrical Drawing – P. Mortar preparation – Concrete – grades of concrete as per IS Code – water cement ratio. and GI sheets roofing for industrial buildings – sketches only – reinforced concrete roofs. A. Module 4 Development of surfaces of cubes. perpendicular of inclined to the other plane .C.D. seasoning.I. C. Projection of solids with axis parallel to one plane and parallel. (Design details not required) 36 . Geometrical Drawing – V. Bricks: varieties and strength – tests on bricks.Lakshmi Narayanan & M.projection of solids on auxiliary planes.Gill. octahedron and sphere – frustums. cylinders.Module 2 Introduction to orthographic projections: planes of projection – projection of points in different quadrants. prisms.John BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING CMELRPTA 106 1+1+0 Module 1 Materials: Cement – Types of Portland cement – grades of cement and its uses – Steel – types of steel for reinforcement bars – steel structural sections. pyramids and cones – development of funnels and pipe elbows.Varghese & K. compaction and curing. 2. cylinders. tetrahedron. Aggregates: sources. pyramids. decay preservation – specification for use in construction. Sections of solids by planes inclined to horizontal or vertical planes.C. Elementary Engineering Drawing – N. types & sizes – requirements of good aggregates. workability. Module 3 Projection of polyhedra and solids of revolution – cubes. cylinders.Bhatt. Construction and foundation Engineering.machine foundation . 6. adiabatic and polytropic processes.based on object of survey . 5. Engines: Working of two stroke and four stroke engines – petrol and diesel engines – fuel systems. height and ventilation of rooms (residential buildings) disposal of domestic waste water through septic tank and soak pit. (Brief description only).rafts. Module 5 Site plan preparation for buildings (Sketch only) – Kerala Municipal Building Rules – 1999-general provisions regarding site and building requirements – Exterior and interior open air spaces – coverage and floor area ratio – provisions of the size. C. Otto & Diesel Cycles – air standard efficientcy. Khanna & C.Module 3 Building Components: Foundation: Bearing capacity and settlement . Highway Engineering. 4. Superstructure: Walls . Properties of Concrete.field work . Khanna Publishers Punmia B. Jha and Sinha. Khanna Publishers Nevile. 2. Building Materials. work done and heat transferred: Carnot. signaling – (brief description only) References 1. Laxmi Publications Rangwala.Height of instrument method. Module 2 I. Charotar Book stall K. 37 .based on instruments used.definitions . piles and well foundation . Classification of roads and components of roads – basics of traffic engineering – Road marking – Traffic Islands.combined footing . Module 4 Surveying: Classifications . Gas laws. Mc Graw Hill Kerala Municipal Rules – 1999 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CMELRPTA 107 1-1-0 Module 1 Thermodynamics: Basic concepts and definitions. Surveying Vol –I. Compass Surveying: Prismatic compass – Basic principles .Isolated footing . specificheat – Universal gas constant – Isothermal.reduction of levels . Chain Surveying: Instruments ..English bond .Bearing of survey lines & local attraction. Justo. 3.C. Leveling: field work .brick masonry .Stone masonry-Random Rubble masonry.procedure and booking. G.Flemish bond .field book . injector and carburetor – ignition system – lubrication and cooling systems.special situations where those foundations are suitable. E. general description only. drilling machine. rolling.S.C. diesel.C. 4. Types of hydraulic turbines – selection of turbines depending upon head. Module 4 Power plants: General layout of hydraulic. milling machine and grinding machine. circuits – star Delta Transformation – Magnetic Circuits – Flux-Flux density – m m f – Magnetising Force – Reluctance –Permeability –Comparison of Electric and Magnetic Circuits-Force experienced by a current carrying conductor in Magnetic Field – Electromagnetic Induction – Farady’s Laws – Lenz’s Law – Statically Induced e m f – dynamically induced e. 2. Velocity ratio and slip – simple problems – velocity ratio and choice of gear wheels – simple problems.f. Fields of application. 3.Domkundwar Nagpal BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CMELRPTA 108 1+1 Module 1 S I unit of Current. Power and Energy. 38 . Module 2 Alternating Quantity – Generation of Sinusoidal Voltage – Frequency – R. calculation of length of belt – expression for ratio of belt tension.L. – Operator ‘j’ – Admittance – solution of series and parallel R L C circuits. Elements of Hear Engines Thermal Engineering Elements of Mechanical Engineering Power Plant Engineering R. Module 5 Simple description of general purpose machines like lathe.M.Refrigeration and air-conditioning: methods of refrigeration – vapour compression and vapour absorption systems – block diagrams and general descriptions – winter and summer air conditioning systems – general description. welding – arc welding – gas welding (simple descriptions only) References 1. forging. shaping machines. Ohm’s Law – Temperature Coefficient of Resistance – Kirchhoff’s Laws – Solution of Series-Parallel D.Bellany S. chain and gear drives. rope. nonconventional energy sources.m. and Average Value – Form Factor – Peak Factor – Phasor Representation – Phase and Phase Difference – Solution of Series R L C circuits – Power and p. – Self and mutual Induction – Coefficient of coupling. Module 3 Power transmission: Methods of transmission – belt.Patel P. discharge and specific speed – steam turbines – reaction and impulse turbines – compounding methods. Manufacturing process: moulding and casting. Voltage. thermal and nuclear power plants.f. Module 3 Resonance – Series and Parallel – Q factor – Selectivity and Bandwidth – Three phase system – Representation – Star and Delta Systems – Phase sequence – Balanced Delta connected System – Balanced Star Connected system – Phasor representations – Simple Problems. References 1. Nuclear and Non Conventional – Transmission – Need for high Voltage Transmission – Transmission Voltages in Kerala – Distribution – Underground Versus Overhead – Feeder – Distributor – Service Mains – Conductor materials – One line Diagram of a typical Power System. 39 . and its Significance – Necessity of Starters – Types of motors and Applications. Inductors: Fixed and Variable inductors. Transformer – Principle of Operations – e. K. Paper.m.C. Variable capacitors. Capacitors: Types of capacitors: Fixed capacitors. power rating of resistors. Distribution and Instrument Transformers.B. colour coding. Alternator – Principle of Operations – Types Module 5 Requirements of Good Lighting System – Working Principle of Incandescent – Fluorescent and Mercury Vapour Lamps – Estimate the quantity of Materials required and Draw the wiring layout of (a) Residential Building with One or Two rooms.Variable resistors. (b) Workshop with one Induction Motor.m. 3.A. Thermal.V.Raina M.f.K. Machine – Principle of Operations of a D. Ceramic and Electrolytic capacitors. 4. S. 2. voltage rating of capacitors.f. equation – Types of Generators. Generation – Types of Generation – Hydroelectric.C. Mica. equation – Ideal Transformer – Constructional Details – Losses and Efficiency – Use of Power.Cotton Hughese Edminister J.m.Types of resistors .Gupta BASIC ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING CMELRPTA109 1+1+0 Module 1 Basic circuit components Passive components: Resistors . Induction Motor – Principle of Operation of 3 phase Induction Motor – Cage and Slip ring – Slip – Applications – types of Single Phase Induction Motors – Applications.f. Electrical Technology Electrical Technology Electrical Circuits Electrical Design. Module 4 D. D.Bhattacharya. Estimating & Costing A Course in Electrical Power H.Fixed Resistors . 5.C. resistor tolerance. generator – Constructional Details – e. Motor – Principle of Operations – Back e.L.Soni & P. Bridge circuits. microphones. Loud speaker. Memory. Integrated circuits: Advantages. full wave. Module 5 Basic Computer engineering Digital computer: Block schematic. Linear and Digital ICs. LEDs (working principle only). Radio engineering: block schematic of AM radio receiver and transmitter function of each block. CC characteristics.Semiconductor Components: Definition of insulators. function of each block: CPU. I/O devices. pn junction. Transistors: npn. Transistor circuits: CB. Wireless communication: mobile. Assembly language. Silicon. microwave and satellite (basic principles and block schematic only). VHF. concept of α and β. classification. CE. ROM.simplified block schematic of a monochrome TV receiver. Bandwidth. Measurements: Multimeter and X-Y recorder. Frequency response. Hard Discs and CD. High level language. Floppy Discs. Classifications: Germanium. phase and pulse modulation. Rectifiers: Half wave. Module 4 Basic instrumentation and Digital electronics Electronic instrumentation: Transducers: Basic principles of Strain guage. frequency.representation of negative numbers using 1’s compliment and 2’s compliment method. LVDT. pnp. Amplifiers. Zener regulator. Memory: RAM. common emitter RC coupled amplifier. Television Engineering: Basic principles of TV – CRT . Photodiode. Module 3 Basic communication engineering Communication: Frequency bands: RF. basic principles of amplitude. Modulation – need for modulation. Digital electronics: number systems . octal and hexadecimal .scanning . System Software.conversion . UHF. Zener. semiconductors and conductors types: Intrinsic and extrinsic. Programming: Machine language. p and n type materials. Module 2 Basic electronic circuits Diode circuits: Forward and reverse characteristics.binary. Logic gates – truth table. Magnetic Tape. eliminator circuit. Operating systems. Thermistor. DC Power supply: Capacitor filter. working principle. Compilers and Assemblers. 40 . Digital Principles: Malvino & Leach. boring. Electronic Devices & Circuits Theory: Boyelstad & Naschelsky. Integrated Electronics: Millman & Halkias. riser.S Kalsi. Electronic Devices: Floyd.lathe. CNC and machining centers.two brick two and a half brick—Arch setting. wash basin—closet (European and Indian). 41 .References 1. Electronic Principles: Malvino. Preservation – Plywood and plyboards. Mc Graw Hill Publication WORKSHOP A-MECHANICAL ENGINEERING WORKSHOP CMELRPTA 110 Carpentry 0+0+6 Planing – cutting – chiseling. Seasoning.urinal. core. drilling. Mc Graw Hill Publication 2. Mc Graw Hill Publication 6. manholes. chaplets and casting defects. soltting shaping and milling machines. Mc Graw Hill Publication 8. Electronic Instrumentation: H. grinding. Plumbing Study of water supply and sanitary fittings—water supply pipe fitting –tap connections . Mc Graw Hill Publication 5. Pearson Education 3. Preparation of Simple sand moulds – moulding sand characteristics. Basic Electronics: Bernad Grob. runner. 4. Demonstration & study of machine tool .sanitary fittings . materials. Prentice Hall. Systems Programming: J. marking – sawing – cross and tee joints – dovetail joints – Engineering Application. Donavan. hexagonal bolt – Forging Principles. gate.J. materials and different operations. Mc Graw Hill Publication 7. B-CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKSHOP Fitting Smithy Foundry CMELRPTA 110 Masonry English bond – flemish bond –wall –junction – one brick – one and a half brick . Practice in chipping – filing – cutting – male and female joints Forging of square and hexagonal prisms. 5. 8. 4. 3 periods will be in Mechanical Engineering Workshop and 3 periods in Civil Engineering Workshop & Electrical Engineering Workshop alternately. 2. Wiring of one lamp and one plug. 6. Wiring of Distribution Board including Power Plug using Isolator. M C B and E L C B. Soldering and testing of a H W and FW rectifier with capacitor filter in a P C B. C F L and mercury vapour lamp. 3. Stair case Wiring. control of two lamps in series and in parallel. 9. C – ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING WORKSHOP CMELRPTA 110 1. Insulation megger – earth megger. 42 . Godown Wiring. 10. Hospital Wiring. Soldering of typical I C circuit. 7. measurement of Insulation resistance and earth resistance. Identification of electronic components and soldering practice. Wiring of fluorescent.Surveying Study of surveying instruments – chain – compass – plane table – leveling – theodolite—minor instruments. B. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS CIVIL ENGINEERING BRANCH 43 .TECH. THIRD SEMESTER 44 . Theory and Problems of Vector analysis. z+k2/z – bilinear transformation – cross ratio – invariant property – simple problems.Venkataraman. Module 2 Vector Integral Calculus Line.Balachandra Rao and G. McGraw – Hill. gauge and Vaccum Pressure. conservative fields – identities – simple problems. 45 . Erwin Kreyszig. Numerical Methods.. Wiley Eastern Ltd. manometer. equations in Cartesian co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal transformation of function like zn. Bourden Gauge. Michael D.Shantha.S. Advanced Engg. 4. Finite Differences Module 5 Difference Calculus Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton – Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems.scalar and vector fields – gradient. Prentice-Hall. M. Measurement of Pressure – Piezometer. Mathematics. 6. 1/z. Numerical Methods in science & Engg. S.I C302 3+2 Module 1 Properties of fluids: Definition and Units. Module 3 Function of Complex Variable Definition of analytic functions and singular points – derivation of C. divergence and curl of a vector function – their physical meaning – directional derivative – scalar potential. surface tension. surface and volume Integrals – work done by a force along a path – Application of Green’s theorem. Difference equations – Solution of difference equations. University press. Module 4 Meaning of ∆.R. Mathematics. Khanna Publishers.Greenberg. National Publishing Co. 3. µ. δ . Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . capillarity. Absolute. Newtonian and non – Newtonian fluids.. Mathematics. sin z. Higher Engg. ∇. FLUID MECHANICS . Fluid pressure – Atmospheric. R.K. Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem. specific weight. E. Spiegel. References 1. Viscosity – Classification of fluids – Ideal and real fluids. M.II CMELPA 301 3+1 Module 1 Vector Differential Calculus Differentiation of vector functions .K.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using Stirling’s formula. ez. 5. Advanced Engg. 2. Mass density. Grawal B. Path line and Streak line. Types of flow – Streamline. 46 . Orifice meter. References 1. Scale effects in models. Pitot tube Orifices and Mouth Pieces – Coefficients of Contraction. Spillway models and Ship models. Pressure on a submerged curved surface – pressure on lock gates. Stoke’s law. Streeter V. Mach numbers. Velocity Potential. Pressure on gravity dams. Laminar flow through porous media. Scale ratios of various physical quantities for Froude’s and Reynold’s model laws – problems. Webber. Selection of scale of models – Distorted models. Moving Bed models. Module 4 Flow through pipes: Laminar and Turbulent flow – Reynold’s experiment. Module 3 Forces influencing motion – Energy of fluids. submerged weir. Dynamic Similarity. Circulation and Vorticity. loss of head due to friction. Mc Graw Hill. Fluid Mechanics. Flow Net – Orthogonality of stream lines and equipotential lines. L. broad crested weir.Total pressure and centre of pressure on a submerged lamina. Stream Function. Cippoletti weir. Laplace’s Differential equation in rectangular co-ordinates for two dimensional irrotational flow. Froude’s. Other energy losses in pipes. Laminar Flow in circular pipes: Hagen poiseuille Equation. trapezoidal notches. Applications of Bernoulli’s equation – Venturi meter. Module 5 Dimensional Analysis and Model studies: Units and dimensions of physical quantities. Reynold’s. Derivations of dimensionless parameters. International Students Edition. triangular. Siphon. Stream tube – continuity equation for one dimensional flow. Transmission of power through pipes –nozzle diameter for maximum power transmission. Hydraulic Models: Need. Dimensional Analysis-Rayleigh’s method. Notches and weirs – Rectangular. Module 2 Buoyancy – Centre of buoyancy – Metacentre – Stability of floating bodies – Determination of metacentric height – Analytical & experimental methods. geometric. Kinematic. Velocity distribution for turbulent flow. Dimensional Homogeneity of formulae and it’s application to common fluid flow problems. Buckingham’s method.. External and internal mouthpiece. Velocity and Discharge. Hydraulic Similitude. Euler’s equation. Drag and lift for immersed bodies. Hydraulic Gradient and Total Energy Lines: Flow through long pipes – Pipes in series and parallel. statement and derivation of Bernoulli’s equation and assumptions made. Darcy – Weishbach Equation. Turbulent flow through pipes: Hydro-dynamically smooth and rough boundary. Dr. Modi & Dr. N.modulus of section. MECHANICS OF SOLIDS C303 2+2 Module 1 Stress-strain: Bars of varying cross section-Composite section-temperature stresses. Garde and A. Module 4 Stresses due to torsion: Torsion of solid and hollow circular shafts.P. Nem Chand & Bross. Timoshenko. G. Standard Book House Delhi. Strength of Materials.built up sections – composite sections.slenderness ratio. P. Module 2 Bending moment and shear force: Shear force and Bending moment diagrams for various types of statically determinate beams with various loading combinationsrelation between load.Graphical method.stresses in symmetrical sectionsbending stress distribution. J. Unsymmetrical bending: Product of inertia-principal axes-stresses due to unsymmetrical bending.. Jagdishlal.power transmitted-stresses due to axial thrust-bending and torsion. Compound stresses: Two dimensional problems-principal stresses and principal planes-maximum shear stress-planes of maximum shear. Module 5 Columns and struts: Short and long columns-elastic instability-Euler’s formula for long columns with different end conditions.S.Newyork. M. R. Mirajoaker. References 1.shear stress distribution in beamsstress in various sections.2. Combined bending and direct stresses: Core of different sections. Pressure vessels: Thin and thick cylinders-Lame’s equation-stresses in thick cylinders due to internal and external pressures. Engineering Fluid Mechanics. Shear centre: Shear centre of sections having two axes of symmetry.Van Nostrand company.Rankine’s formulaEmpirical formula-Buit up members-columns subjected to eccentric loading and initial curvature. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulics. 4. 47 . Module 3 Stresses in beams: Theory of simple bending. Inc. S. Metropolitan Book Co. Part-1. 3. Strain energy: Gradually applied and suddenly applied load. shear force and bending moment. D. Seth.wind pressure on structures. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics. RoorKee. Springs: Close coiled and open coiled.. Delhi.beams of uniform strength.carriage springs. 4.. Modern construction materials – Intelligent buildings – building automation. New Delhi. technical sanction – categories of works.1. Scaffolding and Formwork (elementary concepts only). organising. Module 4 Construction management – Mechanisation in construction – earth moving.H.. Vol. 8.C. 5. S.A. William A Nash. Punmia B. painting – white washing – distempering – application of Snowcem – Concrete repairs-construction and constructed facilities.N. Strength of Materials. Strength of Materials and Mechanics of structures. PWD system of account – classification of transactions –heads of accounts – cash – precautions in keeping accounts – construction accounts.1. Strength of Materials. Module 3 Functional planning of buildings – general principles of site plan – principles of functional planning – orientation of buildings – shading principles. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Arthur Morley.. pneumatic and hoisting equipment – pile driving equipment – Earth work computation – mass diagram – soil compaction & stabilization – owning and operating works of construction equipment. Longman’s Green& Company. Stores – Safe custody of stores – classification – works – administrative sanction. specifications. ELBS. Mc Graw Hill.. Vazirani V. M. Prentice Hall of India. Joints – Construction joints – expansion joints – contraction joints – sliding joints – joints in water retaining structures etc. directing and controlling construction –PWD code.P. handling.M. Khanna Publishers. 48 . Analysis of Structures.. New Deihi. Ryder G. Vol. windows and ventilators – types – construction details of paneled&glazed– I. 7. Engineering Mechanics of solids. New Delhi. Finished works – plastering. Ratwani N. Strength of Materials. CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT C 304 3+1 Module 1 Admixtures in Concrete – light weight concrete – heavy weight concrete – mass concrete – ready mix concrete – polymer concrete – vacuum concrete – shortcrete – pre-packed concrete – pumped concrete. Damp prevention – Causes – Material used – Damp proofing of floors – walls – roofs. Solid Mechanics. Lakshmi Publications. Module 5 Departmental organizational structure – staff pattern – powers and functions of officers in planning. Kazimi S. Popov E. ELBS. 3. Module 2 Flooring – different types – Mosaic – marble – granite – roofing – pitched and flat roofs – domes and folded plate roofs – doors. 6.2. Methods of traversing – conditions of closure – closing error and distribution – Gales traverse table – plotting by co-ordinates – omitted measurements. Standard publishers and Distributors. Reciprocal ranging – over-coming obstacles –setting perpendicular and gradients – traversing – plotting – errors in chaining and their corrections. Vertical angle measurements. and methods. Construction Equipment and its Planning and Application.Ledbetter. 4.I C305 3+1 Module 1 Introduction – Principles – classifications – Chain surveying: Ranging and chaining. Dr. micrometer and micro-optic theodolites – description and uses – fundamental lines of a transit theodolite – temporary and permanenet adjustments – horizontal angle – reiteration and repetition methods– booking. SURVEYING . 5.B.meridian distance method – double meridian distance method – co-ordinate method – trapezoidal and 49 . Tata Mc Graw Hill. Concrete technology. 2.Peurifoy. S. check and profile levelling cross sectioning – curvature and refraction – reciprocal levelling – errors in levelling – contouring – characteristics and uses of contours – Locating contours. Building construction. 3.Chand & Co. Plane table surveying – Different methods – Traversing.methods of reduction of levels – arithmetic checks-differential.Gupta. Dhanpat Rai & Sons. M. Construction Planning. B. Shetty. Module 2 Levelling: levels and staves – spirit level – sensitiveness – bench marks – temporary and permanent adjustments –booking .References 1. fly. Amit Gupta. Module 3 Theodolite traversing: Transit theodolite – vernier.L. S. P. W. S.Mahesh Varma. Equipment.Arora.L. Tacheometric surveying: . New Delhi. Construction Management and Accounts. Compass surveying – Prismatic compass – surveyor’s compass – bearings – systems and conversions – local attraction – Magnetic declination – dip – traversing – plotting – adjustment of error by graphical and analytical method (Bowditch’s). R.general principles Stadia method – distance and elevation formulae for staff held vertical – Instruments constants – analytic lens – tangential method – use of subtense bar – electromagnetic distance measurement – principles Module 4 Areas and volumes Areas – by latitude and departure . Metropolitan Book Company.plotting. section and elevation of single storied buildings with RC and tiled roofs (only residential buildings) (8 sheets). Alak De. P. Surveying Vol. Prabhu. Delhi.P. 5. Fundamental of Surveying. Volume – trapezoidal and prismoidal rule.K.N. Text Book of Surveying. C. glazed windows and ventilators with wooden frames. tiles (1 Sheet). PART B Working drawings – plan. Calicut. . Prentice Hall of India.P. Arora.Capacity of reservoirs – Mass haul curve. Hussain & M.S. Shah & Kale. Roof detailing for M.I C306 PART A Detailed drawings of paneled doors. Surveying. Plane Surveying. T. Delhi. Roof lines (1 sheet). R.Chand &Co. Roof truss in standard steel sections (1 sheet). Nagaraj. S. Spades Publishers and distributors. 4. Volume from contours. B. 6. New Delhi. Surveying Vol.Roy. S. 7. Building drawing & detailing. Pune. CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING . Universities Press (India) LTD. 3. 4. I & II. Venkatramaiah. 2. Reinforced concrete staircase (1 sheet).Varma. Hyderabad. B. Kanetkar & Kulkarni. Gurucharan Singh. Building Drawing. Civil Engineering drawing. Subhash Chander Sharma.Publications. New Delhi. 2.G. (Preparation of plan from line sketches only) Marks distribution Part A 40 marks Part B 60 marks References 0+3 1. New Delhi. S. S. Tata Mc Graw Hill. (2 sheets). Civil Engineering drawing and House Planning.K. 8. Laxmi Publications (P) LTD. Surveying and leveling Vol. Module 5 Curves: Elements of a simple curve – setting out simple curve by chain and tape methods – Rankine’s method – two theodolite method – compound and reverse curve (parallel tangents only) – transition curves – different kinds – functions and requirements – setting out the combined curve by theodolite – elements of vertical curve. Balagopal & T. B. K. Standard Book House New Delhi.Basak – Surveying. glazed doors. Punmia. I. C. 3.V.Chand & Company Limited. Dr. References 1. Standard Publishers distributors. I&II A. Dr. 50 . Khanna Publishers.Simpson’s method – area by planimeter. S. Aluminum wires and brass wires) 5. Reduction of levels by H I method iii. 4. Tests on springs (open and close coiled) 2. Rod.S. 0+3 51 . Verification of Clerk. 8. ii.I C308 1. Strut Test. ' 3. 3. Contouring. SURVEY PRACTICAL . S. Hardness Test (Brinell. 5. Three point problem iii. Torsion Pendulum (M. Bending Test on Wooden Beams using U.I C 307 0+3 1. i. Theodolite Surveying i. Vicker's and Rebound) 11. i. Torsion test using U. wires. 6. 4. iii. Impact Test (Izod and Charpy) 10. S. Traversing. torsteel and High Tensile steel. Levelling. Road 7. Note All tests should be done as per relevant BIS. Measurement of horizontal angles by the method of reiteration. Shear Test on M. Running a closed compass traverse – plotting and adjustments. on M. T. Measurements of horizontal angles by the method of repetition. v. M. ii.MATERIAL TESTING LABORATORY . M. 2. T. Fatigue Test 9. Longitudinal sectioning and cross sectioning. Two point problem. Study of transit theodolite. Maxwell's Law of reciprocal deflection and determination of E for steel. Torsion Test on M. Study of leveling instruments ii. Reduction of levels by rise and fall method iv. Study of minor instruments. Rod.S. Plane table surveying. FOURTH SEMESTER 52 . standard normal curve . Hogg and Tanis. Venkataraman. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers. Pearson Education Asia. Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability .Finding P. 53 . Laxmi Publications Ltd. its mean and variance .Sneddon. Elements of Partial Differential Equations. Mathematics. difference of proportions. 7. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance. B.Poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution .properties of normal curve . M. Probability and statistical inferences.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II). Higher Engineering Mathematics.The binomial distribution.Mc Graw Hill International Edn. 6.its mean and variance . 4. Ian N. Pearson Education Asia / PHI. II -3rd year Part A & B. National Publishing Company. Khanna Publishers. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms .simple problems in binomial.Linear Simultaneous eqns. Richard A Johnson. single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected). References 1. Engineering Mathematics Vol. Bali and Iyengar.S. F and Chi square test – Level of significance .simple problems.III CMELRPTA401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents . Module 2 Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary Functions .transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity .inverse transforms .I.simple applications in engineering problems. by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations . Advanced Engg. Poisson and normal distributions.K. 2.solution of Lagrange Linear Equations – Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.normal distribution . 5. Wiley Eastern Ltd. 3.fitting of binomial & Poisson distributions . Grewal.Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion. Erwin Kreyszig. Head of pump. Penstock.FLUID MECHANICS . draft tube – types. Force of jet on stationary and moving plates – turbines – Classification. Subrahmanya. Multistage pump. Specific speed. Standard Book House. Dr. Minimum starting speed. 2. measurement of discharge in channels. Hydraulic Machines. Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics. stilling basins.. Flow in open channel vol. backwater computation by direct step method. efficiency. Kaplan turbines. K. effect of acceleration and frictional resistance. separation in suction and delivery pipes. velocity triangle for Pelton. nondimensional equation. Francis. specific energy. Module 2 Gradually varied flow – Dynamic Equation for gradually varied flow. Location of hydraulic jump. Energy in open channel flow. Pumps in parallel. Metropolitian Book Co. tail race. Air vessel – rate of flow into and from air vessel. Positive displacement pumps – working principle. 4. N. Characteristics of surface profiles in prismatic channels. height of jump. Indicator diagram. Types of jump in horizontal floor. Specific speed. Froude number.1. Modi & Dr. critical states of flow. Normal depth. 54 . Open Channel Hydraulics. Ven Te Chow. selection of turbines. Module 3 Rapidly varied flow. Conveyance of a canal section. Module 4 Hydraulic Machines – Impact of jet. Most economical cross sections – Velocity distribution in open channels. P. Practical application of hydraulic jump. types of reciprocating pumps. computation of uniform flow. jump as energy dissipater. slip and coefficient of discharge. Mc Graw Hill Ltd. surge tank – types. Seth. equations for uniform flow – Chezy’s and Manning’s formula. Losses and efficiency. hydraulic jump – initial and sequent depths. Tata McGraw Hill. Delhi. S. work done. Energy loss. Module 5 Centrifugal Pumps – Types. Jagadheesh Lal. specific force diagrams. New Delhi. New Delhi 3. Basic characteristics of the jump. Velocity triangle for pumps.II C402 2+2 Module 1 Flow in open Channel – Uniform and non uniform flow. M. References 1. critical velocity. Different forms of the dynamic equation. Co.P. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. 1993. 5.G.B.I C403 2+2 Module 1 Deflection of determinate beams: Differential equation of the elastic curveslope and deflection of beams by method of successive integration-Macaulay’s method..C. 2001. Advanced Mechanics of Materials.1985. Structural Analysis. Reddy C. Introductory Structural Analysis. Vol. References 1.& Solomon C.. Structural mechanics.C. Young D. Timoshenko S. Sadhu Sindh.P. Norris & Wilbur. II.N. McGraw Hill. shear force and bending moment for determinate beams-load positionabsolute maximum bending moment. Theory of structures. 55 . Module 4 Arches: Theoretical arch-Eddy’s theorem-analysis of three hinged arches – moving loads on arches-settlement and temperature effect. Strength of Materials. Smith J. 1988.& Smith J.K. Rajesekharan &Sankarasubramanian. 11. Thadani B. 9. Prentice Hall of India.1996.H. Khanna Publishers. Macmillian Pub. Charorbar Book Stall.G.. Module 3 Moving loads and influence lines: effect of moving loads-influence lines for reaction.S. Seeli F. Basic Structural Analysis.. 8. 4. Module 5 Cables and suspension bridges: General cable theorem-analysis of cables under concentrated and uniformly distributed loads-shape and stresses due to self weight-anchor cables-temperature effect-suspension bridges with three hinged and two hinged stiffening girders-influence lines for bending moment and shear forcetemperature stresses in stiffening girder. Junarker S.P. Mechanics of Structures. Elementary Structural Analysis. Desai J. 6. 7.II..moment area method-conjugate beam method-deflection due to shear. McGraw Hill.. Laxmi publications. Computational Structural Mechanics. Module 2 Energy Theorems: Strain energy due to axial load-bending-shear and torsionprinciple of super position-principle of virtual work-Castigliano’s first theoremBetti’s theorem-Maxwell’s law of reciprocal deflection-unit load method and strain energy method for determination of deflection of statically determinate beams-pin jointed frames-effect of temperature-lack of fit.STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS .R. 3.1968. Punmia B. John Wiley &Sons. 2. McGraw Hill 10. Strength of materials and theory of structures.. Vol. Wang C. Weinall Book Corporation. Network compression . A.parallel critical paths crashed critical paths – most economical solution.float. 3.related problems .work breakdown structure .C P M and PERT networks .Time estimates .related problems.resource smoothing – resource leveling .Employees State Insurance Act –Workers participation in management – labour welfare and social security – Industrial safety and welfare provision – role of state in labour welfare – role of labour welfare officers social security principles and practice. Indian economy.N.Forward pass and backward pass . McGraw Hill. Techniques for Construction Network Sheduling. 2.ENGG. Sundaram.Agarwal.updating. Module 5 Project costs analysis: Cost Vs Time curve .Compression limited by crashing .Earliest expected time . K.M. James. Indian economy. Prasanna Chandra. Module 3 Financial management: The Indian financial system – types of banks and their functions – long term financing – the stock market – functions and problems faced by the stock market – Industrial finance – loans and return of loans – cost benefit analysis – methods of appraising profitability – pay back method – average rate of return – internal rate of return – net present value.Chand &Co. ECONOMICS AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT C 404 Part A Engineering Economics Module 1 Indian Industries: Industrial pattern-Industrial growth-Inadequacies of the program of industrialisation-Role of the public sector-problems and prospects of privatization-multinational corporations and their impacts on the Indian economyinflation-demand pull and cost push-effects of price increases. resource allocation . References 1. Part B Construction Management Module 4 Introduction to job planning and Management: Bar charts and mile stone charts .optimum duration. 56 2+2 . Tata McGraw Hill.Network and time estimates . Fundamentals of financial management. Ruddar Datt. 4.Steevens. Module 2 Accountancy: Objectives of accounting – management accounting and financial accounting – journal – ledger – the trial balance – balance sheet – profit and loss account. S. Module 6 Industrial Relations: Payment of wages Act . Wishwa prakashan.D.Minimum wages Act .P. Kanetkar and Kulkarni. SURVEYING . References 1. Srinath. 7. B.C. Module 4 Terrestrial photogrammetry – General principles – photo theodolite – horizontal position of a point from photogrammetric measurements – elevation of a point – determination of focal length of lens. 2.R. Surveying and leveling Vol. Laxmi Publications (P) LTD. S.II C405 3+2 Module 1 Triangulation: triangulation figures – classification of triangulation systems – selection of triangulation stations – intervisibility and heights of stations – station marks – signals and towers – base line – choice – instrument and accessories – measurement of base lines – corrections – satellite stations – need.C. Module 5 Field Astronomy: . Punmia.5. Geodesy – shape of earth – effects of curvature – spherical excess – convergence of meridians. Management of Systems. Pune.G. Aerial photogrammentry – aerial camera – scale of vertical photograph – relief displacement on a vertical photograph – principle of parallax – stereoscopic pairs – flight planning – radial line method – flying height and overlaps – remote sensing – concepts of remote sensing – ideal remote sensing system. 6. 57 .Sharma. reduction to centre – extension of base. Publications. A. S. apparent and mean solar time – corrections to astronomical observations – determination of azimuth.V. East – West Press. L. II.Definitions – celestial sphere – co-ordinate systems – astronomical triangle – sidereal. T. Module 2 Theory of errors and triangulation Adjustments: Kinds of error – laws of weights – principles of least squares – determination of most probable value of quantities – probable error – distribution of error to the field measurements – normal equation – Method of corrections – Adjustment of simple triangulation figures.Banga. Module 3 Hydrographic surveying – Equipment – Methods of locating soundings – reduction and plotting of soundings – use of sextants and station pointer. II. New Delhi. Surveying and leveling Vol.Sharma. T. P. Industrial Organisation and Engineering Economics. C. PERT and CPM Principles and Applications. latitude and longitude – different methods. Khanna Publishers. S. Khanna Publishers. orifice meter and water meter. 7. 4. Kerala building byelaws. Khanna Publishers. New York. Hydraulic coefficients of orifices and mouth pieces under constant head method and time of emptying method. Delhi. 8. Dr. valves. New Delhi. The student is expected to prepare sketch design for clients and submission drawings for approval References 1. Calibration of rectangular and triangular notches. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Shah & Kale. offices. Calibration of venturimeter. Public buildings – schools. Gurucharan Singh. Standard Publishers distributors. 4. bungalows and flats (single storied and double storied) (4 sheets) 2. pitot tubes. Spades Publishers and distributors. HYDRAULICS LABORATORY C407 PART A -FLOW 1. National Building code. Inc. Calicut. 3. Civil Engineering drawing. Prabhu. Preparation of site plan and plan as per building rules. Study of taps. commercial complexes (3sheets) 3.3. CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING . Plumbing: water supply and sanitary drawings for residential buildings. Standard Book House.Varma. S. Arora. Balagopal & T. Working drawings for 1. Determination of Darcy’s and Chezy’s constant for pipe flow. watermeters and current meters. sketches and working drawings as per area and functional requirements. 58 0+3 . Subhash Chander Sharma. Delhi. Determination of discharge coefficient for Plug-Sluices. 4. libraries. (1 sheet) The student is expected to know local building rules and national building code provisions. II.II C406 0+3 Preparation of design. 2. K. B. gauges. Remote sensing and image interpretation. restaurants. Residential buildings: Flat and pitched roof – cottages. Building drawing & detailing. John Wiley & Sons. Determination of Chezy’s constant and Mannings number for open channel flow. 2. Thoms M. pipe fittings. Building Drawing. Determination of metacentric height and radius of gyration of floating bodies. Surveying Vol. 5. 5.P. 6. 3. (2 sheets) 4. Civil Engineering drawing and House Planning.R. New Delhi.Lillerand. Setting out a simple circular curve by offsets from long chord. Performance characteristics of Pelton wheel . 6. 3. 59 . Setting out a circular curve by Rankine’s method. Solution to problems on heights distances by observations using a theodolite.PART B . Performance characteristics of reciprocating pump. SURVEYING PRACTICAL . Study of total station. 5. 5. Traversing using a theodolite – distribution of errors using gale’s traverse table. Heights and distances – using the stadia Tacheometer Principles. Determination of constants of the transit theodolite. self priming and reciprocating pumps. Heights and distances – using tangential tachometry. Performance characteristics of Kaplan turbine. 10. impulse and reaction turbines 2. Performance characteristics of self priming pump. 4. 7. Performance characteristics of centrifugal pump. 2.II C408 0+3 1. 9. 6. Study of centrifugal. 8. Performance characteristics of Francis turbine. 3. Setting out a building – Foundation marking. 4. Measurement of vertical angles using theodolite.MACHINERY 1. 7. FIFTH SEMESTER 60 . Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Eulers method . Engineering Mathematics Vol. 61 . – Vogels approximation method – Modi method.Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series.K. References 1. Students Vol. S Arumugam.Pillai.S.Venkitaraman. III. G.Runge – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method.M.zeros and singularitiesResidues. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering. Panneer Selvam.T.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method. Pearson Education Asia. Scitech publications T. Dr. M. Complex variables and applications. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Isaac & A Somasundaram. Churchill and Brown. Operations research.Balanced T. A.Grewal.two phase method. Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method.Narayanan.inverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms.S.properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions. Advanced Mathematics for Engg.Vishwananthan printers & publishers.C. 2. McGraw-Hill.Tulsian & Vishal Pandey.residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle. 5. B. Dr. Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform. Higher Engineering Mathematics.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .P.K. 6.Ramanaigh & S. Kanna Publishers. PHI. 8. P.P. 4.IV CMELPA501 3+1+0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem. Kanna Publishers. B. Ervin Kreyszig. III. Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method . 9. Wiley Eastern limited. shifting property. 7. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science. National Publishing Company.P.S. Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems. 3. convolution property.Grewal.Duality in L. Dr. 6. Printice Hall of India Pvt Ltd. Analysis and Design. Ashok . Reinforced concrete.DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES . Module 3 Behaviour and design of one way and two way slabs-Continuous slabs-analysis using method recommended by BIS -arrangements of reinforcement in slabs. Reinforced concrete.Limit state design. Module 2 Limit state method: Concepts-assumptions –characteristic strength and loadpartial safety factors-limit states-limit state of collapse –limit state of serviceability. Mallick S. 4.permissible stresses-factor of safety – behaviour of R.C..C.I S specifications-design of columns with lateral and helical reinforcement-members subjected to combined axial load and bending.K. Design of flat slab. 5. John Wiely & sons Inc. Park R and Pauloy T. Varghese P. Theory of singly and doubly reinforced rectangular sections in flexure-design of simply supported and flanged beams. I. 62 . Reinforced concrete structures. 7. Theory of singly and doubly reinforced beams. Tata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd.S 875. Unnikrishna Pillai S.I C502 2+2 Module 1 Working stress method: Introduction.SP 16) 2. Relevant IS codes. & D. Reinforced concrete structural elements-Behaviour. Purushothaman P. Reinforced concrete design. New Chand & Bose. Module 4 Design of columns: Limit state method. (I. Oxford & IBH Publishing company. Jain. Module 5 Design of footings-Isolated footing with axial and eccentric loading-combined footing. 3.C beams –assumptions-under reinforced –over reinforced and balanced sections.Menon. References 1..K.S 456. Limit state design of Reinforced concrete. Stair cases-introduction to different types-design of simply supported flights-cantilever steps. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing company Ltd. Structural Analysis. 7.maximum principal strain theory – Mohr’s theory.II C503 2+2 Module 1 Statically indeterminate structures-degree of indeterminacy-force and displacement methods of structural analysis.1984.1968. Module 2 Displacement method of analysis of statically indeterminate structures: Slope deflection method-fundamental equations-analysis of continuous beams & portal frames (with sway and without sway) . Clapyron’s theorem of three moments. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. 3. Matrix Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis. portal frames and trusses. 1969. McGraw Hill Co. Basic Structural Analysis. Prentice Hall of India.. Wang C. Moshe F.Method of consistent deformation-analysis of fixed beams and continuous beams..S.1971. Theory of Matrix Structural Analysis. McGraw Hill.G. Module 5 Flexibility method: Flexibility influence coefficients . Introductory Structural Analysis.. References 1. Meek J. Smith J. McGraw Hill.L.Co. J.& Solomon C.STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS .. 8.Prentice Hall.. Reddy C. Rubinstein – Matrix Computer Analysis of Structures.structure stiffness matrix-assembly of structure stiffness matrix from element stiffness matrix-equivalent joint load – incorporation of boundary conditions –analysis of beams and frames (rigid & pinjointed).1996.K.flexibility matrix-analysis of beams & frames (rigid and pinjointed).Moment distribution method-analysis of continuous beams & portal frames (with sway and without sway). Force method of analysis of indeterminate structures .Direct stiffness method .analysis of fixed and continuous beams Minimum strain energy-Castigliano’s second theorem-analysis of indeterminate beams. East West Press.C. 2. Oxford & IBH. Weaver &Gere. Macmillian Pub..S. Rajesekharan & Sankarasubramanian. 6.G.1985. Matrix Analysis of Structures. Pezemieniecki. 1984 63 . 9.maximum shear stress theory . 2001. Computational Structural Mechanics. Mukhopadhyay M. 5. Influence line diagrams for statically indeterminate structures: Muller Breslau’s principleInfluence lines for reactions-shear force-bending moment-propped cantilevercontinuous beams and fixed beams Module 4 Matrix methods: Classification of structures-static& kinematic indeterminacy Stiffness method-coordinate systems-element stiffness matrix . Module 3 Theories of Elastic Failure: Maximum principal stress theory. Matrix Structural Analysis. 4. .booting . Module 4 Arrays: Declaration and handling .types of files -COM. II.P. Mechanics of Structures. 13. Vol.structures and unions .B. EXE.&Smith J.use of built in l/O functions . Junarker S. McGraw Hill.writing small programs. Advanced Mechanics of Materials.simple examples. flowcharts .program planning . The C programming language. Charorbar Book Stall. do-while. Sadhu Sindh. 1988.use of control statements . Module 2 Introduction to C language: Character set -operators .transfer of data in blocks . 2. Elementary Structural Analysis.operation on files at command line. BPB Publications. 1993.macros.recursion – scope rules storage classes .sorting of strings .command line arguments . Khanna Publishers. linking and running . listing and copying files . Programming with C. Module 3 Functions: Declaration .binary files ..operating system commands . 6.structured programming . 64 . COMPUTER PROGRAMMING C 504 2+2 Module 1 Basic concepts of operation of a computer: Operating system .if. 4. BPB Publications. 3. Module 5 Data files: Reading. switch conditional assignment . writing and appending data files .pointers as parameters to functions .different levels of programming languages .linked lists. Strength of Materials.compilers and interpreters compiling.constants and variables data types .writing trigonometric.10. Norris & Wilbur. editing. Y. Kenetker. Byron S Gottfried. while. Programming in C. V. Balaguruswamy.high level languages .pointers and arrays . Tata Mc Graw Hill. 11. Kern Ingham & Ritchie. Kenetker. Seeli F. Rajaraman.passing parameters by value and by reference . Programming with C.R. Prentice Hall.array of structures . 12. algebraic and string handling functions . References 1. Let us C. Tata Mc Graw Hill.drives.algorithms. for.sorting . directories and files . Y. 5. Exploring C. John Wiley &Sons. BAT .creating. Hypersthene.Muscovite. 8. Diorite. Syenite. Physical Geology: Geomorphic processes-Rock weathering-Formation of soilssoil profiles-soils of India – Geologic work and engineering significance of rivers and oceans. Sandstone. streak. cleavage.Tourmaline. 3.Faultsdefinition-parts of a fault-classification-recognition in the field-effects of faulting and subsequent erosion on outcrops. Petrology: Definition and classification-important structures and textures of igneous sedimentary and metamorphic rocks-diagnostic texture.Basalt 8. 5. transperancy. 10. 7. Hornblende. Module 3 Mineralogy: Definition and classification-important physical properties of minerals-colour. 13. shale. 3.Olivine. Plate tectonics: Lithospheric plates-diverging. specific gravity and magnetism. Marble.composition of different layers-sima & sial.Garnet. Earthquake: Elastic rebound theory-types of seismic waves-cause of earthquakeintensity and magnitude of earthquake-Locating epicentre and hypocenter-effect of earthquake-distribution of earthquake-earthquake resistant structures.Metamorphic rocks: 1. 11. Joints-definition-classification. Kaolin. 7. 3. 12. 2. Unconformites-definition-classification recognition in the field. Sedimentary rocks: 1. Effects of all the above described structures in the major engineering projects like reservoirs. Pseudotachyllite. tunnels and other important structures. 6. Biotite. 2. 5. Slate. 5. Granite. 2. lusture. mineralogy. 15. Module 4 Structural Geology: Definition-outcrop-stratification-dip and strike.Pegmatite. Special Indian rock types: 1. dams. form. mantle. core-lithosphere-asthenosphere-major discontinuitiesMoho. Schist. 2. 5. Gabbro. Guttenberg.Fluorite. 4. benioff zone and transform faults-significance of plate tectonic concept. Foldsdefinition.Relevance of Geology in Engineering.Quartz. Limestone. 65 . 14. 6. Charnockite. 6. Khondalite. 3. Quartzite. 9. Gneiss.Kyanite. 2. 3. engineering properties and uses of following rocks: Igneous rocks: 1.Calcite. Lehmann. Peridotite. Mylonite.Auguite. 4. 7.Feldspar. Laterite.ENGINEERING GEOLOGY C 505 3+1 Module 1 Introduction: Various branches of geology . fracture. Conglomerate. Breccia.Dolerite. hardness. Study of the diagnostic physical properties and chemical composition of the following rock forming minerals: 1. Module 2 Dynamic Geology: Interior constitution of the earth-Various methods to study the interior-crust. converging and transform boundaries-their characteristic features-midoceanic ridge.parts of fold-classification-recognition of folds in the field. Serpentine. Geologic time scale. 4. 4. Read. 5.in site character of rocks in quarries/outcrops-measuring strike and dip of a formation-tracing of outcrops. Simple soil properties: three phase systems . 4. 66 .water system classification of soil water . Principles of petrology. Classification of soils: Principles of classification .protective filters.factors affecting . Parbin Singh. B. Engineering & general geology.moisture content . classification. K. Laboratory and field identification of soils: Determination of water content. Module 2 Permeability of soils: Darcy's law .P. HH. grain size analysis by sieve. S. Geological considerations in Tunnel constructions and mountain roads-rocks as building materials. Physical geology. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING . Rutleys elements of mineralogy. Arthur Holmes. critical hydraulic gradient . Engineering geology & geotechniques. Krynine&Judd.flownet diagram for isotropic and anisotropic soils .porosity .quick sand condition . New Delhi.degree of saturation . Tata McGraw hill. hydrometer and pipette analysis .Atterberg limits and indices . New Delhi.constant head and falling head test . Aisa publishing house. soil. specific gravity. Seepage of soils: seepage pressure. Thomas Nelson. determination of field density by core cutter and sand replacement method.Billings.exit gradient.I. 6.phreatic line in earth dams .permeability of stratified deposits.capillarity of soils . causes of land slides and their corrections-Geological considerations in the selection of sites for reservoirs and dams.void ratio . Publications.Module 5 Engineering Geology: Mass movement of earth materials-Landslides-definition. Recommended field work: Field trip to quarries or geologically significant places to learn . G.field identification of soils. 3. Bombay. Strucutural geology. New Delhi.Tyrell. References 1. George Allen & Unwin Ltd. New York.W. Hydrogeology: Groundwater table-abundance and advantages-aquiferacquiclude-acquifuge-artesian conditions and artesian wells-cone of depression– perched water table.specific gravity unit weight relationships.Katria & sons. 2. London. M.I. classification .principles of effective stress.plasticity chart . Groundwater hydrology. David Keith Todd. 7.I C506 3+1 Module 1 Soil formation and soil types: Residual soil and transported soil-Soil structureBasic structural units of clay minerals. John Wiley & sons.Sensitivity and thixotropy. COMPUTING TECHNIQUES LAB (C) C 507 0+3 1.control of compaction. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering.S . Standard Publishers.Terzaghi's theory of one dimensional consolidation time rate of consolidation .effect of compaction on soil properties . 5. John Wiely Publications. 4. directories. Soil Mechanics.fitting methods . 2. external commands. Friction circle method -Taylor's stability number and stability charts. 7.Swedish circle method . Laxshmi Publications. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. Arora K.calculation of void ratio .(Use of files.LAN Peripherals. Hardward Graphics .PCs . internal commands. Familiarisation with the computer system . New Age International Publishers.field methods-.determination of preconsolidation pressure .coefficient of consolidation . Familiarisation of application softwares . 4.square root time and log time . Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. 67 . Numerical Problems.editors and compilers.settlement analysis. Familiarisation with data processing packages like FOXPRO etc. Murthy V.degree of consolidation . Jumkis A .pressure relationship concept of coefficient of compressibility .like Grapher. Distributors. Surfur.3.UU. Module 4 Compaction: Objects of compaction .S. 3. 6. Fundamentals of operating system like DOS.R .Rao. R. Gopal Ranjan and A . dbase. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics.height of solids methods and change in void ratio method . New Delhi.R.proctor test and modified proctor test concept of OMC and Max. Narasimha Rao and Venkatramaiah.choice of test conditions for field problems measurement of pore pressure-critical void ratio and liquefaction. 2.Mohr's circle – Mohr Coulomb strength theory -direct. References 1.Drainage conditions . Punmia B.normally loaded and pre loaded deposits . Soil Mechanics. MS Office.(φ) analysis.. CD and CD tests .. N. V.. Delhi.Zero air void line . triaxial.. dry density .of compaction . Calgotia Book Source Publishers. Orient LongMan Publishers. 3.Module 3 Shear strength: Shear strength parameters . Module 5 Compressibility and consolidation of soils: void ratio . Stability of slopes: types of failures of soil slopes . Nai Sarak. unconfined and vane shear tests.time factor .. 5.coefficient of volume change and compression index . Familiarisation with packages like Wordstar. lotus. Lambe & Whitman. WINDOWS etc. C. Examples and Objective Questions in Geotechnical Engineering.factors affecting compaction .(φ) = 0 analysis and C . 10. Study on Collection and Field Identification of Soil and Sampling Techniques.6. water content and particle size distribution by hydrometer method / pipette method. 7. Consolidation test. Determination of specific gravity. Familiarisation of drawing Softwares . 8. 4. 5. Programming with C as per syllabus of computer programming. Permeability tests for cohesive and cohesionless soil. Unconfined Compression test. 3D Studio. 7. Auto Architect. 6. 11. Determination of field density of soil by sand replacement method and core cutter method. Triaxial shear test. 3. Vane shear Test. 68 . GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY C508 0+3 1. Proctor's compaction tests (light and heavy). 9.AUTOCAD. Direct shear test. 2. Determination of Atterberg limits. SIXTH SEMESTER 69 . octahedral stresses.basic theorems. Timoshenko S.analysis of circular beams over simple supports. & Kong. Space frames – tension coefficients-tension coefficient method applied to space frames Module 2 Kani’s method-continuous beams & frames (with and without sway).. Beams curved in plan. Coats.III C601 2+2 Module 1 Approximate methods of frame analysis: Frames under lateral loading-portal method – cantilever method. ELBS & Nelson. 1993.Airy’s stress functions.David.S. Hyderabad.S. 5. Strength of Materials. Kinney J. 4. 1980. Frames under vertical loading –substitute frame method. Coutie.equilibrium equations in polar coordinates – compatibility equation and stress functions in polar coordinates. McGraw Hill.STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS .evaluation of fully plastic moment – plastic hinge – load factor – method of limit analysis. Module 3 Elementary theory of elasticity: State of stress at a point. Vol. 1997. Seeli F. 70 .P. McGraw Hill. P. Indeterminate Structural Analysis. 7. Laxmi Publishers. 3. Advanced Mechanics of Solids Sadhu Sindh. II.transformation of stressesprincipal stresses-strain components – strain tensor.P. Vazirani & Ratwani. 1957. Prakash Rao D. New Delhi.B.C. New Delhi.&Smith J.stress tensorequilibrium equations-stresses on arbitrary plane.compatibility equationsboundary condition equations. References 1. Theory of Structures. Analysis of Structures. Module 4 Two dimensional problems. Theory of Elasticity. 9. Khanna Publishers..plane strain – compatibility equations in two dimensional cases. 1988. Punmia.plane stresses . John Wiley & Sons. Analysis of continuous beams and rigid frames 8.S. 10. Universal Press Ltd. 2. 6. Khanna Publishers.bending of cantilever loaded at ends.collapse load for beams and portal frames.biharmonic equations.plastic bending of beams. Structural Analysis. B... Module 5 Plastic theory – ductility of steel. Advanced Mechanics of Materials. Structural Analysis. Sreenath.analysis of cantilever beam curved in plan -analysis of curved balcony beams. Compensation of gradients. base plate. connections and foundations.design of simple and compound beams . Relevant I. References 1.I. Ramamrutham S. Steel Designers Manual. Design of steel structures.S specifications . Design of steel structures.slab base .gusseted base . radius – super elevation cant deficiency . 5. Graham W.beams with and with out lateral supports.Typical cross section . Design of steel structures Vol. Design of railway track: Component parts of a railway track .lacing and battening . I .S 875. TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING .DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES C602 2+2 Module 1 Loading standards . 3. Modern developments Surface elevated and tube railways. B.C.types . Delhi. Module 2 Compression members . Gaylord & Gaylord. Module 4 Light gauge steel structures .local buckling stiffened and multiple stiffened elements . Laxmi publications. Design of steel and timber structures.gradients . 6. circular and pressed steel tanks – connections . 4.axial and eccentric loading . breech opening. Dhanpat Rai & sons.built up columns-moment resisting connections . Module 5 Chimneys.different types .riveted and welded connections .S structural sections . Delhi.design of tension members .Punmia. I & II.their requirements and functions .analysis and design of supporting towers. Knowles.R.I. Standard book house.rectangular. 71 .grillage foundation.Train resistances and evaluation of loading capacity.laterally supported and unsupported.S 800.wear and creep of rails . Tata McGraw-Hill. Owens& Peter .introduction .type of sections .column base . Module 3 Water tanks . Steel Tables) 2. Geometric design of railway track: Horizontal curves.I C603 3+1 Module 1 Introduction: Comparison of highway and railway.self supporting & guyed – stresses in chimneys – design of chimney stack.transition curves . Blackwell scientific publications.rail fastenings .conning of wheels . (I.S Codes. Ramchandra.short and long columns .design of columns . transit sheds and warehouses . winds and waves in the location and design of harbours. Chartor Publishing House Saxena.sources of water ..Details of station yards and marshalling yards .C. 4. Dhanpat rai & Sons Subhash C.Module 2 Railway operation and control: Points and Crossings – Design features of a turn out . Dhanpat rai & Sons WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING . jetties.commanded areas and 72 . 3.Bindra. Dock & Tunnel Engineering.automatic block system . Srinivasan. Railway Engineering.duty. Harbour. dock gates and caissons. References 1. Crop period and base period .dredger.planning concepts of irrigation schemes. Soil-water-plant relation – classes and availability of soil water.quays.channel demarcation . 5.alignment. dry docks.Control of train movements by absolute block system .lighting and drainage of tunnels. Rangawala. Dhanpat rai & Sons R.types. Module 5 Dock Engineering: Functions and types of docks.factors affecting duty . slip ways. 2. delta and their relationship . channel lighting .water requirement for crop optimum moisture for crop growth .environmental effects of irrigation .tunnel driving procedure .P.tunnel surveying .wharves.general study of pier heads .mechanical and hydraulic dredgers general study of bucket ladder . Railway Engineering. floating docks.irrigation systemslift and flow irrigation – modes of irrigation . Railway Engineering.I C604 3+1 Module 1 Irrigation: Definition-necessity of irrigation .Functions .Principles of track circuiting .Signaling and interlocking .Types of railway track . transfering centre. Module 4 Harbour Engineering: Classification of harbours and the effect of tides.light houses). Chartor Publishing House S. landing stages . S. Arora. Break waters necessity and functions .centralised traffic control systems.different types . Module 3 Tunnel Engineering: Tunnel sections .tunnelling through soft soil (Fore Poling Method) and tunneling through hardsoil (Cantilever Car Dump Method) Tunnel lining. Dredging . Saxena. size and shapes . buoys. grab dredger and dipper dredgers.forces acting on break water design principles— construction of break waters . Acourse in docks and Harbour Engineering. grade into tunnel .depth of water and frequency of irrigation crop seasons and important crops in India.signal characteristics (Beacons.layout of irrigation schemes historical development and irrigation in India through ages. ventilation . M.semi modular . cavity and slotted tube wellsfactors governing the selection of site and type of tube wells.flow towards wells .yield of an open well . Khanna Publishers. V.Kholar&J. Delhi.Modi. 5.mean precipitation over a catchment area .B.unit hydrograph . References 1. Soil conservation: water logging and its control .mass inflow curve .Paulhur.intensity of irrigation.silt theories . Infiltration galleries and wells.porosity .Priyani. Ground water velocity. Fundamentals of Irrigation Engineering.deep wells . Irrigation and Waterpower Engg. Standard book house.Lal. Irrigation and hydraulic structures.Darcy's equation .reservoir sedimentation .causes .bed load and suspended load .K Garge.constant level pumping test and recuperation test .useful life of a reservoir.canal outlets requirements of good canal outlets . Bharat Singer.Dupit's theory of aquifers. River training works: guide banks.irrigation efficiencies.factors affecting runoff .hydrograph .specific retention . R. Estimation of runoff: Empirical formula.classification of canals and their alignment requirements of a good distribution system-balancing depth .L.single purpose reservoirs . Mc Grawhill book co. Springs.design of unlined canal using the two theories in alluvial soils .rainfall rain gauge. Irrigation-water recourses and water power. Delhi 3. 4.storage zones in a reservoir . P. Irrigation & Water Power Engineering.flood frequency. Wells-shallow wells .tube wells .evapotranspiration determination of consumptive use .modular outlets.selection of site .multi purpose reservoirs .non modular .section of canal. 6.specific yield .methods of flood control .B.principles of flood routing. Module 4 Ground water: Definitions. rational method flood estimation .S. Kennedy's theory -Lacey's theory .direct run off and base flow .run off .Punmia&Dr.M. Module 3 Flow irrigation: canal system .Linsley.strainer.non silting and non scouring velocity. S. Laxmi Publications. Hydrology for Engineers.Pande.reservoir sediment control . hydrograph – applications of unit hydrograph. Module 5 Reservoir planning: Investigation .storage coefficient-coefficient of permeability and transmissibility. Module 2 Basic concepts of hydrology: Hydrological cycle and its components . Charota Book stall Anand. groynes and marginal bunds – flood control . Design of canals in alluvial soils .C.B. 2.reclamation of salt affected land.. New York.K.demand curve . infiltration method. Consumptive use of water .calculation of reservoir capacity and safe yield from mass inflow curve .A. unit hydrograph method and empirical formula. Dr.B.H. 73 . active and passive.bearing capacity factors and charts .field vane shear test .d.ultimate and allowable .influence of surcharge and water table. Footings: Design of individual. Module 4 Foundation: General consideration .Terzaghi's and Skempton's analysis .assumptions and limitations . continuous and combined footings . Settlement analysis: Distribution of contact pressure estimation of immediate and consolidation settlement .effect of watertable .problems of well sinking. Pile foundation: Uses of piles .negative skin friction . Stress Distribution: Boussinesque's and Westergaard's equations for vertical pressure due to point loads and u.Static and dynamic cone penetration test . Note Structural design of foundations is not contemplated in this course.floating foundation. Caissons: Open.Geophysical methods.different types of foundation -Selection of type of foundation-steps involved.l.Methods of improving bearing capacity .bearing capacity from building codes andSPT values .causes of settlement .Newmark charts and their use. construction details of well foundation . Sheet Piles: Common Types of Sheet Piles – Uses of Sheet pile walls Module 3 Bearing capacity: Definitions . Rankine's and Coulomb's theories of cohesionless and cohesive soils .location of water table-sampling disturbed and undisturbed samples. 74 . Standard Penetration test . and pneumatic caissons.proportioning footings for equal settlement. Module 5 Raft foundation: Bearing capacity equations .factors affecting .shallow and deep foundation .pressure bulb .depth and spacing of borings .Classification of piles .II C 605 3+1 Module 1 Site investigation and Soil exploration: Objectives .vibroflotation and sand drains.bore log . . Module 2 Earth Pressure: General & local State of plastic equilibrium. Earth pressure at rest . total and differential settlement .design procedure .GEO TECHNICAL ENGINEERING .planning .soil profile .rotary drilling .plate load test .Determination of load carrying capacity of axially loaded single vertical pile (static & dynamic formulae) pile load tests .group action & pile spacings settlement of pile group.permissible.methods of reducing differential settlement.footings subjected to eccentric loading .Functions of foundation . auger borings . Rehban's and Culman's graphical methods: Sheeting and bracings in shallow and deep excavations.reconnaissance methods of subsurface exploration-test pits. box. mortars. Schedule of rates. sinking fund method .valuation based on cost development method .depreciation method.C.preparation of conveyance statement . McGraw Hills Publishing Company.head loads .material value. Methods of valuation of land .comparative method abstractive method.Methods of measurements of building and civil engineering.constant percentage method. KPWD PWD Data Book Dutta. Foundation Engineering. Joseph E. works such as beams and slabs. brick works. Lucknow Rangawala S. Winterkorn & Hsai Yang Fang.direct comparison with capital cost .S: 1200.. Modern Foundations.different methods-Preparation of detailed estimates and abstracts for RCC Single storey buildings . 4.explanation of terms . stone works.depreciation . years purchase .1968 . Estimating and costing.different types. F. Module 3 (8 hrs. Hansen & Thornburn. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. 2. Tata McGraw Hills Publishing Company. rate.cost of materials at site. RCC Works.S Dutta & Company. flooring .Beams. 5. form work. Cost of materials at source . References 1. C. 4.Bowles. Pointing.C. Columns – T.and quantity survey method. 2.) Preparation of specification for common materials of construction and its items of works with reference to IS specifications. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering. 5. 3.) Purpose of estimates. 6.freehold and lease hold purchase . Delhi I. Distributors. Hans. wood works . Footings. R. Arora K. Peck.methods of calculating depreciation straight line method . Foundation Design. Kurian. 75 . plastering.reinforcement works. Estimating & costing.different types of conveyance and rates . 3. Module 4 (8 hours) Analysis of rates for earth works. QUANTITY SURVEYING VALUATION AND SPECIFICATIONS C606 2+2 Module 1 & 2 (24 hrs.valuation based on profit . Preparation of bar bending schedule for R.References 1.rental method . Teng. Foundation Engineering Hand Book. laterite work. W. Foundation Analysis and Design. Module 5 (6 hours) Valuation . Charator Anand. Methods of valuation of property . Standard Publishers .R C. Ninan P. b) Water absorption. d) Bulk density and percentage voids of coarse aggregate. e) Flexural strength. c) Specific gravity. 6. b) Nondestructive test on concrete. b) Water absorption. c) Efflorescence.I C608 Module 1 History and overview of CAD. 3. 9. Tests on flooring tiles. b) Slump test. a) Compaction factor test.strain gauges. Note All tests should be done as per relevant BIS. c) Splitting tensile strength. Tests on aggregates.MATERIAL TESTINGB LABORATORY . COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN . d) Modulus of elasticity. 76 0+3 0+3 . d) Flow table test. a) Standard consistency. d) Soundness. Tests on fresh concrete. Study of a) Strain measurements using electrical resistance. a) Compressive strength of concrete cubes. initial and final setting time.II C607 1. Tests on hardened concrete. c) Abration tests. c) Bulking of fine aggregate. b) Water absorption.popular CAD packages – advantages of CAD over manual drafting and design – hardware requirements – Configuration and installation of the CAD package. 7. b) Compressive strength of concrete cylinder. b) Compressive strength of mortar cubes. e) Ball penetration test. Compression tests on Laterite blocks 10. e) Grain size analysis of coarse and fine aggregate. Tests on cement. b) Specific gravity of coarse and fine aggregate. a) Aggregate crushing value for coarse aggregate. Tests on RC beam 5. 2. a) Transverse strength. Tests on bricks. c) Vee-Bee test. a) Compressive strength. 8. e) Fineness. 4. a) Transverse strength. Tests on roofing tiles. National building code of India. annotation. explode. rotate. Tata McGraw Hill. Controlling the drawing and drawing display – zoom. ltscale etc. 6. SPADES. pan. redraw. Calicut. printing and plotting. Tata McGraw Hill. Module 4 AutoLISP: Introduction of AutoLISP. variables and functions. regeneration. landscapes. chamfer. mapping. 3D modeling techniques. undo. user defined functions. break. editing faces of 3D solid & shelling. snap. editing text. working with views in 3D using view point. Module 5 1. extend.Osnap settings. 2. Screen menu. Reference Manual of the package. Working with multiple drawings. region modeling. concept of UCS Modify tools – Erase. using layers. formatting. Sham Tickoo. and 3D face.assigning material. color. Prabhu. edgesurf.Menu bars. solid modeling. offset. inquiry commands. Building Drawing. Term project – To prepare sketch design for Client and submission drawings for approval (Using National Building code provisions and Local Building rules) References 1. copy. Writing your own commands. linetype. rulesurf. AutoCAD 2002 with Applications. surface revolution. properties.wire modeling. Real-time 3D rotation. tabsurf. scaling. Shading and rendering . Understanding AutoCAD 2002. fillet. Tata McGraw Hill. concept of UCS in 3D. Planning and designing of public buildings (2D only) 3. scale. fillets and chamfer. text styles. Sham Tickoo. array. 77 .Module 2 Creation of 2D drawings: Menu structures. 5. Pull down menu and Toolbars. Module 3 Creation of 3D drawings: Concept of 3D Drawings. stretch. multiple active work planes.S. Drawing aids and tools . Building Drawing and Detailing.Data types. Planning and designing of residential buildings (2D only) 2. Setting up units. 3. redo. grid. point filters. 4. limits. Calculating mass properties and interference Creating perspective and sectional perspective views of 3D models. Shah & Kale. signs and symbol conventions. Balgopal T. surface modeling. QDIM adding text to drawing – multiline text. ortho mode etc. lights and scenes etc. Creation of blocks and symbols. Dimensioning – Styles – Dim variables. move. SEVENTH SEMESTER 78 . Ashok . Oxford and I B H Publishing companyLtd. 4. Module 2 Retaining walls: Types-Earth pressure diagrams. Krishna Raju. Printice Hall of India Pvt Ltd. Limit state design of Reinforced concrete. Reinforced concrete.SP 16) 2. John Wiely & sons Inc. 9. I.openings . Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. Oxford & IBH Publishing Company. Design of Reinforced concrete structures. 6. Reinforced concrete design. 10. Analysis and Design.K.columns and bracings .S 456.losses of prestress .design of ground supported and overhead water tanksrectangular and circular with flat bottom-flexible and rigid joints – design of staging. Relevant IS codes.design of simply supported rectangular beams.C.modes of failure.ring beams.. S. Mallick S.DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES . Punmia B. New Chand & Bose.S 875.Limit state design.design of cantilever and counter fort retaining walls ("L” not included) Module 3 Design of continuous beam: using coefficients given in IS: 456 . 3. Jain. 5. Prestressed Concrete. Ramamruthum S.II C701 2+2+0 Module 1 Prestressed concrete: I.(I. Reinforced concrete. Dhanpat Rai Publishing co. References 1. Reinforced concrete structures. Varghese P. Park R and Pauloy T. Reinforced concrete structural elements-Behaviour. Purushothaman P. Module 5 Water tanks: Types . Unnikrishna Pillai . Module 4 Domes: membrane stresses in spherical and conical domes –design of domes with uniformly distributed and concentrated loads .K.design of circular beams -uniformly loaded and supported on symmetrically placed columns.S & D. Specifications . 8.C. Reinforced concrete structures Vol II. Lakshmi Publications 79 . Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing company Ltd. 7.general principles .methods and systems of prestressing .Menon.IS code method. draft tube .keys water stops – opening and galleries and shaft foundation treatment .silt control devices .joints .Garg. silt ejector.Garg. Gravity dam: forces acting combination of forces for design . Kholer. M. storage plants and pumped storage plants . Irrigation and hydraulic structures.design criteria . Earthen dam . 2. (2) Canal falls.runoff river plants. R. K. Standard book house. Irrigation-water resourses and water power. Paulhur.trial load analysis and elastic theory.II C702 3+1+0 Module 1 Dams: definitions .causes of failure of weirs on permeable foundation.Khosla's theory and design of impermeable foundation .silt excluder.classifications . Buttress dam .modes of failure and stability requirements elementary profile and practical profile .investigation for a dam site.operating head . Module 5 Water power engineering: Classification of hydel plants.principal and shear stress . S.penstocks powerhouse – selection of turbine-Scroll casing . capacity factor and utilization factor.advantages and disadvantages.WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING .thick cylinder theory . H.types of earth dams . References 1. P.phreatic line .tailrace definition of gross head .surge tanks . Bharat Singer. A. S.forces acting -design of arch dams on thin cylinder theory .types . M.different dam sections to suit available materials and foundation .selection of a dam .introduction of other methods of design . Linsley. Bligh's creep theory and its limitations .vertical drop fall sarda type and glacis fall.firm power –secondary power.design of vertical drop weir . L.impervious membrane type and earth core type (brief description only) Module 3 Diversion head works: function and component parts of diversion head works effect of construction of weir on the regime of river.brief description on type of spill ways. Tata Mc Graw Hill 4. medium and high head schemes investigation and planning . (3) Cross drainage works –aqueduct and syphon aqueduct. Module 2 Arch dams: types of arch dams .effective head .low dam and high dam .trapezoidal notch fall. Fundamentals of Irrigation Engineering 80 .low.Lane's weighted creep theory . Modi. Khanna publishers 3.load factor.base width of elementary profile by stress and stability criteria-stresses developed in the elementary profile .stability analysis .rock fill dams materials of construction .factors governing the selection of the type of dam and site of the dam.fore bay – intakes . K. K.methods-of design of gravity darn (introduction only) . Hydrology for Engineerers. Module 4 Design and drawings emphasizing the hydraulic aspects of the following structures: (1) Regulators-design of head regulator and cross regulator. types and causes of failures in flexible and rigid pavements.5. Facilities required in the terminal building . selection of site for airport . B C Punmia.L.Traffic signs. Types of road intersection . Pande B B Lal. clearway and taxiway design requirements.Varshney. basic runway length and corrections required. 6. Irrigation and water power engineering.II C703 2+1+0 Module 1 Classification. Module 5 Aprons: loading aprons . Bituminous materials . obstructions and zoning laws. TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING .(Design of traffic signals not expected).related problems. B. typical cross section of roads in urban and rural areas . Priyani.factors controlling size and number of gate positions aircraft parking systems . Nemchand &brothers.historical development of road construction. sight distances . Use of blast fences.sight distance requirements on summit and valley curves -simple problems on design of vertical alignment.properties and tests . markings.designof flexible pavements-CBR. Geometric design of highways: pavement surface characteristics. Stopway.over taking zone requirements and related problems.radius – super elevation .Guptha. 7.requirements and factors controlling alignment of roads.Guptha. Pavement design: Basic difference between flexible and rigid pavements -factors affecting their design .definitions of various cross sectional elements . alignment and surveys -classification of highways .sub grade soil . .regional planning. Module 3 Highway materials: Road aggregates . engineering surveys for highway location.speed .extra widening . highway drainage. Module 2 Traffic Engineering: traffic characteristics-various traffic studies and their applications .principles of highway lighting .approach zone and turning zone. Irrigation and water power Engg.holding apron. Structures. Theory and design of irrigation 8. camber and width requirements. S. Charotar Book stall. Module 4 Aircraft characteristics.kerb parking . Laxmi Publications.factors to be considered. methods of attainment of super elevation . R. Traffic control devices. Vol II.Design of vertical alignment .cement concrete construction and joints in concrete pavements . V. Runway orientation and layout of runways: use of wind rose diagrams.S.their desirable properties and tests. GI & IRC methods. 81 . traffic signals and traffic islands. Methods of classification of airports. Design of horizontal alignment . Imaginary surfaces .desirable properties.C.gradient and grade compensation . R. Roorkee.facilities for movement of baggage and passengers.transition curves. Highway construction and maintenance: Bituminous surface dressing and pavement construction . C.Smith.detailed analysis of factors influencing the space . structural requirements and other constraints preparing sketch plan and working drawings site plans. References 1. Fundamentals of Transportation engineering. Robert. 2. Martin Ekse. K. Airport lighting: lighting of runways approaches. steel and concrete stairs .layout and details of different types of timber . Module 2 Functional planning of buildings: Occupancy classification of buildings'-general requirements of site and building . Kerala Municipal acts – planning regulations of corporations and developmental authorities – Kerala building bye laws. G. E. Module 3 Building services: Vertical Transportation: stairs . Tata Mc Graw Hill. Tata Mc Graw Hill. ventilation and thermal aspects.licencing of building works. taxiways etc. canonic and analogic design -consideration of comfort factors such as acoustics.S.building codes and rules . M.pre-cast concrete stairs. Rangwala. Airport Planning & Design.Hurd. plane. texture. commercial.elements of composition . proportion. navigational aids and landing aids.iconic. ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING C704 2+1+0 Module 1 Principles of architectural Design: Definition of architecture: factors influencing architectural developmentcharacteristic features of a style-historical examples. public. Airport Engg. Frederick. G V Rao. industrial buildings . Principles of transportation and High way Engineering. Hennes. Khadiyali.K.R. ventilation. New Delhi. colour etc.typical airport layout .S. Khanna Publishers.airport markings . lighting. G. Functional planning of building such as residential. Planning and design of airports. 8..the process of identifying activity areas and linkages . L .mass and scale. Theodore M Matson. Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning. Jain. institutional. 82 . Charotar Publishing Co. .Khanna. Air traffic control -airways. Design principles . Mc Graw Hill. line.activity space.Factors influencing form. Arora. S.point.deciding the space and form . Wilbur. Khanna. Highway engineering. S.W. circulation space and tolerance space . taxiways and aprons. balance and unity . S. Nem Chand Publishers 4. rhythm. Creative principles: function/strength. Mc Graw Hill 6. Robert & Francise Mc Keivy. C.form expressive of functionform related with material and Structural system. Nem Chand Publications.form perception .drawing built diagrams . G. 5.masonry. Justo. 3. 7. Traffic Engineering.marking of runways. Horenjeft. aesthetics . S.checking for circulation. fire demand.Survey and analysis of town: fare maps . hydraulic operation . ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING . Urban Pattern. Low's. Architecture and Town Planning.land use classification . public amenities.concept of new towns and conservative theory .beginning of planning acts .environmental aspects. Gallien. Broadbent. forecasting population. Rangwala.standard requirements. D. percapita demand.Van Nostrand CD.garden city movement .effect on the balance of ecosystem and natural resources. Inc.comprehensive planning of towns.types . Water supply Engineering: Rural and Urban water supply systems . features.water requirements .housing demographic arid social surveys .elevators .planning control development schemes .ideal town .summer and winter air conditioning.provision for urban growth-growth models. 2.cross ventilation . Theory of Architecture Design. Nelson P. variations in the rate of consumption.effect of orientation radiation . planning standards for traffic networks standards of roads and paths .transportation network . 4. References 1.pollution control aspects. S. Town Planning. industries. Ventilation and air conditioning . open areas etc.C Agarwala. Urban area lineation: urban influence zone . Dhanpatrai &sons.passenger. Plumbing services: typical details of water supply and sewage disposal arrangements for residence. Theories of land use planning. calculation of air conditioning load .handling capacity arrangement of lifts . detailed town planning scheme and act. escalators.air movement .slum clearance schemes . History of World Architecture. Planning to Modern City 5.design considerations of passenger elevators .I C705 3+1+0 Module 1 Scope of Environmental Engg.operation arrangement ramps.economic studies . population trends resource use .land aquisitions . design period. Estimating future needs: planning standards for different land use allocation for commerce. 6. Plan implementation: town planning legislation and municipal acts . Charotar Publishing House. John Wiley Sons 3. service goods elevators .urban financing .ventilation requirements -natural and mechanical ventilation .traction. Quality 83 . transportation planning and housing development. Module 4 Town planning theory: Evolution of towns: problems of urban growth . hospitals and hostel buildings .evaporation.positioning. Module 5 Planning Process: Concept of master plan: structural plan. Banister Fletcher. factors affecting percapita demand. Taraporevalas.urban region concept of regional planning.consumption for various purposes. planning standard for density distributions-density zone. analysis of water . crown corrosion.overhead tanks. minimum and maximum velocity of flow. Module 3 Introduction: Sanitation. Pumps: Classification . House drainage: Principles-inspection chamber. preparation of layout and construction of sewers and testing of sewers. Water supply of buildings: house connections . Appurtenances in the distribution system meters. centrifugal pumps. inverted siphons.Sanitary Fixtures. methods of analysis of network. Sewage farming disposal by dilution . situation for adoption. traps.oxygen sag curve . factors affecting. peak factor.design of pumps.MPN total coliforms. time of concentration.design of pipes . 84 . valves. fecal coliforms by A-1 medium. pumping and storage system distribution reservoirs -storage capacity of balancing reservoir.duration curve and formula.selection of pumps . Sanitary Plumbing . soil pipe.types of pumps .water borne diseases sampling of water for tests . antisiphonage pipes. Design of sewers: Flow formula. Sewer appurtenances: inlets.rotary.pipe materials .physical.dilution into sea. pipe corrosion and its control. clean outs. comparison of disposal methods. testing & disinfections of mains. Storm sewage: Factors affecting. cleaning and maintenance.self purification of streams . Characteristics of sewage: physical. principles of design and construction. pipe laying. storm regulators. intensity .of water: impurities in water and their importance . Fluctuations in sewage flow. Module 4 Construction of sewers: Materials of sewers. sewage.hydraulics-of flow . Transmission of water: free flow and pressure conduits . testing of drain.capacity of pumps . gravity system. design of circular sewers. sewer. types. lamp holes/flushing tanks. sampling. sewer joints. reciprocating. pipe grids. Detection and prevention of leaks in distribution system-cleaning and maintenance of distribution system. hand pumps submersible pumps .Indian standards for pipes. manholes. Sewage pumping: pumping stations . catch basins. Sewerage systems – separate. fire hydrants etc. drop manholes. intensity of rainfall. connection of house drain to street sewer. population equivalent relative stability-cycles of decay. effect of variation of discharge on velocity. systems of plumbing. Module 2 Collection of water: intakes . Distribution of water: pumping system. ventilation.sources. Quantity of sewage: sanitary sewage . longitudinal and cross section of sewer lines. ventilation of sewers. chemical and biological characteristics and analysis. use of partial flow diagrams.location. and sewerage systems. combined and partially combined systems. rational and empirical formula. grease and oil traps.location of pumping stations. collection pattern. WHO and Indian standards for drinking water. sewage treatment and disposal. Natural methods of wastewater disposal: land disposal -. chemical and bacteriological tests . planning. Environmental Engineering Vol. Eastern Economy Edition. H. Environmental Engineering. Ltd. Module 5: Network Techniques Shortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm. A. Rao & H. Water supply Engineering. sources. Jodpur. Arihant Publications. New Delhi. K. Rowe. collection. S. Punmia. 2. Irwin.S. Peavy.D. M. A. 85 . Waste water Engineering. R.N. 5. Taha. Rao. S. Air Pollution. Garg. OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . Mojena. Arihant Publications.Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions. B. 4. Operations Research.Module 5 Air pollution: Types of pollutants.Disposalcomposting.V. Module 3: Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method. Richard D. D. effects. 3. characteristics. Chandrupatla. Monitoring. l & ll. health effects.N. mixed integer programming problems. Operation Research an introduction. New Age International P.C.C. Module 2: One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods. B. Belegundu. New Delhi. Rao. R. Panneerselvam. transportation and processing. References 1. Optimization theory and application. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering. INC.I) CMELRTA 706-1 3+1+0 Module1: Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method . PHI. Tchobanoglous. Principles of Operations Research for Management. Solid waste management: Type and source of solid waste. Noise pollution: Sources. Tata Mc Graw Hill Pvt. sanitary land fill. Budnick. Jodpur. Mc Graw Hill International Editions. 2. incineration References 1. Khanna Publishers. McLeavey. Pearson Education Asia. S.R. Module 4: Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems. Punmia. 4. T. F. Ltd. 3. 5.. Introduction.equilibrium equations – stress variations – comparative study with Love.uniformly loaded circular plates – circular plates loaded at the centre References 1. built. Ship structural design. PRESTRESSED CONCRETE (ELECTIVE . plates and shells. Lloyd Hamilton Donnell. 3. John Wiley & Sons.materials for prestressed concrete and their characteristics.I) C706-3 3+1 Module 1 Introduction: Basic concept of prestressing . Module 4 Strain energy – pure bending of plate – bending of plates by lateral loads – Mindlin’s theory – assumptions . Mc Graw Hill. Mc Graw Hill. W Krieger.thin plates and thick plates – small deflection theory and large deflection theory – basic concepts of two imensional theory of elasticity – fourth order differential equation for generalized bending problems (derivation in next module) Module 2 Pure bending of plates – slope and curvature of slightly bent plates – relation between bending moment and curvature in pure bending – stresses – variation– plates subjected to lateral loadings -small deflection theory of thin plates – Love. Timoshenko.I) C706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Plates.in and free edge – Navier’s solution for simply supported rectangular plates – uniformly distributed and concentrated load. London.Kirchhoff’s equations. Theory of plates and shells. William Muckle.moments of resistance. 4. New York. Uniform prestress distribution in prestressed concrete nonuniform prestress distribution . 1983. Edqward Arnold Ltd. Owen F Hughes. 86 .THEORY OF PLATES (ELECTIVE .Kirchhoff’s theory – assumptions– derivation of fourth order differential equation Module 3 Solution techniques for fourth order differential equation – boundary conditions – simply supported. NewYork. Strength of ship structures. 2. Module 5 Circular plates – polar coordinates – differential equation of symmetrical bending of laterally loaded circular plates.Advantages of prestressed concrete over reinforced concrete . Beams.classification of plates. 1967. Behavior of prestressed concrete beams in flexure : load . relaxation and achorage losses .cement stabilization. T.I) C706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Necessity of soil improvement-selection of improvement method. S K Mallick.mechanical stabilization-effect on engineering properties-dewatering-well-point systemelectro osmosis-pre-loading.Interpreting bending tests . London. 3.thermal stabilization.counteracting elastic loss-loss of prestress in case of nonuniform prestress . bleeding potential. Y.friction loss in prestress -graphical solution of friction losses overcoming friction losses. New Dehi. N. Ltd. Module 2 Chemical stabilization.chemical prestressing. References 1. R.resultant moment – Concordant cable profile-Gyons theorem. Prestressed concrete theory and design. Module 5 Bearing and anchorage zone.Thermo elastic prestressing . A P Gupta. 4. shrinkage. Module 4 Elastic design of sections for flexure: design of a simply supported beam with symmetrical sections of post tensioned and pretensioned type.basic functions – groutability ratio – classification of grouts-properties of grouts. Lin. Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co. strength and permeance. Evans.factors affecting soil cement mixingadmixtures.lime stabilization-effect of lime on soil properties-construction of lime stabilized bases-bituminous stabilization. Prestressed Concrete.fluidity. Krishna Raju. Oxford and IBI Series.creep.Microcracks and visible cracks Failure.pre-tensioning systems . Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures.Module 2 Systems and methods of prestressing. Chapman and Hall. rigidity and thixotropy.post tensioning systems .statically indeterminate structure-continuous beamsprimary moment –secondary moment. Asia Publishing House. Module 3 Losses in prestress: purpose of assessing losses . H. Prestressed concrete.grouting applications-seepage control in 87 .tension members. GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE .methods of installation-vibro-flotationstone columns. Bennet E W. 2.sand drains.deflection curves for prestressed concrete beams .electrical stabilization. Module 3 Introduction to grouts and grouting. creep . Donald P.F.Batching .Strength of concrete: w/c ratio .factors affecting modulus of elasticity .sieve analysis .tests for cement .stress strain relationship of reinforced soil-design theories and stability analysis of retaining wall-tie back analysis-coherent gravity analysis.maturity concept of concrete .Miscellaneous admixtures .grading of aggregate .factors affecting.shrinkage . M. .Alkali aggregate reaction .quality control.Jewell .requirements .P. C.Koerner Construction and Geotechnical methods in Foundation Engineering 2.Foundation design and construction Robert M.Earth Reinforcement and Soil structures 3.application areas of earth reinforcement Module 5 Geotextiles: Soil reinforcement with geotextiles.process of manufacture of concrete .chemical composition hydration types of cement.transportation .setting and hardening .factors affecting .Damp proofing agents .accelerated curing tests .curing of concrete curing methods .seepage control in rock under damsstabilization grouting for under pinning.Flakiness index Elongation Index Impact value-abrasion value -Water .mixing .Jones .effect of maximum size of aggregate on strength .compaction .soil under dams and for cut off walls. Module 3 Elastic properties of Concrete .Tholinson .measurement of workability different tests for workability .Soil Reinforcement with Geotextiles 4. filters.general requirements quality of water.mechanism and concept.Accelerators – Retarders -workability agents .high speed slurry mixing .size .bleeding .classification.Aggregates Classification .gel/space ratio .Gain of strength with age.I) C706-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Concrete materials: cement manufacture .Coduto .J.conceptsgeotextiles as separators.J.shape . Module 4 Earth Reinforcement. and drainage media-damage and durability of geotextiles References 1.Geotechnical Engineering.segregation .Tests for aggregates . 88 .air entraining agents .relation between compressive and tensile strength .texture .admixtures in concrete .revibration .A. R. Module 2 Fresh Concrete: Workability . Principles and Practices Prentice Hall India CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . Sulphur infilterated concrete . Properties of concrete 3.Module 4 Durability of concrete: . sugar etc. the weather and other factors on road accident preventive measures.polymer cement concrete . Module 4 Traffic Safety: causes of road accidents .Ferrocement.ACI methods .special concrete .thermal properties of concrete .tidal flow operation .performance .properties of polymer concrete .characteristic compressive strength .natural . Durability of concrete in sea water . Concrete Technology TRAFFIC ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE-I) C706-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Traffic management .polymer concrete polymer impregnated concrete .pretimed signalised intersection . possible and practical capacity .design of fixed timesignal . Shetty. Krishna Raju N.traffic signals .IS methods .rotary intersection . References 1.determination of theoretical maximum capacity -passenger car units .influence of road.regualtion of the vechicle . Module 2 Highway capacity: Its importance in transportation studies .scope of traffic management measures .restrictions to turning movements . on hard concrete . 89 .special concreting methods . flexural strength .sulphate attack . the vehicle .mean strength .Fire resistance cracks in concrete–Remedies.comparison of cuube test and cylinder test .capacity of rotary intersection .Motor Vechicle Act .concept in HC manual .one way streets .factors affecting level of service.basic.S.level of service .action of organic acids. mineral oils.Non distructive testing of concrete. A.high density concrete .Speed limit at different locations.Indirect tension test methods -concrete mix design . Module 5 Special aggregates: light weight .cold Weather concreting.the driver.regulation of traffic Need and scope of traffic regulations.fibre reinforced concrete .M. hot weather concreting .regulations concerning the driver rules of the road enforcement.methods of controlling sulphate attack.fine concrete.no . Neville. M. Module 3 Design of Intersection: Design of at grade & grade seperated intersection . Testing of Hardened concrete.Websters approach for the design.collection of accident data . Concrete Technology 2.artificial . l/O operators <<and >>) cascading of 1/0 operators. Structures: definition-referencing structure elements. Highway Engineering.P and Jesto C.data member functions private and public members class function definition member function definition . Traffic system Analysis for Engineers 4.type casting.accessing member functions . Khadiyali L.Car 'following theory and queuing References 1. Introduction to C++ . Khanna O.declaration of variables .scope .operators.Whitham's theory .array Initialization.rules of functions and variables – built .I) C706-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to OOP: Basic concepts objects-classes-data abstraction-inheritancepolymorphism-dynamic binding-virtual functions-advantages of OPP over procedure oriented programming-object oriented languages. Donald Drew. Function prototypes-argument data types-returning values and their types – scope .G. Whol.accessing class data membersaccessing member functions . Module 4 Advanced features: Dynamic memory allocation-pointers –new and delete operators-pointer variables.private and public member functions methods . Traffic Flow Theory OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING (ELECTIVE . definition and use.definition and basic diagrams of traffic flow.basic concepts of light hill .constructors and destructors – declaration. write () functions-detecting end of file. Module 2 Control flow and iterative statements standard input-output streams arrays: one dimension array-multidimensional array.creating objects . Module 5 Polymorphism and Inheritance: Function overloading-base class derived classclass conversion-visibility modes-private. Nem Chand Publishers 3. close () read ().C++ tokens-data types constants and variables . Khanna Tech Publishers 2. Module 3 Classes and Objects: Class declaration .pointers to objects-accessing member functionsclasses with pointers to objects.classes with pointers-copy constructor-static members-friend classes-friend functions-operator overloading File handling in C++: File pointers F-stream classes open (). Martin. Traffic Engineering and Transport planning.Module 5 Traffic Flow: theory of traffic flow . public and protected members-single 90 .R.in functions. and statements-type compatibility .C++ character set . expression. loss of head . Object Oriented Programming with C++.dimensionless equation of the jump .stilling basins.specific force . 6. Coastal erosion with special reference to the Kerala Coast . Turbo C++ Gordenkeith.critical depth .significant wave height .ocean waves .diagram . Let Us C++. Critical flow computation . periodic oscillatory. Lipman. Module 4 Water waves . General expression for the celerity of deep Water . Module 5 Wind generated waves .breaking of waves (description only).specific energy .shore protection measures .the jump at the feet of a spillway . C++ primer Balaguruswammy. Object Oriented Programming with C++.different types.classification into periodic progressive.tetrapods. 5.section factor hydraulic exponent for critical flow computation and its use for trapezoidal channel. Clapotis .differential equation of non-uniform flow .gravity wave and shallow water gravity wave .wave length and celerity. Control of jump by sills . C++ Programming Language David Parsons.sea walls . Module 2 Hydraulic jump .1) C706-8 3+1+0 Module 1 Parameters of open channel flow .computation by Bresse's method and the simplified step method.access control-virtual functions-dynamic binding.friction slope . 91 . 7.making protected member inheritable . 4. OPEN CHANNEL AND COASTAL HYDRAULICS (ELECTIVE .wave refraction .abstract classesconcept of multiple inheritance. BPB Publications.use of jump as an energy disspiator.criteria for the formation of a jump . Module 3 Non-uniform flow . Tata Mc Graw Hill Robert Lafore. Data Abstraction and OOP in C++ Strostraup. groynes and'beach nourishment.inheritance -privately derived and publicly derived . References 1.determination of the wave length and celerity for any water depth given the deep water wave amount as wave energy (no proof).wave period .wave forecasting .the point of control . oscillatory and stationary waves .transformation of waves on a slope (description only) reflection of waves at a vertical sea wall. 2.application to problems. Stanely.friction formula .sequent depths .Kanetkar. Wave deformation .uniform and non uniform flow normal depth conveyance .the 12 type of surface profiles .breakwaters . B P B Publications Y. 3. tolerance levels . III. Coastal Engineering Publications V.Automobile pollution control. Vol I. electrostatic precipitation.S.pressure. I. Hydraulic of Steady Flow in Open Channels F. hydrocarbons . chemistry. Mc Graw Hill Inc. animals and human beings. 3. Module 2 Gaseous pollutants-source. NewYork. II.Effects of air pollutants on atmospheric visibility methods of measurement of visibility . Meteorology related to atmosphere . Photochemical reactions of the atmosphere. aldehydes.Woodword. Effects of meteorological parameters on transport and diffussion. References 1. Sorensen. Chow. properties . 1. 5.1) C 706-9 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction . factors that contribute to air pollution . Air pollution control Engineering. Mc Graw Hill Pvt Ltd. R.carbon monoxide. 4. Estuary and Coast line Hydrodynamics K. Peechi. Module 5 Purpose and principles of measurement of (1) High volume sampler (2) Exhaust gas analyser (petrol and diesel) (3) Stack sampler (4) Sound level meter industrial hygiene and in plant safety to workers. Air pollution.References 1. carbon dioxide. nature and adverse effects . adverse effects on plants. Atmospheric Electricity.source. 2. Module 4 Optics of the atmosphere .Control of gaseous pollutants . Noel De Nevers. Air pollution. Module 3 Particulates in the air .Introduction to noise pollution. NewDelhi. collection in fluids. New Delhi. lapse rates .Emission and noise standards of Kerala State Pollution Control board. 92 .Significance of air pollution studies. N. 3. Ippen. Open Channel Flow A.possibilities to air pollution abatemant . Mc Graw Hill International Edition.M. V. M.J.humidity . NewDelhi.control of particulates settling. temperature.M. Rao. Henderson. Hydrogen fluoride .wind direction and velocity. Open Channel hydraulics. T. Arthur C Stern. E. Air pollution. compounds of Nitrogen.administrative aspects of air pollution . 4.Posey. C.condensation . conversion to harmless and useful products. 2. John Willy & Sons AIR POLLUTION CONTROL (ELECTIVE . N. Henry C Perkins.air pollution legislation Techno . Academic Press. Basic coastal engineering. 6. IV. Mc Graw Hill Robert . filtration. Tata Mc Graw Hill Pvt Ltd. Oxidants.compounds of sulphur. I. H V N Rao. I) C706-10 3+1+0 Module 1 Principles and concepts: Introduction and definition of remote sensing terminology.agriculture. “Principles of remote sensing”. Thomas M. 93 . “Remote sensing and image interpretation”. Sabins. 6.geology. Module 4 Imagery: Landsat imagery..digital image processing.electro-magnetic radiation and spectrum. Module 2 Aerial photogrammetry: Definition. Campbell J.sensors and their characteristics-orbital parameters of a satellite. Curran P. 3. Floyd F..atmospheric effects on remote sensing.forestry . Module 5 Applications: Applications in water resources management. Module 3 Interpretation of images: Aerial photo interpretation – basic elementstechniques of photo interpretation.limitations-comparison with aerial photographs.T and Gurnay R. McGraw Hills. London. Chapman and Hall.REMOTE SENSING AND ITS APPLICATIONS (ELECTIVE .R.J. 2. “Introduction to remote sensing”.application of aerial photo interpretationphotographs versus maps. Lillesand & Raiph W. The Guilford press. 4. London. Freeman and company.Radar imagery. 5.advantages of multi date and multi band images. J.principles and methods of remote sensing.radiation sources-interference.geometry of photographs – parallax . “Elements of photogrammetry”..applications of satellite imagerymerits. Longman. B. Wolf P. “Remote sensing principles and interpretation”. John Wiley Sons.”Remote sensing in hydrology”.height determination. References 1.flight planning stereoscopy.pair of photographs.atmospheric window –energy interaction with surface featuresdifferent types of platforms.oceanography.multi concepts in remote sensing. Engmen E.interpretation of satellite images.soil sciences.land use mapping and monitoring.ground truth collection and interpretation and verification.comparison with image types. Kiefer.types of photographs.thermal infrared imagery. • GENERAL DESCRIPTION Type of structure. Determination of bitumen content by bitumen extractor. • STAAD PRE. void ratio and porosity of coarse aggregate. TEST ON BITUMEN 2.Califormia bearing ratio method. Element Load. Impact value test 10. Joint Load. water absorbtion. Shape tests . Ductility test on Bitumen 4. Load case no.TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING LAB C707 0+0+3 TEST ON SOIL 1.Graphical Input Generation-“Concurrent” VerificationsLibrary. Flash and fire point test 6. Seismic Load and Moving Load • FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS & Dynamic Analysis. Unit systems.Load Generation for Wind Load. Specific gravity of Bitumen 5. Stripping value test 7. Specific gravity test 11. • STAAD INTDES – Interactive Design Series for slabs. • DESIGN for Concrete and Steel Structures using IS: 456 and IS 800 respectively. Softeningpoint of Bitumen 3.ordinate system. Los angles abrasion test 13. Marshell stability value 15.Using Edit Input-Command Formats-Text Input. global co. Self weight Command. Bulk density. Load Combination . Viscosity using Viscometer TESTS ON ROAD AGGREGATES 8. specific gravity. • STAAD POST – Graphical Post Processing – Animation – Icons – Isometric View – Zooming-Results of Analysis & Design – Query reports. retaining walls and footings. • LOAD – Member Load. Floor Load. Local co-ordinate systems • STAAD III Commands.Flakiness index and elongation index 12. 94 . structure geometry and Co-ordinate systems.Geometry Generation – Dimensioning. COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN II C708 0+0+3 Module I and II • INTRODUCTION Overview and the Environment of STAAD-III Package. TESTS ON MIXES 14. Aggregate crushing value test 9. Steel and RCC framed structures. 3. STAAD III Reference Manual 2. 5. Note The student has to practice the above topics by doing Project Management for Turn key projects related to Civil Engineering applications. 3. 2. Module III & IV Project management using CPM/PERT Software (Microsoft Project /PRIMAVERA software) 1. Analysis and design of steel trusses. 2. Analysis and design of RCC and steel water tanks. MS Project/PRIMAVERA Reference Manual Practice on the GUI of the software and Input of Date Practice on Creating Bar Charts/Ghant charts Practice on creating CPM/PERT charts and finding out critical path. 6. Practice on resource allocation and leveling of resources. References 1.Note The student has to practice the above topics by working out problems in 1. 4. Analysis and design of multi-storied framed structures. Practice on Project Monitoring (Cost &Time) Plotting and printing of various charts and project 95 . EIGHTH SEMESTER 96 . Ramchandra. R.D.design of purlins .bearings.riveted and welded compound Module 5 Steel bridges: . Specifications . Advanced Design of Concrete Structures. References 1. Design and Construction of Concrete Shell Roofs.box culvert . Mc Graw Hills FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS C802 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to FEM-Historical development-Idealization of actual structuresMathematical model-General procedure of FEA-Displacement approach.design of bracing – supporting system.Variational approach -Stable. C..analysis and design of trusses .Principle of virtual forces – Principle of virtual displacements.I.. plate girders and gantry girders . Indian Railway Bridge code. Ramaswamy G.Gauss Elimination – Frontal solver (concepts only) Module 2 Finite element analysis. I. Module 4 Design of sections. Solution techniques.ADVANCED STRUCTURAL DESIGN C801 2+2+0 Module 1 Road bridges: I. I. 4. Oxford& I B H Publishing Company.slab bridges -T-Beam bridges . Design of Concrete Bridges. Victor J. Standard Book House. 97 .S. S. Folded plates: general principles structural behaviour of plates (design not required) Module 3 Industrial buildings: roof loads . Krishna Raju. 3. Module 2 Shell structures: General principles for membrane theory for symmetrical uniformly distributed load . 5. New Delhi. R. Oxford& I B H Publishing Company.UnstableNeutral equilibrium-Virtual work.-Energy principles. 456. S 2. Vol II. C. I.Complementary Energy . Design of Steel Structures.design of highway and railway bridges of plate girder type.beam method.design of a simply supported single barrel cylindrical shell for membrane stresses . Specifications . New Delhi. Bridge code.Principle of Stationary Potential Energy. Delhi. S. Shames.conforming & nonconforming elements – Patch test Module 4 Stiffness matrix-Bar element-Beam element-Triangular elements . 5. foundation units.New Delhi.McGraw Hill. Module 5 General plate bending elements.-Fibre reinforced concrete.. frames for opening.&Abel J. S. 1987. Tata McGraw Hill . Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis. Hollow 98 . O C Zienkiewicz.Module 3 Shape functions-Lagrangian and Hermition Interpolation – Polynomials – General coordinates-Area coordinates-Compatibility –C0 and C1 elements-convergence criteria.Timoshenko& Krieger. 3. Module 2 Prefabricated construction: Advantages.Finite Element Method. 4. &Sons. K.Rajasekharan. Irving H. S. Axysymmetric elements. R.Kant. East West Press.S.J. American standards of mix design. Prentice Hall. 1984. IS-method of mix design. Oxford &IBH.High performance concrete. Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis. 10.S. Form work. General arrangements – general requirements – common faults – materials for form work – form work arrangements – form work design – loads on forms – design procedure – form work vibration for compaction of concrete – stripping time and shoring.Isoparametric elements-Numerical Integration Gauss Quadrature. T. McGraw Hill.Plate bending theory – Kirchhoff’s theory – Mindlin’s theory – Introduction to locking problems.W. Pergamons Press. C. Introduction to Finite Element Methods. Finite Element Methods in Computational Mechanics. 8. BUILDING TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT C803 3+1+0 Module 1 Concrete Mix Design: General concepts. Finite Element Analysis. Matrix Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis.preventive measures – reduced integration – selective integration.Bathe. John Wiley &Sons... Wheeler Publishing Co. Mukhopadhyay M.Constant Strain Triangle-Linear Strain Triangle. Theory of Plates and Shells.1993.Krishnamoorthy. 9. wall panels..Cook. Finite Element Analysis.F. 6. Stephen P. Desai C.D.. Durability concepts in mix design . walls–units for roofs and floors – low cost roof systems. BIS method of mix design.Introduction to shell elements References 1. fourth Edition. 7.Requirements and tests of materials required for mix design. 2. Energy &Finite Element Methods in Structural Mechanics. S. 4. Module 4 Materials Management: Functions of materials management – inventory control techniques. P Arora. 6. M . Construction Engineering & Management. 3. insane or drunken persons – authority to agree and find. method of execution of the project – inspection and quality control. Publications. New Delhi. National Building code of India – Indian standards. Site organization: Organization of labour. privity of contract – transfer of contractual rights and obligations. Module 3 Construction company organization: Different types of organizational set up – construction team – objectives of civil engineering management – duties and responsibilities of a civil engineer – functions of construction management. 2.Cost plus fluctuating fee contract – Target contract – All in contract.concrete blocks. Construction contracts: Item rate contract – Lump-sum contract –Labour contract – Negotiated contract – Global contract – Percentage contract – Cost plus percentage contract. standard publishers and Distributions. Amit Gupta. Codification and Standerdisation.N Vazirani.Value analysis: Various methods and techniques.Cost plus fixed fee contract. concrete technology. Module 5 Claims manual for a construction organization: Law of contract .litigation – breach of contract and remedies – discharge of contract – equity.S Shetty. Seetharaman. resources. S. Construction Management and accounts – V . Ferro cement – use and application – modular co-ordination – method of production – flow line method – station method – manufacturing process for structural units. validity of an oral agreement – conditions and warranties – express terms and implied terms – voidable contracts and their performance – illegal and voidable contracts – liability for tort in contract. Dhanpat Rai & sons. Umesh 7. Chand & Co. L Gupta. Construction Management and accounts. materials. Delhi. S. References 1. Building constructions. 5. 99 . Technical planning.safety in construction.Extra work and deviation order – claims – owner’s claim – sub contractor’s claim – disputes and arbitration – consequences of mistake in contracts – terms and conditions of contract – contract documents – earnest money – security deposit – warranty period – contract signed under coercion – contract signed by minors. B. Stabilization ponds. theory of sedimentation. continuous flow sedimentation tanks. post chlorination. characteristics of sludge.types of screens. filters. KSPCB Standards. and dosage chlorine demand. comminutors. Preliminary process: screens . Imhoff tanks. filter media .ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING .design. skimming tank -function. sludge thickening. construction and operation. iron and manganese removal.) 100 . Sewage treatment by high rate anaerobic methods: Anaerobic digestion.surface water and ground water. Oxidation ditch. construction. feeding. double chlorination.Disinfection: requirements of a good disinfectant. rotating biological contactors. breakpoint chlorination. aeration methods. contact process. design. desalination. mixing devices. dosage.preliminary. theory of coagulation and flocculation . pressure filters. design of sludge digesters only. disposal of' screenings.Theory of filtration. super chlorination. expanded bed . Module 4 Biological process: principle and theory of biological treatment. Aeration. Sedimentation . dual media & multimedia filters. operation and maintenance of rapid sand filters and slow sand filters. Chemically aided sedimentation . general layout of treatment plant . Septic Tanks: Design (as per Ministry of urban development) construction. conditioning and disposal. cleaning of tanks.design. construction and operation of conventional and extended aeration. chlorination . Miscellaneous methods. deflouridation. disposal of sludge. rectangular and circular tanks. digestion. suspended growth. Module 3 Introduction: Objectives of waste water treatment .II C804 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Storage of water . removal of hardness. BIS Standards.function. Miscellaneous treatment methods: color. application. design and operation. design of flash mixers clarifiers and clarifloculators. clariflocculators. Other disinfectants. disinfection of sewage effluents. Layout of conventional treatment plant . Classification of filters . disposal of skimmings Sedimentation: Theory of sewage sedimentation . Activated sludge process: Design.Effluent standards. Sewage filtration: Trickling filters . purpose of aeration.action.necessity.design. chloramination. Aerated lagoons. primary. Module 5 Sludge treatment and disposal: quantity of sludge.effect of storage on quality of water. construction and operation.3rd Edn. control. attached growth. odour and taste removal.plain sedimentation. secondary and tertiary treatments in general. pre chlorination.only basics (Ref. design. grit chamber .generally used coagulants. detritus tank. construction and operation. Module 2 Filtration .sand for filtration. disposal of grit . UASB. disposal of effluents. Wastewater Engineering by Metcalf and Eddy . Arihant Publications. B.II) CMELRT 805-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides. Arihant Publications.C. 6. Beta functions Gamma function. Punmia. Mc Graw Hill International Editions. 4. Mc Graw Hill International Editions.. 5. 101 . Environmental Engineering Vol. Inc. Water supply Engineering. 2. Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. Linear Integral Equation. Jodpur. 3rd Edn.C. New York.References 1.Kanwal. Punmia. Jodpur. unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – solution of Fredhlom integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution. S. Tchobanoglous. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions. ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE . Garg. New Delhi. Module 3 Gamma. Waste water Engg. B. References 1.Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation. Academic Press. K. Khanna Publishers. Metcalf & Eddy. Environmental Engineering. Ram P. John Wiley and sons. Water and waste water technology. Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function. Waste water Engineering. Mark J Hammer. l & ll. Peavy. Rowe. Classification of second order equations. 3. Module 2 Classical theories of shells-thin shell-thick shell-small deflection theory-stress resultants and deformations of shells without bending. Design and construction of concrete shell roofs. Kraus H.Dass. Springer. Springs. Gol’oenveizen. Numrical methods in Engg. Mc Graw Hill. A Course on Integral Equations. Theory of elastic thin shells. Universities press. W Krieger. Groningen. Addison Wesley.Chand & co. 1961. 1967. J Ramachandran. New York. Baker E H.Gunavathy Numerical methods. Mc Graw Hill. Generalized functions. Advanced Engg. Thin elastic shells. John Wiley and sons 8. Khanna Publishers. Module 3 Cylindrical shells-membrane theory of cylindrical shells-free body diagram of a cylindrical shell element-formulation of equilibrium equation. 8. 6.F. Mathematics.Chand. New York.Kandasamy. Pergaman Press. B. 7. S. Thin shells theory and problems. 5.Greenberge. Stresses in shells.&science.S. New York.Grewal. Bernard Friedman.K.Pipkin. 7. P Noordoff. Principles of Applied Mathematics.1959. P.Theory of thin elastic shells. K. 4. Structural analysis of shells. Pearson Edn. Principles and Techniques of Applied Mathematics. Advanced Engg. Mathematics. Novoshilov V V. S. 5. Kovalesky and Flrish. K. Ramaswamy G S. Michael D. R. Module 4 Bending theory of cylindrical shells-stresses and deformation of circular cylindrical shells-pressure vessels-cylindrical shells with uniform internal pressure-free body diagram of a differential cylindrical shell element.Allen C. H. 9.II) C805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Structural behaviour of shells-classification of shells-translational and rotational shells-ruled surfaces-methods of generating the surface of different shellshyperbolic paraboloid-elliptic paraboloid-conoid-Gaussian curvature-synclastic and anticlastic surfaces. THEORY OF SHELLS (ELECTIVE . . Hoskins. References 1. 102 2. 3. Wiley. 2. 6.degenerated elements-general shell element.formulation of equilibrium equation. Module 5 Finite element application on cylindrical shells-introduction to shell elements-flat elements-axisymmetric elements. Verlog. 4. James P. Theory of plates and shells.Thilagavathy. Berlin. John Wiley and Sons. Asia. Mc Graw Hill. Timoshenko. 3. Verlag. Wilhelm Flugge.Keener. Structural performance . R.. ISBN 81-87433-36-1.. Edwin H.Loads . 2. Corrosion Resistance: Corrosion process Effect of environment .Column base connections (fixed.Application using STAAD.Design of node connectors . Ram Chandra. II.Protection methods. Fire Protection: Regulations . Charles N.. IS: 802.Loads . Module 5 Construction: Tolerances: Fabrication tolerances . New Delhi.Design of columns . Standard Book House. 4. McGrawHill.Analysis of Microwave & Transmission towers .. ISBN 0-07-112623-6.Design of composite floor . ridge) . Owens. Singapore. Analysis. Design and Construction of Steel Space frames.1987. pinned) .Quality management.1984. New Delhi. 2002. New Delhi.Optimization design of main frames .Wind bracing .Erection tolerances. Jr. Gaylord. Ramaswamy G. Graham W.Design of single layer dome .Metal cladding . Gaylord. Design of Steel Structures. Inc. 3.Methods of protection.Application using STAAD. Ramamrutham S.II) C805-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Microwave and Transmission Towers: Introduction . Erection: Method statement . IS: 875 . STRAP. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co.Design of single layer barrel vault .Loads . Use of Structural Steel in Overhead Transmission Line Towers. References 1.Design of foundation Design of Connections . Module 2 Pre-Engineered Metal Buildings: Introduction . Use of Structural Steel in General Building Construction. Suresh G. Thomas Telford Ltd.Shop activities .ADVANCED STEEL STRUCTURES (ELECTIVE .. BIS. ISBN 0-7277-30142. Peter R.Design of cold formed secondary framing . ISBN 0-632-03881-0. Knowles. New Delhi. 8. BIS. STRAP.Structural types . Blackwell Scientific Publications. Metal Building Systems: Design and Specifications.Anatomy of structure . SAP. 5. II & III). BIS. 7.Frame connections (haunch.Application using STAAD. Design of Steel Structures. New Delhi.Design of double layer flat . Steel Designers Manual.Loads . 6. IS: 800 . SAP.. 9. Module 3 Multi-storey Buildings: Introduction . Code of practice for Design Loads (Parts I. Fabrication: Economy . S. Vol. Design of Steel Structures. 103 .Application using STAAD. Module 4 Space Frames: Introduction . 2001.Design of members .programme – Machineries.Bracings – Connections .Design of composite beams . Oxford. Alexander Newman.. P.G.S. IS: 1161. Environmental influence and effectspavements maintenance and overlays. Modes of vibration of block foundation – 104 . Module 2 Design of flexible pavements: group index method .wheel load .design charts.wrapping stress . Specification for Steel Tubes for Structural Purposes. New Delhi.IRC recommendation.Bradley's stress coefficients . Highway Engineering.II) C805-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Machine foundations: basic theory of vibrations-free and forced vibration of single degree of freedom with and without damping-two degrees of freedom with and without damping-dynamic soil properties-mass spring model and constantselastic half space approach-determination of dynamic soil constants in laboratory and field based on IS code provisions.equivalent single wheel load .tie bars .IRC recommendations . H. 4.10.critical load positions Westergaard's stress equation .functional stress . New Delhi.Burmister's layer theory.Me Load method . BIS. 2. HIGHWAY AND AIRFIELD PAVEMENTS (ELECTIVE . Nem Chand Publishers IRC Standard specifications for Construction of Flexible and rigid pavements ADVANCED FOUNDATION DESIGN (ELECTIVE .types of pavement distress . Bindra B. Danpat Rai and Sons. Justo C.CBR method .climatic variations. Module 4 Temperature stresses in concrete pavements: Westergaard's concept .. Highway Engineering. BIS.repetition of loads elastic modulii . IS: 806.II) C805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Pavement types: stress distribution in pavements . 11.theoretical subgrade conditions and traffic loadings Basic difference between flexible and rigid pavements design factors . Module 5 Evaluation of pavement condition: pavement instrumentation . References 1.roughness and skid resistance. 3. Principles of Pavement Design.construction joints design of dowel bars . John wiley and sons Khanna O.combination of stresses. Code of practice for use of Steel Tubes in General Building Construction.J.Yoder. Design of joints in concrete pavements: expansion joints . Module 3 Design of rigid pavements: radius of relative stiffness . Module 4 Special Foundations: Foundation for special structures such as water tanks. transmission line towers-foundation for under ground conduits. chimneys. Vertical translations. telecommunication towers.calculation of induced forces and moments. yawing (IS code method) Module 2 Design of machine foundations: Static and dynamic design criteria-permissible amplitude of vibrations for different types of machines.E. Vaidyanathan C. 3. cooling towers. Foundations for reciprocating machines. Bowles. ground storage tanks. silos.II) C805-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Environmental pollution .braced and cellular cofferdams. soft and compressible soils.P. rocking. Foundation Analysis and DesignMc Graw Hill Publishing Company. sliding. Module 5 Foundations in Special soils: Foundation in expansive soil.multi cylinder engines-Foundations subjected to impact type of forces (hammer)-design data-design criteria-vibration isolation. Churchill and Thomas methods.shoring and underpinning-different methods-damage and vibrations due to constructional operations References 1. 105 .damage caused by industrial waste pollution.ground water lowering and drainage.Streeter phelps. IS 5249 INDUSTRIAL WASTE ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE . 4. Shell Foundations-structural form and efficiency-different types.design criteria.V Handbook of Machine foundations IS 2974-part I toV. 2.Magnitude of the industrial waste problem in India .foundation for coastal and offshore structures-pre-stressed foundations.J.natural frequency of foundation of soil system by Barkan’s approach-methods of analysis-Barkan’s method. guyed structures. N. Modern foundations Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing company Srinivasulu P. problems associated with foundation installation. Module 3 Sheet Pile walls and Cofferdams: types and uses of sheet piles-design of cantilever sheet pile walls in granular and cohesive soils-anchored bulkhead-free earth support and fixed earth support method-coffer dams-uses. 5. Effect of industrial wastes on streams and sewerage systems: Computation of organic waste loads on streams .Kurian. Module 5 Treatment of industrial waste: canning . step aeration. removal of colloidal solids by coagulation .oil refinery . International Edition.Lapse rate of temperatures . Hardam Singh. Weather and hydrology: Thermal circulation . Theories and practices of industrial waste treatment. 3. W Wesley Eckenfelder Jr. Joint treatment of treated and untreated wastes with domestic sewage . Waste water treatment. Module 3 Theories of treatments processes: removal of suspended solids by sedimentation and flotation.migratory systems . activated sludge treatment .textile industry .time variations of wind .tannery. Pvt. Nelson Leonard Nemerow.properties of water vapour.II) C805-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Hydrologic cycle-history of hydrology .Measurement of humidity . up flow anaerobic sludge blanket reactor .removal of inorganic solids by evaporation & ion exchange.dairy . equalization and proportioning. retreatment of industrial wastes: waste volume reduction.up flow and down flow filters. C Fred Gurnham.sugar .measurement of temperatures .discharge of raw and treated wastes to streams. Inc. trickling filters.time variations of temperatures .effects of earth's rotation ..extended aeration. New Delhi. ADVANCED HYDROLOGY (ELECTIVE . waste strength reduction neutralization. New York.Disposal of sludge solids. 106 . NewDelhi.scanning and predicting weather..application in engineering: water resources in the world .Module 2 Stream sampling: stream protection measures . Bombay. 4.water resources in India. Industrial Waste water management Hand Book. Removal of organic solids: lagooning. Module 4 Major industrial Wastes and their treatment: pulp and paper industry . Mc Graw Hill Inc. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. References 1. chemical and biological.effluent and stream standards.geographic distribution of temperatures . Inc.distillery.. John Wiley & Sons. 5. Ltd.fronts . M Narayana Rao. Characteristics of industrial wastes: physical. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. Rational methods of design and Industrial practice. 2.effect of' land and water distribution .geographic distributions of humidity . Industrial water pollution control. Principles of industrial waste treatment. Mc Graw Hill. High rate anaerobic treatment .time variations in humidity-geographic variations of wind . analytical and graphical methods of flood routing. standard deviation. bed load . Hydrographs: Separation of stream.probable maximum precipitation and design flood .mean areal depth of precipitation -rain gauge network.Hectograph and mass curve of rainfall . Hydrology and flood control engineering.water balance.soil evaporation .Reghunath. Khanna Publishers 3.analysis of rainfall data . variances and skewness of data normal.flow at ungauged sites . . overland flow hydrograph and unit hydrograph.reservoir mass curve .instantaneous unit hydrograph . 2.factors controlling erosion .flood routing .estimation of peak flood-flood control. Module 3 Runoff: Catchment characteristics . mode.transpiration .probable maximum precipitation curves snowfall and measurement. R. curves infiltration method.classification of streams .flood forecasting techniques. poisons.by multiple regression . rational method. Wiley Easten Ltd.design storms . log normal and pears and type III distributions . Kholar. frequency by fuller's. Hydrology.determination of infiltration. Module 5 Probability analysis of hydrological data: mean.K.Evaporation-evaporation pans – evapometre.suspended load. Determination of snowmelt. Module 4 Floods: Definition of standard project flood .estimation of evapo transpiration infiltration .factors affectingrun off. Mathematical models in hydrology: definition of stochastic models. Gumbel's.automatic gauges radars -estimation of missing data and adjustment of records .method of determining 1UH by the s-curve hydrograph.infiltration curves . Santhosh Kumar Garg.maximum probable flood . Powel and Ven Te chow methods. Tata Mc Graw Hill. flow components . median. gamma.synthetic unit hydrograph. control of' reservoir evaporation . deterministic models-conceptual models and empirical models.equations only) measurement of sediment load reservoir sedimentation .estimation of sediment load (basic principles and statement of important. Water Losses:.. method. Measures . M.measurement of precipitation recording gauges . run off estimation by empirical formulae.optimisation of models and efficiency of models . H.control of reservoir sedimentation.assumption .unit hydrograph of complex storms .derivations of unit hydrograph .Module 2 Precipitation: types of precipitation . Hydrology for engineers.flood forecasting.design principlesdepth area duration curves .hydrograph separation unit hydrograph .moving average curves . M.irifiltration indices water shed leakage . References 1. mean-deviation. convolution integral and conceptual models . Sedimentation: The erosion process .synthetic stream flow .flood. 107 . Linsley. New Delhi. A. Application of satellite imageries and aerial photographs in geological and hydrogeological studies. spectral windows.their distribution in Kerala-Structures used for tapping groundwater-Open well. 10. Diorite. 9. stereoscopic vision.Pegmatite. 3.Kyanite. 8. 3. subsurface dams. 6. Serpentine. 7. Identification of common rock types: Igneous rocks: 1.Breccia. sensors. Tube well & Filterpoint well (construction techniques not expected). 4. Module 2 Structural geology: Clinometer & Brunton compass-Measuring of strike and dip using clinometer/Brunton compass-Basic idea of toposheets-Lineamentsdefinition-singificance-techniques of identifying lineaments-major lineaments in South India and Kerala. Remote sensing: Basic concepts-electromagnetic radiation. Gabbro. Module 5 Practical Work: Identification of important rock forming minerals: 1. Granite. Earthquake: Earthquakes in relation to plate tectonics-global seismic belts seismic zones of Inida-seismicity of South India-earthquakes in Kerala earthquake resistant structures-prediction of earthquake-defusing earthquakeReservoir induced seismicity. Syenite. Kaolin.Auguite. 5. 5.Tourmaline. 2. 15. open well & bore well.radar interferometry & global positioning system.Feldspar.Muscovite. 4. 14. Saline water intrusion.Basalt. 11. geocoded images. 6. Module 3 Hydrogeology . Groundwater recharge: Natural & artificial. spectral signatures.Garnet.Fluorite.Hypersthene. 2. Aerial photography: Basic concepts-stereopairs.Calcite. Biotite. 8.Sedimentary rocks: 1. 7. Module 4 Hydrolgeology . 12. 13.General: Groundwater-importance and availability-Aquifersconfined and unconfined-Artesian wells-Geologic formations as aquifer-lateritesandy layers-weathered rock-fractured crystalline rock. Hornblende.Conglomerate. Applications: Interpretation of imageries (brief description only). Bore well. 2. Selection of site for subsurface dams-salient features. 3. Structures used for artificial recharge-checkdams.Sandstone. 108 . stereoscope-Limitations of aerial photography.Quartz.Olivine.Groundwater exploration techniques: Hydrogeological. Remotesensing satellites-Landsat.II) C805-8 3+1+0 Module 1 Plate tectonics: Plate tectonics and drift of continents-Pangaea and drift of Indian plate-formation of Himalayas-Tectonic frame work of South India -Tectonic movements-their significance-methods of detecting tectonic movements . Peridotite.APPLIED GEOLOGY (ELECTIVE . geophysical & geobotanical methods-Geophysical method-resistivity surveyWenner and Schlumberger configurations-interpretation of resistivity curve-curve matching technique.Dolerite. false colour images. HH. Pseudotachyllite. Thomas M. sedimentary & metamorphic. solution techniques-determinant search procedure-Householders method Module 3 Introduction to stability analysis-energy principles-stable. Oxford & IBH Publishing company. Regunath.both ends hinged-both ends fixed-one end fixed other end free. Delhi. 3. Geology in environmental planning. Marble. Arthur D. Lillesand & Raiph W. Strucutural geology.P. Augen gneiss. Ehler & H. unstable and neutral equilibrium-fourth order differential equation for generalized bending problemselastic instability of columns-Euler’s theory-assumptions-limitations. References 1. Rutleys elements of mineralogy. John Wiley Sons. 9. 5. 11. 8. Laterite. G. Petrology-igneous. David Keith Todd.4.Read. 7. Module 2 Single degree of freedom system-idealisation-free vibration-natural frequencyresonance-forced vibration-lumped mass-consistent mass. CBS Publishers & distributors. London. 5.G. New Delhi.Tyrell. E. Quartzite. Text book of photogrametry.shale. 4. Arthur Holmes.one end fixed other end hinged 109 .M. Special Indian rock types: 1. Groundwater. 6. K. 3. 8.W. Asia Publishing house.III) C806-1 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction-problems in nature-steady state problem-dynamic problem-stability problem (Eigen value problem)-introduction to dynamic loading-D’Alembert’s equation of equilibrium-inertia force-effect of damping-Hamilton’s principle. Howard. Thomas Nelson.Billings. Groundwater hydrology. George Allen & Unwin Ltd. 2. Khondalite. A manual of problems in structural geology. 10. B. Publications. CBS Publishers & distributors. N. Bombay. New York. Gneiss. 2.Metamorphic rocks: 1. 6. Kiefer. STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS AND STABILITY ANALYSIS (ELECTIVE . Slate. 3. Charnockite. Physical geology. H. 5. Remotesensing and image interpretation. Willey Eeastern Ltd.I.K. 9. New Delhi. Principles of petrology. Recommended Field work: Field trips to learn identification of faults/lineaments in the field and groundwater exploration techniques.W. Schist. 2.Limestone. M.Rampal. New York. 4. McGraw Hills. Mylonite. New Delhi. New Delhi. Gokhale. John Wiley & sons. General treatment of column stability problem as an Eigen value problem-various modes of failure for various end conditions. Blatt. plates and shells.D. Don O Brush. Macmillam. E-mail. Thompson J M. Mc Graw Hill. Mass. Principles of structural stability.finite element stability analysis-element stiffness matrix –geometric stiffness matrix-derivation of element stiffness matrix and geometric stiffness matrix for a beam element. 4. New York. Module 2 Importance of Java – advantages . 5. Wallham. World wide web.McGraw Hill. 1963.Cook. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis. Java. O C Zienkiewicz . Module 5 Finite element application to dynamics-element stiffness matrix and mass matrix of a beam element. The buckling of plates and shells. Module 4 Applet: applet class-event handling-overview of event classes.exception handlingbuilt in exceptions.io. HTML-Tags and writing pages.linking of documents in www-URL-DNS. Mc Graw Hill. New York. Theory of elastic stability.fourth Edition.object oriented programming concepts in Java-data types – variables – arrays – operators . John Wiley &Sons. Cox H L. Joseph Penzien.control statements. G W Hunt.packages and interfaces . Ray W Clough. Blarsdell.Finite Element Method . B O O Almorth. AWT: working with windows-graphics-text-AWT controls-layout managersmenu-images. 110 . General stability of elastic stability. Timoshenko. Gere.definition. Wiley. 8. Module 3 Threads: Multi threading-string handling-an overview of important packages and interfaces used in Java-Java. 7. 3.architecture and services.method of byte codes . 2. Ziegler H. Finite element application to stability analysis. New York. Buckling of Bars. INTERNET PROGRAMMING AND JAVA (ELECTIVE ..util. Major categories of websites over Internet.Module 4 Beam column-beam column equation-solution of differential equation for various lateral loads-udl and concentrated loads-solutions for various end conditions-both ends hinged-both ends fixed-one end fixed other end free.III) C806-2 2+1+0 Module 1 Internet: Definition-principles of internet working-protocols TCP/IP.one end fixed other end hinged. Kogabusha Ltd. References 1. 1963. 6. R. Classes: Overloading – inheritance . Dynamics of structures. Martin & Whol Traffic system Analysis for Engineers 4.simple problems. 2. References 1. Java Programming. MK Goel. RMI. Java Beams.Module 5 Databases-JDBC connectivity. servlets.desirable parking space standards for different land use -common methods of on. Module 4 Parking: Parking problems .Modal split analysis. Tata Mc Graw Hill.Multiple linear regression analysis .trip generation . Wiley Dreamtech Joseph L Weber. CORBA. Khanna Tech Publishers 2.analysis through annual cost . Traffic Engineering and Transport planning.synthetic methods.assignment techniques.worked out problems. Herbert Schildt. Khadiyali L.introduction to swing. Java the complete reference. Trip Assignment: purpose. 3. general principle .fixed and variable costs . Hutchinson “Principles of Urban transport systems Planning 3. Binomial and normal distribution.category analysis . References 1.rate of return and benefit cost ratio methods .III) C806-3 2+1+0 Module 1 Statistical methods for Traffic Engineering: definition and probability probability distribution – Poisson. Module 2 Systems approach to transport planning: stages in transport planning .linear regression and correlation .road user benefits . 5. Steven Holzner. Internet. Street illumination: Definition of common terms . COM. Module 5 Transportation Economics: Road user cost-Motor Vehicle operation cost . James Gosling.types and location of lanterns on straight roads and junctions avoiding glare.R. Applications in traffic engineering: sampling theory and significance testing .principles of economics . Using Java. 4. off-street parking facilities. Java 2 Black book. parking surveys. Donald Drew Traffic Flow Theory 111 . Prentice Hall India New Delhi.introduction and definitions – factors affecting trip generations and attraction .street parking. Module 3 Trip Distribution: growth factor methods . TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION PLANNING (ELECTIVE . III) C806-4 2+1+0 Module 1 Clay mineralogy and soil structure: Gravitational and surface forces-inter sheet and inter layer bonding in the clay minerals. 4.Basic structural units of clay minerals.ground water contamination. Permeability of soils. “ Fundamentals of soil behaviour”. 112 . Gopal Ranjan & A.factors affecting permeability Module 3 Wastes and Contaminants (introduction only): sources of wastes-types of wastescomposition of different wastes.soil structure.generation rates. John Wiley and sons. J (1976). J (1987). Module 4 Disposal and containment technics: Criteria for selection of sites for waste disposal. pressure and void ratio. Activity.hydrological aspects of selection of waste disposal sites.rigid linersflexible liners.liners and covers for waste disposal.characteristics and classification of hazardous wastes. New York 2. Ground modification technics in waste management – waste modification. New Delhi. W & Whitman. Module 2 Effect of environment on Geotechnical properties of soils: Effect of drying on Atterberg limits. pH and organic matter on properties of soils. “ A Hand book of Determinative methods in Clay Mineralogy”.-Volume change behaviour.diffused double layer. “ Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics. Lambe. M.factors controlling resistance to volume change.general relationship between soil type. Chapman and Hall.importance of mineralogical composition in soil expansion.mechanical modification-hydraulic modification.adsorbed water.S. 3.isomorphous substitution – kaolinite mineral.montmorillonite mineralillite mineral.electric charges on clay minerals – base exchange capacity. Wiley Eastern Ltd.chemical modification.R Rao (1991). New York.disposal facilities.ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICS (ELECTIVE .ground modification. “ Soil Mechanics “.sensitivitycauses of sensitivity-influence of exchangeable cations. References 1. T.subsurface disposal technics-disposal systems for typical wastes (sketches only) Module 5 Containment control systems. John Wiley and Sons. Wilson. V (1979).methods for the identification of minerals (introduction only).hydraulic conductivity of different types of soils – Darcy’s law and its validity. R.. Mitchell.sources of ground water contamination. New York.transport mechanisms-potential problems in soils due to contaminants. laws and Acts-air quality legislation-energy legislation-fish and wild life resources legislation-historical preservation legislation-factors for 113 . “ Principles of contaminant Transport in Soils. Prentice Hall India ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS C806-6 2+1+0 Module 1 Concepts of environmental impact analysis-Environmental protections. Ramanatha Iyer T. Donald..Swedish circle method. LBS centre.analysis of slope stability problems. Yong R. New York.P.Taylor’s stability chartBishop’s method. 7.Winterkorn and Hsai Yang Fang Foundation Engineering handbook Van Nostrand Reinhold Company 2. Koerner (1984). SOIL STABILITY ANALYSIS (ELECTIVE . 6.S. Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co. N.quick sand condition.instrumentation.F. 3.Laplace’s equations for two dimensional flow. Module 2 Stability of earth slopes-modes of slope stability. McGraw Hill Book Co.Coduto Geotechnical Engineering –Principlesand practices. New York. Gopal Ranjan and A. S (2000). classification and analysis of landslides-investigation of landslides-instrumentation-methods of preventing landslides.construction of flownets.5.confined and unconfined flow-seepage in anisotropic soil conditions-piping-design of filters. Module 3 Landslides: Introduction.III) C806-5 2+1+0 Module 1 Ground water seepage.J. Foundation analysis and Design. “Elsevier.Rao Basic and applied Soil mechanics New Age International Publishing Company 4. Module 4 Earthquake effects on soil foundation system: earth quakes.stabilization measures. “Construction and Geotechnical methods in Foundation Engineering”. Robert M. (1992).Friction circle method.movements associated with landslides-causes of landslides-consequences.ground deformations-seismic provisions in building codes Module 5 Underpinning: Introduction-reasons-pit underpinning-pile underpinning-driven underpinning piles-shoring-special underpinning methods-moving structures References 1. Bowles E.R. “Soil Engineering Related to Environment”. legislations. Hans.ground shakingliquefaction. Nitrogen . dissolved. 3. fixed. 16. New Delhi. 11. Determination of iron. 0. aesthetic and economic environmentexamples of types of socio impact analysis. John G Rau. forest management. Acidity and Alkalinity. 9. Chlorine demand and residual chlorine. Hardness. Module 2 Socio impact analysis-physical. M. agriculture and irrigation. Environmental impact Analysis Handbook. 114 . Fecal coliforms using A-l medium. power plants. 5. 6. P. Determination of (a) solids . Conductivity. 2. 4. Noise impact analysis-effects of noise on people-estimating transportation noise impactexamples Module 4 Water quality impact analysis-water quality criteria and standards-modellingwater quality impact by projects like High ways. D. long term effects. 1980. case studies. Measurment of suspended particulate matter in ambient air. Module 5 Assessment methodologies-impact on biota-summerisation of environmental impact-checklist method. References 1. social.total.various forms. N. Chemical oxygen demand.consideration in assessing environmental impact concept-short term vs. Determination of sulphates. 8. vegetation and wild life impact analysis. ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LAB C807 0+0+3 1. 14. Measurment of smoke density for diesel vehicles. 13. Module 3 Air quality impact analysis-air pollutants-sources-atmospheric interactionsenvironmental impact-assessment methodology. 15. pH Value. David C Wooten. 10. 7. suspended. Mc Graw Hill Book Company. volatile. 12. settleable SVI. and Biochemical Oxygen Demand. Jar test and Turbidity. Measurment of H C and CO of exhaust from petrol driven vehicles. VIVA -VOCE C809 A comprehensive Viva-voce examination will be conducted to assess the student's overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. he/she shall present the work done before a panel of staff members. certified reports of seminar and project work are to be presented for evaluation. 115 . On completion of the project work. In addition to the seminar he/she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide(s). At the time of viva-voce.PROJECT / SEMINAR C 808 0+0+4 Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the department. He/she shall submit a report of the paper presented to the department. The paper should in general reflect the state of the art. and submit a report of the project work done to the department. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS MECHANICAL ENGINEERING BRANCH 116 .TECH.B. THIRD SEMESTER 117 . Spiegel.Erwin Kreyszig. equations in Cartesian co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal transformation of function like zn.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .S. Module 4 Finite Differences Meaning of ∆.R. Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem. Difference equations – Solution of difference equations. sin z. Numerical Methods in science & Engg.Greenberg. Theory and Problems of Vector analysis .S.Grawal B. Advanced Engg. 1/z. -M. δ . conservative fields – identities – simple problems. Mathematics . Mathematics . Advanced Engg. References 1.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using stirlings formula – Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals. Schaum’s outline series.K. Uty.Balachandra Rao and G. press 5. Higher Engg.R.Venkataraman. 2. E.Michael D. National Publishing Co 4. Numerical Methods . Khanna Publishers 3. µ. McGraw – Hill 118 .. ∇. Mathematics . Wiley Eastern Ltd. surface and volume Integrals – work done by a force along a path – Application of Green’s theorem.K. Prentice-Hall 6.scalar and vector fields – gradient. divergence and curl of a vector function – their physical meaning – directional derivative – scalar potential. Module 5 Difference Calculus Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton – Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems. ez.II CMELPA 301 3+1+0 Module 1 Vector Differential Calculus Differentiation of vector functions . Module 2 Vector Integral Calculus Line.M.Shantha. z+k2/z – bilinear transformation – cross ratio – invariant property – simple problems. Module 3 Function of Complex Variable Definition of analytic functions and singular points – derivation of C. capillarity. I.Bhatt P.I M 302 0+0+4 Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views-dimensioning techniquespreparation of drawing.ball bearings.bushed pin type flexible coupling . Shaft couplings .Varghese P. Module 2 Kinematics of fluid motion-Eulerian and Lagrangian approach-classification and representation of fluid flow. force. connecting rod.stuffing box . dynamic and kinematic viscosityPascal’s law-Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids-fluid statics-measurement of pressure-variation of pressure-manometry-hydrostatic pressure on plane and curved surfaces-centre of pressure-buoyancy-floation-stability of submerged and floating bodies-metacentric height-period of oscillation.pressure.D. Steam engine parts . Shaft bearings and supports .path line.eccentric.union joint –Amstrong (hydraulic) joint.Gill FLUID MECHANICS M 303 2+2+0 Module 1 Introduction-Proprties of fluids. density.types of keys .footstep bearingwall bracket .Engine parts-piston. surface tension. gib and cotter) knuckle joint.Oldhams coupling. References 1. Machine Drawing 3. compressibility. Machine Drawing N. plummer block . Sketching of conventional representation of welded joints.screw threads-different forms-conventional representation-sketching-orthographic views of hexagonal bolts and nutsdimensional drawing-squareheaded bolts and nuts-sketching of different types of lock nuts and locking devices and foundation bolts.C. sleeve and cotter.plain and protected types of flanged couplings .MACHINE DRAWING .I. Forms of rivet heads-rivetted joints-lap and butt joints with single and multiple riveting in chain and zig-zag arrangements-dimensional drawing.journal bearing. Machine Drawing 2.flanged joint . Basic hydrodynamics-equation for acceleration-continuity equation-rotational and irrotational flow-velocity potential and stream function-circulation and vorticityvortex flow-energy variation across stream lines-basic field flow such as uniform 119 .connecting rod .cross head . specific weight. stream line and streak line. Pipe joints-spigot &socket joint . Fully dimensioned and sectional drawings of the following: Joints-cottered joints (spigot and socket.S. source. Fluid Mechanics Fluid Mechanics Fluid Mechanics Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics - I. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Lewitt 2. profile and total drag-stream lined body.Amorphous structure.Effects of crystalline and amorphous structure on mechanical and optical properties -Mechanism of crystallization: Homogeneous and heterogeneous nuclei formation. crystallographic directions and planes. 6.flow. skin friction. sink. notches and weirs-time of emptying a tank-application of Bernoulli’s theorem-orifice meter.H. 5. miller indices. coefficient of drag. rotameter.s chart-pipes in series and parallel-siphon losses in pipes-power transmission through pipes-water hammerequivalent pipe-open channel flow-Chezy’s equation-most economical cross section-hydraulic jump. Module 3 Euler’s momentum equation-Bernoulli’s equation and its limitations-momentum and energy correction factors-pressure variation across uniform conduit and uniform bend-pressure distribution in irrotational flow and in curved boundariesflow through orifices and mouthpieces. bluff body-drag force on a rectangular plate-drag coefficient for flow around a cylinder-lift and drag force on an aerofoil-applications of aerofoil. References 1. coordination number.characteristics-work done-aerofoil flow recorder-polar diagram-simple problems. flow past a cylinder with a circulation.methods of controlling-applications-diffuserboundary layer separation –wakes. drag force. atomic packing factor. packing of atoms in solids. pressure. 3. Module 4 Navier-Stoke’s equation-body force-Hagen-Poiseullie equation-boundary layer flow theory-velocity variation. doublet. vortex pair. 4. glass transition temperature -. ventury meter. Magnus effect-Joukowski theorem-coefficient of lift. dendritic growth and grain boundary irregularity.S.L.Changes within solid materials: Structural imperfections: 120 .Bhansal Mody and Seth METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE M 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Crystallography: Crystal structural determination.Kumar R. spiral flow.Massey K. Module 5 Flow of a real fluid-effect of viscosity on fluid flow-laminar and turbulent flowboundary layer thickness-displacement. pitot tube. grain size effects on mechanical & optical properties .Shames B. momentum and energy thickness-flow through pipes-laminar and turbulent flow in pipes-critical Reynolds numberDarcy-Weisback equation-hydraulic radius-Moody.K. etc – Effects on steels. inter metallic compounds – Equilibrium diagram reactions: monotectic. martensite. properties and applications. metal cladding – Various strengthen mechanisms in metals: work hardening. austermpering. peritectic. phase transformation phase rules. polymorphic transformation temperature. multi phase equilibrium diagrams.Point defects . brittle. screw dislocation.Griffith theory –. 121 . peritectoid -Polymorphism – Detailed discussion of Iron-Carbon diagram with microstructure changes in ferrite.Creep: Creep curves – Structural change – Mechanism of creep deformation. Module 4 Alloy steels: Effects of alloying elements on: dislocation movement. silicon. burgers vector.Reference shall be made to the phase diagrams whenever necessary. magnesium. recovery. retardation of the transformation rates. eutectic. malleable and spheroidal graphite cast iron. austenite. nickel. bainite. intercrystalline. grain growth. displacement of the eutectoid point. cohesive strength of metals . solid solutions. ductile fracture -. dislocation climb & cross slip. microstructure. forest of dislocations. solid solution hardening. eutectoid. white. spheroidizing. improvement in corrosion resistance.Fatigue: stress cycles – Effects of stress concentration. microstructure. normalizing. grain boundary hardening. Module 2 Cold working. Module 3 Definition and aims of heat treatment.Cast irons: classifications. super plasticity – Reasons for alloying. induction hardening – Deposition methods: hot dipping and coating. martempering with microstructure changes -. copper and lead – high speed steels . tungsten. copper. chromium steels. vanadium. mechanical properties -.Nickel steels.Crack initiation. impregnation. re-crystallization. size effect. beryllium. strain hardening.Hot working. growth and crack arrest – Effect of plastic deformation on crack propagation – Factors leading to crack propagation . hardening.Influence of slip on fracture – Effect of impact loading on ductile material and its application in forging etc. dispersion hardening. frank-read source – Diffusion in solids. graphite. composition. Module 5 Fracture: Bonding forces and energies.Annealing.line defect: edge. nitriding. surface texture on fatigue – Corrosion and thermal fatigue – Mechanism of fatigue failure -.. properties and applications .Principal non ferrous alloys like aluminum. cobalt. grain size and its effects on mechanical properties-. dislocation sources. cementite. cyaniding -Thermal methods: flame hardening. formation and stability of carbides.Cleavage. role of dislocation in the deformation of metals . fick’s laws. tempering. grain size reduction. study of composition. gray.Surface imperfections: role of surface defect on crack propagation etc – Mode of plastic deformation: mechanism of slip & twinning. pearlite. containing molybdenum. metal spraying.Surface treatment: Diffusion methods: carburizing. applications. grain growth. single phase.-. 3. D. – Material Science and Engineering.W. – John Wiley. PT and TS diagrams. – Engineering Metallurgy part-I. Dieter George E. Module 5 Properties of pure substances – PVT.equations for specific heats. 10.References 1. – Macmillan. – ELBS.Steady flow energy equation. Module 4 Thermo dynamics relations-Combind first and second law equations-Helmholtz and Gibbs functions – Maxwell relations. – East West Press.Clapeyron equation – applications of thermo dynamic relations. – Essentials of material science. 8. uk / online teaching. Guy A. Higgins R. Richards C. Callister William. Robert – Physical Metallurgy Principles. Avner S. – McGraw Hill. 5. 122 . com.internal energy and enthalpy. Work and Heat-First law of thermo dynamics-concept of energy-first law for closed and open systems-specific heats. www.H.Clausius inequality-Concept of entropyCalculation of change in entropy in various thermo dynamic processesReversibility and irreversibility-Available and unavailable energy – Third law of thermo dynamics. enthalpy and entropy – Clausius. – McGraw Hill. Reed Hill E. Module 2 Laws of thermo dynamics-Zeroth law of thermo dynamics-Thermal equilibriumConcept of temperature –Temperature scales-Thermometry-Perfect gas temperature scales.G. THERMO DYNAMICS M 305 2+2+0 Module 1 Fundamental concepts-Scope and limitations of thermo dynamics.Thermo dynamic systems – different types of systems-macroscopic and microscopic analysis-continuum-Properties-State-Processes. 3. Van Vlack – Elements of material Science. – Engineering Material Science. msm. 2. ac. – Mechanical Metallurgy. 1. internal energy. 7. Mans Chandra – Science of Engineering Materials Vol. Module 3 Second law of thermo dynamics-Various statements and their equivalenceReversible process and reversible cycles – Carnot cycle-Corollaries of the second law-Thermo dynamic temperature scale. 4. – Introduction to Physical Metallurgy – McGraw Hill. 9. Addison – Wesley. 6.Mollier diagramsMixture of gases and vapours-mixture of ideal gases-Dalton’s law-Gibbs law – Thermo dynamic properties of mixture-mixtures of ideal gases and vapoursPsychrometic principles-Psychrometic chart-Applications.A. 2.-Thermo dynamic equilibriumEquation of state of an ideal gas-PVT system-Real gas-Real gas relationsCompressibility factor-Law of corresponding states.Joule Thompson effect. 5. 7. Inc. Prentice Hall of India.F. Pearson STRENGTH OF MATERIALS AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING M306 3+1+0 Module 1 I Stress and strain . New Delhi. Thin cyliders and jhick cylinders subjected to internal and external pressures.Zemansky Rogers.Newyork. 6. 2. Engineering Mechanics of solids.Van Nostrand company.. Strength of Materials.Macaulay's Method-moment area method. Slabs. Close-coiled and open coiled spring. Module 2 Shear force and bending moments -Cantilever-simply supported and overhanging beams-concentrated and U.Bars of varying cross . Theory of simple bending.short and long columns-Euler's theory-Ran kine's theory Eccentrically Loaded columns-column with initial curvature. loadings analytical method.Double integration.N. gradually and suddenly applied load-impact loads.leaf spring. C. Relation between load.P.D.References 1. D. Module 3 Slope and deflection of simply supported beams and cantilevers. circular and 1-sections.P. columns & footings (No problem expected) References 1. Spalding and Cole M. 4.K. Module 5 Columns and sturts. General description only of simple and compound steel. columns and column foundationprinciple of reinforced concrete.conjugate beam method.power transmitted by shafts. 123 . Reinforcements detailing in R. SF and BM. 2. 3. beams. beams.W. 9.compound pipes -wire wound pipesstrain energy-axial loads. Principal stresses and planes-Mohr's circle representation of plane stress.Achuthan Keenan Obert Holman M. Engineering Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Engineering Thermodynamics Engineering Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Heat and Thermodynamics Thermodynamics P.Sears.bending and shear stress distribution rectangular.Nag J. 8. Module 4 Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow shafts. Timoshenko. Part 1.Lee and F.sections – composite sections temperature stresses.S. Popov E. 5. Calibration of venturimeter. on M. Longman’s Green& Company.. Note All tests should be done as per relevant BIS 124 . ELBS. ' 3. 0+0+3 Study of plumbing tools and pipe fittings Study of taps.. Verification of Clerk. 5. ELBS. Determination of critical velocity in pipe flow. M. New Delhi. 4. Analysis of Structures. Torsion Test on M.A.S. Strength of Materials. Solid Mechanics.M. Hardness Test (Brinell. Tests on springs (open and close coiled) 2. 12. Calibration of rectangular and triangular notches 7. Torsion test using U. torsteel and High Tensile steel. T. Vol 1. 8. 8. Maxwell's Law of reciprocal deflection and determination of E for steel. Rod. Strength of Materials. Shear Test on M. 3. orifice meter and water meter 6. Determination of discharge coefficient for Plug-Sluices STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORTAORY M308 0+0+3 1. Aluminum wires and brass wires) 5. M. T.Lakshmi Publications. Determination of Chezy’s constant and Mannings number for open channel flow. S. Khanna Publishers. William A Nash. New Delhi. Mc Graw Hill.. 9. Vazirani V.3. 4. Arthur Morley. 4. watermeters and current meters Determination of metacentric height and radius of gyration of floating bodies. Strength of Materials and Mechanics of structures. pitot tubes. Experimental verification of Bernoulli’s theorem 11. valves. Determination of minor losses in pipe flow 10. 6. S. Road 7. Strut Test. gauges. Strength of Materials. Impact Test (Izod and Charpy) 10.N. Punmia B. Kazimi S. Determination of Darcy’s and Chezy’s constant for pipe flow 8. M.C.H. Vol 1. Hydraulic coefficients of orifices and mouthpieces under constant head method and time of emptying method. FLUID MECHANICS LABORATORY M 307 1. Fatigue Test 9. Tata Mc Graw Hill. 6. Rod. 7. Torsion Pendulum (M. Ryder G. wires. Bending Test on Wooden Beams using U.S. Vicker's and Rebound) 11. 2. Ratwani N. FOURTH SEMESTER 125 . Bayes theorem .The binomial distribution.Linear Simultaneous eqns.solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.B.I. Elements of Partial Differential Equations . Laxmi Publications Ltd. 7.inverse transforms .simple problems in binomial. F and Chi square test – Level of significance .poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution .S. its mean and variance . Grewal. Higher Engineering Mathematics .K. Venkataraman. 6. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance.simple problems. single mean and difference of means (proof of theorems not expected) References 1. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms .ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .its mean and variance fitting of binomial & poisson distributions . difference of proportions. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar. National Publishing Company 3.M. poisson and normal distributions. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitary Functions .simple applications in engineering problems. Pearson Education Asia 126 .III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents .Ian N. McGrawhill International Edn. by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations.Binomial law of probability . Advanced Engg. Module 4 Probability and statistics: Fundamentals of probability.normal distribution .Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion.Sneddon. Pearson Education Asia / PHI 5. Engineering Mathematics Vol.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity . Wiley Eastern Ltd. II -3rd year Part A & B . Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig.Finding P.properties of normal curve . Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis. Khanna Publishers 2. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson.standard normal curve . 4. straightline mechanismsengine indicator mechanisms-steering gear-Davis and Ackerman type-quick return.J. machines. double block. 5. 6. 3.Ghosh & A. Dynamometers: Pony brake. and hypoid gears. 4. helical.Singh. single plate. four bar linkage-overlay method-number synthesis-basic features of mechanical synthesis-graphic and analytical methods of dimensional synthesis-kinematic synthesis-approximate and exact synthesis. pairs. Scott-Russel.velocity and acceleration of various mechanisms by analytical and graphical methodCoriolis component of acceleration-analytical treatment of slider crank and four bar chain-Klein’s construction-locating instantaneous center-velocity and acceleration image.Whitworth. rocker mechanisms.Uicker 127 . 2.Mallick V. Module 2 Linkage Synthesis: Precision points-graphical synthesis of slider crank mechanisms. Pearson P. References 1.equivalent curves.K. inversion of single and double slider crank.I M 402 2+1+0 Module 1 Kinematics: Links. band & block. Theory of Machines Mechanisms and Machine Theory Theory of Mechanisms and Machines Theory of Machines Theory of Machines Theory of Machines and Mechanisms Thomas Bevan Ambedkar A. multiple.P. long shoe. air and powerbrakes-braking of avehicle-cone. quadric cycle chains-kinematic diagram-expression for degree of freedom. belt transmission and torsion dynamometers-effort and power.coupler curves-spatial mechanisms-manipulationsvelocity analysis by instantaneous center method-Kennedy’s theorem. Watt and grasshopper mechanisms. approximate straight line. spiral. Module 3 Mechanisms: Pantograph. mechanical. internally expanding shoe.E. Module 5 Gears: Condition for constant velocity ratio-law of gearing-conjugate teeth action-tooth forms-standard modules and tooth proportions-contact ratiointerference-spur. bevel. hydraulic. slider crank mechanism-Hooke’s joint.gear forces. epicyclic train. chain.L. rope brake. mechanisms.THEORY OF MACHINES . band.Bellaney J. Module 4 Brakes and clutches: Shoe. centrifugal clutches.Shigley & J. equivalent length of pipe. effect of surface texture & materials of construction on performance – applications. suction & delivery pipe sizing. simple head loss calculation in pipe lines & fittings – Principle of similitude – axial trust – multistage pumps – propeller pumps – pump in parallel & series operation. hydraulic balancing. geometric and dynamic similarity – model studies.efficiency – pump characteristics – applications. slurry pump & hydraulic ram . efficiency.working of centrifugal pumps. geometric similarity – model laws – effect of specific speed on speed. Condition monitoring of pumps: temperature on bearing. unit power. motor rating . performance curves & application of self-priming pump. performance curves.performance pump characteristics: main. impeller shapes – types of casings – materials for pumps & medical use – principle of operation Euler`s head equation – velocity diagrams – losses in pumps – circulatory flow – pre rotation – efficiency – non dimensional parameters – specific speed – effect of change of diameters & speed . 128 . root pumps – rotary axial & rotary radial piston pumps . vibration in equipmets. screw. ISO efficiency characteristics curves – surging – NPSH – selection of pumps from performance curves. flow type etc. type and speed of turbines. Module 5 Positive displacement Rotary pumps: Gear. Module 3 Pumping machinery: General classification –Dynamic pumps . noises – vibration measurement and fault diagnosis. effect of vapour pressure on lifting of liquid – indicator diagram – acceleration head – effect of friction – use of air vessels – work saved – Slip .prevention of cavitation damage. Module 2 Euler`s turbine equation: velocity triangles – impulse and reaction turbines – Pelton wheel. priming. vapour pressure. efficiency. vane. Cavitation in fluid machines – installations susceptible to cavitation – collapse of bubble theory – Thoma`s prameter – factors affecting cavitation in pumps and turbines – Abrasive wear of pumps .theory. Module 4 Theory. Dimensional analysis – Rayleigh’ s method – Buckingham’s Pi theorem – nondiamesional parameters in fluid mechanics and fluid machinery – principle of similitude. operating. run away speed. wear rings. Francis turbine Kaplan turbine – construction features and performance characteristics – non dimensional parameters for comparative study of turbine performance – unit speed. Classification of impellers.Positive displacement pumps: reciprocating pump. airlift pump. jet pump.HYDRAULIC MACHINES M 403 2+2+0 Module 1 Dynamic Action of Fluid: Momentum and angular momentum equation applied to control volume – impact of jet – flow of an incompressible fluid over fixed and moving vanes – workdone and efficiency – reaction principle – propulsion of ships. runner size. unit quantity. – theory of draft tube – speed regulation of turbines – selection. hydraulic press. TMH.Hydraulic machines. Broaching machines:types-cutter-processes-internal and external broaching-broaching of spline-bores.Industrial hydraulics. operations and milling cutters-Indexing head and its use-method of indexing-dividing head-milling of plane surface. Module 4 Numerical Control (NC) machine tools: Elements.Hydraulic symbols. hydraulic cranes.Fluid flows machines. . spiral.types. Module 3 Grinding. S. planing and slotting machines: Types and specifications-quick return motion-hydraulic feed and its advantages-automatic feed-speed. . – Stepanoff John A. feed and depth of cut-work holding devices-types of operation and examples of work done-shaping of V-blocks. accessories. hydraulic capstan. Pippinger. 3. helical. Govinda Rao N. intensifier & lift – principle of operation. attachments-operations and types of tools for each operation-tool room lathe. worm.Wiley & sons. References 1. countersinking and counterboring operations-boring of cross holes-manufacture of bushes. slotting of keyways.Hydraulic & Fluid Mechanics MACHINE TOOLS M 404 2+1+0 Module 1 Types and classification of lathes: Specifications-method of holding work and tool. classification (basics only)NC tooling-design of NC/CNC tooling-automated chip less process. multi spindle automatic 129 . Automatic machines: Semiautomatic multi tool central lathes-automatic cutting of machines. 2. Centrifugal and axial flow pumps . .duplicating lathe-Capstan and Turret lathe-horizontal and vertical automatics-single spindle and multi-spindle screw machines-manufacture of cylindrical bolts. metropolitan publishers. Jagadishlal. shafts-profile turning. Drilling and boring machines:. standard publishers.Hydraulic machines. 5. Horning and Lapping: Types and methods of operations-tool and cutter specifications-surface finish obtainable-method of evaluation of surface finish-roughness-super finishing-burnishing-ultrasonic impact grinding-grinding of shafts and bores-methods of gear cutting-form cutters-gear generating machines-gear hobbing -straight. J. planing of guide gibs.Swiss type automatic screw machines. specifications. .types and specifications-description of tool and work holding devicesboring tools and reamers-drilling of holes. Module 2 Shaping.Hydraulic accumulator. Milling machines: . slides and hexagons. keyways. 4. 6. Abdulla Sheriff . stepped bolts. and bevel gear cutting-gear finishing and gear shaping operations-gear errors. H. Lewitt E. motors .C. Three phase induction motor: Production of rotating magnetic field equivalent circuit-torque equation . Single phase motor: Double revolving theory . and advanced PCBs-expert systems in manufacturing-unmanned machining. D.C.starting and speed control. Production Technology R.regulation efficiency.electric drives .emf equation: No load current . 3.C.synchronous impedance .Schmidt ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY M 405 3+1+0 Module 1 Transformer .H. Machine Tools: Vol.S.special purpose machine tools.Kalpakjian.mechanical characteristics of A.Jain All about Machine tools Gerling Workshop Technology: Vol. paper mill.program controlled machine tools-copying machines. motors: Back emf . 1.regulation by emf and mmf method.different systems . 2.equivalent circuit .emf equation (winding factor need not be derived) .electric braking . 5. Synchronous Motors: Principle of operation .individual drive and group drive factors affecting choice of motor .2 and 3 .traction motor characteristics .brake test . 1.C.K. 4.T.W.torque slip characteristics . Determination of regulation and efficiency from O. Module 5 Computers in production technology: CIM-computer simulation of manufacturing process and systems-cellular manufacturing-FMS .plugging -Dynamic and regenerative braking. and S. . tests cooling of transformers. hoists. S. and D. Electric traction .method of starting.C.Chapman Production Technology . PCBs.A.advantages . 6.M.just in time production-management of toolroom-machining centers-automatic tool changingmanufacture of ICs.Different systems of traction .no load and blocked rotor tests . 130 .A. 2.size and rating of motor – motor Selection for intermittent loads. Module 2 Alternators .capacitor start capacitor run induction motors – applications.starting and speed control testing of D. motors . Ceramic circuit boards. 7. 2 -Suresh Daleela Manufacturing Engineering &Technology .J.speed and torque equation .motors for particular applications like textile mill. Module 3 Industrial drives . References 1. crane etc.swinburn's test. steel mill. 3 and 4 -Acherkan Manufacturing Science & Technology.C.comparison – track electrification .trends in automated factory.construction details: Type . Vol. mine. Fast and loose pulleys.deflection methods – block schematic of CRO .Varghese P. 2.wave shaping circuits like simple clipping.S. differentiating. 4. Francis & Kaplan turbines – force due to impact or jet on vanes – velocity triangles – specific speed – types of casings – governing – cavitation – draft tubes .D. Pulleys: . coupled amplifier.basic principle .B. speed cone or stepped pulley. lever safety valve. 5. Ramsbottom safety valve. Clutches: .Feed checkvalve.Bhatt P.SCR's .lathe spindle. 3. integrating circuits simple sweep generator. machine vice. and L. cone friction clutch.Principle of operation of SCR's . oscillator circuits (no analysis) –Astable multivibratior Pulse circuits . amplifier Basic principle.Module 4 Basic principle of transistor amplifier . deadweight safety valve.Gill 0+0+4 HYDRAULIC MACHINES LABORATORY M 407 0+0+4 Study of hydraulic turbines – Pelton wheel. Machine Drawing 3. CRO .II M 406 Assembly and working drawings of the following: 1.Single plate clutch. Module 5 Power semiconductor devices: Power diodes . blow off cock.characteristics .block schematic of resistance welding scheme References 1.C.F.performance characteristics – applications.induction and dielectric heating – resistance heating Resistance welding .typical R.C.basic principle of cathode ray tube . screw jack. 2. clamping R. 3.C. voltage and frequency.SCR rating (basic principle only). stop valve. Machine Drawing N.I. Valves: . lathe tool post. Perfomance and design of D C machines – Clayton Perfomance and design of A C machines – M G Say Electrical Traction – Dover A T Industrial and Power electronics – Harish C Rai Electronic principles S K Sahdev MACHINE DRAWING .measurement of current. spring loaded safety valve. 4. References 1. Oscillators . High frequency heating . 131 .C. Machine Drawing 2. Machine elements: .R.two transistor analogy of SCR . S .theory. Actual & predicted curves. Govinda Rao. 3. Performance characteristic tests on Kaplan turbine (Load test & best gate. Wiley & sons. Vibration measurement and computer aided fault diagnosis of a centrifugal / selfpriming / Gear / Reciprocating pump. References 1. Performance characteristic tests on self-priming pump. 2. Pippinger Industrial hydraulics.Fluid flows machines.velocity triangles – priming vapour pressure. Theory.applications. Abdulla Sheriff. Performance characteristic tests on single stage. noises – vibration measurement and fault diagnosis. metropolitan publishers. motor rating. efficiency. Airlift pump and deep well pump Performance characteristic tests on axial flow pump. Jet pump. simple head loss calculation in pipe lines . screw. 4.Hydraulic machines.Hydraulic machines.J. TMH. N.Study of dynamic pumps: Centrifugal pump . airlift pumps slurry pump & hydraulic ram. vane. Study of positive displacement pumps – Reciprocating pumps – single & multi cylinder – Air vessel – indicator diagram . 132 . Jagadishlal . performance curves & application of self-priming pump. performance curves. effect of surface texture & materials of construction on performance . wear rings. vane angle opening). jet pump. Performance characteristic tests on Gear pump. efficiency. suction & delivery pipe sizing. multi stage centrifugal pumps at constant speed & at variable speed.. root pumps – rotary axial & rotary radial piston pumps . table. Performance characteristic tests on Hydraulic ram. Performance characteristic tests on Francis turbine (Load test & best gate opening). hydraulic balancing . equivalent length of pipe. Experiments Performance characteristic tests on Pelton wheel (Load test & best speed). vibration in equipmets.casings – impellers – specific speed – cavitation . Performance characteristic tests on reciprocating pump at constant speed. Positive displacement Rotary pumps: Gear. standard publishers. Condition monitoring of pumps: temperature on bearing.applications. . 5.performance characteristics – applications. -Centrifugal and axial flow pumps.selection of pumps from performance curves. Stepanoff john A. Performance characteristic tests on Screw pump. crane co. C.-critical speed. determination of performance characteristics. 2. of D.C. shunt generator .ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS LABORATORY M408 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB 1. No load and blocked rotor test on slip ring induction motor . Study of single phase induction motor. Efficiency and regulation of single phase transformer by direct loading. 6. 2. Swinbume's test -Pre determination of efficiency. 7. Diode characteristics Transistor characteristics.B.performance characteristics.critical resistance. 8.C. 4. series motor. 5. L C Oscillator Astable multivibrator 0+0+4 133 . 7. Starting of cage induction motor using star-delta switch . 3. 5.equivalent circuit torque-slip characteristics. Load test on D. 4. 8. 3.C. ELECTRONICS LAB 1.E configurations Pulse circuits Rectifier circuits Sweep generator R C Coupled amplifier R C Oscillator. a) O. Regulation of alternator by emf and mmf methods. b) External and internal characteristics of D C shunt generator. C. Equivalent circuit of transformer from open and short circuit test-calculation of efficiency and regulation at various loads and power factors. 9. 6. C. FIFTH SEMESTER 134 . Arumugam.Isaac.Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series. 135 . Somasundaram. 4.P. Scitech publications 9.residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science – Dr. S. Operations research – Panneer Selvam. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering – Dr.Grewal.K.M.IV CMELPA501 3+1+0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem.S.Ramanaigh.zeros and singularitiesResidues.properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions. Kanna Publishers.T. B. McGraw-Hill.Narayanan. convolution propertyinverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms. Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method . 7. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method. 5.Vishwananthan printers & publishers.students vol III –S. shifting property. Vishal Pandey.P. Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Ervin Kreyszig.K. 2. T. M. Complex variables and applications – Churchill and Brown.Balanced T. A. Kanna Publishers. Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Euler’s method . Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method. National Publishing Company.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . two phase method.P.Grewal. Pearson Education Asia.Tulsian. Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems – P. G. Wiley Eastern limited. Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform. 6.Duality in L. References 1.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method.S.C. B.Venkitaraman.Runge – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method. 3. Higher Engineering Mathematics – Dr. Engineering Mathematics vol III – S.Pillay. Advanced Mathematics for Engg. PHI 8. pattern construction-layout and colour coding-tools-processes-moulding sand constituents. squeeze casting and shell.( include necessary figures) Module 2 Welding: .comparison of casting with other production processes. 136 .mould casting. machines-analysis of rod extrusion-Wire and wire drawing operations-analysis-die angles-simple. wheels. Submerged arc.Brazing: soldering-explosive welding-inspection and defects in weldingwelding of plastics. blanking. presses-design of forgings and dies-upsettingforging defects-forging analysis-quality assurance for forging-non destructive testing.methods. continuous. mechanical.pattern allowances and materials-moulding-core and core prints-types of cores.details. types and testing-moulding machines-moulding procedure-sand conditioning-gating system-cupola operation-pouring and cleaning of castingsdefects in castings-inspection and quality control-casting machines-design of diescentrifugal. Module 5 Forging: -classification-process-equipments-drawing. Arc welding applications-equipment –polarity-governing factor in fusion welding-electrodes and types-ISI specification for electrodes –Welding design-butt joint-TIG-GMA-CO2 process.machinery for forging-operation-heating in forgingmanufacture of drop forging dies. fluxes and filler rods design effect of weld parameters on weld quality-flame cutting-ISI specification for welding.types of presses and pressworking operations involving shearing. electrohydraulic. Module 4 Press working: .MANUFACTURING PROCESSES M 502 3+1+0 Module 1 Patterns: . I-beam-thread and gear rolling-friction and lubrication in metal forming-hot and cold rolling-rolling machines-heating and cooling in rolling-strip velocity and roll velocity-roll and roll pass design Theories of rolling and effect of parameters-load calculation-High velocity forming . punching.material behaviour . electromagnetic. bending.definition-metallurgy of welding-applications – classification mechanism-processes-gas welding .tube piercing-spinning and coining-elastic and plastic deformation-hot forging. deep drawing. electron beam and laser welding.pneumatic.principles-types of rolls and rolling mills-semifinished and rolled products. equipment. injection and compression moulding. drawing. die forging. electroslag plasma arc and flux cored arc welding-resistance.rolling of tubes. progressive and compound dies-plastic and rubber processing-Calenderingtransfer. axles. squeezing-Extrusion: . investment. and explosive forming. thermit solid state.energysources .(include necessary figures ) Module 3 Rolling: . do-while and switch – use of logical AND.writing summation of various mathematical series like ex. if – else.Raghuvanshi Manufacturing Engineering & Technology .Kalpakjian and S. I . 3.use of control statements if.macros – programs Module 4 Declaration and use of pointers – call by reference method – pointer to an array – pointer to a structure – array of pointers – pointer to an array – self-referential structure – dynamic memory allocation – linked lists – programs Module 5 Different types of files – reading writing and appending of text and binary files – other various file handling functions . Vol.Roy A.command line arguments – use of bit-wise AND. while.Suresh Daleela Processes and Materials of Manufacture . 2.A. 3.Lindberg COMPUTER PROGRAMMING M503 2+2+0 Module 1 Introduction to C language – character set – operators – constants and variables – data types – use of built in I/O functions . sin(x). Programming with C Programming in C The C Programming Language Let us C Programming with ANSI and Turbo C – – – – – Schaum’s series Balaguruswamy Kerningham & Ritchie Yaswant Kanetkar Kamthane. cos(x) etc. OR and NOT. References 1.Begeman Manufacturing Science & Technology. 4. 5. 5. OR and NOT – preprocessor directive .Schmidt Manufacturing Processes . 2.References 1.S. Module 2 Arrays – declaration of one dimensional array and its handling – bubble sorting – quick sorting – searching – string handling functions – multidimensional arrays and its handling – structure and union – array of structures – sorting of strings – programs Module 3 Functions – declaration – global and local variables . Workshop Technology . for. Pearson 137 .call by value method – writing different string handling functions – storage classes – passing an array to a function – passing a structure to a function – recursion . 4.transfer of data in blocks . Singh P. and Pickering governors-spring controlled governors of gravity typeeffort and power-controlling force diagram-quality of governors-effect of frictioninsensitiveness-stability-inertia governors. Dynamic force analysis: . torque characteristics of an engine-governor and flywheel.II M 504 2+2+0 Module 1 Static force analysis: . airplanes. and slider crank mechanism.THEORY OF MACHINES . Proel. Module 4 Gyroscope: . 2.principle-angular acceleration-effect of gyroscopic couple on bearings.C. Module 2 Governors: . Mechanism and Machine Theory Theory of Mechanism and Machines Theory of Machines Theory of Machines Theory of Mechanism and Machines Dynamics of Machinery Ambedkar A.force couples-condititons for equilibrium-free body diagram. 5. Hartnell.D’Alemberts principle-inertia forces-dynamic force analysis of four bar chain.energy saved in a flywheel-punching press-dynamically equivalent two mass system-centre of percussion-kinetic equivalence-reversed effective force analysis-piston effort-crankpin effort.types-follower motion-SHM-uniform velocity and acceleration.Mallick V. 6. References 1. and ships-stability of automobile and two wheel vehiclesgyroscopic stabilization of sea vessels and grinding mills.Ghosh & A.cycloidal .displacement. Watt.terminology.K. Porter. Module 5 Cams and Followers: .Ballaney Joseph Shigley Holovanco 138 .coefficient of fluctuation of energy and speed. velocity and acceleration curves-cam profile-reciprocating and oscillating followers-tangent cams-convex and concave cams with footed followers. 4.L.governor speed.P. engines. 3. Gear trains: -simple. compound-epicyclic trains with coaxial shafts. Hartung.crank effort-turning moment diagrams for steam and I. WilsonHartnell. Module 3 Turning moment diagram and Flywheel: .analysis of four bar chain-force analysis of slider-crank mechanismCoulomb friction. Gopal Automatic Control Theory . Representation of control components and systems-Translational and rotational mechanical components-series and parallel combinations-comparators. 6. rectangular and logarithmic plotsexperimental determination of frequency response-Bode.modulation.First and Second order system response to step.Dorf.Scope of Mechatronics-systems-microprocessor based controllersmechatronic approach-sensors – transducers . networks.Dan S. and speed control systems.A.operational amplifiers-filtering-multiplexers-data acquisition. integrating devices.J. Module 4 System response: . 5. and sinusoidal input-systems with distance. Electromechanical systems: CD. Data presentation systems: .Nagrath and M. DVD ROMs. Necsuleseu. protocols. Module 3 Introduction to Control systems Engineering:.Lawrence J. 3. Printers-Medical devices: Artificial internal organs-Diagnostic and Therapeutic EMDs.displays-measurement systems-calibration-pneumatic and hydraulic systems-control valves-actuators-mechanical and electrical actyation systemsrelays and solenoid switches and proximity pickups. interfaces.Kamm Mechatronics . Module 5 Frequency response analysis: . hydraulic servomotors.T. Root locus of simple transfer functions-transient response from root locus.digital communications-system. Control system analysis: .Bolton. Pearson 139 . fault finding-design and mechatronics-design solutions.error analysis. 4. temperature control systems.Katsuhiko Ogata Control Systems . interface requirements-adaptors-programmable logic controllers-data-handling.Ravan Modern Control Engineering . 2. and Nyquist stability criteria-Gain and phase margin. Mechatronics . Pearson Control System Engineering .concept of automatic control-open loop and closed loop systems-servomechanisms-block diagrams-transfer functions. OCR.force-velocity – displacement temperature-inputting data by switches-signal coditioning . pulse. References 1.polar.MECHATRONICS AND CONTROL SYSTEMS M 505 2+2+0 Module 1 Introduction: .Transient response of simple control systems-Stability of control systems-Routh stability criteria. 7. Module 2 Input/Output systems: .ports. velocity lag. ramp. 8.Nagoor Kani Modern Control Engineering . Pearson Understanding Electromechanical Engineering .W. Rankine cycle for wet. dry and superheated steam .Analysis of rotary compressors .useful heat gained by fluid .dust collectors .evaporators . re heating .dryness fraction . Module 4 Introduction to solar energy .wet.combustion intensity . Rotary Compressors .mean plate temperature performance .ash handling. Rajput. annular and industrial type combustion chamber .combustion chambers efficiency .overall loss coefficient .characteristics .stockers . References 1. L.boiler mountings and accessories.modern steam generators .classification .effect of friction .entropy of steam .Mass flow rate . Steam Generators . Module 3 Gas turbine Plants .solar pond .pressure loss combustion process and stability loop. Rai R.draught .I M 506 2+2+0 Module 1 Steam Engineering: Properties of steam .K. Power plant technology Thermodynamic and heat power engineering Thermal Engineering Gas Turbine Theory Solar Energy Utilization Thermal engineering E.Liquid flat plate collectors principle . 4.steam condensers coal handling .chimneys .precipitators . dry and superheated steam. Wahid Mathur and Mehta P.temperature entropy diagram .focussing type solar collectors . and efficiencies.inter cooling . governing. 6.thermal losses and efficiency . Combustion .cooling ponds & towers .throat pressure for maximum discharge .solar collectors .feed water heaters .solar concentrators and receivers sun tracking system .thermal analysis . Ballaney Cohen & Rogers G. 140 .thermal performance . 3.Mollier chart . D.thermodynamics cycles regeneration.combustion chambers of gas turbines cylindrical.solar water heating . work done. 2.optical losses .process .throat area .Open and closed cycles .centrifugal and axial compressors. L.efficiency and performance of gas turbines. Steam turbines: velocity triangles. 5.enthalpy and internal energy .super saturated flow.THERMAL ENGINEERING .characteristics . Module 2 Steam nozzles .solar thermal power generation (Description Only) Module 5 Thermal power plants: layout and operation of steam and diesel power plants coal burners . .Role of specific heat in cutting fluids. ISO. sine bar. Study of Basic measurement and devices: accuracy. inserts. Accessories: Chuck. micro structural requirement of bed material. Use of file directories.Tool wear mechanisms. formatting and printing c) Familiarization with spread sheet packages for graphical representation of data d) Introduction to computer aided drafting – drawing simple objects e) Programming experiments in C to cover control structures functions. tail stock. feed gar box. iv. coated HSS. compilers and file managers etc.Machineabilty index . pneumatic). Fibonacci numbers and Angstrom numbers Sine and Cosine series Sorting of numbers. follow rest. ix. checking the dimensional accuracy of slip gauges with interference microscope.Surface characterization: 141 .specification of lathehead stock. Taylor’s principle. structures. DIN standards –merchant’s circle. vii. comparators (optical. Lee & Shaffer theory. editors. sensitivity. tool post grinder. Study of Machining technology: Study of metal cutting – tool terminology as per ASA. metrology lab. chip breakers -. mechanical. viii. v. – Geometrical measurements: angular measurements. guide ways. linear measurements. thick & thin zone models . Counting characters. apron box. electrical. limit gauges (types and design). strings and records Matrix addition and multiplication Implementation of dynamic memory allocation Implementation of linked lists File handling Problems using Command line arguments MACHINE TOOL LABORATORY M 508 0+0+3 Study of Centre Lathe: Origin of the name lath and lathe. iii. and faceplate. and centres. arrays. x. precision. lines and words Checking leap year Finding sum of digits and reversing a number Generating Prime numbers. VB determination . standard and calibration. b) Familiarization of Word processing packages – editing. and standards of measurements. compound rest. xi. ceramic. carriage. ii. slip gauges.Production of axi – symmetric parts – Production of prismatic components – Hole machining – Gear machining. optical projector with digital measuring.COMPUTER LABORATORY M 507 0+0+3 a) Familiarization of operating systems. vi. CBN. . flatness and parallelism and round measurement. pointers and files Examples: i. two and three jaws. – Cutter types and selection – Abrasive machining (Ra values) – Diamond turning of parts (Ra values) . vernier and optical protractors.tool materials.Use of Taylor’s equation at shop floor . cross slide. diamond etc.Measurement of light wave interference. record bonafides. . best wire size.Angular measurements use of sine bar and slip gauges. 2. other tools – Tool makers microscope: to study tool geometry. pocket milling–– Study of tool and machine monitoring systems. concentricity. alignment errors. perpendicularity using dial stand and measuring bench – Surface finish measurement. importance of surface finish on crack initiation. 142 . profile measurement.measurement of surface finishes RMS and CLA values. measurement of angle using clinometer. TMH. 1 to 4. two and three wire methods pitch measurement – Gear metrology (spur gear): run out checking. waviness. oral examination etc and university examination shall be done by Faculty members. limitations. toolmakers microscope. SEM. N. skid. Acharkan. gear roll tester and gear tooth measurement. awarding of sessional marks. turning & thread cutting. machine vision. checking backlash.. MIR Publication. composite errors. Student’s assessment. Experiments Measurement of cutting forces in machine tools using dynamometers –process capability study of Machines –grinding of tool angle using tool and cutter grinding machine in a tool room –Turning & taper turning.. . ground bore of an engine cylinder. laser measuring instruments.Indexing & Gear cutting. instruments for measurement of roughens of a sand cast surface. screw threads. slip gauge surface. base pitch measurement.Production Technology. – Screw thread terminology. References 1. continuous evaluation. HMT. laser micrometer and alignment test using laser interferometry. cut off.Optical profile projector: study of profile of gear tooth. screw threads. & TEM.Machine Tool Design Vol. measurement of turning tool wear of VB & KT values –Flatness measurement of surface table using auto collimator – Lathe alignment test using laser interferometer – gear concentricity tester. bevel protractor – calibration of plug and snap gauges using slip gauges – Roundness measurement : cylindricity. – Advanced measuring devices: CMM. SIXTH SEMESTER 143 . Srinath Lardner & Archer Ezer P.Popov Mubeen. Pearson 144 . 2. 3. Photo elastic techniques of study of stress – description only. Module 4 Thick cylinders – spherical shells – compound cylinders –rotating rims and cylinders – long cylinders. 6. 5. 4. Module 3 2D problems in polar co-ordinates – general equations in polar co-ordinates – stress distribution symmetrical about an axis – pure bending of curved bars – strain components in polar co-ordinates – displacements for symmetrical stress distributions – rotating disk with and without central hole – disk of uniform strength. Module 5 Curved beams – bending by eccentric loading – crane hooks – c clamp – chain link – columns of machine tools.S. Theory of Elasticity Advanced Mechanics of Materials Advanced mechanics of Solids Mechanics of Solids Introduction to Mechanics of Solids Mechanics of solids Timoshenko & Goodyear Seelv & Smith L. References 1.MECHANICS OF MATERIALS M 601 2+2+0 Module 1 Definition of stress and strain – components of stress and strain – Hook’s law – Plane stress and strain – stress at a point – measurement of strain – strain rosette – Mohr’s circle of strains – differential equations of equilibrium – boundary conditions – compatibility equations – stress functions – 2D problems in rectangular co-ordinates – solutions by polynomials of various degrees and effects – Saint Venant’s principle – determination of displacements. Module 2 3D stress and strain – principal stresses – strain ellipsoid and director surfaces – stress invarients – determination of maximum and minimum shearing stress – homogeneous deformation – strain at a point – principal axes of strain – principal strain and invarients of strain – differential equations of equilibrium – boundary conditions – conditions of compatibility – determination of displacements – strain energy – uniqueness of solutions. squreness. and quantities for displacement. random. hydraulic & electric dynamometers. statical concepts in metrology. brake liner. optical flats. cut off. drunken errors. measurement of vibration. standard specification. 145 . concept of apparent to real area of contact of mating surfaces. statcial analysis of measurement data. screw thread terminology. and formulae. applications in clutch plate surface. and optical projectors. thread gauge measurement. wear allowance. optical & radiation pyrometer – magnetic flow meter – thermal conductivity gauges. Module 4 Advanced measuring devices: Laser interferometry. lead. waviness. tool maker’s microscope. Module 5 Generalized measurement system: measurement terminology.Detector transducer elements: principles of calibration. vibrometers & accelerometers. bevel protractors.METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION M 602 3+1+0 Module 1 General measurements concepts: Principles for achieving accuracy. out put configurations. angle gauges: auto collimator. inner race of a bearing. flatness. progressive. roughness values produced by machining processes. circularity & cylindricity – Measurement of angles & tapers: sine bars.Temperature measurement: Use of Bi metals. tolerances for linear dimensions. linear measurements. mass. erratic. selecting & assigning of fits. lay. surface to be painted etc & importance of surface finish on crack initiation. drift. RMS & CLA values. SEM & TEM. hydraulic. backlash. noise. static characteristics. measurement of force and torque. temperature & optics. cylinder liner. Module 2 Gauges: classification. precision static sensitivity and resolution. accuracy. Optical measuring instruments: interferometry. inspection equipment. applications – computer controlled co-ordinate measuring machine. application in measurement of load & torque. gauge maker’s tolerances. control chart techniques – comparators – General principle of measurements: line & end measurements. basic units. tooth thickness. pitch profile. optimeters. gauges materials & gauge manufactures. systematic and constant errors. taper gauges. design of gauges. Module 3 Measurement of surface finish: surface structure. application of thread gauges – Measuring of gears: Measuring methods for runouts. applications in measurement of strain. errors in measurement. pressure thermometer thermocouple. standards. texture. systems of limits and fits. input. clinometer & spirit level. time. theory of seismic instruments . instruments for different surface finish measurements. Methods for estimating accuracy and precision. limitations. tolerance. types of strain gauges. roughens. loading effects on instruments. pneumatic & train gauge type load cells. integrity. composite elements. machine vision & non contact CMM Gauging and measurements of screw threads: Gauging methods for manufacturing. machine tool guide way. Form measurements: straightness. precision Vs accuracy. measuring equipment. Ignition lag .Air fuel mixture requirements .stoichiometry and excess air calculations . ELBS Metrology.Controlling Methods .flash point. free piston E/n.Petrol and Diesel Engines (Review Only) valve timing diagrams .Wankel E/n. 2.Fuel injection systems . CO. Stratified charge e/n.direct and indirect injection .Various stages of combustion . ratings of fuels Alternative fuels.nozzle . Alcohol. VCR E/n.Ignition Lag diesel knock .Air motion .variation of specific heats . 5.qualities. Engine M.Volumetric Efficiency . I. Engines . I. Engines .Hill Metrology. E/n . chemistry and control .stages of combustion .Theory of engine heat transfer .Abnormal combustion . 6.II ` 2+2+0 Module 1 Working of two stroke & four stroke .Battery & Magneto type . P.classifications .detonation effects . Module 5 Pollutant formation and control in S. And C.Air and liquid system .Theory. ELBS M 603 THERMAL ENGINEERING . I. System .Fuels . I. Unburned hydro Carbon and particulate .Flame propagation . Module 3 Combustion in S.fuel injection pump . C.Heat rejection and cooling . biogas.heat losses .firing order Ignition timing and spark advance .Particulate Trap.Indicated power Brake power . I. McDonald Metrology.Swirl . 4. Fuel air cycle (actual) for petrol and diesel engines .types of carburetors .Injection in S.Exhaust gas treatment .Ignition system . fire point & viscosity index combustion chamber design considerations. vegetable oils.combustion quality .properties of lubricants .catalytic converter Thermal reaction . Pearson Measurement systems. Types of Engines .combustion chamber design considerations. 4/e.Lubrication systems . Nox.Morse Test Measurement of exhaust smoke and exhaust emission. I. Stirling E/n. I. Module 4 Combustion in C. Engines . McGraw. 146 . Engine operating characteristics .Dissociation Module 2 Carburation .References 1.additives for lubricants .Air Fuel ratio in C.Testing of I. Engine.types of cooling system .types . F.vaporization of fuel droplets and spray formation . 3.Chemical structure .Ignition limits . ASME Beckwith Doeblin Hume Sharpe Taher Hand book of industrial Metrology Mechanical measurements.Heat balance Test . 5/e.Super charging & turbo charging. application of straight rectangular and triangular fins effectiveness of fins.variable thermal conductivity shape factors .Reynolds analogy. Thermal heat.equal parallel and opposite black squares. Combined effect of convection and conduction. black rectangles perpendicular to each other having a common edge-heat exchange by radiation between large parallel planes of different emissivity (no derivations simple problems with the use of chart and equations) Module 5 Mass transfer .References 1. 2. Module 2 Convection .boundary layer equation .effectiveness . Design of shell and tube exchangers . 3. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals Internal Combustion Engine and Air Pollution Internal Combustion Engine Internal Combustion Engine A course in internal combustion Engine John B.significance of Prandtil number .factors affecting thermal conductivity. 5.heat exchange . liquids and gases .plate heat transfer equations by integral method Laminar and turbulent flow of heat transfer in tubes .thermal conductivity of solids. Diffusion coefficient.Pick's law of diffusion in gases.Kirchoffs law Wein's displacement law-Geometric factors of simple configuration. Concept of Black body Planks distribution law . Heywood Obert E. Conduction Fourier law .Nature of thermal radiation .unsteady state conduction. F. Heat exchange by radiation between black surfaces . Black Grey and Real surfaces. Genesan Mathur and Sharma.critical radius of insulation. Log mean temperature difference.concept of boundary layer .flat . discs.heat flow through corners and edges.Definitions and concept Monochromatic and total emissive power .NTU method of evaluation of heat exchangers . C.Reflectivity transmissivity.introduction to mass transfer .Forced convection in turbulent flow . HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER M 604 2+2+0 Module 1 Introduction to basic modes of heat transfer .one dimensional steady state conduction with and without heat generation . conducting equation in Cartesian. Lichty L.Large parallel black plate . empirical relations.Newton's law . Conduction through homogenous and composite surfaces plane wall cylindrical and spherical . Over all heat transfer coefficient . V. cylindrical and spherical coordinates . 4.Absorptivity . Application of dimensional analysis in forced and natural convection. Analogy between the phenomena of heat transfer and mass 147 . Module 4 Radiation .Scope and application of heat transfer principles in engineering practice. Module 3 Heat Exchangers type of heat exchangers. SIDBI. 2. group cohesiveness. bonus. pricing. Rajput. incentives-monetary and non-monetary Total quality management-re-engineering-management by objectives Part B – Engineering Economics Module 4 Basic concepts: Theory of demand and supply-price mechanism-factors of production-land. theories of work motivation-group dynamics-nature of work group. capital and organization-national income-difficulties in estimation-taxation-direct and indirect-progressive and regressive-black moneyinflation-demand pull and cost push-effects of price increases. Module 3 Formation of companies: proprietary and partnership-joint stock. motivating. meaning. Condensation and boiling . labour. strategies for coping with stress-motivation-types of motives. causes. public sector. private limited. Bubble growth and collapseempirical relations for heat transfer with change of phase (description only) Numerical methods in conduction (finite difference and finite element methods description only). 6. staffing. public limited companies-private sector. staff and functional relationship-span of control and delegation. IRBI148 3+1+0 . Module 2 Ogranisational behaviour: stress. joint sector and cooperative sector. References 1. controlling and coordinating – Organizational structure-line.film Drop-wise condensation-film boiling and pool boiling. ICICI. group performance.Gupta and Rajendra Prasad PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT AND ENGINEERING ECONOMICS M605 Part A – Principles of Management Module 1 Functions of management: planning.K. group norms.transfer. organizing. Engineering Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer . Module 5 Indian financial system: Reserve bank of India-commercial bank system-public sector banks-development financial institutions-IDBI. 4. Elements of Heat Transfer Jacob Hawkins Principles of Heat Transfer Krieth Heat and Mass Transfer Fckert & Drake Heat transfer Holmann Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer R. Elementary problems. 3. promotion and distribution channels. Wages and incentives: Time and piece rate system. effects. Marketing management: identification of products. 5. communicating. directing. compilation control commands – programming exercises – programming with interactive graphics.C. Programmable logic controllers (PLC): need – relays. surface. digitizer. speed word.investment institutions-UTI-insurance companies-stock market-functionsproblems faced by the stock markets-role of the public sector-privatisationmultinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy. tachometer. 5.feed back devices: encoders.Simple exercises only. moire fringes. design review & evaluation.incremental & absolute systems – open loop & closed loop systems – DDA integrator & Interpolators – resolution – CNC & DNC. 8. storage devices in CAD . CAD software packages Module 2 Numerical control: Need . postprocessor commands. computers and workstation. Pearson Industrial Engineering & Management COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING M 606 3+1+0 Module 1 Evolution of CAD/CAM and CIM segments of generic CIM. inductosyn. feed world. Computer aided part programming: concept & need of CAP – CNC languages – APT language structure: geometry commands.an overview of CIM software . software. rotation. Engineering analysis.Agarwal Kargaweski Mazda O.N.K. References 1. motion commands. miscellaneous functions – programming exercises. 6. Pearson Engineering management. 2. 3.Dewett A. Module 3 NC part programming: part programming fundamentals . systems: Driving devices . resolver. elements of interactive graphics. preparatory functions. 9. 4.P. automated drafting – CAD hard ware. straight cut & contouring positioning . Benga & Sharma Fred Lufthans Keith Davis Philip Kotler K.logic ladder program – timers . Design process – CAD process: wireframe. data presentation. scaling – clipping -3D Graphics (basic only). input/ out put display. Devices in N. 149 . 7.manual programming – NC co-ordinate systems and axes – tape format – sequence number. solid modeling. tool world. bressnham`s circle drawing algorithm– 2D translation. DDA line algorithm – circle drawing.Khanna – – – – – – – – Industrial Organisation and Management Organisational Behaviour Human Behaviour at Work Marketing Management Modern Economic Theory Indian Economy Operation management. dimension words.advantages & disadvantages – classifications – Point to point.2D Graphics: line drawing algorithms. Module 4 Automated process planning: Process planning, general methodology of group technology, code structures of variant & generative process planning methods, AI in process planning, process planning software. Module 5 Robotics: Industrial robots and their applications for transformational and handling activities, configuration & motion, actuators, sensors and end effectors, feature like work envelop, precision of movement, weight carrying capacity, robot programming languages. Vision systems: introduction to intelligent robots. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Craig john Groover M.P. Hearn & Baker New man & Sproull Petruzella Frank.D. Yoram koren Jonn Craig Introduction to Robotics CAD/CAM, PHI. Computer graphics (in C version), Prentice Hall. Principles of interactive Graphics, McGraw – Hill. Programmable logic controllers. Numerical control of machine tools, McGraw-Hill Introduction to Robotics HEAT ENGINES LABORATORY M 607 0+0+ 3 Study of systems and components of IC Engines and automobiles - study of dynamometers used in engine testing - study of IC Engine repairs and maintenance. Study of boilers, boiler mountings and accessories - study of steam engine parts and systems. Testing of IC engines • Performance analysis of IC engine using computerized test rig-Load test on petrol and diesel engines- determination of indicated and brake thermal efficiencies - mechanical efficiency - relative efficiency volumetric efficiency - air-fuel ratio and compression ratio - valve timing diagram - retardation test - Morse test - heat balance - effect of varying the rate of cooling water and varying the speed on the performance characteristics of engines. Testing of steam boiler - boiler trial - steam calorimeters and steam nozzles performance test on steam engines - performance test on steam turbines. Testing of fuels and lubricants - determination of flash and fire points of petroleum products - determination of kinematics and absolute viscosity of lubricating oils - determination of calorific 150 ADVANCED MACHINE TOOL LABORATORY M 608 0+0+3 Study of Vibration: two and multi degree freedom systems, signature analysis and preventive maintenance, noise control. Study of Automated process planning: process planning, general methodology of group technology, code structures variant generative process planning methods, AI in process planning. Study of Quality circle concepts – ISO 9000, ISO 4000 series, QS 9000 – quality system standards, TQM, - SQC, control charts for inspection, charts for variables, R charts, six sigma concepts – Taguchi methods. Study of Fundamentals of Numerical control: principles of NC - incremental & absolute positioning, PTP, straight & contouring machining, open & closed loop system - DDA integrator & different interpolators - feed back devices - lead screw - stepper motor - advantages & disadvantages - NC, CNC and DNC - punched tapes – manual part programming, preparatory function, G codes, speed word, feed word, M codes, tool word etc, computer aided part programming, APT languages – tooling for CNC, tooling systems, automatic tool changing tool magazines etc - principles, need of machining centers. Study of Programmable logic controllers (PLC): need – relays- logic ladder program – timers; on & off delay timers, cascading & retentive timers – counters; cascading counters. Study of Tolerance charting techniques: operational sequences for typical shaft type components, preparation of process drawing for different operation, tolerance worksheets and centrality analysis. Study of Design of jigs and fixtures: degree of freedom - principles of location and clamping - principles of jig design – fool proofing - elements of jigs - design of jigs for drilling, reaming – principles of fixture design, locators and different types of clamps – elements of fixture – provision for tool setting – design of fixture for milling, turning, boring, and grinding operations, inspection of assembly fixtures – modular fixturing – concepts and applications – use of software for building fixture – tool design for forging, drop forging dies and auxiliary tools – upset or forging machine dies. Study of Design of sheet metal blanking and piercing dies: Die design – power press types – die clearances – cutting forces – punch and die mountings – types of construction – fine blanking – die design fundamentals – materials for dies & allied elements – multiplexing of tools. Experiments Key way slotting, side & face milling of a rod to make square head – 5mm material removal by Shaping – Drill 10.5 mm. CBR 16 mm, 10 mm deep – Surface grinding, cylindrical grinding and tool grinding - Vibration study of machine tools with an analyser. Preparation of process plans using CAPP software –Planning of experiments for process improvement using software – simulation of factory layout - facilities layout analysis – line balancing – materials requirement planning – inventory analysis – quality assurance using control charts – preparation of process sheet for manufacturing of spindle like & housing type component – preparation of process plan & cost estimation for the manufacture of typical product like submersible pump, three phase motor etc. Preparation of CNC programs for drilling, grooving, parting, linear interpolation, circular interpolation, etc. – Simulate and produce a component has valley shaped undercuts along its lenth, etc. PLC operated solenoid valves. Design of a jig and a 151 fixture for drilling & milling operation - Design of assembly, inspection, fixtures Design of sheet metal working dies: feed strip layout design, force calculations, press tool design (forming & cutting), assembly & dismantling of simple die casting dies - Design & fabrication of simple bending dies – Design of forging dies: product requirement & design of forging dies – study of analysis software for mould flow, melt flow, metal forming. Student’s assessment, continuous evaluation, awarding of sessional marks, record bonafides, oral examination etc and university examination shall be done by Faculty members. References 1. Acharkan. N. 2. HMT 3. Petruzella Frank. D 4. Yoram Koren Machine Tool Design Vol.1 to 4, MIR Publication. Production Technology, TMH. Programmable logic controllers. NC machines tools, McGraw Hill. 152 SEVENTH SEMESTER 153 GAS DYNAMICS AND JET PROPULSION M 701 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to gas dynamics: control volume and system approaches acoustic waves and sonic velocity - Mach number - classification of fluid flow based on mach number - mach cone-compressibility factor - General features of one dimensional flow of a compressible fluid - continuity and momentum equations for a control volume. Module 2 Isentropic flow of an ideal gas: basic equation - stagnation enthalpy, temperature, pressure and density-stagnation, acoustic speed - critical speed of sounddimensionless velocity-governing equations for isentropic flow of a perfect gas critical flow area - stream thrust and impulse function. Steady one dimensional isentropic flow with area change-effect of area change on flow parameterschocking- convergent nozzle - performance of a nozzle under decreasing back pressure -De lavel nozzle - optimum area ratio effect of back pressure - nozzle discharge coefficients - nozzle efficiencies. Module 3 Simple frictional flow: adiabatic flow with friction in a constant area ductgoverning equations - fanno line limiting conditions - effect of wall friction on flow properties in an Isothermal flow with friction in a constant area ductgoverning equations - limiting conditions. Steady one dimensional flow with heat transfer in constant area ducts- governing equations - Rayleigh line entropy change caused by heat transfer - conditions of maximum enthalpy and entropy Module 4 Effect of heat transfer on flow parameters: Intersection of Fanno and Rayleigh lines. Shock waves in perfect gas- properties of flow across a normal shock governing equations - Rankine Hugoniat equations - Prandtl's velocity relationship - converging diverging nozzle flow with shock thickness - shock strength. Module 5 Propulsion: Air craft propulsion: - types of jet engines - energy flow through jet engines, thrust, thrust power and propulsive efficiency turbojet componentsdiffuser, compressor, combustion chamber, turbines, exhaust systems. Performance of turbo propeller engines, ramjet and pulsejet, scramjet engines. Rocket propulsion - rocket engines, Basic theory of equations - thrust equation effective jet velocity - specific impulse - rocket engine performance - solid and liquid propellant rockets - comparison of various propulsion systems. References 1. Compressible fluid flow - A. H. Shapiro 154 2. Fundamentals of compressible flow with aircraft and rocket propulsion Yahya 3. Elements of gas dynamics - Liepman & Roshko 4. Aircraft & Missile propulsion - Zucrow 5. Gas dynamics - M.J. Zucrow & Joe D.Holfman INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING M 702 2+1+0 - S. M. Module 1 Introduction: Evolution of Industrial Engineering- Fields of application of Industrial Engineering -Functions of Industrial Engineer-Organisational structure of Industrial Engineering Department. Production and Productivity: Types of production-continuous productionintermittent production. Productivity-productivity index-factors affecting productivity-techniques for productivity improvement. Value Engineering: Historical perspective-reasons for poor values-types of values-the different phases of value analysis-applications of value analysis. Module 2 Plant design: Plant location-factors influencing plant location. Plant layout-types of plant layout-introduction to layouts based on group technology, just in time and cellular manufacturing systems. Material handling: Principles of material handling-selection of material handling devices-types of material handling equipments. Maintenance and replacement of equipments: Types of maintenance. Depreciation-methods of calculating depreciation. Selection of equipmentsmethods for replacement studies. Module 3 Methods Engineering: Process charts and flow diagrams-Micro motion studyWork measurement techniques. Job evaluation and merit rating: Objectives of job evaluation-Methods of job evaluation. Objectives and uses of merit rating-Merit rating plans. Module 4 Industrial relations: Fatigue-Communication in industry-Industrial disputesTrade unions-Quality circles-BIS-ISO-Labour welfare-Industrial safety-Statutory provisions in labour legislations. Ergonomics: Objectives and applications. Module 5 Inventory control: Determination of Economic order quantity and reorder level. Quality control: Destructive and nondestructive testing methods. Statistical quality control-process control charts-acceptance sampling. Cost accounting and control: Elements of cost- Selling price of a product-Types of cost-Allocation of overheads. 155 References 1. Production system 2. Production control 3. Human factors in Engg design 4. Industrial Engg & Management 5. Industrial Organisation & Management 6. Industrial Engg 7. Value Engg 8. Manufacturing organization & Management 9. Time & Motion Study 10. Quality Control Riggs Hiejet Mc Cormic E.J. O.P.Khanna Banga & Sarma A.P.Verma Mudge Amrine Lowry Hansen REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING M 703 2+1+0 Module 1 Principles of refrigeration: Thermodynamics of refrigeration - Carnot cycle, reversed carnot cycle, heat pump, and refrigerating machine- coefficient of performance - unit of refrigeration - refrigeration methods- conventional refrigeration systems. Air refrigeration system- Bell Coleman cycle - C.O.P. capacity work and refrigerant flow requirements in Bell - Coleman cycle. Module 2 Vapour compression system: simple cycle -comparison with Carnot cycle theoretical, actual and reactive - COP effect of operating parameters on COP wet, dry and superheated compression - under cooling - actual cycle representation on TS and PH diagrams simple problems. Advanced vapour compression systems - multistage vapour compression systems - flash chamber multiple compression and evaporation systems cascading - simple problems. Module 3 Vapour absorption systems: simple, cycles - actual cycle - ammonia water and lithium bromide water systems - COP - electrolux system. Refrigerant and their properties: Nomenclature - suitability of refrigerants for various applications unconventional refrigeration methods- Vortex tube, steam-jet, magnetic (cryogenics) refrigeration and thermoelectric refrigeration - applied refrigeration house hold refrigerators - unit air conditioners and water coolers - ice plant cold storage. Module 4 Refrigeration system components: condensers - water and air cooled condensers evaporative condensers - expansion devises - capillary tube- constant pressure expansion valve - thermostatic expansion valve - float valve and solenoid valve evaporators - natural convection coils - flooded evaporators - direct expansion coils. Reciprocating compressors: single stage and multistage compressors - work done optimum pressure ratio- effect of interfolding - volumetric efficiency -effect of clearance - isothermal and adiabatic efficiency - compressed air motors. 156 Rotodynamic compressors: Screw and vane type compressors - principle of operation - hermetic, semihermetic and open type refrigeration compressors. Module 5 Principles of air conditioning: Psychrometry and psychrometric chart thermodynamics of human comfort - effective temperature - comfort chart applied psychrometry - sensible heat factor - psychometric process-problems. Winter air conditioning: heating load calculations humidifiers and humidistat. Summer air conditioning: cooling load calculations - year round air conditioning - unitary and central systems - principles of air distribution - design of air duct systems. References 1. 2. 3. 4. Refrigeration and air conditioning Refrigeration and air conditioning Refrigeration and air conditioning Principles of Refrigeration Ballaney P. L. Stocker W. F. Jordan and Protester Roy J. Dossat DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY M 704 2+1+0 Module 1 Balancing: - Balancing of rotating masses, static balancing and dynamic balancing, Balancing of several masses rotating in same plane, Balancing of several masses rotating in several planes, Balancing machines. Balancing of reciprocating masses: - The effect of inertia force of the reciprocating mass on the engine. Partial primary balance. Partial balancing of locomotive, Hammer blow, Variation of tractive effort, Swaying couple. Coupled locomotives, Balancing of multi cylinder inline engines, v-engines, Radial engines, Direct and Reverse cranks Module 2 Vibrations: - Definitions, simple harmonic motion. Single degree freedom systems: Undamped free vibrations: - Equations of motion Natural frequency, Energy method, Equilibrium methods, Rayleigh’s methods, Equivalent stiffness of spring combinations. Damped free vibrations: - Viscous damping, Free vibrations with viscous damping, over-damped system, critically damped system, under-damped system, Logarithmic decrement, viscous dampers, coulomb damping. Forced Vibrations: - Forced harmonic excitation Rotating unbalance, Reciprocating unbalance. Energy dissipated by damping, vibration isolation and Transmissibility. Vibration measuring instruments. Module 3 Two degree freedom systems: - Principal modes of vibration, Rectilinear and angular modes, systems with damping, vibration absorbers, centrifugal pendulum damper, dry friction damper, untuned viscous damper. 157 Multi-degree of freedom system: - Free vibrations, equations of motion, Influence coefficients method, lumped mass and distributed mass systems, Stodola method, Dunkerly’s method, Holzer’s method, Matrix iteration method. Torsional Vibrations: - Torsionally equivalent shaft, torsional vibration of tworotor, three-rotor, and geared systems. Module 4 Critical speeds of shafts: - Critical speed of a light shaft having a single disc without damping. Critical speeds of a light cantilever shaft with a large heavy disc at its end. Transient vibration: - Laplace transformation, response to an impulsive input, response to a step input, response to a pulse input, phase plane method, shock spectrum. Non-linear vibrations: - Phase plane, undamped free vibration with non-linear spring forces, hard spring, soft spring, Perturbation method, Forced vibration with nonlinear forces, Duffings equation, self excited vibrations. Module 5 Noise control: - Sound propagation, decibels, acceptance noise levels, Air columns, Doppler effect, acousticl measurements, microphones and loud speakers, Recording and reproduction of sound, fourier’s theorem and musical scale, Acoustics of buildings, Acoustic impedence filters and human ear. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Theory of Machines - Thomas Bevan Theory of Machines - P.L. Ballaney Mechanical Vibrations, V edition - G.K. Groover Theory of Vibrations with applications, III Edn - W.T. Thomson Mechanical Vibrations - S. Graham Kelly, Schaum’s outlines Fundamentals of Vibrations - Leonard Meirovitch, Mac Graw Hill A text book of sound - L.P. Sharma & H.C. Saxena Engineering Noise Control - D.A. Bies & C.H. Hausen. Noise & Vibration Control - Leo N. Beraneck MACHINE DESIGN AND DRAWING - I M 705 2+0+2 Module 1 Definitions - Design principles – common engineering materials – selection and their properties – general steps in design – design criteria – types of failures types of cyclic loading. Stresses in Machine parts – tension, compression and shear –elastic constantsworking stress-factor of safety-bending and torsion-combined stresses-stress concentration-fatigue-endurance limit-fatigue diagram-fatigue factors-theories of failure-Goodman and Soderberg lines Detachable joints-socket and spigot cotter joint, knuckle joint – pins, keys, splines -set screws, threaded fasteners and power screws – Shaft coupling – sleeve 158 coupling – split muff coupling – flange coupling – protected type flange coupling – thick and thin cylinders Riveted joints: Lap joint – Butt joint – failures of riveted joint – strength of riveted joint – efficiency of riveted joint – design of longitudinal butt joint for boiler – design of circumferential lap joint for boiler – joints of uniform strength – Lozange joint – eccentrically loaded riveted joint. Module 2 Springs – Classification and uses of springs – design of helical springs – effect of end turns – energy absorbed – deflection – design for fluctuating loads – vibration in springs – buckling of spring materials Shafts – Torsion and bending of shafts – hollow shafts – design of shafts for strength an deflection – effect of keyways – transverse vibration and critical speed of shafts Design of IC engine parts – connecting rod – piston – flywheel – Welded joints: Lap joint – Butt joint – weld symbols parallel and transverse fillet welds – strength of welded joints – axially loaded welded joints – eccentrically loaded welded joints. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Note For the University Examination 100% choice may be given. i.e. two questions from each module with full choice. OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE - I) CMELRTA 706-1 Mechanical Engg. Design Machine Design Machine Design Machine Design Machine Design an integral approach Machine Design data hand book Elements of Machine Design – – – – – – – Joseph Shigley Mubeen Black R. K. Jain Norton, Pearson Lingayah Vol I. Pandya & Shah 3+1+0 Module 1: Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method - Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions. Module 2: One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods. Module 3: Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method. 159 Module 4: Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems, mixed integer programming problems. Module 5: Network Techniques Shortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm. References 1. Optimization theory and application - S.S. Rao, New Age International P. Ltd. 2. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering - A.D.Belegundu, T.R. Chandrupatla, Pearson Education Asia. 3. Principles of Operations Researc for Management - F. S. Budnick, D. McLeavey, R. Mojena, Richard D. Irwin, INC. 4. Operation Research an introduction - H. A. Taha, Eastern Economy Edition. 5. Operations Research - R. Panneerselvam, PHI PLANT ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE (ELECTIVE-I) M 706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Wear and Lubrication: -wear-classification-theories of wear-analytical treatment of wear- stages of wear-effect of moisture, gas and liquid on wear-effects of temperature-corrosive wear- fretting-fatigue-calculation of working life-design considerations. Module 2 Lubricants: -solid, fluid and semifluid-synthetic lubricant-general properties and uses-tests and classification-aniline point-cloud, pour and flash point-carbon residue-flash and fire points- sulphur content-lubricant additives-lubricant systems-lubrication equipments and components. Module 3 Maintenance: -Breakdown and preventive maintenance-deterioration and failure analysis- planning, scheduling, and controlling of maintenance work-organisation for maintenance. Replacement: - causes of deterioration and obsolescence-sudden and gradual obsolescence and deterioration-economic analysis-MAPI method. Evolution of maintenance management-SWOT analysis-subjective methods of evaluationobjective criteria of evaluation. Module 4 Reliability: -concept and definition-chance of failure-wear and failure application of stochastic model for reliability studies-reliability of series, parallel and stand by systems-estimation of parameters of failure distribution-maintainability and availability-problems. 160 B. WELDING TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . Arc welding Processes: Carbon arc welding – single & twin carbon arcs – flux shielded metal arc welding – submerged arc welding – TIG & MIG welding and atomic hydrogen welding.spot welding – seam welding – projection welding. 2. 3.Sharma Maintenance and Spare parts management .Module 5 Non destructive testing and diagnostic instruments: .safety rules in oxy-acetylene welding.advantages and limitations – principal types of welding process and their characteristics. Standard Handbook of Plant Engineering . copper.butt welding – flash butt welding – welding of tubes & percussion welding. 6. Pressure Welding Process: . 4.accident prevention program-designing of safe operationfire protection –legal provisions for safety in industry. aluminium. 161 . nickel & magnesium.Welding as a fabrication process.Robert C.rightward & leftward welding techniques – filler metals & fluxes used for gas welding – weld movements – welding of: cast iron. Srivasthava Handbook of Tribology .inventory control of spare parts-simple problems. Brazing: .Shillon Industrial Maintainence Management . Module 2 Fusion Welding: Oxy-acetylene welding – chemistry of oxy-acetylene welding flame – type of flames & adjustments – welding set up & arrangements – preparation & storing of acetylene as well as oxygen gases. Quality control and Reliability .K.Principle of Brazing – brazing alloys & fluxes.S.I) M 706-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: . Soldering & Brazing: -Soldering – principles of soldering. References 1.Rosder Reliability&Maintainability Management .Bharat Bhooshan.different types of solders – need of fluxes for soldering and different fluxes used – method of soldering – silver soldering and aluminium soldering – advantages and limitations.Gopalakrishnan. stainless steel.Balbir S.K.Banergy.heat distribution in an electric arc – arc welding power sources – their specific characteristics advantages & limitations – arrangements for straight & reverse polarities – striking of an arc – types of weld movements – welding positions – welding symbols – Electrodes – needs & types of electrodes covering – classification of arc welding electrodes.C. 5.Sushilkumar. A.Forge welding.methods of brazing – aluminium brazing – advantages & limitations.P.Guptha Inspection. Safety management: . Tin-Lead binary diagram. Module 3 Electric arc welding: Electric properties of the arc – arc column theories: ion theory & electron theory. I) M 706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Patterns: Different types of patterns – colour codes of patterns.functions and requirements of riser – types of risers .effect of ingredients and Additives on properties of moulding sand.core prints – types of cores – core sand ingredients – requirements of core sand. Welding Engineering -Rossi 2. Welding engineering & Technology -R.core sand mixing – binding materials – core boxes.ingredients of moulding sandsspecial sand additives sand mixing.P Khanna 8. radiographic & eddy current methods.Module 4 Special or Unique welding processes: Various welding processes – their specific applications – neat sketches. Welding for Engineers -Udin & Funk 7.theoretical considerations – Chvorinov s 162 . Ultrasonic. FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . Welding (10th Edition) -A. Welding Stresses: causes of development of residual stresses – methods of relieving or controlling of residual stresses in weldments. 3. Module 2 Gating and risering: Mechanism of solidification – nucleation and growth – rate of solidification – progressive and directional solidification. Moulding sands: Natural and synthetic sand. Inspection & testing of weldments: .advantages & limitations: Electroslag welding – Plasma arc welding – Ultrasonic welding – Electron beam welding – Laser beam welding – friction welding – explosive welding & cold welding processes. Module 5 Basic metallurgy of welding: Three prominent zones: weld metal zone – heat affected zone & the unaffected zone. impact. Parmer 10. bend. reinforcing and venting. coating.sand conditioning. baking.2 & 3 (ASME) 6. Davis. Welding & welding Technology -Little. A text book of Welding Technology -O.Needs of inspection & testing of weldments – the various testing methods – destructive tests such as tensile. Cambridge University Press. The Electric Welder -Tse Golsky 5.general properties of moulding sand – testing of moulding sand .reusability of moulding sands. References 1. core making. C. Welding Engineering -R. Defects: commonly found defects in welded joints.L Agarwal 9. neck break & hardness tests – Non destructive tests such as Magnetic particle. Dye-penetratant. S. Core and core making: Purpose of cores . Gates and gating system – functions and types of gates – design of gating system – gating ratios for ferrous and nonferrous castings – risering. Welding Engineer’s Hand Book Vol 1. Metallurgy of welding -Bruckner 4. 2.rule – riser shape and directional solidification – use of chills.salvaging. core making. iron – compositon and properties Module 4 Non-ferrous foundry metallurgy: Foundry characteristics of copper and aluminium base alloys – degassing and melt treatment. References 1. Mechanisation in foundry: Elementary ideas of mechanisation in sand conditioning and supply. knock out and fettling.R.Beeley Manufacturing Science .P.Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok Kumar Mallick Manufacturing Engineering and Technology . Principles of Metal Casting . steel and non-ferrous metals – details and charge calculation in cupola charging Module 5 Cleaning and inspection: Knock out and fettling – destructive and non-destructive testing. 6. moulding. Module 1 • Linear Programming 1.I.Hine and Rosenthal Foundry Technology . 4. 2. 4. and integer programming.I) M 706-5 3-1-0 Goals: The course is designed to develop an understanding of operation research with particular attention to linear programming. Least cost method 163 . 3. 5. dynamic programming. Problem Formulation Graphical Solution Simplex Method Revised Simplex Method Duality Theory Sensitivity Analysis Module 2 • Transportation Model 1..G. insulators and exothermic compounds Module 3 Ferrous foundry metallurgy: Gray cast iron – composition – effect of composition in properties – types of graphite in gray cast iron – foundry characteristics of grey cast iron – effect of inoculation and inoculants – low alloy and high alloy cast iron –malleable iron – white heart and black heart malleable iron – malleablisation – S. 3. North-west corner method 2.Kalapakjian and Schmid ADVANCED OPERATIONS RESEARCH (ELECTIVE . Melting and pouring: Types of furnaces used for C. Basic Concepts 1.3. Goal Programming and Dynamic Programming.P.1 Binomial distribution 1. Operation Research. 4. Students will have the ability to analyze and perform sensitivity analysis on different optimum solutions generated. Monti-cralo simulation 3. Discrete Dynamic Programming models Module 5 • Simulation 1.. Ronald L.Rardin. 3. Characteristic of Dynamic Programming 3. Generation of random numbers 4. Students will have the ability to tackle real life optimization problems. Application of goal programming 2. Integer Programming. Students will have a working knowledge of operation research techniques such as linear programming.3 Normal distribution 2. Pearson Ravindran and Philips Operations Research – Principles and Practice. 3. Simulation software Course Outcomes 1.7th edn. basic concepts and simple problems 2. S.K. Shortest path models 2. VAM 4. Introduction. Optimisation in Operation Research.Katharia & Sons 164 .2 Poisson distribution 1. Gomory’s all integral cutting plane method • Goal Programming 1. Test of optimality Module 3 • Integer Programming 1. Hamda & Taha. 2. 2. References 1. Pearson Education Verma A. Introduction basic concepts and simple problems Module 4 • Dynamic Programming 1. Operations Research . Market segmentation. Sales Management 3.Sales promotion. Organisational buying behaviour: Buying situations.Concept development and testingconjoint analysis. Marketing Management for small units 9. Basic marketing 8. Introduction to Relationship marketing.Market demand. Module 2 Strategic Planning: Strategic business unit (SBU). Industrial Organisation & Management 5.P. References 1. Industrial Engg & Management 4. Consumer Behaviour 7.Theories of selling.Khanna Banga & Sarma Fred Luthans Schifman & Kanuk Gundiff Jain Lester Thomson 165 . Module 4 Consumer behaviour: Major factors affecting consumer buying behaviourConsumer decision making process.Competition.Marketing environment. Salesmanship concept Philip Khotler Richard.Exchange and transactions. International marketing and on line marketing. selection and training of sales personnel-Sales territory-Sales quotas.Basic selling stylesRecruitment. Edward & Norman O. New product development: Idea generation.I) M 706-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Marketing: Definition.Marketing research. Marketing decision support system. Module 3 Product life cycle: Marketing strategies in the different stages of product life cycle.Product.Marketing mix. Marketing Management: Functions-Sales forecasting-Pricing-DistributionAdvertising.Value and satisfaction. Sales Engg 10.Marketing concepts.MARKETING AND SALES MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE .Business strategic planningSWOT analysis.Personal selling situations.the buying centerPurchasing process.Marketing channels. Module 5 Sales management: Evolution of Sales management. Organisational Behaviour 6. Marketing Management 2.Objectives of Sales management. (Springer Werlag Publishers) 2. approximation of surface and volume integrals. methods for unsteady problems. spectral methods.K.COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS (ELECTIVE .B. advantages and limitations-components of numerical solution methods and properties. errors. (Tata Mc GrawHill) 166 .Anderson (Mc Graw Hill Pub.F. second derivative and mixed derivative-boundary conditions. and mixed flows. Computational Fluid Dynamics (The basics with applications) -John D. Module 2 Finite difference methods: . Numerical methods for Scientific& Engineering Computations .introduction to numerical methods. RANS models.tridiagonal system-cyclic reduction-iterative methodsconyergence-conjugate gradient. Computational methods for Fluid Dynamics -Joel H.I) M 706 -7 3+1+0 Module 1 Basic concepts: -conservation principles-mass.direct numerical solution-large eddy simulation. Reynolds stress models.direct methods-Gauss elimination method-LV decomposition.compressible flows (introduction only)-pressure correction models-simple examples.Hilderbrand.multigrid methods-non linear equations-deferred correction approaches.K.M. inviscid. potential and creeping flows-approximations of hyperbolic. examples-finite volume method. two level Runge Kutta predictor corrector methods-explicit.Jain & R. boundary conditions-examples.Ferziger & Miloven Peric. momentum energy-conservation of scalar quantities-dimensionless form of equations-simple mathematical models for incompressible. Module 3 Solutions of Linear Equations: . References 1. Module 5 Turbulent flows: . Introduction to Numerical Analysis . implicit methods. parabolic.Iyengar (WileyEastern) 4.) 3. elliptic.concept-approximation of first derivative. Module 4 Solutions of Navier Stokes equations: -choice of variable arrangement on gridcalculation of pressure-other methods-solution methods for Navier Stokes equations. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LABORTAORY M 707 Tests on reciprocating air compressor Tests on blowers and rotary compressors Vibration of springs – free and forced vibrations. Testing of foundry sands for strength. Determination of overall heat transfer co-efficient of a heat exchanger. Determination of thermal conductivity of conducting and insulating materials. moisture content. Tests on air conditioning units. Heat flow through composite walls. Tests on gyroscope. Friction in hydrodynamic bearings – bearing testing machines. Determination of emissivity of surfaces Heat flow through lagged pipes. Free and forced convection. permeability etc. 0+0+4 0+0+4 167 . Whirling of shafts. Balancing of reciprocating and revolving masses – balancing machines. HEAT TRANSFER LABORTAORY M 708 Tests on refrigeration equipment. Determination of minimum fluidizing velocity in a conventional fluidized bed. Tests on universal governor apparatus. Metallurgical analysis of specimens using metallurgical microscope. EIGHTH SEMESTER 168 . impregnation treatment etc. abrasion. on cutting force and surface finish – Empirical determination of force component. – Glasses: Types.Thrmo polymers – Thermoset polymers – Additives – Polymer matrix composites: properties & applications. shape. physical properties & applications. surface treatment.Oblique & orthogonal cutting – Mechanism of chip formation. diamond etc. Lee & Shaffer`s.PRODUCTION ENGINEERING M 801 2+1+ 0 Module 1 Theory of metal cutting: Historical back ground –Classification of manufacturing process – Deformation of metals (review only) – Performance & process parameters . Palmer & Oxley analysis – shear angle relationship. diffusion & fatigue. chip curl. size. glass ceramics – Types. relation ship etc. Module 3 Power metallurgy: Preparation metal powers – Power characteristics: properties of fine power. columb`s law.Cutting fluids: effect of specific heat. classification of fluids – Tool wear: flank & crater [KT] wear – Tool wear mechanisms: adhesion. cross linking – co polymers & ter polymers – Molecular architecture – effect of crystallinity – Glass transition temp: .. types. temperature distribution in chip.Elastamers: Kinked structure Mechanical. rapid. Module 2 Thermal aspects of machining: Source of heat. ceramics. applications.Titanium & titanium alloys – shape memory alloys –smart materials – microstructure. effect of speed. size distribution. ploughing. adhesion theory. purity etc. . – Impregnated bearings – Sintered oilretaining bearing – Economics of p/m. properties and application of MMC and CMC – Honey comb structure. degree of polymerization. applications. tool material & micro structure on tool life. branching. properties. coated HSS. Merchant’s analysis. sublayer flow – Effect of rake angle. steady & catatospheric wear on rough & finishing operations – Economics of machining – Machineability index. application at shop floor. physical & chemical properties – Vulcanization of rubber – conductive polymers. effectiveness at tool chip interface. Oxley thin shear zone analysis – Thick zone models. nose radius etc. DIN.. feed & depth of cut – Tool materials: carbon steel. effect of increasing normal load on apparent to real area of contact . British. Taylor’s equation. speed. ISO systems – Mechanism of orthogonal cutting: Thin zone model. allowable wear land [VB] . chip control – Tool geometry: American.Mixing – Compaction techniques – Mechanism of sintering of single & multi phase materials . HSS. shear plane & work piece. Module 4 Polymers: Polymerization – Structural features: Linear & net work molecular structure – Molecular wt.Sintering atmosphere – Finishing operations: heat treatment. – Ceramics: Structure – Mechanical.cutting angle. – Friction process in metal cutting: nature of sliding friction. etc on selection of liquids. yield stress at asperities. compressibility. 169 . Advanced materials: Super alloys . Production Technology. Theory of Metal Cutting. Introduction to Machining Science. application etc. IBM. rolling. 4nd edn. surface finish. 7. 3D welding – Information processing – Indirect fabrication of metals & ceramics. selective laser sintering. laminated object manufacturing. injector. types.Hall 2. and radiant resistance-power requirement-acceleration and gradeability-selection of gear ratios. Barlow & Bourell. McGraw Hill AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING M 802 3+1+0 Module 1 Engines: Types of engines in automobiles-classifications-engine componentsworking of various systems-CNGengines-R&D works-present and future vehicles-frame. process parameters. Powder Metallurgy for Engineers. Prentice . Beaman. London 5. HMT. sliding mesh and synchromesh gear boxes-epicyclic gearbox-overdrives-hydraulic torque converters-semi and automatic transmission-Final drive-front wheel.1 & 2. Lal G. laser engineered net shaping. Wiley Eastern 4. honing. MRR. Metcut research. diesel fuel pumps. Module 2 Transmission: prime movers-clutch-principle-friction-helical spring and conical spring clutches –centrifugal clutches and fluid couplings-Gear box-principle and necessity of manual gear box.. LIGA process. fused deposition modeling.K. The Structure & Properties of Metals Vol. AJM. LBM. Abrasive water jet machining. control. Tata McGraw Hill 6. References 1. Black. Brophy. Kluwer Academic Publishers 3.constant mesh.Module 5 Advanced production methods: Rapid prototyping: background & definitions – Process methods: Stereolithography. Dixon & Clayton. Armarego & Brown.. Manufacturing Engineering & Technology. Solid Free Foam Fabrication: A new direction in mafg. New Age publishers 8. applications – EBM. Machinery publishing co. Metcut research associates. process principle & Ra only.carburetors. USM – principle. H. The Machining of Metals. Kalpakjian. 170 . Paul. lapping. Addison – Wesley. body and engine construction-structure and mechanism forming components. Machinablity Data Center Vol. Rose & Wulf.2. rear wheel and four wheel drivestransfer case-Hotchkiss and torque tube drives-universal joints-constant velocity universal joint-differential-non-slip differential-rear axles-types of rear axles. single point and multi point fuel injection-combustion chambers-lubricating oil pumps-cooling systemsVehicle performance-resistance to the motion of vehicle-air. – Non traditional machining: EDM. – Electro chemical grinding. ECM. Cincinnati 9. components and attachments-mechanical. accessories and dashboard instruments-Preventive and breakdown maintenance-engine testing. Forecasting: methods of sales forecasting-forecasting for new productsforecasting for established products-time series analysis for sale forecasting – long term forecasting – methods of estimating Sales trend. effect. Module 4 Chassis and Body: Types of chassis and body constructions-crumble zones.wheel balancing-trouble shooting-garage tools and equipments-noise.booster. 3. 4. air bags and impact beams-automotive air conditioning-braking mechanism and convectional brakes. and performance tests. Module 2 Production planning: objectives-characteristics-process planning. Capacity planning.Module 3 Steering and Suspension: Different steering mechanisms-steering gear boxespower steering –types-suspension systems-front axle.automotive lighting.engine tuning. charging and ignition systems-electronic ignitiondynamos and alternators-voltage regulators-light and horn relays-circuit diagramsstarting motor-bendix and follow through drives-power windows-electronic engine control unit for fuel injection. References 1.correlation analysis. toe-in toe-out. functions and problems of PPC. servicing-overhaul.factors affecting-Master production scheduling-material requirement planning – BOM and product structure.problems. vibration. Module 5 Electrical systems Battery.motor vehicle act.radial tyres-hybrid vehicles-vintage cars-racing cars-automated roads-coach works-materials. camber.safety provisions. advantages.Guptha Joseph Heitner Harbans Singh Reyd William H. Automobile Engineering (Vol.M. Shock absorbershydraulic and gas charged shock absorbers-air suspensions. king pin inclination. 171 . hydraulic and pneumatic brakes-anti-lock braking systems-Wheels and Tyres:tube-less tyres-ply ratings. Course PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL M 803 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to PPC: need for PPC. hydraulic and power brakes. 1 & 2) Automotive Mechanics Automobile Engineering Automotive Mechanics K. rigid axle and independent suspensions-anti-roll bar-coil spring and leaf spring-torsion bar-Macpherson strutsliding pillar-wish bone-trailing arm suspensions-front axle types-front wheel geometry-castor. 2. reasons for scheduling. bevel gear. helical gear.Buffa J.strength of gear teeth – gear forces and their effects – formative number of teeth – lead – lead angle-basic geometry and nomenclature of meshed spur gear set-dynamic load – endurance load-wear loads – AGMA standards – Lewis equation for strength design and Lewis form factor – design for wear – design of gears such as spur gear. 2.duties.procedure – route sheets. Module 3 Sequencing assumptions: solution of sequencing problems-processing n jobs through two machines Processing n jobs through three machines – processing n jobs through m machines – processing two Jobs through m machines-problems Module 4 Materials management: Components of integrated material management Purchasing management. References 1. Routing: objectives.S. 5.short term scheduling – mathematical loading and scheduling.principle and procedure of production Control. Despatching. 4. 6.T. 3. Supply chain management – ERPRole of I. Berry. worm and worm wheel.stores management. worm and worm wheel. 7.production control systems. Module 5 Loading and scheduling: aim.types-report preparation and presentation.problemsScheduling through PERT / CPM problems.Apple Mcycss K. helical gear.Paneerselvam Jeremy F Shapiro MACHINE DESIGN AND DRAWING . Module 2 Bearings: Bearing materials – introduction to lubrication – minimum film thickness – hydrodynamic theory of lubrication – viscosity of oil – oil seals – 172 .master scheduling or aggregate scheduling Estimating shop loads.C.procedure.rules. Modern Production Management Principles of Production Management Production management principles Production Planning and Control Manufacturing Planning &Control Production and operations management Modeling the supply chain E. Whybark systems R.N.Production control: objectives. bevel gear. Follow up and reporting.Aggarwal Volfman.jani& L.II M 804 2+0+2 Module 1 Gears: Types of gears –spur gear. Design of Machine Elements – Bhandari V. 173 .selection of lubricants – viscosity index – measurement of viscosity – effect of temperature on viscosity – clearance ratio – summer feld number – specifications and selection of bearing – anti friction bearing – bearing life – rating life – dynamic load capacity – equivalent dynamic load – design of journal bearing – design of rolling contact bearing such as ball and roller bearing. Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function. Note Question Paper pattern same as Machine Design . Module 3 Gamma. B. Machine Design – Pandya and Shah 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides. 2.I ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE . unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – solution of Fredhlom integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions.II) CMELRTM 805-1 Mechanical Engineering Design – Joseph Shigley Machine Design – Mubeen Machine Design – Black Principles of Lubrication – Cameron A. Mechanical Seals – Mayer E. Pumps: Design of centrifugal pump (Simple problems) References 1. 3. Beta functions Gamma function. 5. 7. 6. 4. II) M 805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Artificial Intelligence .Grewal. Module 5 Case studies and programming of typical applications in process planning.Gunavathy. Numerical methods . 174 .R. adaptive control of devices.Bernard Friedman. tool selection. MIS. attributes. 4. shells. failure analysis etc. 5. knowledge base. object. John Wiley and sons 8. John Wiley and Sons. Module 4 Commercial software for manufacturing applications in CAD.Keener. 6. backward & forward chaining. Principles and Techniques of Applied Mathematics .P.B. Hoskins. Classification of second order equations. inventory control. Addison Wesley.S. search strategies .K.Pipkin. 2.Greenberge.Chand Advanced Engg.Thilagavathy. part classification. S. values. robotics. process control. Linear Integral Equation . Mathematics .Allen C.expert system building tools: languages. fault diagnosis. K. 9. linking expert systems to other software such as DBMS. Academic Press.H. knowledge representation . CAPP.expert / knowledge based systems .Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. inference engine.F. objects. MRP . References 1. Springer – Verlag Advanced Engg.Michael D. nods.Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation. Principles of Applied Mathematics .Ram P.definition .Kanwal. inference sub systems. attributes. K. Grinding wheel selection. links. process control and office automation.heuristic rules .James P. links.inference engine components .Dass. Mathematics .expert system architecture: software components. Pearson Edn.frame based knowledge representation . MDB. Asia Numerical methods in Engg. knowledge base. Khanna Publishers Generalized functions . Module 2 Hard ware requirements . Chand & co EXPERT SYSTEMS IN MANUFACTURING (ELECTIVE . modus ponens. 7. Module 3 Knowledge representation: rule based system .Kandasamy. &Science .semantic netwoks.11.knowledge acquisition.inferences strategies. values semantic net work structures: nodes. monotonic & non monotonic reasoning. facilities planning etc. New York A Course on Integral Equations . 3. Airplane Aerodynamic Kermode A.hall hand book of expert systems AEROSPACE ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE . Temperature and Density variations in the International Standard Atmosphere – Review of basic fluid dynamics – continuity. Stratosphere.Introduction to Expert systems.References 1. Module 5 Air speed indicators – Calculation of True Air Speed – Altimeters – Rate of Climb meter – Gyro Compass – Principles of Wind Tunnel Testing – Open and Closed type Wind Tunnels – Pressure and Velocity Measurements – Supersonic Wind Tunnels (description only) – Rocket Motors – Solid and Liquid Propellant Rockets – Calculation of Earth Orbiting and Escape Velocities Ignoring Air Resistance and assuming Circular Orbit. by. Houghton and Brock Dommasch 175 . Aerodynamics for Engineering Students 3.II) M 805-3 3+1+0 Module 1 The atmosphere: Characteristics of Troposphere. References 1. Prentice . Mesosphere and Ionosphere . Peter Jackson . 2. dynamic and stagnation pressures – phenomena in supersonic flows Module 2 Application of dimensional analysis to 2D viscous flow over bodies – Reynolds number – Mach number similarity – Aerofoil characteristics – Pressure distribution – Centre of Pressure and Aerodynamic Center – Horse shoe vortex Module 3 Momentum and Blade Element Theories – Propeller co-efficients and charts – Aircraft engines – Turbo jet. C. 1999. Addison Wesley Longman. momentum and energy for incompressible and compressible flows – static.International Standard Atmosphere – Pressure. 3/e. Turbo fan and Ram Jet engines – Bypass and After Burners Module 4 Straight and Level Flight – Stalling Speed – Minimum Drag and Minimum Power conditions – Performance Curves – Gliding – Gliding angle and speed of flattest glide – Climbing – Rate of Climb – Service and Absolute Ceilings – Take off and Landing Performance – Length of Runway Required – Circling Flight – Banked Flight – High Lift Devices – Range and Endurance of Air planes. Mechanics of Flight 2. 176 . References 1.B Strehlow . Module 2 Elements of chemical kinetics: law of mass action-order and molecularity of reaction – rate equation.Arrheniuss law – activation energy – collision theory of reaction rates. Module 3 Ignition and flammability: methods of ignition –self ignition – thermal theory of ignition – limits of flammability –factors affecting flammability limits.flame quenching. Fuels and combustion Some fundamentals of combustion Fundamentals of combustion Elementary reaction Kinetics Flames – – – – – Sharma S. R. 3.theory of laminar flame propagation.Transition state theory –General theory of chain reactions. Module 4 Flame stabilization: Stability diagrams for open flames.A Lathan J. 5.injection of liquid propellants-ignition and ignitors. Module 5 Combustion in solid an liquid propellant: Reactant motors – Classification and types of propellants – desirable properties of grain shapes – burning rates and combustion model of solid propellants.measurement of flame velocity – factors affecting flame speed.II) M 805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Thermodynamics of reactive mixtures: Bond energy-Heat of formation-Heat of reaction-adiabatic flames temperatures-entropy changes for reacting mixtureschemical equilibrium – equilibrium criteria –evaluation of equilibrium constant and equilibrium composition –simple numerical solutions.COMBUSTION (ELECTIVE .L Gaydan and wolfhard. 2.P Spalding D.flame propagation.mechanisms of flame stabilization –critical boundary-velocity gradient –stabilization by eddies bluff body stabilization – effects of variables on stability limits.flame velocity. Miscellaneous topics – droplet combustion – fluidized bed combustion classification of coal – air pollution.Transition state theory-collision theory of reaction rates.premixed and diffusion flames – physical structures and comparison – characteristics of laminar and turbulent flames.combustion of carbon monoxide and hydrogen. 4. correlation analysis. Mastering MS Project 2000. lagging activities. and financial feasibilitiesreport preparation-case studies. sequencing of task.nature and scope. allocating overtime. Project Management.PERT and CPM techniques. 2. PrasannaChandra. Tata McGraw Hill. 4. overall progress review. Harvey Maylor. tool).PROJECT MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE . 3. Pearson Education. Module 2 Project Management. finding critical path. Tata McGraw Hill. individual Departmental reports. cost estimates. ABC activities (discuss). Management high-level reports. material.II) M805-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to C++ . PROGRAMMING IN C++ AND VISUAL C++ (ELECTIVE . colouring techniques. assignment of resources. risk profiles. curvilinear. Technical. BPB Publishers. Module 3 Forecasting Methods-Time series analysis-method pf least square. Friday/Sunday holiday. decision trees. Prasanna Chandra.Marketing. simulation. Module 5 MS Project: (Software Practice) Creation of task. using different calendars (Like 8 or 12 hours shift. Module 4 Risk Analysis-risk in economic analysis-measuring risk in investment. Module 2 Classes and Objects – Specifying the Class – The private and public key words – Defining Member Functions – Defining Objects – Calling Member Functions – 177 . Reports: Daily reports for completed activity. Projects. Estimatestime. breaking the activities. resources (man. creation of different views on screen. assignment of blank fields. Project Management. formulation of discounted decision trees. resource balancing.II) M 805-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Project feasibility Analysis. moving average. Special public holidays etc).Object Oriented Approach – I/O instructions – Data types – Type Conversions – Arithmetic Operators – Relational Operators – Loops – Precedence – Conditional Operator – Logical Operators – Structures and its manipulations – Functions – Arrays. References 1. Corter. cost. 4. sillimanite & kyanite. Windows Programming Primer Plus 3.Olivine. lusture. 5. cleavage. Programming with ANSI and Turbo C Robert Lafore Jim Conger Kamthane.Asbestose.II) M 805-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Silicate Mineralogy in General . transperancy. References 1.Minerals-Definition. – Introduction to MFC – MFC Hierarchy . Natrolite.Tourmaline 15. fracture. hardness.Aluminium silicates-andalusite. Module 4 Pointers – Memory Management – The new and delete Operators – Pointers to Objects – Self Containing Classes – Virtual Functions – Accessing Normal and Virtual Member Functions with Pointers – Pure Virtual Functions – Friend Functions – The ‘this’ Pointer – Accessing Member Data with ‘this’. 3.Constructors – Destructors – Overloaded Constructors – Objects as Arguments – Returning Objects from Functions – Array of Objects.Garnets. PARTICLE ANALYSES AND SPRAY COATING (ELECTIVE . 7.Talc 14. Object Oriented Programming in Microsoft C++ 2.Physical properties. 9. Module 3 Operator Overloading – Operator Arguments – Operator Return Values – Postfix Notation – Overloading Binary Operators – Arithmetic Assignment Operators – Data Conversion – Inheritance – Derived Class and Base Class – Specifying The Derived Class – Accessing Base Class Members – The protected Members – Derived Class Constructors – Overriding Member Functions – Scope Resolution with Overridden Functions – Public and Private Inheritance – Levels of Inheritance – Multiple Inheritance. Module 5 Introduction to Windows Programming – Basic Windows Program Structure – Different Windows Messages like WM_PAINT. 12. Feldspars. chemical composition and uses of the important silicate minerals-1. 8.STRUCTURE. 13.Chlorites 10. Module 2 Identification of Silicate Minerals . CFile etc. – Exception Handling. Physical properties of minerals-Colour.Pyroxenes.Amphiboles. Quartz.Clay minerals. fusibility & tenacity. 6. Pearson SILICATES . Classification-Silicates and non-silicates. WM_TIMER etc.Micas. 11. specific gravity.Use of Simple Foundation Classes like CTime. CString. form. Staurolite 178 . 2. S. coefficient of angularity. Parman. S. Tata McGraw hill publishing Co. Rutley’s elements of mineralogy. air jet sieve..H. 10. Murphy.K.Phyllosilicate & 6. CBS Publishers. Tectosilicate.Detailed study of the silicate structures with examples. R. drying. E.Sorosilicate. A text book of mineralogy.Cyclosilicate. Little. Module 1 Elements of a MIS – Levels of Management – Types of Management information – Technical dimensions of Information – System elements – Characteristics of MIS – Case Study. 2. specific surface area (actual and theoretical) by sieve analysis. London. 3+1+0 179 . implementation requirements and process standardisation. References 1. 3. New Delhi.Module 3 Silicate Mineral Structures . 6.Grain size parameters.Inosilicate.K. Seghal & Linderburg. 2. consistency and determination. New Delhi. Welding and welding technology. A. Bidwell. H. Powder material-Size and area determination by various methods. Ceramics and silicates. MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE .Jain & A. H. New Delhi. Module 5 Spray Coating – Basic concepts and general discussion of spray coating. Dana.S. Wiley Eastern Ltd. properties and fabrication. 7. 5. Materials-Their nature. 4. 9. Non-ferrous foundry metallurgy. Welding engineering and technology.Ethyl orthosilicate (ETS-40). Pergamon Press Ltd. Dhaunedrakumar. 5. 8. Slurries – Binder and different ceramic powders. Ltd.Read. UK. Bacho dust classifier and BET methods. Heat source – Plasma arc-transferred and non-transferred arcs. Investment casting. Khanna publishers. 4.Coarse material-Size distribution.Bhargava. EWP. 3. New Delhi. Vikas publishing house. Manufacturing science. Howie & Zussman. Dier. Binders. The machinery publishing Co. New Delhi. Material science and manufacturing process.Blane’s methods. Thomas Murby&Co. New Delhi. properties and hydrolysis. Nesosilicate.T.III) M 806-1 Goals To learn Management Information System (MIS). East West Press Pvt Ltd. Mineralogy.1.J. Amitabha Ghosh & Asok kumar Mallik.. Module 4 Particle Analyses – Coarse and powder materials. arrangement of spray coating. hydrogen. Management Information Systems CRYOGENICS (ELECTIVE .liquefaction systems for neon.electrical and magnetic properties. Outcomes Student will learn elements of MIS & steps in implementing MIS. Management Information Systems. Mudric. References 1. Prentice Hall India. Rose & Callgget 5. S. Module 3 Gas liquefaction systems: production of low temperatures . Module 5 Future of MIS – Architecture – reliability – Security – Intelligent Buildings. nitrogen and helium.materials of constructions for cryogenic applications. Module 4 Cryogenic refrigeration systems: ideal refrigeration systems. James Obrein Information System and Management.adiabatic demagnetization – efficiency to liquefaction and coefficient of performances irreversibility and losses. Students will also learn hardware and software selection for MIS. Properties of cryogenic fluids . Jerome Kauter 3.III) M 806-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Historical development. Module 3 Communication and distributed Data processing. Module 2 Low temperature properties of engineering materials: mechanical properties thermal properties .general liquefaction systems .refrigerators using solids as working media. The Management Process. Basic thermodynamics applied to liquefaction and refrigeration process .refrigerators using liquids and gases as refrigerants .Module 2 Building Business Model – Data Base – Report generation and time sharing – Case study. Module 4 Managing and controlling the MIS function. R.present areas involving cryogenic engineering. adiabatic and Joule Thomson expansion process . 180 .isothermal. Information System for Modern Management. Prentice Hall India. Mudric and Rose 2. Daver 4. Application Development Cycle. Module 5 Reaction heat removal: Basic equations of heat transfer as applied to reactor cooling – Reactor heat transfer systems – Heat removal in fast reactors Radiation Safety: Reactors shielding . Cryogenic Engineering Barron R. Module 2 Nuclear reaction principles – Reactor classifications – Critical Size – Basic diffusion theory – Slowing down of neutrons – Neutron flux and power – Four factor formula – Criticality condition – Basic features of reactor control Module 3 Boiling water reactor: Description of reactor system – Main components – control and safety measures Materials of Reactor: Construction – Fuel – Moderator coolant – Structural materials – Cladding – Radiation damage.H. References 1. Nuclear Engineering 2. Sources book on Atomic Energy Glasstone & Sesoske Glasstone S. Cryogenic Systems 2.III) M 806-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Review of elementary Nuclear Physics: Atomic structure – Nuclear energy and nuclear forces – Nuclear fission Nuclear reactions and radiations: Principle of radioactive decay – Interaction of α and β rays with matter – Neutron cross section and reactions – The fission process – Chain reaction – Basic principles of controlled fusion.Cryogenic fluid storage vessels cryogenic fluid transfer systems.Module 5 Cryogenic storage and transfer systems . Cryogenic Engineering 3. Bell J. References 1. Application of cryogenics .cryogenics in biology and medicine. F Scot R.cryo pumping superconductivity and super fluidity .cryogenics in space technology . NUCLEAR ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE . Module 4 Nuclear fuels: Metallurgy of Uranium – General principles of solvent extraction – Reprocessing of irradicated fuel – Separation process – Fuel enrichment.Radiation dozes – Standards of radiation protections – Nuclear waste disposal. W. 181 . Binary and grey scale images. 2.fluidic logic devices – examples of applications of fluidics devices like edge control of steel plate in rolling mills tension control. Module 2 Pumps and motors: Principle of working – range of displacement and pressuresfixed and variable discharge pumps-gear.INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS (ELECTIVE . References 1. Module 2 Edge detection and line finding – Spatial differentiation.pressure reducing valve – flow control valve –irection control valves-their principle of operation.pneumatic components. Geometrical correction. Types of cameras for Machine vision and their principles. screw. and power steering. 182 . extraction of line descriptions. Daniel Bonteille -Fluid Logic and Industrial automation.III) M 806-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to hydraulic / pneumatic devices – their application and characteristics – comparison of electric.III) M 806-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to machine vision – basics of picture processing. John Pippenger & Tyler Hicks . piston pumps – axial piston pump-swash pump-bent axis pump. Module 5 Fluidics: Introduction of fluidics devices –Principles of working of common fluidics devices like wall attachment devices – proportional amplifiers-turbulent amplifiers. Module 4 Properties of commonly used hydraulic fluids-Typical hydraulic circuits like those used in machine tools –Rivetter. Types of hydraulic motors – their characteristics. vane. Module 3 Hydraulic valves: Stop valve.non return valve-relief valve-sequence valvecounter balance valve. Grey scale modification.and application-JIC symbols of hydraulic. Sharpening and smoothing images. hydraulic press. Accessories-Hydraulic accumulators – intensifiers-filters-heatercooler. Preprocessing concepts – Digital image.pneumatic Hammer.Industrial Hydraulics MACHINE VISION AND APPLICATION (ELECTIVE . hydraulic and pneumatic devices. 2D rectangular and triangular elements. Sonaka M. Module 2 Assembly of elements and matrices: Concept of element assembly. Module 4 Image operation studies. and to provide an opportunity to work with finite element programs used in industry. solution of simultaneous equations. skeletal and continuum structures.f system into infinite d. Element types and characteristics: Discretization of the domain. 1D spar and beam elements. shape functions. identification. non-contact type – case studies. . boundary conditions. band width and its effects. continuity and convergence requirements. Fourier transformation for pattern recognition applications. 2D rectangular and triangular elements. area co-ordinate system. one and 2D applications.co ordinate measuring machines.Module 3 Software for measurement and pattern recognition applications with examples – two and three-dimensional measurements. Computer programming may be involved.o. 183 3+1+0 . modeling of infinite d. basic element shapes. Module 3 High order and isoparametric elements :One dimensional quadratic and cubic elements. analysis & machine vision FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS (ELECTIVE . verification. aspect ratio. Gaussian elimination and Cholesky decomposition methods.f system. interfacing a robot with a vision system.o. R.Image processing. Basics of hardware for vision system Module 5 Machine vision applications in engineering – dimension measurement. ganeralised co-ordinates and nodal shape functions. numerical integration. axisymmetric elements. general applicability of the method. sorting . flaw detection. to provide experience with its use in engineering analysis and design. Reference 1. basic steps in finite element problem formulation. global and local co-ordinate systems. static. Hlavac V & Boyle. dynamic and kinematic analysis. banded and skyline assembly. use of natural co-ordinate system. Module 1 Introduction: Structural analysis objectives.III) M 806-6 Goals: This course is designed to acquaint students with the basic principles of the finite element method. References 1. use of commercial software packages. 1989.III) M 806-7 Goal To give the detailed information on TQM Tools and Techniques for TQM will be known. Cook. advantages and limitations. The students will be able to built finite element models correctly for various engineering problems and solve the model using existing finite element codes Text Book Rao S. PDSA cycle. Ltd.Module 4 Static analysis: Analysis of trusses and frames. Robert D. “Concepts and Application of Finite Element Analysis”. Module 5 Dynamic analysis: Hamilton`s principle. John Wiley and Sons. A.” Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering”. Malkins and Michael E. David S. 3rd edition. 2. 3rd edition 2002. Reengineering. Plesha. 2nd edition. Benchmarking – Quality Function Development – Failure mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA) 184 3+1+0 . determination of natural frequencies and mode shapes. Pergamon Press. Cause – and – Effect diagram. Oxford. Pearrson Pvt. use of commercial software packages. histogram. D. Module 1 Introduction – Leadership Concepts – Customer Satisfaction – employee involvement Module 2 Continuous Process Improvement – Kaizen.. derivation of equations of equilibrium. The students will understand the fundamental principles of finite element theory and applications. check sheet. derivation of mass matrices for 1D elements. analysis of machine subassemblies. 1989. consistent and lumped mass matrices.S.R. Juran Trilogy – Supplier Partnerships – Quality Cost Module 3 Statistical Process Control (SPC) – Pareto Diagram. 2.. Course Outcomes: 1. Chandrupatla T. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE .. “The Finite Element Method in Engineering”. and Belegundu. Module 4 Total Quality Control (TQC) – Quality Circles – Poka – Yoke. Measurement of speed: Calibration and use of tachometers & stroboscope 5. screw thread calipers 9. Quality assurance and Total quality management. watermeter.Just–in-Time (JIT). 5. 3. 4. Dead weight pressure gauge calibrator 4. dial gauge feeler gauge. TQM & 1S0 14000. Mitra. Study of use of laser interferometer for calibration of linear measurements 2. Pressure Transducers. Vernier caliper. Prentice . Student will learn tools and Techniques used in TQM. 2. Quality control & improvement. Measurement of Flow: Rotameter. Anemometer. Person Education Besterfield. Measurement of linear and angular dimensions: Micrometer. Students will learn the procedure of implementation of TQM References 1. interferometer.gear tooth calipers. Student will clear principles and practices of TQM 2. Measurement of PH value 13. Measurement of gear and screw thread profiles.‘5-5’ Module 5 Implementing procedure of TQM . accelerometer and vibration indicator 11.Hall Arora K.KANBAN . 3. Measurement of psychometric properties of air 185 . Measurement of surface roughness using subtonic tester 8. calibration and use 7. comparator. Khanna Publishers. Measurement of pressure: Calibration and use of pressure measuring instruments-Pressure Gauge. Measurement of temperature: Calibration of thermometers and pyrometers Preparation and calibration of thermocouple and resistance temperature detectors (TTD & RTD) 3. plug gauge and wire gauge 6. Acoustic measurements-sound level meter – preparation of noise contours 12. angle gauge.C. Total quality Management. Quality Control. Measurement of vibration – use of vibration pick ups. Besterfield. sine bar. Measurement of strain and force – calibration of strain gauges and load cells 10.case studies Learning Objective 1. Micro manometer. Person Education MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS LABORTAORY M 807 0+0+4 1. S K Kataria & Sons Jain & Chitale. Orsat gas analyzer. 186 . VIVA -VOCE M809 A comprehensive Viva-voce examination will be conducted to assess the student's overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. They must submit a preliminary report at the end of the semester. certified reports of seminar and project work are to be presented for evaluation. Analysis of Automobile Exhaust gas and Flue gas -Use of instruments like oxygen analyser. Gas chromatography. Sessional marks for seminar will be out of 25. Balance 40 marks will be awarded based on the presentation of the project by the students before an evaluation board consists of a minimum of 3 faculty members including the guide. They will complete the project in the eighth semester. PROJECT & SEMINAR M808 0+0+4 At the beginning of the seventh semester. in which 35 marks will be based on day to day performance assessed by the guide. At the time of viva-voce. Sessional marks for project will be out of 75. students must submit an abstract of their undergraduate project.14. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING BRANCH 187 .TECH.B. THIRD SEMESTER 188 . 4. Finite Differences and Numerical Analysis: H.Ltd. E. µ. 8. Numerical mathematical Analysis: James B. Khanna Publ.C Saxena. 7.K Shantha. 5. Difference eqns. Wiley Eastern. National Publishing Co. Prentice – Hall 6. Module 3 Function of Complex Variable: Definition of Analytic functions and singular points – Derivation of C. ez. Theory and Problems of Vector Analysis: Murray R. 1/z. δ . – solutions of difference equations. Chand & Co. Module 4 Finite Differences: Meaning of ∆. Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem. Surface and Volume Integrals. Spiegel. Sin z. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyszig. Mathematics: Michael D. S. K Venkataraman. z + k2/z – bilinear transformation. 3. divergence and curl of a vector function – their physical meaning – directional derivative – scalar potential. Oxford IBH Publishing Co. 2. Module 2 Vector Integral Calculus: Line. References 1. Greenberg. Advanced Engg.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using Stirlings formula – Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals. Cross ratio – invariant property – simple problems. Scarborough. conservative field – identities – simple problems. Schaum’s outline series – McGraw Hill. 189 . Mathematics: Grawal B. Advanced Engg. ∇. Higher Engg. University Press. Module 5 Difference Calculus: Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton-Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Numerical Methods in Science and Engg: M. work done by a force along a path – Application of Greens theorem. Numerical Methods: S. R equations in Cartesian co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal transformation of function like zn. Balachandra Rao and G. S.II CMELPA 301 3+1+0 Module 1 Vector Differential Calculus: Differentiation of vector functions – scalar and vector fields – gradient. TMH. Standard Publ. wear rings. surface tension. effect of vapour pressure on lifting of liquid – indicator diagram – acceleration head – effect of friction – use of air vessels – work saved – slip – efficiency – pump characteristics – applications – Cavitation in fluid machines – Rotary pumps: Gear. 3. Module 5 Positive Displacement Pumps: reciprocating pumps. Flow through Orifices – measurement of fluid velocity. vane. Flow of compressible fluids through pipes – types of flow – critical Reynolds number – friction factors for laminar and turbulent flow – hydraulic gradient – minor losses – transmission of power through pipes. performance curves – applications (Description only). S. References 1. bulk modulus. jet pump. Rota meter and notches. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines: Jagadishlal.MECHANICAL TECHNOLOGY E 302 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Properties of Fluids: Pressure. dynamic and kinematic viscosity. gauges and pressure switch – pressure on immersed surfaces – floating body. density. One dimensional incompressible Bernoulli’s equation. pressure measurement. pressure head. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines: Abdulla Sheriff. single and double suction impellers – types of casings – effect of vapour pressure on lifting of liquid – specific speed – performance pump characteristics: main. Pascal’s law. hydraulic balancing. priming. Module 4 Pumping Machinery: General classification – Dynamic pumps – working of centrifugal pumps. Module 2 Fluid in Motion: Euler’s equation in one dimension. Classification of impellers. vapour pressure. J. 2. Module 3 Hydraulic Turbines: Evolution of present day hydraulic turbines from the water wheel – classification – degree of action – Pelton wheel. slurry pump & hydraulic ram (description only). capillary – fluid at rest. operating. Fluid Mechanics: Massey B. airlift pump. ELBS 5. interpretation of Bernoulli’s equation as a energy equation. Francis and Kaplan Turbines – constructional details and characteristics only (no problems based on velocity triangles) – governing of turbines – draft tube – specific speed – cavitation effects. root pumps – rotary axial & rotary radial piston pumps – thory. orifice meter. 4. performance curves & application of self-priming pump. Metropolitan publ. vapor pressure. efficiency. Wiley & Sons. venturimeter. Centrifugal and Axial Flow Pumps: Stepanoff John A. efficiency.S. Fluid Flows Machines: Govinda Rao N. 190 . ISO efficiency characteristics curves – NPSH _ multistage pumps – propeller pumps – pump in parallel & series operation – Theory. manometers. Screw. pitot tube – discharge measurement. applications. Module 2 Coupled Circuits: Self-inductance and Mutual inductance – Coefficient of coupling – dot convention – Ideal Transformer – Analysis of multi-winding coupled circuits – Analysis of single tuned and double tuned coupled circuits. Millman.V Iyer. 2. Module 4 Three Phase Circuits: Generation of three phase voltages – Phase sequence – Line and Phase quantities – Analysis of unbalanced loads – Neutral shift – Symmetrical components – Analysis of unbalanced system – power in terms of symmetrical components.Mesh and Node Analysis – Driving point Impedance and Transfer Impedance – Driving point Admittance and Transfer Admittance.ELECTRIC CIRCUIT THEORY E 303 2+2+0 Module 1 Circuit Analysis: Concept of Linearity. New Age Intl’. References 1. Norton. Roy Choudhary. 7. 6. Sudhakar. Introduction to MATLAB and pSPICE – Simulation/Analysis of simple Electric Circuits using MATLAB and pSPICE.H Hayt and J. 3. 4. Tellegen and Maximum power transfer theorems.E. Theory and Problems in Circuit Analysis: T. 5. Module 3 Network Theorems: Star-Delta transformations – Super position. Schaum’s Outline series Engineering Circuit Analysis: W. S. Thevinin. Reciprocity. Kemmerly – Mc Graw Hill.K.S. TMH Electric Circuits: Edminister J. Module 5 Graph theory: Introduction – Linear graph of a network – Tie-set and cut-set schedule – incidence matrix – Analysis of resistive network using cut-set and tieset – Dual of a network. Electric ciruit theory: Rajeswaran – Pearson Education 191 .E Van Valkanburg Circuits and Networks-Analysis and Synthesis: A. Network Analysis: M. Substitution.P Shyam Mohan Networks and Systems: D. Unilateral and Bilateral Systems – Passive and Active networks – Vector and Phasor – Sources of Energy – Independent and Dependent voltage and current Sources – Standard input signals – Source transformations . Compensation. Module 5 Time varying fields – Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction – Motional emf concept of displacement current – Maxwell’s equations in point form and integral form – wave equation in free space – applications in transmission lines – Poynting vector and power flow – Poynting theorem – interpretations – instantaneous. Module 4 The steady Magnetic Field – Biot-Savart’s law – Ampere’s circuital law . Karus and Carver K. Module 3 Conductors. Engineering Electromagnetics: William H. Theory and Problems of Electromagnetics: Joseph Edminister.ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY E 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Review of Vector Analysis – Cartesian coordinate system – The Vector field – dot cross products – introduction to cylindrical and spherical coordinate systems. schaum’s outline series 5. Field Theory: Gangadhar K.. coaxial and cylinders and parallel wires – effect of earth on capacitance .R.method of images – energy stored in electrostatic field – dielectric strength and break down. A 4. average and complex pointing vector – power loss in conductors. Premlet 192 .Curl – Stoke’s theorem – magnetic flux and flux density – the scalar and vector magnetic potentials – magnetic force on a moving charge – force on a moving charge – force on a current element – force between current carrying wires – torque on closed circuits – magnetic boundary conditions – self and mutual inductances – energy stored in a magnetic field – skin effect – inductance of solenoids. line charge. EMT with applications: B. Hayt Jr. spherical shell. torroids and two-wire transmission lines. Module 2 Energy and Potential – Energy expended in moving a point charge in an electric field – Electric Potential between two points – potential at a point charge – potential at any point – due to discrete as well as distributed charges – Electric field lines and equipotential contours – electric dipoles – potential gradient – conservative nature of a field – Laplace and Poisson equations (Derivation only and not solution). McGraw Hill 2. surface charge and volume charge distributions – electric flux – electric flux density – Gauss’s law and its applications – divergence – Maxwell’s first equation – the Del operator – Divergence theorem. Dielectrics and Capacitance – current and current density – continuity equation – point form of Ohm’s Law – conductor properties – polarisation – dielectric boundary conditions – capacitance – parallel plate capacitor – capacitance of isolated sphere. McGraw Hill 3. Electromagnetics: John D. Static Electric Field: Coulomb’s law – electric field intensity – field intensity due to point charge. References 1. Magnetic Measurements: Theory of Ballistic galvanometer – Flux meter – Lloyd Fischer Square. Module 2 Measurement of Voltage: Potentiometers – slide-wire. 3. Electrical and Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – Sawhney A. Precision slide-wire. 2. Helfrick and William D. laws of thermoelectric circuits – common thermocouples. Voltmeter and Wattmeter using potentiometer.Kelvin’s double bridge – Insulation Megger – Earth Megger.W. Wheeler and Co. Dhanpat Rai and Co. Wien’s bridge.. PHI. 1991. High voltage Schering Bridge. Module 3 AC Bridges: Maxwell’s bridge – Hay’s bridge.K. Module 5 Illumination measurements: Units of illumination – laws of illumination – polar curves – Determination of MSCP and MHCP – Integrating meters – Lumer Brodhern type. (Analysis and Phasor diagram required) Module 4 Instrument Transformers: Principle of Current and Potential transformers – Phasor diagram – nominal ratio – phase angle error. Temperature measurement: Thermoelectric effects. medium. 1992. Anderson Bridge. Vernier potentiometer – Calibration of Ammeter. Measurement of Resistance: Low.ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS E 305 2+1+0 Module 1 Units and Dimensions: SI Units – Dimensions of Electrical quantities – dimensional equations. References 1. Ratio error – Constructional features and applications. Cooper. 193 . 1992.AC potentiometer. Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments – Golding E. high – Wheatstone bridge.. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and measurement Technique – Albert D. Error Analysis in Measurements: Source of error – Instruments errors – Human errors – Environmental errors – Combination of errors – Mean and variance – Standard deviation – Limits of error. C. P.Service mains. Cost of Generation: Fixed and Running Charges.L.straight line and sinking fund method Tariffs. Pabla Transmission and Distribution of Electric Energy: Cotton H High Voltage Engineering: M.depreciation.Distributor .Gupta A Course in Electric Power: Uppal Electric Power Distribution System: A.Radial and Ring mains.S. electro-dynamometer type watt meters. Kamaraju BASIC ELECTRICAL LAB E 307 0+0+4 1.C: Rectifier circuits . Testing of insulating oils and H. 3. ammeters. Study of AC and DC supply systems in Electrical Laboratory 2.V.V testing on insulating materials. capacitive and inductive. Module 5 High Voltage Generation: D. 3. V. Naidu.Distribution system maintenance Module 3 Design of Feeder. Module 2 Distribution Systems: Feeder.POWER GENERATION AND DISTRIBUTION E 306 2+1+0 Module 1 Economic Aspects: Load Curve. 2.Load factor.. induction type energy meters.necessity – methods – economics – capacity of phase advancing plant Module 4 Underground Cables: Single core and three core cables – Insulation Resistance – Stress and capacitance of single core cables – Grading – Extra high voltage cables – Localisation of cable faults.LT Capacitors – Installation. S. various loads like resistive. 4.Voltage multiplier-Cascade circuits-Electrostatic machines A. A Course in Electric Power: Soni M.Limitations.Size – Connections.: Cascade transformers – series resonance circuits Impulse Voltage: Single stages and cascade circuits References 1.Different types and comparison.AC and DC Distributors.Calculations of voltage drop due to concentrated loads fed at one or more points-LT Lines.Load duration curve-Maximum demandAverage demand. 5.Diversity factor-Plant use factor. 194 .Related ‘Indian Electricity Act’ Rules regarding generation and supply of electrical energy Power factor improvement. Study of PMMC / MI voltmeters.Kelvin’s law. 4. Measurement of single phase power and energy using wattmeter and energy meter – calculation of error. 6. 17. RLC series and parallel circuit: measurement of current in various branches and verification by calculation – drawing of phasor diagram. 16. Measurement of Neutral shift voltage for an unbalanced star connected system. Determination of fusing time versus current characteristics for two specimens – fusing factor – study of various types of fuses. Study and measurement of symmetrical components for unbalanced system. Determination of voltage-current characteristics of linear resistance and a nonlinear resistance (e. Verification of Kirchhoff’s laws using resistive network. 8. 12. Determination of locus diagram RL and RC circuit. 8. Determination of Power and Power factor of a given single phase circuit using watt meter and power factor meter – power factor improvement of the above circuit. 7. Verification of superposition theorem in a resistive circuit with two given DC sources. MECHANICAL LAB E 308 HYDRAULICS LAB 1. 4. 5. Verification of generalised reciprocity theorem in a DC circuit. 14. Measurement of single phase power – (a) Three ammeter method (b) three voltmeter method 18. 9. 2. Verification of Thevinin’s theorem in a DC circuit. incandescent lamp). 5. 13. Measurement of three phase power at different power factors for balanced and unbalanced loads. Verification of Maximum Power transfer theorem in a DC circuit 10. 11. Study of centrifugal pump and components Study of reciprocating pump and components – single cylinder and multi cylinder Study of impulse and reaction turbines Performance characteristics of centrifugal pump Performance characteristics of reciprocating pump Performance characteristics of Pelton Wheel Performance characteristics of Francis turbine Performance characteristics of Kaplan turbine 0+0+4 195 . 3. 6. 15.g. 21. 20. 19. 7. Three phase star and delta connection – measurement of line and phase values. Study of frequency – current relations of given series RLC circuit and condition for series resonance. Determination of BH characteristics of a magnetic specimen. 6. 3. 5. 8.HEAT ENGINES LAB 1.C engine Performance test on air compressors and blowers Performance test on refrigeration unit Performance test on air-conditioning unit 196 . 7. 4. 2. Load Test (Constant speed test) on petrol engine Load Test (Constant speed test) on diesel engine Variable speed test on petrol engine Variable speed test on diesel engine Cooling curve of I. FOURTH SEMESTER 197 . Miller and Fread’s Probability and Statistics for Engineers: Richard A.2: M. Engineering Mathematics Vol. 6. Pearson Education Asia. National Publishing Co. References 1. single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected). 198 . Module 5 Population and samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) – sampling distribution of variance.solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation. Mathematics: Grawal B. Mathematics. Wiley Eastern. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions – solution of Lagrange’s Linear equations – Charpit’s method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation – equation with constant coefficients . 2.I by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchy’s equations – Linear Simultaneous equations – simple applications in engineering problems. Lakshmi Publ. its mean and variance – Poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution – its mean and variance – fitting of binomial and Poisson distributions – normal distribution – properties of normal curve – standard normal curve – simple problems in binomial. Mc Graw Hill Intl’ 4. Vol. Elements of Partial Differential Equations: Ian N.2: Bali and Iyengar.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential Equations with constant coefficients – Finding P. Higher Engg. Poisson and normal distributions. difference proportion. Module 4 Probability and Statistics: Binomial law of probability – The binomial distribution. A Text Book of Engg. Pearson education/ PHI. Probability and Statistical Inferences: Hogg and Tam’s. Khanna Publ. Advanced Engg.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Module 3 Fourier Transforms: Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier transforms – Fourier sine and cosine transforms – inverse transforms – transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parseval’s identity – simple problems. 7. Ltd. 5. K Venkataraman. F and Chi square test – Level of significance – Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – test of significance for single proportion. Johnson. Sneddon. S. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyszig. 3. high-pass. 199 . Circuits and Networks – Analysis and Synthesis: A. Ideal two port devices – ideal transformer – Gyrator – negative impedance converter.P Shyam Mohan 3. Kuo – John Wiley & Sons 5. Roy Choudhary 4. Module 4 Filters: Classification of filters – Characteristics of ideal filters – Image impedance – Constant K low-pass. Hayt and J. Sudhakar and S. Networks and Systems: D. References 1.H.E Van Valkenburg 2. Two port parameters – short circuit admittance parameter – open circuit impedance parameters – Transmission parameters – Image parameters and Hybrid parameters. Module 2 Fourier series: Evaluation of Fourier coefficients – wave form symmetries as related to Fourier coefficients – exponential form of Fourier series – steady state response to periodic signals. Network Analysis: M. Kemmerly – Mc-Graw Hill. R-C and L-C driving point functions – Foster and Cauer forms. Fourier Integral: Spectrum envelop for a recurring pulse – the Fourier Integral and Transforms – Application in Network analysis.NETWORK ANAYSIS AND SYNTHESIS E 402 2+1+0 Module 1 Laplace transforms: Properties of Laplace Transforms – basic theorems – Laplace transform of gate function. high-pass and band-pass filters. Module 5 Network Synthesis: Realizability concept – Hurwitz property – positive realness – properties of positive real functions – Synthesis of R-L. and band-pass filters – m-derived low-pass.E. Network Analysis and Synthesis: Franklin F. Module 3 Network Functions: Network functions for two port – poles and zeroes of network functions – restrictions on poles and zeroes for driving point functions and transfer functions. Engineering Circuit Analysis: W. impulse function and periodic functions – convolution integral – inverse Laplace transform – application of Laplace transforms to solution of Network problems. UJT: Principle of operation and characteristics. LPE. Electronic Devices and Circuits. input impedance of a basic amplifier in h-parameters. CB. and CC configurations – Determination of h – parameters from static characteristics – current and voltage gains. Module 4 Multi-vibrators: Principle of Operation and design of astable multi-vibrators – principle of bi-stable and mono-stable multi-vibrators – circuits. Multi-stage Amplifiers: RC coupling – Frequency response characteristics – bandwidth – cascading of amplifiers – gain and bandwidth. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky. References 1. Hartley and crystal oscillators (analysis not required). Sweep generators: Principle of Sweep generation – basic transistor sweep circuit – Equation for sweep amplitude. 3. Wave shaping: Clipping and Clamping circuits using diodes – RC differentiating and Integrating Circuits. CE. B. Module 5 Power Amplifiers: Class A. PHI 200 . Sweep generation using UJT relaxation oscillator circuit.ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS E 403 3+1+0 Module 1 Transistor Characteristics: CE. Module 3 Feedback amplifiers: Positive and Negative feedback – types of negative feedback – Typical circuits –effect of negative feedback in amplifier performance. FET: Principle of operation and characteristics – biasing FETs – self bias – FET amplifier. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory: Robert L. Electronic Principles: Albert Paul Malvino. TMH 2. Integrated Electronics: Millman and Halkias. AB and C operation – Efficiency of Class A and B – Push-pull amplifier – Complimentary Symmetry amplifiers. Oscillators: Barkhausen criterion – classification of oscillators – Principle of operation of RC phase-shift. Pearson Education Asia. CC Configurations – Biasing – Operating Point – Operating point instability – thermal runaway – bias stability – Stability factor – stabilization techniques – Fixed bias – Collector to Base bias – Emitter bias – Voltage divider bias – Stability against variation in ICO. TMH 4. An Introduction: Allen Mottershead. Module 2 Small Signal Analysis: h-parameter equivalent circuit of a BJT – comparison of CB. series and compound generators – equalizer connection – Losses – power flow diagram – efficiency .C Armature windings – Induced emf – emf equation – torque developed in a D.C machines – D.ELECTRICAL MACHINES .C Motors: Performance characteristics of shunt. 201 .C machine – magnetic circuit of D.tap-changing transformers .C machine – Swineburne’s test – Hopkinson’s test – Field’s test – Retardation test.condition for maximum efficiency – applications – special machines – welding generator – Boosters.cooling of transformers.C Machines: Generation of D.I E 404 3+1+0 Module 1 D. OCC – Condition for self excitation – field critical resistance – critical speed – Load characteristics of generators – Load critical resistance – parallel operation of shunt.C Generator: Types of excitation – separately excited – self excited shunt.C – Action of Commutator – constructional details of D. series and compound wound motors – effect of an open field circuit – power flow diagram – efficiency – testing D. Module 3 D. series and compound wound motors – starting – 3-point and 4-point starters – Calculation of resistance elements for shunt motor starters – methods of speed control of shunt.C machine – generator and motor action – back emf – Armature mmf – magnitude and direction – Air-gap flux distribution curve on load – effect of saturation – Demagnetising and cross – magnetising armature mmf – variation with brush position – compensating winding – Commutation – time of commutation – emf in coil undergoing commutation – reactance emf – effect of brush shift – inter-poles. Module 2 D.Magnetising current wave form – OC and SC tests – Sumpner’s test. series and compound machines. Module 5 Three phase Transformer: Constructional features of three phase transformers – three phase connection of single phase transformers – oscillating neutral – tertiary winding – Scott connection – open delta connection – three phase to six phase connection – equal and unequal turns ratio – load sharing – distribution transformers – all day efficiency. Autotransformers – saving of copper – applications . Module 4 Transformers: Single phase transformer – Constructional details – Core – windings – Insulation – principle of operation – Inrush of switching currents – emf equation – magnetising current and core losses – no-load and load operation – Phasor diagram – equivalent circuit – losses and efficiency – condition for maximum efficiency – voltage regulation – approximate expression for voltage regulation – harmonics in single phase transformers . Module 4 Pointers: Introduction – pointer declaration – operations on pointers. AC Machines: M. goto statements – conditional and comma operators. Gotterfield. Files: File pointers – data files: opening and closing – reading and writing.G. Module 2 Iterative statements: ‘while’. TMH 4. definition and access – passing arguments to a function – pass by value and pass by reference – recursion. References 1.References 1. ‘do-while’. switch.S. Say 3. Theory and Problems of Programming with C: B. Clayton and N. transpose and multiplication. N Hannock 2. The performance and Design of Direct Current Machines: A.K Rajput COMPUTER PROGRAMMING E 405 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to C: The C character set – identifiers and keywords – data types – user defined data types – constants and variables – declarations – operators – expressions – statements – library input-output functions Control statements: if. concatenation and sorting of strings. break and continue statements. TMH 2. Functions: Declarations. Strings: Definition – string handling functions – comparison. TMH 202 . if-else. Dynamic memory allocation – self referential structures – basic concepts of linked lists – adding and deleting nodes – command line arguments – macros – C preprocessor. Theory of Alternating Current Machinery: Alexander Langsdorf. Storage classes: automatic variables – external variables – register variables – scope and life time of variables.passing arrays to a function – matrix operations – addition. E. Electrical Machines: R. Module 3 Arrays: single dimensional arrays – multidimensional arrays – definition – initializing arrays. Module 5 Structures and union: definition – initialization – accessing structure members – array of structures – passing structure to a function – sorting of structures – binary files – reading and writing of data blocks – union. ‘for’ statements – nested loops. Programming in ANSI C: Balaguruswamy. applications. Jaico Publishing Co.Errors and compensation – low power factor wattmeters – single phase wattmeters. Wiley Eastern 8. PHI EEE 7. Let us C: Yashwant Kanetkar. The Spirit of C. Programming Techniques through C: M.3. Voltmeters and Watt meters – Sensitivity – Torque to weight ratio – methods of connection of current and potential coils. Constructional features of instruments – torque to weight ratio of the moving system – basic theory of instruments – characteristics – damping coefficient – under damped – over damped and critically damped and critically damped instruments. Module 4 Rectifier Instruments: Principle of operation – Electrostatic instruments – voltmeters – characteristics. Module 3 Electrodynamometer instruments: Ammeters. Programming with ANSI & Turbo C: Ashok Kamthane. Pearson Education 9. Pearson Education Asia 4. phase and frequency. Electronic voltmeters – basic DC voltmeters – basic AC voltmeter using rectifier – basic electronic multi meter – function generator – RLC meter. current. Multi-channel oscilloscopes – principle of operation and uses. BPB publ. 5. 6. Rajaraman. Moving iron instruments: Attraction and Repulsion types – constructional features – Ammeters and Voltmeters – Errors and Compensation. Module 2 Permanent magnet moving coil instruments: – Ammeters and Voltmeters – Torque relationship – Milliammeters and voltmeters – shunt and multipliers – sensitivity – multimeters. The Official Borland Turbo C Survival Guide: Miller & Quilci. Induction type instruments: Wattmeters and energy meters – single phase and three phase – constructional features – Theory of operation – Errors and compensation – creep – maximum demand meters – Trivector meters. Cathode ray Oscilloscope: Principle – Application – Measurement of Voltage. recording and integrating instruments – Torque acting on the moving system – deflecting torque – methods of production – controlling torque – spring and gravity control – damping torque – electromagnetic and air friction damping. Kochan. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTS E 406 2+1+0 Module 1 Principle of measuring instruments: Classification – indicating. 203 . An Introduction to modern programming: Mullish & Cooper. G Venkateshmurthy. CBS Publ. Computer Programming in C: V. Programming in C: Stephen G. 12. mutual inductance and coupling coefficient.C Potentiometer 11..K. Extension of instrument range by using a. 1992. Calibration of ammeter. Phantom loading with and without using phase shifting transformer 204 . (a) Study of Multi meter (b) Measurement of R. voltmeter and wattmeter and measurement of resistance using a. C using LCR Bridge 8. Electrical and Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – Sawhney A. stroboscopic methods – Resonance frequency meters – Power factor meters – Synchroscope – phase sequence indicators. Wheeler and Co. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS LAB E 407 0+0+4 1. Three-phase watt meter 3. wattmeter and measurement of impedance using A. Two watt meters c. Calibration of ammeter. 1992. Simple slide-wire potentiometer b.. Single watt meter b.W. Hibbertz magnetic standard 4. Vernier Potentiometer c. Helfrick and William D. Dhanpat Rai and Co. L. Measurement of self inductance. Voltmeter and Ammeter – calculation of error due to voltmeter resistance 9. 1991. Separation of core losses in a given magnetic specimen 7. Measurement of 3-phase power using a. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and measurement Technique – Albert D. voltmeter.Module 5 Instruments for phase. Precision slide-wire potentiometer 10. Kelvin’s Double bridge c. Measurement of resistance using a. Direct loading b. frequency. Hysterisis loop using CRO 6. References 1. Calibration of single-phase Energy meter by a. Determination of BH characteristics 5. Symbols for instruments – Indian standards specifications Grading of Instruments – Classification. speed. Calibration of flux meter using a. Cooper. Shunt and multipliers b. Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments – Golding E. PHI. Wheatstone Bridge b. 3. 2. Standard solenoid b. Instrument transformers 2. copy. Creation of numeric and text files. Preparation of Conversion tables 3.Raphson method. Matrix operations 9. pointers and files in accordance with syllabus of E 405. 2. 3. Windows. internal commands. Efficiency measurement of Lamps using Lux meter 15. PageMaker etc. reverse operations 8. 0+0+4 Part B Programming Experiments in C Programming experience in C to cover control structures. Part C Application of numerical methods 1. Functions 6.13. Summation of series 2. Familiarisation with spread sheet packages like MS Excel. Array manipulation 5. functions. Measurement of displacement using LVDT 16. Tabulation of marks and declaration of results – input and output using files 11. Linux etc. external commands etc. Measurement of different parameters using Trivectormeter COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB E 408 Part A Familiarisation 1. arrays. Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: bisections. Study of Operating systems like DOS. Numerical Integration – Simpson’s 1/3 rule. 1. structures. Familiarisation with word processing packages like MS Word. 205 . Solution of quadratic equations 4. Commands for use of files and directories. rd 2. merging and appending of files. Stack operations and simple programs using linked lists 10. String manipulation – compare. Newton. Phantom loading 14. Direct loading b. Recursive functions 7. Calibration of three-phase Energy meter by a. FIFTH SEMESTER 206 . 5.Arumugam.K. Module 5 Linear Programming: Graphical solution – solution using simplex method (nondegenerative only) – duality in LPT – balanced TP – Vogel’s approximation method – Modi method. shifting property.IV CMELPA 501 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line integral – Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s integral formula – Taylor’s series – Laurent’s series – Zeroes and singularities – residues – residue theorem – evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semi circle. Narayanan. References 1. Advanced Engg.Somasundaram. Module 3 Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations: Taylor’s series method – Euler’s method – Modified Euler’s method – Runga – Kutta method (IV order) Milne’s predictor-corrector method. Operations Research: Paneer Selvam. National Publishing Co.: M. and Science : Grawal B.C Tulsian and Vishal Pandey. A. 8. Ramanaiah. S. 4.Viswanathan Printers & Publ. 7. Numerical Methods in Science and Engg. Khanna Publ. Quantitative techniques: Theory and Problems: P. PHI 207 . Numerical Methods in Engg. T. McGrawHill Engineering Mathematics Vol.Transforms: Definition of z – transforms – properties – z-transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions.T Issac and A. Khanna Publ.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Pearson Education Asia Complex Variable and Applications: Churchill and Brown. 6. convolution property – inverse transform – solution of first and second order difference equations with constant coefficients using z-transforms. 2. S. Module 2 Numerical Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method – Regula – Falsi method – Newton – Raphson method – solution of system of linear equation by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss – Sidel method. Wiley Eastern. K Venkataraman. Mathematics: Grawal B. 3. Module 4 z . 9. Scitech Publ. S. Advanced Mathematics for Engineering students Vol-3: S.3: S. Higher Engg.M Pillai & G. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyszig. AND. McGraw Hill Intl. PIPO. BCD to 7 Segment decoders.MultiplexerDemultiplexer.De Morgan’s Theorem. T and D flip-flops.buffers.Half adder. design without lockout – Synchronous UP/DOWN counters. Counter IC 7490. PISO. NOR. Module 2 Logic Families: DTL. Counters using Shift Registers: Ring counter – twisted ring counter.TTL characteristics.racing.DOWN counters.Logic operations. full adder circuits.DIGITAL CIRCUITS E 502 3+1+0 Module 1 Number Systems and Codes: Arithmetic using signed and unsigned numbersFloating point representation.disadvantages-Decoding errorsmaximum frequency of the counter – modulo N ripple counter using CLEAR and PRESET inputs. Truth table and excitation table. Module 4 Synchronous Counters: Methods to improve counter speed. ASCII and EBCDIC code.fanin and fan-out – CMOS characteristics – CMOS NAND and NOR gates. Digital Electronics and Microcomputers: R.sinking and sourcing. NOT. 5.comparison of characteristicsTTL NAND gate internal circuit.K. References 1. Asynchronous UP. Module 5 Shift Registers: SISO. Module 3 Sequential Circuits: JK Flip-flops. 2. Dhanpat Rai & sons Engineering Approach to Digital Design: Fletcher – EEE Edition 208 . NAND.Realisation of combinational circuits using SOP and POS forms . PIPO types – Universal shift registers. Gaur.K-map up to 4 variables. Decoders: BCD to decimal.JK master-slave FF. XOR gates. Floyd Digital Integrated Electronics: Taub & Schilling. Logic gates: Elements of Boolean algebra. TMH Digital Fundamentals: Thomas L.Encoders.SR JK. OR. TTL and CMOS families. Half subtraction and Full subtraction circuits.Design for self starting ring counter.Tri-state buffers. Digital Principles and Applications: Malvino & Leach.synchronous serial and parallel counters – synchronous counter design – modulo N counter design for completely specific count sequence – lockout. Asynchronous counters: Ripple counter. 3. 4.conversion of flip-flops from one type to another.Normalized floating point representation-Gray Codes. I & Q signals. 2. MTI radar system. Module 2 Transmitter: AM transmitter – high level and low-level systems . Wiley Eastern Introduction to Radar Systems: Skoluik.Power relations. choice of IF. multiple access techniques – Basic principles of FDMA. References 1. Superhetrodyne receiver – block schematic. 6. 3. Television standards. colour sub carrier. luminance. Module 5 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION: Geo-synchronous satellites – advantages and disadvantages. Electronic Communication Systems: George Kennedy. Pulsed radar. LPE Monochrome and Colour Television: R. CW radar. uplink & downlink. 5. Amplitude modulation–DefinitionMathematical representation . Radio navigational aids – ILS – GCA. image signal rejection. DA-TDMA. Khanna Radio Engineering: Mithal. Vestigial side band transmission. Principle of single side band transmission – Advantages . frequency interleaving. TMH Electronic Communication Systems: Wayne Tomasi. Pearson Education. characteristics of colour transmission and reception. DA-FDMA. TDMA.Frequency spectrum . Video BW.C Agarwal.COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING E 503 2+1+0 Module 1 Modulation: Need for modulation.functional description of each block. Frequency modulation – Definition – Mathematical representation . colour difference signal. Block schematic of monochrome TV transmitter and receiver. FM transmitter – FET & BJT modulator. Comparison between FM and AM. McGraw Hill Intl. Khanna 209 .Frequency spectrum.Disadvantages. Satellite Communications: D. Colour Television: Compatibility. Module 3 Television: Composite video signal – synchronizing pulse – blanking pulseequalizing pulse. hue & saturation. Positive and negative modulation. Receiver: AM receiver – TRF receiver – Limitations.R Gulati. Continuous wave radar – advantages-limitations-applications. 4. radar range equation – performance factors. Module 4 Radar: Basic radar system. Formation of Companies: Proprietary – Partnership – joint stock companies – public sector – joint sector and cooperative sector.K Ahuja 3.K. Modern Economic Theory: K.NABARD – Investment institutions – UTI – Insurance companies – Indian capital market – Stock market – Functions – Role of the public sector – Privatisation – Multinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy. Indian Economy: A. Module 2 Personnel Management: Objectives and functions of personnel management – recruitment – selection and training of workers – labour welfare – industrial fatigue – Industrial disputes – Trade unions – Quality circles. Industrial Management: O.M. Industrial Management: K. Production Management: Batch and mass production – inventory control – EOQ – Project planning by PERT /CPM – Construction of network (Basic Ideas only) References 1. capital and organisation – National income – Difficulties in estimation – Taxation – Direct and indirect taxes – Progressive and regressive – black money – inflation – Causes and consequences. Dewett 3. Khanna 2. 210 .P.P. Marketing Management: Philip Kotler PART B: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS Module 4 Theory of demand and supply – price mechanisms – factors of production – land. Module 3 Marketing Management: Pricing – Promotion – Channels of distribution – Market research – Advertising.N Agarwal 2.INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT AND ENGINEERING ECONOMICS E 504 3+2+0 PART A: INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT Module 1 Modern Concepts of Management: Scientific management – functions of management – planning – organizing – staffing – directing – motivating – communicating – coordinating – controlling – Organisational structures – line. Sundharam & M. labour. line and staff. Module 5 Indian Financial System – Reserve bank of India – Functions – Commercial banking system –Development financial institutions – IDBI –ICICI – SIDBI – IRBI. and functional relationships – Span of control – delegation – Management by objectives. Principles of Economics: K.C Vaish. References 1. Linear IC: Roy Choudhary 5. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky 211 . Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory: Robert L. Coughlin 6. References 1. Module 4 Phase-locked-loop: Basic principles of PLL – block diagram – transfer characteristics – applications of PLL as FM demodulator. Module 3 Active filters: First order low pass filter. Module 5 Timer: The 555 timer – functional block diagram – astable and mono-stable operation of 555 timers. Module 2 Basic Comparator: Astable and mono stable multivibrators . band pass filter. Op-amp and Linear IC: Robert F. Pearson Education Asia. high pass filter. LPE 2. Integrated Circuits: Botkar K. Integrated Electronics: Millman and Halkias 3.Schmitt trigger – zero crossing detector – precision rectifier – peak detector – sample and hold circuit – function generator (no analysis). D/A converter – binary weighted resistor type – ladder type – A/D converter – simultaneous A/D converter – counter type – successive approximation converter – dual-slope converter – Digital voltmeter.R 4. band reject filter (twin T notch filter).LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS E 505 2+1+0 Module 1 Operational Amplifiers: Differential amplifier – block diagram of a typical op amp – characteristics of an ideal op-amp – definitions of CMRR – slew rate – input offset voltage – differential input resistance – input voltage range – SVRR – large signal voltage gain – output voltage swing – output resistance – open-loop configurations – disadvantages – closed-loop configurations – non inverting amplifier – voltage follower – inverting amplifier – summing and scaling amplifier – integrator – differentiator – logarithmic amplifier. Op-amp and Linear Integrated Circuits: Ramakant Gayakwad. Regulated Power Supplies: Zener voltage regulator – series voltage regulator using transistors (analysis not required) – Series op-amp regulator – IC voltage regulator – 723/317 general purpose switching regulator. 4/e. AM demodulator and frequency multiplier. New Delhi 4. SCRs: Static and dynamic characteristics – two transistor analogy – gate characteristics Module 2 SCR ratings and specifications . Power Electronics – Converters. D and E. Dhanpat Rai & Co. Module 5 Choppers: Basic principle – Classification – Type A.M and Robbins W. Module 3 Phase control: single phase half wave controlled rectifier circuit – single phase full wave controlled rectifier circuit – R. A Text Book of Power Electronics. 212 . Power Transistors. Module 4 Commutation of SCRs – classification of commutation schemes Inverters: series and parallel inverters – single phase and three phase bridge inverters (schematic diagrams and wave forms only) – Mc Murray Inverter – Basic Principle of PWM.Device protection – heat sink selection – series and parallel operation of SCRs. Agarwal. Mohan N. RL Loads – free wheeling – half controlled and fully controlled bridge with continuous and steady current – Expression for output voltage – wave forms – active and reactive power – effect of source inductance – line commutated inverter – 3-phase half wave and full wave controlled rectifier – expression for output voltage. Devices and Applications. Applications and Design. UJT triggering circuits – diac triggering circuit – single pulse. References 1.S Bhimbhra.H. Power Electronics. IGBTs. Diac. M.P. Khanna publ. Pearson Education Asia. SCR Triggering circuits – R. Rashid. 2. B. Power MOSFET. Jai P. John Wiley -1989 6. Control Circuits: Generation of control pulses – block schematic of firing circuits – linear and cosine comparison – Digital firing scheme. Undeland T. PHI/Pearson Edn. LPE 3. Harish C. GTOs – static characteristics and principle of operation.N Singh.POWER ELECTRONICS E 506 2+1+ 0 Module 1 Power Semiconductor Devices: Power diodes.. S. continuous pulse carrier frequency triggering – pulse transformer – amplification and isolation of SCR gate pulses. 2000 5. Power Electronics – Circuits. (Analysis not required) Basic Principle of Cycloconverters. Rai. P. Power Electronics. Galgotia Publ. Power Electronic Systems – Theory and Design. C. RC. Triac. 6. 5. 7. Zener regulator design and testing. 2. Paralleling of Three-phase transformers and load sharing. FET amplifier. regulation at unity. Separation of losses of single phase transformer into Hysterisis and eddy current losses. 7. Auto transformer – equivalent circuit.C machines – critical resistances of various speeds. Design and testing of clipping. Brake test on D.C machine. 13. 14.C tests on three-phase transformers. 4. Design and testing of RC coupled and feedback amplifiers. Transformers 10. Hopkinson’s test on a pair of D. O. Swineburne’s and retardation test on D.ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB . Polarity.C. 9. 18.C and S. Separation of losses in a D. BJT. 6. RC integrator and differentiator circuits – Display of Transfer characteristics on CRO. transformation ratio. 17. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB E 508 0+0+4 1. OCC of self and separately excited D. 11.C machine. Parallel operation and load sharing of two single phase dissimilar transformers.C machines – mode of connection – protective arrangements 2. 8. Characteristics of D. internal and armature reaction characteristics.C series machine as motor and generator. 213 0+0+4 . 3. clamping. Verification by direct loading.I E 507 D. 16. Machines 1. Design and testing of CE amplifier – frequency response. Find load critical resistance. Design and testing of rectifier circuits – Half wave – Full wave (centre – tapped and bridge) circuits. compound motors and determination o characteristics. Voltage built-up with a given field circuit resistance. 15.C tests on single phase transformers – calculation of performance using equivalent circuit – efficiency. Filter circuits. Critical speed for a given field circuit resistance 3. O. 4.C shunt. 12. Scott connection – check for 2 phase – predetermination of primary current for balanced and unbalanced secondary currents – verification by actual loading. Load test on shunt and compound generator – deduce external. Study of 3-point and 4-point starters for D.C machines. lagging and leading power factors. tests of single phase units and star-delta combination for 3-phase operation. FET and UJT characteristics.C and S. 5. Sumpner’s test on single phase transformers.C machines. Field’s test on D. Pearson Education Asia. 214 .P. 10. Electronic Principles: A. Study of IC power amplifiers. 9. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory: Robert L. LPE 3. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky.8. 12. Optional Simulation of the above circuits using EDA tools like pSPICE. Sweep circuits – UJT and BJT based sweep generators – sweep circuit using constant current source (BJT). LPE. Electronic Devices: Floyd – Pearson Education. Relay driving circuit using transistors. Design and Testing of RC phase-shift Oscillator and LC Oscillator. Malvino – TMH 2. 11. (Any experiment relevant to E 403 may be added) References 1. Design and Testing of Astable and Bi-stable Multi-vibrators. SIXTH SEMESTER 215 . Module 4 Frequency response analysis: Correlation between time and frequency response – polar plots – bode plots – relative stability – phase margin and gain margin – minimum and non-minimum phase systems. TMH 216 . Analog and Digital Control System Design: Chi Tsong Chen. References 1. Pearson Education Asia 2. Oxford University Press 3. Module 3 Concepts of Stability: BIBO stability – asymptotic stability – Routh Hurwitz stability criterion – relative stability – root locus technique – construction of root loci – root contours – systems with transportation lag. PID control. Gopal. integral control. Modern Control Engineering: Katsuhiko Ogatta. system dynamics and disturbance signals. unit ramp. LPE.I E 601 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Concept of a system – control system – open-loop system – levels of sophistication in a control system – mathematical model of physical systems – plant representation – transfer functions – block diagrams – signal flow graphs – effects of feedback on parameter variations. and unit impulse signals – step response of second order systems – performance characteristics of feed back control systems – time domain behaviour from pole-zero plot Steady state errors and error constants – generalized error constants – improvement of performance by derivative control. 9th Ed. Module 2 Time response analysis: Type and order of a system – time domain analysis of systems – typical test input signals – response of first order systems to unit step. Control System Design & Principles: M. Addison Wesley. 4. Control System Components: synchros – resolvers – rotating amplifiers – magnetic amplifier – Amplidyne – Tachogenerators – DC and AC servo motors – Gyroscopes – stepper motor. Modern Control Systems: Dorf and Bishop. Module 5 Stability in Frequency domain: Nyquist stability criterion – relative stability.CONTROL SYSTEMS . 3: E. Module 5 Generalised Machine Theory: Dynamic representation of generalised machines – formation of emf equation – expression of power and torque – representation of DC machines – synchronous machine and Induction motor.S Bhimbra 6.II E 602 3+1+0 Module 1 Synchronous Machines: Types – selection of alternators – constructional features of cylindrical and salient pole machines. Generalised Theory of Electrical machines: P.G. Module 3 Parallel operation of alternators – load sharing – synchronising power and torque – governor characteristics – method of synchronising – synchroscope. Theory of Alternating Current Machinery: Alexander Langsdorf 3. Brushless Alternators: Principle of operation constructional features – excitation methods – voltage regulation. A course in Electrical Engg. Synchronous Motor: Principles of operation – torque and power relationships – Phasor diagram – hunting in synchronous machines – damper winding – starting of synchronous motors. Module 4 Synchronous machines connected to infinite bus – power angle characteristics of cylindrical rotor and salient pole machines – reluctance power – steady state stability limit – V-curves – inverted V-curves – O-curves – synchronous condenser – symmetrical short circuit of unloaded alternators – steady state.W Kimbark 5.B Gupta 217 .ELECTRICAL MACHINES . mmf and potier methods. Module 2 Armature Reaction – Synchronous reactance – circuit model of synchronous machine. S Bhimbra 7. The performance and Design of AC Machines: M. Excitation systems: different types – comparison – exciter ceiling voltage – excitation limits – exciter response – methods of increasing the response of an exciter. Theory and performance Electrical Machines: J. Power System Stability – Vol. Regulation – predetermination – emf.2: C.L Dawes 4. losses and efficiency of synchronous machines. elimination of harmonics – revolving magnetic field. References 1. Vol. Say 2. Electrical Machines: P. saturated synchronous reactance – Phasor diagrams – short circuit ratio – two-reaction theory – Phasor diagram – slip test – measurement of Xd. Xq. Armature windings: different types – phase grouping – single and double layer. integral and fractional slot winding – emf equation – distribution factor – coil span factor – tooth harmonic ripples – skewed slots – harmonics. transient and sub-transient reactance – current variation during short circuit. New Age Int’l 3.Advantages and disadvantages – Graetz circuit – inversion – kinds of d. B.reactive compensation in EHV systems – EHV systems in India. Capacitance of single phase line – capacitance of three phase line with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing – transposed lines – effect of earth on line capacitance – geometric mean distance – geometric mean radius Module 2 Overhead Lines: Mechanical characteristics . HVDC Power Transmission System: K. 2/e 218 .Conductor – bundled conductors – line supports – spacing between conductors – sag and tension calculations – effect of ice and wind . Bhatnagar 5.c. TMH 2. L. Padiyar 6. HVDC Transmission . C.measurement of earthing resistance Module 5 Extra High Voltage Transmission: Need for EHV transmission – limitations of EHV AC transmission – requirements of EHV lines . links – economic distance of DC transmission References 1. Gupta.medium line by nominal pi and T methods – rigorous solution of long lines – A. Electrical Power Systems: C. Wadhwa. Pearson. R. Inductance of single phase line – inductance of three phase line with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing – transposed line. Power System Analysis: Bergen. A Course in Electrical Power Systems: Soni.sag at the time of erection – vibration and dampers Line insulators: Different types – pin type – suspension type – strain type – potential distribution of a string of suspension insulator – string efficiency – equalization of potential – testing of insulators Module 3 Performance of Transmission Lines: Classification of transmission lines – analysis of short lines.neutral grounding – resistance earthing – reactance earthing – arc suppression coil earthing – grounding transformer Power system earthing .general layout . Modern Power System Analysis: Nagrath and Kothari. D constants – Ferranti effect – losses in an open circuited line – power flow through transmission lines Voltage Control: Different methods – static capacitor – tap changing transformer – booster transformer – phase modifier – power circle diagram – calculation Module 4 Corona: Critical disruptive voltage – visual critical voltage – power loss – factors affecting – methods to reduce corona – radio interference effect Substations: Types .ELECTRICAL POWER TRANSMISSION E 603 3+1+0 Module 1 Transmission Line Constants: Resistance – skin effect – proximity effect. Electrical Power: Uppal 4. Proakis and Dimitris G. Module 2 Discrete Fourier Transform: Properties of DFT-Linearity-shifting property.properties of Fourier Transforms. Module 3 Review of z transforms: inverse z-transform . Discrete-Time Signals and Systems: Elementary Discrete-Time SignalsClassification of Discrete-Time Systems . Applications of DSP.DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING E 604 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Elements of a Digital Processing System . Digital Signal Processing .Advantages of Digital over Analog Signal Processing. DSP chips: TMS 320C family . Module 5 IIR filters: Properties of IIR filters-design of IIR digital filters from analog filters-Butterworth design-Chebyshev design . Convolution of a sequence. LPE 2. Pearson Education Asia. Pearson Education Asia. symmetry property. Johnson 219 .design of linear phase FIR filters using windowsrectangular. Schafer.decimation in frequency radix-two FFT. FIR filter design using frequency sampling. Digital Signal Processing – Alan V. Hanning and Kaiser windows. Frequency Domain representation of discrete-time signals: Fourier transform of a sequence . Digital Signal Processing: A Practical Approach – Emmanuel C. An Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Johny R.features and block schematic of simplified architecture. Fast Fourier Transform Decimation-in time radix.John G. Stability.impulses invariant transformationBilinear transformation. LPE 4. Hamming.two FFT. Ifeachor and Barrie W.transforms. Manolakis 3.-Causality. Module 4 FIR filters: characteristics of practical frequency selective filters-characteristics of FIR filters with linear phase .LTIV systems. Oppenheim and Ronald W. Realisation of digital filters: Direct and cascaded structures for FIR filters direct and cascade and parallel structures for IIR filters. References 1. Jervis.properties of z. References 1. TMH 6. finding the largest and smallest number in a data array. PHI 4. finding square from look-up table. Module 2 Instruction set of 8085: Classification of instructions – different addressing modes – writing assembly language programs – typical examples like 8 bit and 16 bit arithmetic operations. Programming and Applications: R. Microprocessors and Digital Systems: Douglas V. McGraw Hill 5. Module 3 Stack and Subroutines: Stack pointer – stack operations – call-return sequence – examples Interrupts of 8085: restart instructions – interrupt structure of 8085 – vectored locations – SIM and RIM instructions – software and hardware polling.MICROPROCESSORS AND APPLICATIONS E 605 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Evolution of Processors – single chip microcomputer – Intel 8085 Microprocessor – signals – architecture of 8085 – ALU – register organisation – timing and control unit – microprocessor operations – instruction cycle – fetch. TMH 220 . Fundamentals of Microprocessors and Microcomputers: B. programming simple input and output ports. Module 4 Memory interfacing .ROM and RAM – interfacing I/O devices – address space partitioning – memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O schemes – interfacing I/Os using decoders – the 8212 I/O device – interfacing LED and matrix keyboard – programmable peripheral devices – 8155 and 8255. Ram. Dhanpat Rai and Sons 3. DMA controller 8257-Interfacing of stepper motor – interfacing of 8279 keyboard /display controller. Hall. Microprocessor Architecture.8275 CRT controller. Applications of microprocessor in system design: interfacing ADC 0808 – interfacing DAC 0800. two registers and register pair. memory read. finding the sum of a data array. Penram Intl’ 2. Digital Electronics and Microprocessors: Malvino. I/O read. Module 5 Different data transfer schemes: synchronous and asynchronous data transfer – programmed and interrupt driven data transfer. machine cycle and instruction cycle – timing diagram of opcode fetch. block diagram. Introduction to Microprocessors: A. decode and execute operation – T-state. arranging a data array in ascending and descending order. Architecture and operation of 8086.K Ghosh. Gaonkar. memory write and I/O write cycles – wait state.S. 0000 to 8085: Introduction to Microprocessors and Engineers: P.P Mathur. Counters and time delays – delay using one register. 5. 4. Applications.multiplication and division operations (description using block schematic diagrams only)-design of Logic unit-one stage ALU. RS423 serial bus standards –GPIB IEEE488 Instrumentation bus standard. Data Communication interfaces and standards: parallel and serial ports – RS232. Pal Chaudhari – PHI Digital Computer Fundamentals: Thomas Bastee DIGITAL LAB E 607 1. 4. Module 5 Input/Output Organisation: access to I/O Devices – Interrupts – Enabling and Disabling of Interrupts – Handling multiple devices –Buses – Synchronous and Asynchronous buses.2’s complement adder/subtractor. Study of TTL gates Characteristics of TTL gates Realisation of sequential circuits Study of SR.PCI.carry look ahead adder. Module 2 Arithmetic and Logic unit: Adders. Programmable Logic Devices: PAL. 3.COMPUTER ORGANISATION E 606 2+0+ 0 Module 1 Introduction: Functional block diagram of digital computer – processor organization – typical operation cycle: fetch. PLA. Module 3 Memory System: memory parameters – main memory – cache memory – auxiliary memory – semiconductor RAM – Static RAM –Dynamic RAM – ROM – PROM – EPROM – E2PROM – Flash Memory. JK. Hamacher – Mc Graw Hill Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals: M. D. 2. USB (basic ideas only). 2. T and JK Master-Slave Flip Flops Study of seven segment display 221 0+0+4 .fast adders. Morris Mano 2/e Pearson Computer Organisation and Design: P. References 1.serial and parallel adders. 3. FPLA. decode and execute – microprogrammed Vs hardwired control (basic concepts only) – bus structures. Computer Organisation: V. Module 4 Memory Organisation: Internal Organisation of memory chips – cache memory – mapping functions – direct mapping – associative mapping – set associative mapping – memory interleaving – Hit and miss – virtual memory – organization – Address translation. SCSI. PLL systems using IC 565. Generation of firing pulses for SCR. BCD to binary and binary to BCD conversion d. Interfacing LCD displays 2. Traffic control signals i. Multiplexed Displays 0+0+4 222 . Finding square root of a number e. Interfacing of stepper motor j. 3. Design and testing of astable and mono-stable multivibrator using 555 9. Interfacing of DAC l.6. 4046B etc. Testing of arithmetic circuits using op-amps 13. Design and testing of square wave generation using op-amps 14. Arranging a data array in descending and ascending order c. Setting up time delay and square wave generation g. Finding out square root of a number using look-up table f. Testing of different shift registers 7. VCO circuits using IC 566. Design and Testing of decoders and encoders 8. Design and testing of counters using shift registers 11. 8-bit and 16 bit arithmetic operations b. 4046B etc. Interfacing of Power devices n. Interfacing of ADC k. Design and testing asynchronous and synchronous counters and modulo N counter 10. Study of IC Regulator Power supplies SYSTEMS LAB E 608 1. m. 4. Interfacing of LEDs. Realisation of ADC and DAC 12. 8085 assembly language programming experiments a. 7 segment displays h. SEVENTH SEMESTER 223 . Poly-phase commutator motors – three phase series and shunt type – Schrage motor – characteristics – applications – use of commutator machines as frequency converters. Module 3 Induction Generator: Theory – Phasor diagram – equivalent circuit Synchronous Induction motor: – construction – rotor winding connections – circle diagram – pulling into step. Theory of Alternating Current machines .G Say 2. Performance and Design of AC machines – M. Speed control – pole changing – rotor resistance control – frequency control – static frequency conversion – Applications of Induction machines – single phasing – analysis using symmetrical components.Alexander Lagnsdorf 3.III E 701 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Three phase Induction Motor: Construction – squirrel cage and slip-ring motor – principle of operation – slip and frequency of rotor current – mechanical power and developed torque – Phasor diagram – torque slip curve – pull out torque – losses and efficiency.. A. phase advancers – expedor type and susceptor type – Walker and Scherbius advancers – Linear Induction motor – operation and application References 1. capacitor start-capacitor run and shaded pole motors. Module 4 Single phase Series Motor: Theory – Phasor diagram – circle diagram – compensation and interpole winding – Universal motor Repulsion Motor: torque production – Phasor diagram – compensated type of motors – repulsion start and repulsion run induction motor – applications Reluctance motor – Hysterisis motor Module 5 Deep bar and double cage induction motor – equivalent circuit – torque slip curve – Commutator motors – principle and theory – emf induced in a commutator winding .ELECTRICAL MACHINES . Alternating Current machines – Puchstein & Lloyd 224 .C Commutator motor – Openshaw Taylor 4. No load and locked rotor tests – equivalent circuit – performance calculation from equivalent circuit – circle diagram – operating characteristics from circle diagram – cogging and crawling and methods of elimination Module 2 Starting of three phase squirrel cage induction motor – direct online starting – auto transformer – star-delta starting – starting of slip-ring motor – design of rotor rheostat – variation of starting torque with rotor resistance. Single phase Induction motor: revolving field theory – equivalent circuit – torque slip curve – starting methods – split phase. Power Semiconductor controlled Drives – G.B Khanchandani.K Dubey. two and four quadrant chopper drives Module 3 (Qualitative treatment only) Speed control of 3 Phase induction motors – stator voltage control – principle – controller configurations – operation and applications Slip power recovery scheme – principle – static Kramer’s drive – static Scherbius’ drive – applications V/f control – constant torque and constant power control Module 4 (Qualitative treatment only) Voltage Source Inverter – Application to induction motor drives – v/f. Power Electronics – M. flux weakening schemes of control – applications PWM inverter drive Current Source Inverter – application to induction motor drives – operation under fixed frequency – operation under variable frequency – applications Module 5 (Qualitative treatment only) Speed control of synchronous motors – adjustable frequency operation of synchronous motors – principles of synchronous motor control – Voltage Source Inverter Drive with open loop control – self controlled synchronous motor with electronic commutation – self controlled synchronous motor drive using load commutated thyristor inverter.K Sen. PHI New Delhi 2001 5. freewheeling with regeneration – Dual converter fed DC motor drives – chopper fed drives – single. 1998 6.K. TMH. Power Electronic Control of AC motors – J. Prentice hall. e/f.D Murphy and F.G Turnbill. Principle of Vector control References 1. Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives – Bose B. 1989 3.D Singh and K. Pearson Education Asia -2002 4.ELECTRICAL DRIVES AND CONTROL E 702 2+1+0 Module 1 DC motors: Methods of Speed control – single phase rectifiers with motor loadsingle phase fully controlled bridge rectifier drives – half controlled bridge rectifier drives – freewheeling with regeneration – speed torque characteristics – power in load and source circuits Module 2 3 Phase fully controlled bridge rectifier drives – free wheeling. Power Semiconductor Drives – Vedam Subramaniam.L Sharkaw – Fundamentals of Electric Drives – Thomson Learning 7. Pergumon Press 1988 2. TMH 225 .K De and P. Mohammad A and E.M. Electric Drives – N. UTILISATION OF ELECTRICAL POWER E 703 2+1+0 Module 1 Electric Drives: Advantages of Electric drives – factors affecting choice of motors – mechanical characteristic of DC and AC motors – motors for particular applications llike textile mill. Electric welding – resistance welding – arc welding – electronic welding control Module 4 Illumination: Review of definitions and laws of illumination – requirements of good lighting -polar curves – Rousseau’s construction .speed time curves – analysis using trapezoidal speed time curve . series motor – shunt and bridge transition . New Age Int’l. Electrical Braking – plugging – dynamic and regenerative braking – energy returned to the mains Module 2 Electric Traction: Advantages and disadvantage .L Wadhwa Utilisation of Electric Power: N. cranes – size and rating of motors.V Suryanarayana. Module 3 Electric Heating and Welding: Electric heating – resistance types – design of heating element – induction heating – types of high frequency heating – dielectric heating – methods of high frequency generation – direct and indirect arc furnaces – power supply and control for different types of arc furnaces – application. Module 5 Energy Management: Necessity for Energy Management – Energy Saving – adopting non-conventional sources – Energy Management techniques (case study) applied to 1) Residential Buildings.C.lighting calculation – design of interior and exterior lighting system . 2. 5.factory lighting – flood lighting – street lighting.traction motor & characteristics Series-parallel control of D. steel mill. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning: Types of refrigeration and air conditioning systems – refrigerants – no frost refrigeration – trouble shooting – working of electrical systems – protection of motors. 4.mechanics of train movement – tractive effort – specific energy consumption – factors affecting specific energy consumption train resistance – adhesive weight – coefficient of adhesion . 3.energy saving by series parallel control. 2) Industries/Organisations – Energy auditing References 1. paper mill. Utilisation of Electrical Energy: Openshaw Taylor A Course in Electrical Power: Soni Gupta Generation. Distribution & Utilization: C. hoists. mine. Energy Conservation Handbook: Utility publication 226 . CONTROL SYSTEMS . Modern Control Engineering – Katsuhiko Ogatta.pole placement compensation – state variable approach to discrete data system – vector matrix difference equation – solution of the general linear time invariant systems – vector matrix difference equation References 1.F Franklin. Discrete Time Control of Dynamic Systems – Katsuhiko Ogatta. Pearson Education Asia/PHI 2. Analog and digital Control System Design – Chi Tsong Chen.II E 704 3+1+0 Module 1 Compensation and design of Control Systems: cascade compensation – lag. Pearson Education Asia 3. Modern Control Systems –Dorf and Bishop. David Powell and Michael Workman. dead zone non linearities – stability analysis using describing functions. Digital Control of Dynamic Systems – G. J. Pearson Education Asia 227 . lead and lag-lead compensators – frequency domain methods – Bode plot method – Root-locus methods Module 2 Digital Control Systems: the process of sampling – sample and hold circuits – Review of z transforms and its properties – solving difference equation by z transform methods – inverse z transform – the pulse transfer function – response between sampling instants – system characteristic equation – Jury’s stability test. Module 5 State equations from transfer function – decomposition of transfer function – controllability and observability . Pearson Education Asia 5. Module 3 Non-Linear Control Systems: Common physical non linearities – the phase plane method – basic concepts – describing functions of saturation. Module 4 State Variable Approach: state space representation – block diagram representation of linear system in state variable form – non uniqueness of the set of state variables – Eigen values of an n X n matrix – eigen vectors – transfer function – solution of homogeneous state equation – state transition matrix. Oxford University Press 4. Penram International Publishing (India).Serial Communication. interrupt driven data reception. Intel Data Book on MCS 51 family Web Reference 1. Reference 1. Module 5 Designing a stand alone Microcontroller system: Typical system design examples (Block-Diagram level only) . 2. Arithmetic programs. Ayala.Addressing Modes Module 3 I/O Programming: Timer/Counter Programming-Interrupts Programming.Timer and external Interrupts.Comparison.com 228 . 7 segment display and LCD display. Serial data I/O.intel.Software polled timer. Timing subroutines –Software time delay.Data acquisition system. Module 2 Programming of 8051: Instruction syntax-Types of instructions–Moving dataArithmetic Instructions-Jump and Call Instructions-Logical Instructions-Single Bit Instructions. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems – Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillispie Mazidi. Module 4 Microcontroller system design: External memory and Memory Address Decoding for EPROM and RAM. www. Programming and Applications – Kenneth J. Second Ed.Measurement of frequency . Interfacing keyboard.Interrupts-SFRs. Counters and Timers.Temperature control Introduction to PLCs: Basic configuration of PLCs Text Books 1. The 8051 Microcontroller – Architecture. polling and interrupt driven-Receiving serial data – polling for received data. Pearson Education Asia.SYSTEM DESIGN WITH MICROCONTROLLERS E 705 2+1+0 Module 1 Microcontrollers and Microprocessors .Different character transmission techniques using time delay. Intel 8051: Architecture–Block diagram-Oscillator and Clock-Internal RegistersProgram Counter-PSW-Register Banks-Input and Output ports-Internal and External memory. Interfacing of ADC (0808) and DAC (808) to 8051. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering .4 Object Oriented Programming E 706. Module 4 Unconstrained minimization: Gradient of a function . D. Module 2 Constrained multivariable optimization: Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints . Irwin.Kuhn-Tucker conditions . Operation Research an introduction . T. A Taha. Rao.Multivariable optimization with no constraints . Optimization theory and application . Richard D. 4.Fibonacci method -Interpolation methods .Lagrange multiplier method. Budnick. 3.R. Belegundu. S. Eastern Economy Edition.I E 706 List of Electives E 706.A. McLeavey. Module 3 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization: Elimination methods . Ltd. References 1. R.S.Hooke and Jeeve's method.S.H. Principles of Operations Research for Management . 229 3+1+0 . OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES CMLRTA 706-1 Module l Classical optimization techniques: Single variable optimization .Multivariable saddle point Optimization with equality constraints . D.Quadratic programming.5 Biomedical Instrumentation Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields of technology. Pearson Education Asia.1 CMELR Optimisation Techniques (Common to all branches) E 706.Steepest descent method Newton's method -Powells method . INC. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the University before the course is offered.2 HVDC Engineering E 706.Convex programming problem . New Age International P.F. mixed integer programming problems. Mojena.ELECTIVE .Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods.unrestricted search method . Chandrupatla. 2.Linear programming problem: Gomory's cutting plane method Gomory's method for all integer programming problems. Module 5 Integer .Hessian matrix .3 Neural Networks E 706. Direct Current Transmission Vol 1: E. Module 2 HVDC System Control: principles of DC link control – converter control characteristics – system control hierarchy – firing angle control – individual phase control and equidistant phase control – comparison – advantages and disadvantages – current and extinction angle control – starting and stopping of DC link – power control Module 3 Converter faults and protection: types of faults – commutation failure –arc through and misfire – protection against over currents – over voltages – surge arresters – protection against over voltages Module 4 Harmonics and filters: Sources of harmonics in HVDC systems .HVDC ENGINEERING E 706-2 Module 1 Introduction: Comparison of AC. New Age Int’l.R Padiyar. Reactive power control: sources of reactive power – static VAR systems – TCR configuration (analysis not required) – Typical control system (block diagram only) for a TCR – operation of Thyristor switched capacitor Text Book 1. DC transmission – Description of DC transmission systems – modern trends in thyristor valves – Pulse number of converters – choice of converter configuration – Review of Graetz circuit – Valve rating – Transformer rating – Simplified analysis of Graetz circuit without overlap only.Smoothing reactors – Corona and radio interference effects – harmonic distortion factor (derivation not required) – types of AC filters – DC filters (design not required) Module 5 Multi-terminal DC systems: applications of MTDC systems – types – comparison. Wiley 230 . HVDC Power Transmission Systems-Technology and System Interactions: K. Reference 1.W Kimbark. Linear Separability .Application.Network Paralysis . OOP using C++: Classes and objects-class declaration-data members and member functions-private and public members-member function definition-inline functions-creating objects-accessing class members.H.activation functions -Sing|e layer and Multilayer networks . Text Book 1.Application .Temporal instability. Wasserman.applications to general non-linear optimization problems Module 5 Hopfield nets: Recurrent networks .Perception Representation .implimentation. 231 .Continuous BAM .Training the cohenen layer Pre initialising the weight vectors .Network Configurations .stability . Neural Computing & Practice .Adaptive resonance theory . Module 3 Counter Propogation Networks: Kebenone layer .Training artificial neural networks .Kishan Mehrota and Etal OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING E 706-4 Module 1 OOP concepts: Objects-classes-data abstraction-data encapsulation-inheritancepolymorphism-dynamic binding-comparison of OOP and Procedure oriented programming-object oriented languages. 2.Local Minima .Pay Y. Adaptive pattern Recognition & Neural Networks .Learning .Architeture classification .Cauchy training .Training algorithms.Associative memory-applications Thermo dynamic systems .Artificial specific heat methods . Module2 Back propogation: Taining Algorithim .Chaoman & Hall 3.statistical properties Training the Grosbery layer Full counter propagation network . Artificial Neural Networks . References 1. Module 4 Statistical Methods: Boltzmann's Training .Statistical Hopfield networks -Bidirectional associative memories . An Introduction to neural computing .NEURAL NETWORKS E 706-3 Module 1 Introduction: Principles -Artificial neuron .Philip D. Measurement and analysis of EGG waveform-ECG recorder principles-block schematic of ECG recorder.Asia Data Abstraction and OOP in C++ . Object Oriented Programming with C++ . Module 2 Blood pressure-Characteristics of blood flow-Heart sounds Measurement of blood pressure-Direct and indirect methods-Pacemakers defibrillators. read (). Addison Wesley C++ primer -Stanely B. 4.use of friend functions Module 4 Inheritance: different forms of inheritance-base class-derived class-visibility modessingle inheritance-characteristics of derived class-abstract class File handling in C++: file stream classes-file pointers-open ().Robert Lafore . Run time polymorphism: pointers to base class-pointers to derived class-virtual functionsdynamic binding.Cardio vascular system . close ().Galgotia Publications C++Programming Language .Module 2 Arrays of objects-objects as function arguments-pass by value-reference variables/aliases-pass by reference-function returning objects-static class members.PH of blood. Module 3 Polymorphism: function overloading-declaration and definition-calling overloaded functions. PearsonEducation.Grady Booch.Respiration and circulation . Addison Wesley BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION E706-5 Module 1 Physiology and generation of bio electric potential Cell Potentials stimulation and thresholds-Action potentials-propagation of action potentialssodium pump-electro physiology of cardio pulmonary systems . McGraw Hill Object Oriented Programming in Turbo C++ . Friend classes-friend functions-operator overloading-overloading unary overloading binary operators.Gordenkeith Object Oriented Analysis & Design .Heart electro cardiogram .Balagurusamy. definition and use-default. 6.Temperature measurement of various parts. parameterized and copy constructors-constructor overloading. 5.Lippman. 3. References 1. Module 5 Dynamic memory allocation: pointer variables-pointers to objects-new and delete operators-accessing member functions using object pointers-'this' pointer. 232 . Constructors and destructors -declaration. 2. write () functions-detecting end of file.Bjame Stroustrup.ESR and GSR. Sections of core type transformer limbs. 0+0+3 233 . 3.Module 3 Respiratory system-measurement of respiration rate-Measurement of CO2 and O2 of exhaled air-Respiratory therapy equipment-inhalators. – Brtil Jacobson and John G 3.S Khandpur 2. Medical and Clinical Engg.J Weibel ELECTRICAL DRAWING E 707 PART A DC Winding 1. DC Machines 1. 2. 3. Lap winding with equalizer rings. (b) Assembled sectional view of Power transformer. ventilators and respirators. Dimensioned sketches of (a) front and end views of armature (b) commutator (c) brush holders (d) slot details. Dimensioned sketches of front and side views of an assembled medium size D. Module 4 Central Nervous systems-Anatomy of Nervous system-neuronal communicationOrganisation of brain-Neuronal receptors-somatic nervous systems and spinal reflexes-EEG measurement and characteristic of sleep. Dimensioned sketch (external view) of a distribution transformer with all accessories. Handbook of Biomedical instrumentation – R.C machine. 2. Wave winding. dummy coils. Transformers 1. F. Module 5 Modern imaging systems – X ray machine – computer tomography – magnetic resonance imaging system – NMR components – ultrasonic imaging systems – Therapeutic equipments – dialysers – surgical diathermy machines – laser applications – physiotherapy and electro therapy equipments References 1. Dimensioned sketches of yoke and pole assembly. Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements – Leslic Cromwell. 2. (a) Dimensioned sketch of sections of transformer limb. 6. 4. RC and UJT firing circuits for the control of SCRS. R. of which any two must be answered. and 3 questions from part B of which any two must be answered.S. GTO & MOSFET. IGBT. Mush winding AC machines Dimensioned sketches of parts and assembled views of 1. Electrical Engineering Drawing – K. differential Synchro 7. AC servo motor – speed transfer characteristics 8. 2. Narang 3. All questions carry 25 marks each). 3. Fractional slot winding 4. Transfer Function of Separately excited DC generator Transfer Function of Field-Controlled DC motor Transfer Function of Armature-Controlled DC motor Amplidyne characteristics and transfer function Voltage regulation of DC generator using Amplidyne Synchro characteristics. Study of V-I characteristic of SCRS triac. Electrical Engineering Drawing . Study of PID controller – design and experimental determination of frequency response of lag and lead networks 10. 2. 5. CONTROL AND POWER ELECTRONICS LAB E 708 Part A: Control Systems Lab 1.K Sawhney (University Examination Pattern: 3 questions from Part A. Integral slot lap winding 2. Electrical Machine Design – A. closed-loop systems etc. K Bhattacharya 2. Squirrel cage induction motor 5.PART B AC Winding Three – phase AC winding 1. Short chorded winding 3. Salient pole alternator 2.L. 3. Dimensioned sketches of parts and assembled views of 4. error detection and data transmission. Cylindrical rotor alternator 3.C servo motor position control system 11. Part B: Power Electronics Lab 1. Use of MATLAB for simulating transfer functions. Slip ring Induction motor References 1. Study of BJT. D. Step and sinusoidal response of RLC circuits 9. 234 0+0+4 . 11. Simulation of gating circuits and simple converter circuits. and submit a report of the project work done to the department. The paper should be in general reflecting the state-of-the-art. 235 . 10. and testing with three phase AC to DC bridge converter. 7. 9. PROJECT AND SEMINAR E 709/E808 Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the department. 6. Design and implementation of Ramp-Comparator and digital firing scheme for simple SCR circuits. Automatic lighting control with SCRs and optoelectronic components. and submit a report of the project work. Study of Three Phase firing circuit with synchronisation. 5. Study and use of back to back connected SCR/ triac Controlled AC Voltage controller and its wave forms with Variation of firing angle. 15. 14. In addition to the seminar he/she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the Guides. Study of Single Phase inverter and its wave form. Generation and study the PWM control signal for Single phase dc to ac inverter. 12. Study & use chopper circuit for the control of DC Voltage using (1) Pulse width control (2) Frequency Control. 13. Speed control of DC motor using choppers and converters. AC phase control using SCR and Triac. Testing of wave forms of digital firing modules. He/she shall submit a report of the paper presented to the department. Study and Testing of a Three Phase bridge inverter with different types of loads. he/she shall present the work done before a panel of staff members. On completion of the project work. Study and use of the single phase half controlled & fully controlled AC to DC Converter and effect of firing angle control on load voltage & wave Forms.4. 8. EIGHTH SEMESTER 236 . LPE Elements of Power System Analysis: William D. Wadhwa. Power System Engineering: Nagrath and Kothari. 5. TMH Electrical Power Systems: C.POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS E 801 3+1+0 Module 1 Power System Model: Representation – Single Line Diagram – per unit system – per unit impedance diagram – network model formulation – bus admittance matrix – formation of Y bus and Z bus using singular transformation – symmetrical components – sequence impedance and networks Module 2 Power Flow Studies: Load flow problem – Gauss Siedal method – Newton Raphson method – algorithm for load flow solution – handling of voltage controlled buses. I: Kimbark E. 237 . 2. Stevenson Power System Stability Vol.transient stability – equal area criterion – application – numerical solution of swing equation – critical clearing time and angle – effect of clearing time on stability –methods of improving system stability – modified Euler’s method – Rangakutta method – application to the solution of swing equation and computational algorithms References 1. 4. off nominal transformer ratios and phase shifting transformers Module 3 Economic Load Dispatch: System constraints – Economic dispatch neglecting losses – optimal load dispatch including transmission losses – physical interpretation of co ordination equations – exact transmission loss formulae – modified co ordination equation – automatic load dispatching Module 4 Symmetrical and unsymmetrical short circuit analysis: Different types of faults in power systems – symmetrical fault analysis – selection of circuit breakers – use of reactors Unsymmetrical faults – analysis of single line to ground. W. Module 5 Stability Analysis: Swing equation – power angle equation and power angle curve – inertia constant – steady state stability . New Age Int’l Power System Analysis: Bergen. Pearson Education Asia. 3. line to line and double line to ground faults in power system – analysis of unsymmetrical fault using Z bus. L. A Date. Power System Protection and Switchgear: Ravindranath and Chander 2.breaking capacity – making capacity – short time rating – working principle and important features of oil CB. L. 238 . Wadhwa. Stevenson 5. Elements of Power System Analysis: William D. Module 4 Feeder protection: Protection of radial feeders – protection of parallel feeders – protection of ring mains – differential pilot protection for feeders – Merz Price voltage balance system – transley system Transmission Line Protection: Definite distance and time distance protection – phase and earth fault protection – carrier current protection Module 5 Surge Over-voltages: Causes – lightning and switching surges – protection against over-voltages – surge diverters thyrite and horn gap types – use of ground wires – insulation coordination. 6. New Age Int’l 3. Gupta. static distance and static differential relays.inverse time characteristics – directional over-current and power relays – distance relays – definite distance and distance time relays – differential relays .C Nair. minimum oil CB.negative phase sequence relay – static relays – basic static relay – block diagram of static overcurrent. A Course in Electrical Power Systems: Sony.arc interruption methods – arc voltage and current waveform in AC circuit breaking – re-striking and recovery voltage – current chopping – DC breakers – rating of circuit breakers . Power System Protection: M. Wave propagation: Wave propagation on OH lines and UG cables – transmitted and reflected waves – surge impedance – velocity of propagation References 1. Bhatnagar 4. Electrical Power Systems: C. vacuum CB and SF6 CB – auto high speed re-closing. Traveling Waves on Transmission Systems: Bewsley L. V. Module 2 Protective relaying: Main and back up protection – basic requirements of protective relaying – classification of relays – induction type – principle . static directional. B.SWITCHGEAR AND PROTECTION E 802 3+1+0 Module 1 Switchgear: Circuit breaker – basic principle of operation – arc phenomenon – initiation and maintenance of arc . Oza and N. air blast CB. Module 3 Generator Protection: External and internal faults – differential protection – biased circulating current protection – self balance system – over-current and earth fault protection – protection against failure of excitation Transformer protection: Differential protection – self-balance system of protection – over-current and earth fault protection – buchholz’ s relay and its operation. O Doeblin. Fribance.V Mani 239 . 4.R Sharma and V. Module 5 PH measurement – Low Pressure measurement – McLaud gauge – Pirani gauge – ionisation gauge – thermal conductivity gauge – spatial encoder for angular measurement – wave analyser and spectrum analyser (block schematic) – scintillation counter – Hygrometer. Module 2 Displacement Transducers: Resistance potentiometer – linearity and sensitivity – types – Resistance strain gauges – working principle – gauge factor – strain gauge circuitry – temperature effect and its compensation – load cells – LVDT – working principle – equivalent circuit – LVDT circuitry – Capacitive transducers – different types – piezoelectric transducers – working principle – piezoelectric crystal equivalent circuit. 2. Rangan. 3. Patranabi.S Kalsi Instrumentation Devices and Systems: V. Module 4 Absolute acceleration – null type and servo type – strain gauge Accelerrometer – piezo electric accelerometer – Electromagnetic flow meter – ultrasonic flow meter – transit type and Doppler flow meter – Ultrasonic flaw detector – Optical transducers.INSTRUMENTATION E 803 2+1+0 Module 1 Transducers: Classification – characteristics – static and dynamic characteristics – Instrumentation System – Functional description – input / output configuration – interfering and modifying inputs – Methods of correction – Loafing effect – Instrumentation amplifiers – Isolation amplifier – charge amplifier. References 1. G. Measurement Systems – Application and Design: E. TMH Principles of Industrial Instruments: D. 5. TMH Industrial Instruments Fundamentals: E. Module 3 Temperature Measurement: Thermo electric effects – Laws – thermocouples – thermo electric circuits – Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD) – Bridge circuits – Thermistors – characteristics – pyrometer – radiation and optical pyrometers.S. TMH Electronic Instruments: H. Module 4 Estimate the quantity of materials required and draw the electrical wiring layout of (a) residential building (b) Multi-storied building using rising mains (c) factory with one number of small and high rating motor at LT ot HT supply and many number of connected loads with suitable starters/switches and control panels (d) Cinema hall Module 5 a. short time and intermittent rating. cooling and temperature rise calculation – Continuous. Module 2 Transformers: Design – single phase and three phase – output equation – specific magnetic loading – core design – single. A bulk Industrial consumer (2) An under ground power supply (3) An Over head line to a rural consumer.ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESIGN E 804 3+1+0 Module 1 Design of D. 240 . Design.windings – number of turns – current density – area of cross section of conductors – types of coils – insulation – window area – window space factor – overall dimensions – cooling – design of cooling tank with tubes – design of distribution and power transformers – design of small transformers like 230V/6-0-6V. b. Study the electrical wiring diagram of a typical automobile clearly showing all connected loads/ sources with specifications. Estimate and draw the layout of (1) indoor (2) outdoor 11KV transformer station with all accessories – single line diagram and physical layout c. Heating. layout and estimation of power supply arrangement for (1). Design of three phase Induction motors: output equation – output coefficient – main dimensions – rotor bar currents. cooling of turbo alternator. Module 3 Design of Synchronous Machines: Specific loading – output equation – output coefficient – main dimensions – types of winding – design of field system – turbo alternator – main dimensions – stator design – rotor design – damper winding design – comparison of water wheel and turbo alternators.C Machines: Design specifications – output equation – output coefficient – specific loadings – choice of speed and number of poles – calculation of D and L – Armature design – choice of type of winding – number of sots – number of conductors per slot – current density – cross sectional area – slot insulation – length of air gap – field winding design – field ampere turns – excitation voltage per coil – conductor cross section – height of pole – design of ventilating ducts – design of commutator and brushes – Carter’s coefficient – real and apparent flux density. stepped core . Design and draw the typical earthing installation like (1) pipe earthing (2) Plate earthing (3) earth mat / grid d. Integral equations of convolution type . 3. 2. unit step function .conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation . Electrical Machine Design: A.Derivative of unit step function .Derivatives of delta function .References 1.symbolic function .06 System Software E 805. Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations . 4.II 3+1+0 241 .Dirac delta function -properties of delta function .K Sawhney Performance and Design of D.inverse of differential operator .03 Robotics E 805.solution of Fredhlom integral equation with separable Kernels .C Machine: Clayton Performance and Design of A.04 Advanced Power Systems E 805.G Say Design of Electrical Machines: V.01 CMELR Advanced Mathematics E 805.Neumann series solution. E 805 List of Electives: E 805.symbolic derivatives . ADVANCED MATHEMATICS CMELRT 805-1 Module 1 Green's Function Heavisides.05 Advanced Microprocessors E 805.Green's function -initial value problems . The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the University before the course is offered.C Machines: M.testing functions .conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green's function .boundary value problems simple cases only.02 Computer Aided Design of Induction Machines E 805. N Mittal Electrical Design Estimating and Costing: Raina & Bhattacharya ELECTIVE .07 Advanced Power Electronic Systems Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields of technology. 5. Grewal.Kanwal.S.Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives . 9. John Wiley and Sons. of Dirichlet's theorem .Bessel's equation . Beta functions Gamma function.Module 3 Gamma.their transformations .Elliptic integral .solution one dimensional wave equation.Relation between them . 6.generating function .Dass.Error function. Principles and Techniques of Bernard Friedman: John Wiley and sons Applied Mathematics 8. Principles of Applied Mathematics: James P. Springer . Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method . Mathematics: Michael D. Mathematics: H.Rodrigues formula .Keener. References 1. Asia Numrical methods in Engg. Khanna Publishers Generalized functions: R.Legendre's polynomial .Chand Advanced Engg. 7. 4.Gunavathy COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN OF INDUCTION MACHINES E 805-2 Module 1 CAD Orientation of Engineering design problems to computers. Pearson Edn. Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. Addison Wesley.Legendre's Equation .Pipkin. K.Liouville's extension. Numerical methods: P. S.Thilagavathy.use of them in the evaluation certain integrals . Academic Press.solution of Laplace and Poisson's equations by finite difference method solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank .Nicolson method . Beta function .K.Bessel's function of the first kind Orthogonality of Legendre's Polynomials and Bessel's functions. Hoskins. New York A Course on Integral Equations: Allen C. 5. K. Classification of second order equations.Kandasamy.Verlag Advanced Engg.Greenberge.Dirichlet's integral . 2. 3. Linear Integral Equation: Ram P.F. Design by analysis and synthesis approach – simulation of non-linearity – stator windings for 3 phase and single phase induction motors Module 2 Main dimensions of three phase induction motors – standard specification – constructional features – specific electric and magnetic loading – output coefficient – main dimensions – computer programmes Module 3 Core design – leakage reactances – rotor winding design – equivalent resistances – computer programmes 242 . &Science: B. Drive and control systems for robots: hydraulic systems and DC servomotors Position control for robots-simple position control system-position control along a trajectory Module 3 Robot end. Ltd.C Machines – M. Module 4 Sensors and intelligent robots: need for sensing systems. London ROBOTICS E 805-3 Module 1 Introduction: Historical development-classification of robots-applications-robots kinematics. Computer Aided Design of Electrical Equipments – Ramamoorthy M. New Delhi 2. Module 2 Inverse manipulator kinematics .effectors: Classification of end-effectors-drive System for grippersmechanical grippers magnetic grippers-vacuum grippers-gripper force analysis and gripper design.sensing devicespiezoelectric sensors-linear position and displacement sensing absolute optical encoding-incremental optical encoder-position and direction measurementvelocity measurement—force and torque sensors-proximity sensors-range sensorsrobot vision systems 243 . Affiliated East-West press pvt.. Performance and Design of A. MIT Press.torque – efficiency and temperature calculations using design data – computer programmes References 1. Computer Aided Design of Electric Machinery – Venott C. frames-mapping from one frame to another-compound transformations-inverse of transform matrix-transform equations-kinematics of three degree of freedom manipulators-Description of links-intermediate links in chain-First and last links in chain -Link parameters-affixing frames to links-derivation of link transformation matrix-Description of an industrial robot. G.G Say 3.Workspace-solvability-multiple solutionsAlgebraic solution.Module 4 Calculations from design data – Carters coefficient – no load current – equivalent circuit parameters – torque – efficiency and temperature rise – computer programmes Module 5 Main dimensions of single phase induction motors – auxiliary winding and capacitor design – equivalent circuit parameters . orientation.joints and links-degree of freedom-description of position. load frequency Control (single area case) -turbine speed governing system .power pools .long range and short range hydro scheduling.interchange evaluation with unit commitment multiple interchange controls -after . 4.priority .hydro electric plant models .model of Speed system .linear programming.other types of interchange .allocating pool savings. Nikku.interfacing to microprocessors and computers.steady state analysis. LPE ADVANCED POWER SYSTEMS E 805-4 Module 1 Automatic generation and voltage control .dynamic response .other constraints .PA Janakiraman Robotic Technology and flexible Automation .hydro units in series-dynamic programming solution to the hydrothermal scheduling problem. Pearson Education Asia.control area concept.correcting the generation despatch . Module 2 Unit commitment . References 1. Module 5 Power system security . Robotics and Image Processing .list methods . 2.term hydro— scheduling: a gradient approach .short .Analysis.the fact production costing .constraints in unit commitment-spinning spinning reserve thermal unit constraints .centralized economic despatch of a power pool . Module 4 Interchange evaluation and power pools .Module 5 Trajectory planning for Robots: Joint space schemes-cubic polynomials with via points-Blending schemes .Yoram Koren Introduction to Robotics.factors affecting power system security-contingency analysis: Detection network problem .calculation of network sensitivity factors .sensitivity methods .scheduling problems .network sensitivity methods .economy interchange economy interchange evaluation . 3.Turbine modelgenerator load model .dynamic programming solution.the energy broker system . Systems and Applications: Saeed B. Module 3 Hydrothermal co-ordination . 244 .the short term hydrothermal scheduling problem .unit commitment solution methods .S R Deb Robotics for engineers . Hall .Descriptors and selectors .memory management and cache memory. John Wiley & Sons ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS E 805-5 Module 1 Intel 8086 .I.J.Allen J. Intel 80186 Architecture .Introduction .addressing modes – instruction set classification . 8086 memory interface – memory bank – separate bank decoders and signals Module 3 8087 internal block diagram and interfacing (Programming not required).memory system .I/O system .P. . Module 2 Introduction to 8086 assembly language programming . Bus Pentium IV . Intel 80486 .TSS. Power generation. Module 5 Introduction to Pentium .K Ray and M.Pearson Microprocessor and Interfacing . 4.John Uffenbeck .Barry B.bus buffering and latching bus timing – Pipelining Operating modes .software changes Pentium III . Brey (6th edition) – Pearson LPE Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals – A.Kothari 2.Protected mode – mmu .Pin out signals and functions . Arithmetic operations.McGraw Hill The Intel Microprocessors .Internal Architecture .Introduction .special Pentium registers .different integrated peripherals Intel 286 .Writing simple programs eg. Bruchandy – TMH 5. Hyper pipelined technology (elementary treatment only).Internal architecture .Hardware features .Memory interface.minimum mode and maximum mode. Memory paging mechanism.Registers and flags .Nagrath. Antonokos.Pentium memory management.block diagrams . An Introduction to the Intel family of Microprocessors – James L.chip set.Wood.Douglas V. operation and control . Power System Engineering . 3.References 1.Block diagram . Bruce Wollenberg. Concept of RISC – comparison of CISC and RISC References The 80x86 Family . 2. Pearson LPE 245 1.Additional instructions (Programming not required) Module 4 Intel 8038 .processors – memory system – I/O system . D. reading data from input port etc. Pentium II . Process management.paging-page tables .object module.segmentation -caching of secondary storage information.fragmentation.real time embedded systems (basic ideas only). Systems Programming .Peterson & Silberschatz. Wellings. Tata McGraw Hill 2.basic principles of I/O device controllers .static and dynamic partitioning -swapping . Compilers: Overview of compilation process . Elementary ideas of macros -Macro definition..relocation and linking concepts. CERN 246 .loader. McGraw Hill 6.process states. multitasking . Module 4 Memory management. Operating System concepts . real-time. Real time operating systems . Addison Wesley 7. Introduction to System Software . File system . Operating System. Addison Wesley 8..Martin 9.phases of a compiler .single pass and two pass assemblers.Milenkovic.remote procedure call. Device management .FCFS.Dhamdhere D. relocating loaderlinking loaders -(elementary ideas only). Introduction to RTS .Mathai Joseph.Classification of system softwareRelationship of system software with the machine and the user. McGraw Hill 3.Donovan J.page replacement.sharing and security.types of services-Types of operating systems.contiguous memory allocation . References 1. Real time embedded Systems .issues in real time systems. Real time systems & programming languages.file system implementation . Module 3 Operating systems: Definition of operating system -functions of operating system .analysis phase -synthesis phase .I/O scheduling policies.static and dynamic storage allocation-intermediate code generation . Systems Programming .Dhamdhere D. Assemblers: overview of the assembly process.Burns.parsing .hard and soft real time systems .M. Shortest Job first. Principles of compiler design . Tata McGraw Hill & Operating Systems 4.batch processing multiprogramming.SYSTEM SOFTWARE E 805-6 Module 1 Introduction: Concept of system software .timesharing.I. linked and load time addresses.non-contiguous allocation. Narosa Publishing 5.directory structures . Module 5 Introduction to distributed operating system: characteristics of distributed systems -advantages -client server model .M. round robin scheduling policies.basic ideas of real time scheduling reentrancy.concept of virtual memory.macro call macro expansion macro processors.code generation (basic ideas only).Aho & Ullman.process concept. Module 2 Linkers and Loaders: translated.FIFO and LRU page replacement policies .Basic requirements .absolute loader.scheduling . distributed systems (brief descriptions only).lexical analysis . C Sen. UPS – Different topologies – block schematics. Applications and Design – Mohan. Module 3 Resonant Converters: Advantages of resonant converters over PWM converters – Classification .modulation index – application to single phase bridges . no analysis required) Principles of Zero voltage and Zero current switching (ZVS and ZCS switches only – no analysis required) Module 4 PWM Inverters: Need for PWM techniques – various PWM techniques – principle of sinusoidal PWM – bipolar and unipolar PWM . John Wiley and Sons.buck-boost. 2nd ed. C’uk converter . Power Electronic Systems: Theory and Design – Jai P.ADVANCED POWER ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS E 805-7 Module 1 DC-DC converter topologies: Buck and boost converters . Undeland and Robbins.disadvantages of SPWM – brief introduction to other PWM methods – current-mode control schemes (tolerance band control and fixed frequency control – description with block diagram only) Module 5 Applications: Power factor correction – Actual power factor – Displacement factor and distortion factor – principles of input line current shaping using boost rectifiers. Power Electronics: Converters.series and parallel resonant converters – half-bridge operation – discontinuous and continuous current modes (basic modes only.Full-bridge with bipolar and unipolar switching – output voltage equations. References 1. Pearson Education Asia. Modern Power Electronics – P. 247 . 2. Agrawal .continuous and discontinuous current modes . Electronic ballast – block schematics. Module 2 SMPS topologies: Basic block schematic of SMPS – isolated dc-dc topologies – forward and flyback – principles – (circuit and operation only). Push-pull topology – half bridge Basics of SMPS control methods – voltage-mode and current-mode control (block diagrams and description only).operation – control of dc-dc converters –PWM method . LPE 3. Wheeler Publ. 06 VLSI Technology Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields of technology. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the University before the course is offered. 2+1+0 DIGITAL PROTECTION OF POWER SYSTEMS E 806-1 Module 1 Need for protection-nature and causes of fault -zones of protection-classification of protective relays based on technology and function-instrument transformers used in protection circuit.generalized interface for distance relays.mho relay quadrilateral relay . A/D converters. Module 2 Computer applications to protective relaying .measurement of R and X .analog multiplexers-sample and hold circuits. Module 5 Microprocessor based over current relays-impedance relays.multistage frequency relay measurement of power system signals through phase locked loop interface protection of alternators against loss of excitation. Module 4 Microprocessor based protective relays .III E 806 List of Electives: E 806. 248 .simulation of power system disturbances-simulation of current and voltage transformers-simulation of distance relays during transient conditions.03 Computer Networks E 806.01 Digital Protection of Power Systems E 806.04 Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems E 806.distance relay . Module 3 Offline application of computers-on line application of computers –Relay coordination programmes.directional relayreactance relay .ELECTIVE .02 Insulation Technology E 806.05 Opto-Electronics and Communication E 806. High Voltage Engineering: Naidu and Kamaraju Ionisation. surge phenomena. testing for tracking partial discharge measurements. Module 3 Polarisation . mica. dielectric loss factors influencing permittivity. Electric fields in homogeneous dielectrics.classification. Conductivity and Breakdown in Liquids: Adam Czawski High Voltage Engineering: Kuffel and Zeamgl SF6 and Vacuum Insulation for High Voltage Applications: Naidu and Maller 249 . electromechanical. breakdown mechanisms. Madhava Rao T. Clausins . "Power System Protection and Switchgear" 3. T ownrend's theory. Thorp. "Power System Protection-Static relays" 2.permittivity. paper. tracing and tracking. James S. Singh L. de-ionization processes. PE Epoxy resin. uniform fields. 2. breakdown in electronegative gases. non-uniform fields penning effect. electronic. thermal. mechanical force under electric fields. factors influencing tan delta. dielectric loss and constant.Mossotd relation limitations. 3. polychlorobiphenyls (PCB) vacuum purification of transformer oil.S. Module 2 Dielectric properties . breakdown in solid dielectrics . Elementary de-sign of insulating system of capacitors.internal fields. Module 4 Breakdown phenomena in gases . partial discharges.ionization processes.drying and degassing. Measurement of resistivities. Insulation problems in high voltage transformers. Module 5 Breakdown mechanisms in vacuum-breakdown in liquid dielectrics pure liquids and commercial liquids. References 1. "Digital Protection-Protective Relaying from electromechanical to microprocessors" 4. absorption currents. "Computer Relaying for Power systems" INSULATION TECHNOLOGY E 806-2 Module 1 Insulating materials .intrinsic. brief study of preparation and properties of ceramics. permittivity of mixtures. complex permittivity. insulation design to withstand surges in transformers. SF6 transformer oil. Steramer theory. 4. Phadke.References 1. Paschen's law. PVC. partial discharges. different types of polarisaiton.P. Impregnation of paper and cotton insulation.different types . teflon. Arun G. Bddri Ram. Internet Complete Reference .Packet switching -Transmission media .Network Management concepts.Data framing .Network layer in the Internet IP protocol . Harcourt Asia 5. Pearson Education Asia 2. Internet services: Email . Pearson Education Asia 6. Pearson Education Asia 3.TCP and UDP. Computer Networks (3r edition) .internetworking Principles .IEEE 802 standards . star.wireless LANs .Error handling .static vs dynamic channel allocation . Data Communication.Network security . ring. Computer networks .Bridges – FDDI Module 4 Network layer: services .Tanenbaum. Module 3 Medium access sub layer: Channel allocation . Transport layer: Services Internet Transport protocols .SL1P/PPP.Douglas E.collision detection .Peterson & Davie. WAN OSI reference model . MAN.Network Topologies Broadcast . Addison Wesley and open systems 4.Token bus -Token ring .CSMA protocol . Module 5 Application layer: services .DNS Namespace -Name servers .LAN.WWW . Data and computer communications .Internet control protocols.Gateways .DNS .TCP/IP reference model .Data link protocols – Elementary protocols .COMPUTER NETWORKS E 806-3 Module 1 Introduction: Goals and applications of networks .data link layer in the Internet.Harley Harn Osborne 250 . tree .William Stalling.IP address .Routing . Halsall.FTP -TELNET .Client server computing Physical layer .backbone network .USENET . Computer Networks. The Internet Book.WAIS – Archie References 1.Point to point .Host .bus.Types of networks .Ethernet .F.congestion control . Comer.Cryptography . A system approach .Sliding window protocol( basic concepts only) .gopher .Fibre optic networks – ISDN Module 2 Data link layer: Services . search algorithms.Rolston.formal and non-formal logic: Representation evaluation criteria -level of representation -formal logic schemes -resolutions predicate and prepositional logic -conversion to clause form -semantic networksframes-scripts-production system Module 3 Problem solving strategies dealing with uncertainty: Defining the problem control strategies .D.Elaine Rich.Charnaik & McDermott. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence .hill climbing -breadth and depth first searches .role and analysis of knowledge architecture of the expert system .cognitive behavior . Artificial Intelligence .problem selection . Principles of Artificial Intelligence& Expert Systems Development . Module 5 Knowledge acquisition techniques.knowledge representation development. Expert system tools: Expert system shells -narrow tools -large hybrid expert system tools -PC based expert system tools knowledge acquisition tools.Nils J.pattern recognition-production systems . Principles of Artificial Intelligence .formalization implementation –evaluation.semiconductor-hetero junction-LEDs (-spontaneous emission-LED structure-surface emitting-Edge emitting-Injection efficiencyrecombination efficiency-LED characteristics-spectral response-modulation-Band width. W. References 1. Springer Verlag 5.criteria for success Module 2 Knowledge representation . McGraw Hill 4. Prentice hall of India 2. Patterson. Introduction to AI & Expert System . Addison Wesley OPTOELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION E 806-5 Module 1 Review of P-N jn-characteristics . Nilsson.generate and test-space transformation models. Tata McGraw Hill 3.problem and production system characteristics two-pail problem-analysis of AI techniques .David W. 251 .exhaustive search .forward versus backward reasoning -matching .weak methods . Module 4 Expert system development process and knowledge acquisition: Definition analysis of expert system problem solving .ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE & EXPERT SYSTEMS E 806-4 Module 1 Introduction to AI and problem solving concepts: Definition. splices and connectors-wave length division multiplexing.Module 2 Laser diodes-Basic principle-condition for gain-Laser action-population inversionstimulated emission-Injection faster diode-structure-temperature effects-modulationcomparison between LED and ILDs. Optical fibre Communication Systems-Principles and practice.Lithography.John M Senior (PHI) 3.Pick's I and II law of diffusion. Optical fibre Communication. slicing and polishing.response time-bias voltage-Noise in detectors P-N junction-photo diode-(characteristics-P-I-N-photo diode-responseAvalanche photo diode (APD) multiplication process-B.Gerd keiser (PHI) VLSI TECHNOLOGY E 806-6 Module 1 Process steps in 1C fabrication: Crystal growth and wafer preparationCzochralski process.silicon shaping.junction isolation and dielectric isolation.impurity profile. References 1.epitaxial growth.reactors-metallisation.Chemical vapour deposition (CVD).apparatus. Optical communication Systems-John Gower (PHI) 4. Module 4 Optical Fibre-structure-advantages-Types-propagation-wave equation-phase and group velocity-transmission characteristics-attenuation-absorption-scattering lossesdispersion-fibre bend losses-source coupling.Diffusion profiles.Gaussian profile. Fine line lithography. Module 5 Optical fibre system-system design consideration-fibre -optic link-optical transmitter circuit-source limitations-LED drive circuit-Laser drive circuit-pre-amplifierequalization-Fibre-optic link analysis-typical lira design.buried layer.Transistor fabrication.Oxidation process. W-Noise-photo transistor.complementary (erfc) error function.Ion implantationAnnealing process.parasitic effects252 .wire bonding and packaging. Module 3 Optical detectors-optical detector principle-absorption coefficient-detector characteristics-Quantum efficiency-responsivity.Photolithography. Semiconductor Opto electronics Devices-Pallab Bhattacharya (Pearson Education) 2. electron beam and x-ray lithography.patterning.Diffusion of impurities-physical mechanism. Module 2 Monolithic components: Isolation of components. Basic circuit concepts. 4. References 1. Module 4 Subsystem design and layout. S M Sze. Alternator regulation by synchronous impedance and mmf methods 2. Synchronous Induction motor – predetermination of excitation current and verification 11.Delay. Study of starters and load tests on double cage and single phase induction motors 8.Driving large capacitance loads. NAND gates.scaling factors.sheet resistance and resistor design. Module 3 CMOS technology: Metal gate and silicon gate. control of threshold voltage (Vth). Alternator regulation by Blondel’s method and verification by direct loading 4. 2.GaAs fabrication. 3. Introduction to VLSI: Conway. IEEE press.design rules.oxide isolation. Pearson Edn.Device modeling.scaling of MOS structures. Characteristics of induction generator and rotor hysterisis by Link’s method 10. Characteristics of cage / slip ring motors by circle diagram 9. Alternator regulation by feeding back power to mains – use of synchroscope 7. Khanna Pub. 6.schottky diodes and transistors. Addison weslay.resistors in diffused regions-MOS resistors.effects of miniaturization.1C crossovers and vias. 5.inverter. Me Graw Hill pub.monolithic capacitors.junction and MOS structures. Basic VLSI design: Douglas Pucknell. ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB II E 807 0+0+4 1.Capacitance of layers. PHI Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: H E Weste.subsystem design processdesign of a 4 bit shifter. CMOS logic systems . Characteristics of pole changing motor 253 .bus lines.FET structures.JFETMOSFET-PMOS and NMOS. BiCMOS circuit.monolithic diodes. Alternator regulation by Potier method 3. NOR gates.Wiring capacitance. CMOS circuit design layout and simulation: Barter.BiCMOS technology.Latch up.silicon gate technology-Monolithic resistors.Simple logic circuits. Module 5 Gallium Arsenide Technology: Sub-micro CMOS technology.Channeling effect.Crystal structureDoping process. Integrated Circuits: K R Botkar. Synchronous motor V – curves and compounding curves 6. VLSI technology.arrangementspower dissipation-power supply rail distribution.fabrication steps.MESFET. Alternator V – curves for constant input/output 5.circuit design processstick diagrams.Twin well process. power of a 3-phase induction motor under single phasing .verification 17. No load and blocked rotor tests on single phase induction motor and determination of equivalent circuit parameters 18. He/she shall submit a report of the paper presented to the department. Continuous rating for specified temperature rise b. Characteristics of Schrage motor – torque variation with load. and submit a report of the project work.12. Predetermination of line current. In addition to the seminar he/she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the Guides. On completion of the project work. Torque. Characteristics of cascade induction motor set 14. One hour rating by heat run test of a machine PROJECT AND SEMINAR E 709/E808 Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the department. Experimental determination of torque slip curve of induction motor in unstable region upto about 40% slip 15. The paper should be in general reflecting the state-of-the-art. 254 . and submit a report of the project work done to the department. Experimental determination of variation of starting torque with rotor resistance in slip-ring induction motor 16. Determination of a. he/she shall present the work done before a panel of staff members. predetermination of speed variation with brush shift and verification 13. B. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING BRANCH 255 .TECH. THIRD SEMESTER 256 . Advanced Engineering Mathematics: Michael D Greenberg. Module 4 Finite differences: meaning of ∆.Wiley Eastern.R.construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts. 1/z. Theory and Problems of Vector analysis: Murray Spiegel. S.directional derivative .gradient . E.PHI. 2. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyzing.Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . 257 . Advanced Engg.Schaum’s.trapezoidal ruleSimpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule.simple problems.conformal transformation of functions like Zn. Numerical integration. Higher Engg.bilinear transformation.Stoke’s theorem and Gauss divergence theorem. References 1.difference equations .central differences.scalar potential. equations in Cartesian co-ordinates. 3.surface and volume integrals. Grewal. . Module 3 Function of complex variable: Definition of analytic function and singular points.solutions of difference equations.Newton-Cote’s formula. 6. ez. Module2 Vector integral calculus: Line.invariant property.scalar and vector fields.harmonic and orthogonal properties. δ . Numerical methods: S Balachandra Rao.University Press. z + k2/z . 4.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula.simple problems.problems using Stirlings formula. Sin z.their physical meaning . Module 5 Difference Calculus: Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences.application of Green’s theorem.complex potential.divergence and curl of a vector function .Khanna publishers.derivation of C. 5. Numerical methods in Science and Engineering: M K VenkataramanNational Pub.work done by a force along a path. Mathematics: B. Pub.Mc Graw Hill.II CMELPA 301 3+1+0 Module 1 Vector differential calculus: Differentiation of vector functions.cross ratio. µ.conservative field – identities simple problems. RC and LC driving point functions – Foster and Cauer forms.E Van Valkenburg.Frequency spectrum of periodic waveforms .Characteristics of ideal filters-Image impedance.High pass and Band pass filtersm-derived filters-Composite filters.impedance.Graph of a network -Trees.set matrix-tie-set matrix.co-trees -Incident matrix.hybrid and transmission parameters of two port networks.Tellegen’s theorem.Maximum power transfer theorem.NETWORK THEORY LA 302 2+1+0 Module 1 Source transformation. Network analysis -M.Solution of network problems using Laplace transform.Reciprocity theorem .Laplace TransformReview of theorems-Laplace transform of important signal waveforms .Periodic functions. Module 5 Network Synthesis – Realizability concept – Hurwitz property – positive realness – properties of positive real function – Synthesis of R. Network and Systems -D Roy Chaudhary 4. Passive filters as two port networks. Engineering Circuit Analysis-W H Hayt & Jack Kennerly – Mc-Graw Hill 258 .port networks -Admittance. References 1. Module 2 Network theorems-Super position theorem.Initial value and final value Theorems.Non periodic signals and Fourier transforms.Mesh and Node voltage Analysis – Coupled circuits – Dot conventions – Analysis of coupled circuits. L.cut. Circuits and Networks – analysis & synthesis – A. PHI 2.DC&AC transients.Voltage and Current ratios of two .Norton's theorem.Fourier analysis of periodic signalsTrignometric and exponential forms.Millman's theorem.Constant K low pass. Sudhakar & S P ShyamMohan 3.equilibrium equations.Thevenin’s theorem. Network analysis and synthesis-Franklin F Kuo – John Wiley & Sons 5. Module 3 Fourier Analysis and Laplace transform .Analysis of networks. Module 4 Two-port Networks and Filters . test – applications – Design of step down transformers like 230/6-0-6V.K. Module 5 Special Machines: A C and D C servo motors – synchros – constructional features – working of a tachogenerator – stepper motors – construction.c.c.Rajput Electrical Design Estimating & Costing: K. – Condition for self excitation – field critical resistance – critical speed – Load characteristics of generators – Losses – power flow diagram – efficiency – Condition for maximum efficiency – Applications.C.Generator – O. 5. Module 4 A. series and compound motors – Losses – efficiency – Brake test – Swinburne’s test – speed control – field control – armature control – series parallel control – applications.C. 2. Module 2 D C motor – starter – 3 point and 4 point starters – torque equation – speed equation – speed torque – characteristics of shunt. working.B. 3. – Basic principles of 3 phase tranformer – autotransformer – applications. 4. Electrical & Electronic Technology: Hughes.C Machines: 3 phase induction motors – rotating magnetic field – torque equation – slip – torque-slip characteristics – operating characteristics – starting of 3 phase induction motors – starters – single phase induction motors – constructional features – types – working and characteristics only (no analysis) – constructional features of synchronous machines – principle of operation of alternator – emf equation – regulation by emf and mmf method – principle of operation of synchronous motor – starting of synchronous motor. Pearson Education Electrical Technology: H.C. Module3 Transformers: transformer on no-load and load operation – phasor diagram – equivalent circuit – regulation – losses and efficiency – o. applications and specifications of stepper motors – universal motors constructional features – typical applications – criteria for selection of motors – electromagnetic relays – contactors. and s. References 1. Cotton Electrical Machines: R.Raina & Bhattacharya Electrical Machines & Power systems: Vincent Del Toro 259 .ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY LA 303 2+1+0 Module 1 D. Module 5 Field effect transistors: operation.rectifier actionZener diodes: volt-ampere characteristics. Solid state electronic devices . References 1.volt-ampere characteristics.drift and resistance. 260 .biasing in active region. 2.PHI.capacitance of p-n junctions.n-material and p-material.amplification and switching.Tunnel diodes: tunneling phenomenavolt-ampere characteristics.control of threshold voltage.zener and avalanche breakdown.hall effect.effect of temperature and doping on mobility.Einstein relationcontinuity equation. 3.EHPs.carrier concentration: fermi level.conductivity and mobility.metalssemiconductors and insulators.S M Sze.charge carriers in semiconductors: electrons and holes.derivation of diffusion constant D.Mc Graw Hill.intrinsic and extrinsic material. Module 3 p-n junction diodes: volt-ampere characteristics.Tata Mc Graw Hill. Module 2 Diffusion of carriers.switching time.temperature dependance. Physics of semiconductor devices: Shur.MOSFETS: n MOS and p MOS: comparison.direct and indirect semiconductors. 7.pinch off and saturation. 6.SOLID STATE DEVICES LA304 3+1+0 Module 1 Energy bands and charge carriers in semiconductors: energy bands.schottky transistors.Photo diodes: detection principlelight emitting diodes.Mc Graw Hill.Ben G Streetman.gate control.pinch off voltage.α and β gain factors. Semiconductor devices – Nagchoudhary.equilibrium fermi levelsspace charge at junctions.Varactor diodes.PHI.MOS capacitance. Theory of Semiconductor devices: Karl Hess.photo transistors.current components at a junction: majority and minority carrier currents. Module 4 Bipolar junction transistors: npn and pnp transistor action. 5.emitter efficiency γ. Physics of semiconductor devices .enhancement and depletion types. 4.Pearson Education Microelectronic Devices: Nagchaudhari. Pearson Education Integrated electronics – Millman and Halkias.p-n junctions: contact potential.open circuited transistor.majority and minority carrier distributionterminal currents. bias compensationcompensation for ICO and VBE. Electronic devices and circuits: Allen Mottershed. Electronic devices: Floyd.PHI. 5.transistor parameters from static characteristics. Module 4 RC Coupled amplifier: working. Electronic devices and circuits: J B Gupta.clamping.Q point selection.S K Kataria & Sons Pub. 4.analysis and design.derivation of stability factor for ICO variation.phase and frequency response.working and design.comparison. 2.UJT.definition of stability factors.astable multivibrator.DC and AC load lines.Mc Graw Hill. Module 5 Wave shaping circuits: clipping. Electronic Principles: Malvino.self bias circuits.characteristics.analysis and design.I LA 305 3+1+0 Module 1 Rectifiers and Power supplies: Half wave. Module 2 Transistor as an amplifier: Transistor at low frequencies.expression of voltage and current gain.short circuit protection.h parameter model analysis.CECB and CC configurations.Pearson Edn.bias stability.UBS.differentiationtransistor as a switch. Electronic devices and circuits: Bogart.simple sweep circuit. Electronic devices and circuits: Boylsted & Nashelsky. Module 3 Transistor Biasing: operating point.fixed bias.IC regulated power supplies.analysis and design.FET: operation.collector to base bias.FET amplifier: biasing.small signal model.RC integration.Pearson Edn.design of regulated power supplies for specified output conditionscurrent limiting.PHI. Integrated Electronics: Millman & Halkias. 3.input and output impedance. 6. References 1. 261 .C filter analysis. 8. 7.Tata Mc Graw Hill.working and applications.regulated power supplies: series and shunt.ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS .full wave and bridge rectifiersworking. Electronic devices and applications: B Somanathan Nair. the C pre-processor. Pearson Edn. scanf. Programming with ANSI and Turbo C: Ashok N Kanthane. Schaum’s series.Gottfried.variables and arrays .Data types .macros .register variables – bit wise operation .passing arrays in a function – multi dimensional arrays .do while . 3. Arrays: defining an array .unions. Programming Ansi C: Ram Kumar. low level programming .processing an array .The character set . Tata Mc Graw Hill. Programming in C: Balaguruswamy. Programming Techniqes through C: Venkateshmurthy. 6.expressions statements .COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LA 306 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to C: C fundamentals .command line parameters . 4.pointer declaration .accesing a function .passing arguments to a function specifying argument .Relational and Logical operators . PHI. Pearson Edn.identifiers and keywords .a brief overview defining a function .external variables multi file programs.Data input and output getchar – putchar.declarations .interactive programming.for .user defined data types passing structure to a function – self referential structures . Module 3 Program structure: storage classes .array and strings. References 1. 2. 262 . Text Book 1.Automatic variables . Theory and problems of programming with C. Module 4 Pointers: Fundamentals .symbolic constants. Module 2 Control Statements: While .The comma operator .break continue .bit fields .constants .processing a structure .arithmetic operators .The conditional operator .processing a data file.Recursion.creating a data file .enumeration . Module 5 Data files: Opening and closing of a data file .operations on pointers .pointers and multi dimensional arrays – passing functions to other functions.go to statement.Library functions .function prototypes .gets and puts functions .passing pointers to a function pointers and one dimensional arrays . Functions . Computer Programming: Rajaraman.data types . printf . PHI. 5. Structures and unions: defining a structure .nested loops -if else switch. The C programming language: Kernighan & Ritche. Design of Single stage RC coupled amplifier. Note 263 . shunt. Load characteristics of D. Transistor. clamping. Familiarization of data sheets of components – OA79. 7. BC107. 4. 1N4001. Swinburne’s test. Determination of Band width. BC557.C test on single-phase transformer.Diode. 9. 6. DVM. 8. 4. 5. UJT. 10. 7.sharpening of edges. Design of FET amplifier.C. Determination of parameters. 3. BFW10. Simple sweep circuit. Study of star-delta connections. Measurement of Electric power (single phase and three phase) and energy using wattmeter and energy meter.C and S. Design and testing of DC power supplies for specified output.C. Characteristics . Load test on slipring induction motor.ELECTRICAL LAB LA 307 0+0+4 1. 9. calculation of efficiency and regulation at different power factors. 5. FET. 2.C.8. Load test on step-up/step-down transformer. O. 2N2646. and Load characteristics of D. SZ6. Pre-determination of regulation of the alternator by emf and mmf method. 8. Study of starting of three phase induction motors and load test on squirrel cage induction motor. 12. Simulation of simple circuits using Spice. RC differentiator & Integrator. Determination of Band width. 2. Design of Astable multi-vibrator for specified time period . Load test on single phase induction motor. 11. BASIC ELECTRONICS LAB L 308 1. O. Design of clipping. Study of stepper and servomotors. generators. BC547. series and compound motors 6. 0+0+4 Familiarization of CRO. 10.C. Wave shaping. AF generator etc and soldering practice. 3. New experiments may be added in the above list concerned to the relevant theory paper (LA 305). FOURTH SEMESTER 264 . 2.simple problems in binomial. difference of proportions.Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion. Advanced Engg.its mean and variance . Laxmi Publications Ltd.S.II -3rd year Part A & B .simple problems.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents . its mean and variance .properties of normal curve .normal distribution . Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability . Pearson Education Asia / PHI. Grewal. single mean and difference of means (proof of theorems not expected).. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: .standard normal curve .inverse transforms . 6. 4. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance.simple applications in engineering problems.B.The binomial distribution.poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution .Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms .solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.Finding P.I. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson. F and Chi square test – Level of significance .K. Engineering Mathematics Vol.M. poisson and normal distributions.Linear Simultaneous eqns. Wiley Eastern Ltd. 5.Sneddon. 7.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity .McGraw Hill. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations . Khanna Publishers.formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary Functions . Elements of Partial Differential Equations . by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations. Pearson Education Asia. Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis.fitting of binomial & poisson distributions .ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . 265 . Higher Engineering Mathematics . Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig. References 1. Venkataraman. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar. National Publishing Company 3.Ian N. De Morgan’s Theorems NAND Gates . Mc Graw Hill.TTL Characteristics .Binary Adders . Digital electronic principles: Malvino and Leach.Binary Subtraction . Khanna Pub.2’sComplement Adder-Subtractor.demultiplexers . Module 3 Arithmetic-Logic Units .AND gates .Karnaugh Simplifications .Controlled Shift Registers .Ripple Counters . 4. 9. 3. 266 . Digital electronics: D C Green.RS Latches .NOR Gates . Module 5 Registers and Counters .Three-State Register. PHI Digital Integrated Electronics: Taub and Shilling. Digital Design: Wakerly.TTL Circuits Digital Integrated Circuits .2’s Complement .Don’t-Care Conditions.7400 Devices .Open-Collector Gates – CMOS gates.Ring counters .RAMs.Level Clocking . Digital Logic and state machine design: Comer.Binary Addition . 7. A small TTL Memory. 2. Module 2 Boolean Algebra and Karnaugh Maps .signed Binary Numbers . 6. Pearson Edn.Edge-Triggered D & T Flip-Flops . Pearson Edn.OR gates .Tristate Inverter . ROMs – PROMs and EPROMs .Karnaugh maps – Pairs – Quads . Logic and computer design fundamentals: M Morris Mano.Algebraic Simplification .Boolean Relations .Synchronous Counters . Module 4 Flip Flops .D Latches . Pearson Education. McGraw Hill.and Octets .DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND LOGIC DESIGN LA 402 3+1+0 Module 1 Gates –Inverter .Shift Registers . Fundamentals of digital circuits: A Anand Kumar.Half Adders Full Adders . Multiplexers . Oxford. 5.Buffer Registers . Digital electronic principles and applications: A K Maini. References 1. Digital Fundamentals: Floyd.Sum-of-Products method . Pearson Edn.EXCLUSIVE-OR Gates .decoder and encoder.Edge-Triggered JK Master-slave Flip-Flop.Modulo counters .AND -OR. 8.TTL Overview .NOT Gates . Electronic Communication systems: George Kennedy.FM.Mixer circuits .Power line communication: block schematic explanation.Facsimile .FM demodulators: slope detectors. 4.superheterodyne receiver block schematic. Electronic and radio engineering: A P Mathur.phase discriminator.simple and delayed AGC . 267 . Module 5 Telephone Systems .simple diode detector .need for modulationbandwidth.Frequency assignments .block schematic explanation .sensitivity.block schematic of a telephone set. Electronic communication Systems: Wayne Tomasi.reactance modulator.Pearson Edn.circuit explanation.PHI.Electronic telephone .Telephone subscribers loop circuit .advantages of VSB in television. Electronic communication: Roody and Coolen.two wire repeaters . 3.pilot carrier receiver .USB & LSB.balanced modulator . References 1. 5.mathematical representationfrequency spectrum . Module 3 Radio receivers: Tuned radio frequency receiver.FM receivers .image frequency rejection . Module 4 Side band communication: Single side band transmission .frequency spectrum.Phase modulationcomparison of AM.varactor diode modulator.suppressed carrier receiver Vestigial side band transmission .FAX transmitter and receiver.transmitter and receiver responses .Frequency modulation theory. Modern communication Systems: Couch.importance of IF .Mc Graw Hill.PHI.Amstrong modulator.IF amplifiers .Automatic gain control circuit .RF amplifiers .COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING LA 403 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: communication systems – Modulation .schematic explanation .circuit explanation .ratio detectors.theory. Module 2 Radio transmitters: AM transmitter .mathematical representation.AM receivers .block schematic of single line analog SLIC board .subscribers line interface circuit .basic block schematic.suppression of carrier .Electronic private automatic branching exchange . Telephony and Carrier current engineering: P N Das. 6.FM transmitter .Pulse and tone signaling .power relation.amplitude limiting .Amplitude modulation .selectivity.PM. 2.SSB receivers block schematic explanation .filtering of unwanted sideband .block diagram .Solid state modulators circuit explanation. general form of oscillator circuit -working of Hartley.applications. Module 4 Mono-stable multi vibrator -analysis -design -applications -triggering -Bistable multi-vibrator -analysis and design -different methods of triggering -commutating capacitor -Schmitt trigger -working -design. 2. 5. tuned collector and Wien Bridge oscillators. Hybrid pi model .explanation of components -r parameters in terms of h parameters -Tuned amplifiers -principle single tuned and double tuned amplifiers -frequency response -applications (no analysis) -multistage amplifiers -frequency response. 268 . Integrated electronics -Millman & Halkias .ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS . voltage. Electronic devices and circuits -Boylsted & Neshelsky. Mc Graw Hill Electronic principles -Malvino Electronic devices and circuits -Bugart Microelectronics Digital and Analogue -Botkar. 4. Colpitt's. class B.II LA 404 3+1+0 Module 1 High frequency equivalent circuit of a transistor. Module 2 Feedback -different types -positive. References 1. class C and class D amplifiers -complimentary and symmetry stage -sweep generators voltage and current sweeps -time base generators -linearisation -miller and bootstrap sweeps . 3. Crystal. negative. series and shunt feedback -Feedback in amplifiers -its effect on amplifier performance -typical feedback arrangements -emitter follower -darlington emitter follower -cascade amplifier (principles only) -difference amplifier. current. Module 5 Large signal amplifier -harmonic distortion -analysis of class A. Pearson Edn. Module 3 Oscillators -conditions for oscillation -analysis and design of RC phase shift oscillator. Willsky Alan. Special Signals. Bayes Theorem. References 1. Sampling Theorem.probability density and distribution functions. Communication Systems: Haykin Simon.power spectral density White noise.Discrete-Time Fourier Transform (including DFT) and properties. Moments.SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LTA 405 2+1+0 Module 1 Dynamic Representation of Systems .Z-Transform and its inverse: Definition.John Wiley.Region of Convergence and properties. Frequency response of discrete time LTI systems.time-invariance.) Significance of poles & zeros. Signals and Systems: Oppenheim Alan.function of a random variable.linearityStability.convolution Integral. 2.Region of convergence and properties. Discrete convolution and its properties. Module 2 Fourier Analysis of Continuous Time Signals and Systems . Auto and cross correlation.Introduction to probability. Introduction to random process. 269 . wide-sense stationarity.Z-Transform .Discrete-Time Fourier series.Random processes through LTI systems. 5.Parseval’s theorem.Frequency response of LTI systems. Linear Time-Invariant Systems: Differential equation representation.concept of random variable. Discrete form of special functions. 3. Adaptive signal processing: W Bernad. Signals and Systems: Farooq Husain. Module 4 Laplace Transform .Laplace Transform and its inverse: Definition.Complex exponentials. Realization of LTI system (differential and difference equations).Systems Attributes. Module 5 Random Signals .existence conditions.Application of Laplace transform for the analysis of continuous time LTI system (stability etc.Causality .V. 4.Significance of poles and zeros. S.Fourier SeriesFourier Transform and properties.existence.Tata Mc Graw Hill.Pearson Edn. Signals and Systems: I J Nagrarth. Module 3 Fourier Analysis of Discrete Time Signals & Systems .Pearson Edn.Independence of a random variable.Application of ZTransform for the analysis of Discrete time LTI systems.Umesh pub.Singularity functions (impulse and step functions). RELIABILITY AND HUMANITIES LA 406 2+1+0 Module 1 Concepts of reliability: Definition of reliability. design of two stage RC coupled amplifier.planning to achieve required quality. Feedback amplifier.Constant hazard models.P chart.C chart. Triac firing circuits. Oscillators: Design of RC phase shift. Schmitt trigger. Design of bootstrap sweep generator.mean time to failure (MTTF).failure.Scope of Industrial psychology-Theories of Motivation-Handling of workers grievances-Workers participation in management-Industrial discipline-Industrial disputes-Industrial fatigue-Wages and incentives. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB LA 407 List of experiments 1. Industrial Engineering & Management: Banga and Sharma. Design of Mono-stable and bi-stable multi-vibrators.classification of failuresmeasures of reliability.failure rate. Module 5 Human relations: Human Behavior. Reliability Engineering: A K Govil. Module 3 Manufacture for Quality and reliability: The need for prototype tests. 7. 8. Module 2 Failure pattern and fitting curves: Graphical plots. 2.mean time between failures (MTBF).Hazard models.X and R chart.Weibull model.Linearly increasing hazard model.Zero defects. 6. IC power amplifier. 270 0+0+4 . SCR. 5. 4. 2. References 1.the quality standard.basic concepts of sequencing.Re-engineering. 3. Module 4 Control charts in statistical quality control: statistical quality control advantagestypes of control charts. Power amplifiers: Design of class A and class AB push pull stage – verification of power output. Hartley & Colpitts oscillators. 3.Bath tub curves. Reliability Engineering: L S Sreenath. Note New experiments may be added in accordance with subject LA 404 COMPUTER PRORAMMING LAB LA 408 Part 1 1.9. functions. Familiarization of MS-DOS commands. Simulation of above circuits using PSPICE. arrays. Adobe Acrobat Reader. 0+0+4 271 . classes. Part 2 Programming Experiments in C/C++: Programming experiments in C/C++ to cover control structures. 2. polymorphism. Computer hardware familiarization. pointers and files. Microsoft Windows. inheritance. 10. operator & function overloading. Design and testing of DC regulated power supplies (Fixed and variable). 3. Familiarization of Microsoft Word. Tuned amplifiers. 11. structures. FIFTH SEMESTER 272 . References 1.M.Runge – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method. Kanna Publishers. Scitech publications 9. Advanced Mathematics for Engg.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS -IV CMELPA501 3+1+0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem.Isaac.Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series. T. III -S Arumugam. 7.S.Panneer Selvam. Pearson Education Asia. 273 . Kanna Publishers. shifting property. Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method.Narayanan.Dr. Engineering Mathematics Vol. Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Ervin Kreyszig. National Publishing company. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering .K. Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform.properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions. McGraw-Hill.P. A.Duality in L.Pillay.zeros and singularitiesResidues.Somasundaram. B.Dr.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method. M. 2.students Vol. 4.T. convolution propertyinverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms.Churchill and Brown. III.K. G. Operations research . Vishal Pandey.Grewal. B. Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method .residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle.Vishwananthan printers & publishers. Complex variables and applications . 8.Tulsian. A.Grewal. Higher Engineering Mathematics . 5. Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Eulers method . PHI.S. S. 3.two phase method. 6. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science – Dr.P.P.P. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method. Wiley Eastern limited.C.Ramanaigh.S. Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems .Venkitaraman.Balanced T. Wiley Eastern.rating and specificationgate/base drive circuits-protection including cooling and application consideration of diodes. G. BJTS. Module 4 DC to DC Converters . John Wiley & Sons. Power Electronics: Harish C Ray.power factor improvement methods for phase Controlled rectifiers.Electromagnetic interference. 2.Single phase and three phase bridge inverters. Applications and Design.free wheeling effect. Pearson Edn.Constructional features. Power Semiconductor Circuits: Dewan. MOSFET and IGBT. S.analysis and control with R. 6.SCRS. 5. John Wiley.VSI and CSI. Module 2 AC to DC Converters . 274 . RL and EMF loadcurrent and voltage Commutation circuits.Operation and analysis of Single phase and multi-phase uncontrolled and controlled rectifiers with R.effect of source inductance. 3. Power Electronics: Converter. References 1. 4.filters.Configuration of three phase controllers.B.Chopper classification. Galgotia Pub. GTO.K. Thyristors and Applications: Ramamoorthy.Characteristics. Mohan Ned. RL and back EMF load. and Satrughan A..History of development of Power Electronic devices.Block schematic. S.voltage control .step up and four quadrant converters operation.Step down.Operation and analysis of single phase integral cycle and phase controlled converters. Module 5 DC to AC Converters . Doradlla. PWM chips: SG3524 and TL 494. MCT.POWER ELECTRONICS LA 502 2+1+0 Module 1 Power semiconductor Devices . Thyristorised Power Controllers: Dubey. Series and parallel operations of SCR. R. 1975. Module 3 AC to AC Voltage Converter . Power Electronics: Rashid Muhammad.PWM & Square wave operation. 1987..Harmonics and their reduction techniques. Divergence theorem. Schaum series. H.Potential gradient. Mc Graw Hill Publications.transmission line parametersSkin effect.capacitance between parallel wires.Ampere’s Law. 3.Maxwell’s equations.vector magnetic potential. Oxford University Press. References 1. Static electric field: Coulomb’s Law of point charges.Electric and Magnetic boundary conditions.Electric flux-Gauss’s Law.modes of propagation.different types of potential distribution.Stokes theorem.Magnetic dipole. Engineering Electromagnetics: W. Kraus. C.Boundary conditions Capacitance: Capacitance of isolated sphere.Solution for free space conditionUniform plane wave-wave equation for conducting medium. Cylindrical and Spherical co-ordinates systems.Stub matching. Engineering electromagnetics: E.Smith chart Phase velocity and group velocity. Module 4 Guided waves between parallel planes.capacitance between coaxial cylinders.Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction.Biot-Savarts Law.Plane electromagnetic waves.Solenoid. Electromagnetic Theory: B.Co-ordinate transformations. Electromagnetics: Edminister. 2. Vector fields: Divergence and curl. Module 2 Magnetic field: Steady current and current density in a conductor. Electromagnetic Theory: Sadiku. Premlet.Rectangular wave guides. 6. 5. inductance of transmission line.APPLIED ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY L 503 3+1+0 Module 1 Review of vector analysis: Cartesian. 4. Field & Wave Electromagnetic: Cheng. Mc Graw Hill Publications. toroid. Hayt. Module 5 Transmission lines -Transmission line equations. 2 Edn.Characteristic impedance.Plane waves.Mutual inductance energy stored in magnetic fields. Module 3 Maxwell’s equations and travelling waves: conduction current and displacement current.transverse electric and transverse magnetic waves and its characteristics. Pearson Education.Wave polarizationPoisson’s and Laplace equations.Poynting theorem and Poynting vector.Electrical scalar potential. 7. D.capacitance between two concentric sphere shells.VSWR. 275 . Electromagnetics: J. Jordan.Helmholtz theorems. VDUs. References 1.instruction setscomputer arithmetic logic design. Computer organization and Design – Pal Choudhary 4.interconnectionnetworks.control signals. classification.I/O interfaces.floating point numbers.plotters.dynamic memories. Pearson Education. 2.internal organizationbipolar and MOS devices.pre fetching of micro instructions. 3.multistage 276 .PLAs. H F Jordan.array networks.bus arbitrations. Computer Systems and Architecture – Vincent P Heuring. Module 4 Input-Output organization.micro instructions .accessing I/O devices.buses-scheduling.branch address modification.integer division.multiple memory modules and interleaving.message passing architecture.standards.addressing methods and machine programming sequencing. Computer organization and Architecture – Hayes J P 5.sequencing of control signalshardwired control.direct memory access (DMA)interrupts and interrupt handling. Pearson Edn.daisy chaining.Booth’s algorithmfast multiplication. Computer organization – Hamacher C V.COMPUTER ORGANISATION AND ARCHITECTURE LA 504 2+1+0 Module 1 Basic structure of computer hardware and software.instruction execution cycle. Mc Graw Hill.printers. Computer Org.Micro program sequencing.micro programmed controls.fast adders.replacement algorithmsvirtual memories.memory management unitssecondary memories.interrupt nesting.address translation-page tables .disk drives.cache memories -mapping functions . Module 2 Control unit.different addressing modes.multiplication.semi conductor RAM memories.device identificationvectored interrupts. Module 5 Introduction to parallel processing and architectureprocessors.handling multiple devices. & Architecture: Stallings.serial and parallel standards. Module 3 Memory organization.pipeline architecture. References 1.Op-amp parameters .Peak detector circuit.Astable and monostable multivibrators.using voltage reference.voltage follower .FSK demodulation .Umesh Publications. 555 timers – Functional block diagram.Pearson Education.Switched capacitor filter. 5.ideal op amp .intercom using LM 380.LM 380 power amplifier . 4.frequency response of op amps . 2. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ramakand Gaykwad.566 VCO chip.AM demodulation. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: R F Coughlin.RC phase shift and Wien bridge oscillators-Sample and hold circuit.8038 Function generator chip .Integrator and differentiator.PHI publications.transfer curve .concept of virtual ground.Internal block schematic of op amp .Differential amplifiers with one op amp and 3 op amps.Notch and all pass filters.slew rate and its effect. Module 3 Op amp applications.I order and II order filters.capture and lock range.LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LA 505 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to operational amplifiers – Basic differential amplifier . Module 5 Specialized ICs and applications: Voltage regulator ICs – 78XX and 79XX series317 variable regulators.FM detection.BPF.Antilog amplifierComparators: zero crossing.Summer. Module 4 Filters and timers: LPF.HPF.dual input balanced output and unbalanced output.Voltage series feedback and voltage shunt feedback .V/I converters and its applications .Subtractor.typical data sheet .Log amplifier. Integrated circuits: K R Botkar 277 .Use of offset minimizing resistor (ROM) and its design.equivalent circuit. Module 2 Op amp in closed loop configuration: Different feed back configurations.applications.compensating networks . Linear Integrated circuits: Roy Choudhary & Jain.565 PLL . Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ravi Raj Dudeja.Wiely Eastern Publications.Pin identificationpower supply requirements .Triangular and sawtooth wave generators.1723 switching regulators. monostable multivibrator and its applications.PLL applications: Frequency multiplication and division.Switched capacitor integrator.Astable multivibrator. 3.Phase locked loop(PLL) .open loop configurations .regenerative (Schmitt trigger) comparators. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala.data memory .logical and data transfer instructions .block schematicsbaud rates.addressing modes instruction set – arithmetic .program protection modes .mode0.pin configurations . PORT3.instruction execution .flash programming & verification.interrupt sources . 4.I/O port timings – programming examples.TMOD SFR . PORT2. Module 3 Memory organization . Module 4 Machine cycles – interrupts .on chip oscillator. Module 2 Atmel AT89C51 microcontroller – features . PORT1. Module 5 Timer0 & Timer1 . 2.power control register .external program & data memory timing diagrams.www. 3.port bit latches and buffers .Program status word . mode2.pin configuration and functions – tristate bus concept . Penram International Microprocessors and Architecture: Ramesh S Goankar Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck. 5.program memory .SCON SFR .ONCE mode.interrupt handling .interrupt control system .bus timings – de-multiplexing AD0AD7 – flags . References 1.single step operation .MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS L506 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers: Function of microprocessors.instruction timings and operation status.fetch/execute cycle .I/O addressing .architecture of 8085.program branching instructions .and memory mapped I/O schemes .register banks .com 278 . PHI Web site of Atmel .memory decoding .atmel. mode3.interrupt enable register interrupt priority .port structures and operation .internal block schematic . mode3 .I/O mapped I/O .power on reset circuit.mode0.TCON SFR serial interface . mode1.Programming examples.direct & indirect addressing area . The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi.accessing external memory – programming examples.pin descriptions . Pearson Education.generation of control signals . mode2. idle & power down mode .interfacing of RAM and EPROM . mode1.PORT0.Boolean instructions . Design of half adder & full adder using gates. Note Any other experiments may be added to the above list related to LA403.DIGITAL IC LAB LA 507 List of experiments 1. 8. 5. Subtractors. 566 Applications 7. Note Any experiment related to LA402 may be added to the above list. CD4001) 2. Study of counter ICs (7490. Logic design using multiplexers (74150). Digital circuit simulation using electronic work bench/ similar working tools. multipliers. FND542). 555 Applications 6. Frequency modulation. 14. 7476) 6. 4. 3. 13. 74190). Passive filters – constant K and M derived. Amplitude modulation. Design and testing of ripple & synchronous counters using JK flip flops (7473. Oscillators using OP-AMP 10. Counters using shift registers (Ring counter & Johnson counter).I LAB L 508 List of experiments 1. 9. 5. Design of astable & mono-stable multi-vibrators using gates. Study of 565 and its applications 8. 7. TTL & CMOS characteristics (7400. Interfacing of TTL & electromagnetic relay using transistor. COMMUNICATION . Crystal oscillator 9. 2. PWM using SG3525. 11. opto coupler (4N33) & Darlington arrays (ULN2803). 3. 11. 15. 10. PRBS generator. Design of mono-shots using dedicated ICs (74123). Logic design using decoders (74138). 0+0+4 0+0+4 279 . Design of 7 segment display circuits-static/dynamic (7447. Adders. Colpitts & Hartley oscillator. 12. Multiplexing using analog multiplexer IC’s. Logic family interconnection (TTL to CMOS & CMOS to TTL) 4. SIXTH SEMESTER 280 . PrivatisationMultinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy.Public sector.National income.Co-ordinating.Line. Dhanpat Rai Pub.K.Industrial disputes-Trade Unions.Management by Objectives.Market research-Advertising. Industrial Management Industrial Management Marketing Management Indian economy Modern economic theory O P Khanna. PART B: ECONOMICS Module 4 Theory of demand and supply.Investment institutions-UTI.Progressive and regressive.Indian capital market.ICICI.Difficulties in estimationTaxation.Stock market.Labour Welfare.Construction of Network (Basic ideas only).Factors of production.Reserve bank of India: Functions.EOQ-Project planning by PERT/CPM.Direct and indirect taxes.IDBI. Module 5 Indian financial system. Line and staff and Functional relationships.Industrial Fatigue.N. labour. Khanna Pub.Quality circles. 2. Production Management: Batch and mass productionInventory control.IRBINABARD.Controlling-Organisational structures. Module 3 Marketing Management: Pricing.K Dewett. Wishwa Prakashan K. Philip Kotler.Price mechanism. Formation of companies: Proprietory-Partnership-Joint stock companies. 3.Delegation.Promotion. PHI A. 4. Shyam Lal charitable trust.Channels of distribution.Span of control. 5. K.Functions.Insurance companies. Ahuja.INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT & ECONOMICS LA 601 PART A: INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT Module 1 Modern concept of Management: Scientific management-Functions of management-Planning-OrganisingStaffing-DirectingMotivatingCommunicating.Role of the public sector. Agarwal.SIDBI.Joint sector and Co-operative sector.Black moneyInflation-Causes and consequences.Land.Commercial banking system-Development financial institutions. capital and organization. 3+2+0 281 . Module 2 Personnel management: Objectives and functions of personnel managementRecruitment-Selection and training of workers. References 1. 5. Pearson Education.comparison.error probability performance of binary transmission system.Manchester coding.optimizing error performance.Receiving filters.BFSK.ADM.M-ary FSKMSK.Inter symbol interference.Noise types.A law µ law PCM system. Digital Communication. Module 2 Correlative coding: -Duobinary Base band PAM system.DPSK.Matched filterCorrelation realization of matched filter.SNR. Base band data transmission: . TMH.Siman Haykin.Eye pattern.Base band binary data transmission system.Detection of binary signals in Gaussian noise: -Maximum likelihood Receiver structure. Digital Communications: Sklar. Module 3 Digital transmission: . Digital & Analog Communication System.Use of controlled ISIM-ary signaling scheme (no analysis). Module 4 Digital transmission of Analog signals: .Unscrambler.CVSD. 2. 3. Pearson Education.Pearson Education Digital and Analog Communication System: K Sam Shanmugam.QPSK.Scrambler.M-ary PSK.EqualizationAdaptive equalization. Module 5 Noise in communication system: .Bipolar coding.Quantizing uniform nonuniform quantization -Companding. Principles of Communication System: Taub & Shilling.BPSK.Binary versus M-ary signaling schemespre coding. 282 .DIGITAL COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES L 602 3+1+0 Module 1 Random Signal Theory: Review of discrete and continuous random variablesGaussian probability function.slope over loading.complementary error function. 6.Nyquist pulse shaping criteria.Noise figure. Communication Systems Engineering: Proakis.error function.Probability of errorEffective Noise temperature.Sampling .properties. 4.HDB coding.Optimum transmitting.DPCM delta modulation system.Quantization noise.Leon W Couch. References 1. PHI Introduction to Digital signal processing: Johny R Johnson Digital signal processing: Proakis and Manolakis.Basic Network structure for IIR filter.quantization errors in FFT algorithms.Signal Flowgraph.Quantization effects in the Computation of the DFT.Floating point numbers. 3.Number Representation .a general study. Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters.Linear Convolution using DFT.truncation.Transform and DFT. 283 . References 1.triangular or Barlett windows.DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LTA 603 3+1+0 Module1 Review of signals and systems: Introduction .Parallel Forms.Kaiser windows.cascade . decimation – in time and Frequency .HammingBlackman.Direct. 5.Fast Fourier Transform.Sign-Magnitude .Finite Word Length Effects in FIR Digital Filters.Scitech Pub.Multiplication in Fixed Point arithmetic .design based on numerical solutions of differential equationsImpulse Invariant Transformation.Overflow limit cycle Oscillations .Butterworth designChebyshev design. Digital signal processing: Ifechor.Frequency response of linear phase FIR filters .ScalingQuantization in Floating Point realization IIR digital filters . Realization of FIR.Product quantization error .Block floating point numbersquantization .Radar signal processing.Fixed Point.speech analysisspeech coding. Module 4 Finite word length effects in digital filters: Introduction.Pearson edn.digital processing of audio signals.lattice design-Fourier Series method. Equi ripple FIR design.homomorphic vecoder. 4.Input quantization error . Module 2 Finite Impulse Response (FIR) Filters: Linear phase FIR filters.Co-efficient quantization errorzero-input limit cycle Oscillations .PCM DSP chips.using windows-rectangular.Pearson edn.Cascade.FFT algorithms – General Computation using Radix 2 algorithm. Digital signal processing: P Ramesh Babu. Digital signal processing: Oppenhiem and Sheffer. 2.DSP based measurements systems.relation between Z. Desecrate time signal processing: Oppenhiem. 6.channel vecoder.One’s-complement.Two’s complement forms -Addition of two fixed point numbers. Module 3 Discrete fourier Transform: Properties-Circular convolution.Location of the zeros of linear phase FIR filters.effects due to truncation and rounding. Module 5 Applications of digital signal processing: Speech Processing. Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) Filters .advantages and limitations of Digital Signal Processing.Hanning.sub band coding.rounding . Duct Propagation. Mc Graw Hill.RADIATION & PROPAGATION L 604 2+1+0 Module1 Retarded potentials: Radiation from an A.reflector-Basic principles of antenna-parabolic reflector different methodsChebyshev arrays.John Krauss. Ballanis Radio Engg .super directive arrays. two point sources.point. Module 2 Antenna array: Classifications-Broad-side. Antennas and wave propagation . 3. Mc Graw Hill Antenna theory and design.radiation patternradiation intensity-directive gain-power antenna efficiency-effective areaeffective length and aperture-Reciprocity theorem-radiation resistance-antenna beam width. 284 . 4. Module 4 Factors involved in the propagation of radio waves: the ground waveReflection of radio waves by the surface of the earth-space wave propagationconsiderations in space wave propagation-atmospheric effects in space wave propagation-ionosphere and its effects on radio waves -mechanism of ionosphere propagation-refraction and reflection of sky waves by ionosphere-ray paths-skip distance-maximum usable frequency-vertical and oblique incidence-fading of signals . D.SWR method.selective fading-diversity reception.A. Prasad Antennas .radiation pattern measurements. Yagi-Uda antenna-Basic principles of radio direction finding-loop antennas. multiplication of patterns -binomial array-stacked array folded dipole.K.C current element monopoles and dipoles-power radiated from a dipole isotropic radiators.beam width measurements-gain measurements-measurements of radiation resistance -radiation efficiency. References 1. 2.F E Terman. Array of n. End-fire arrays. Microstrip antennas. Module 3 VLF and LF transmitting antennas-effects of ground on antenna-performancegrounded antennas-effects of antenna height and effective height of antennamedium frequency antennas-dipole antennas-V and inverted V antennas-Rhombic antenna-traveling wave antennas-folded dipole. Module 5 Antenna measurements: Input impedance. 2. AC bridges . isolation amplifier. Frequency generating typedigital encoders-selection criteria for transducers. pulse frequency.D/A multiplexing and A/D multiplexing. Measurement Systems .Owen's bridge . TMH. Recording techniques-strip chart recorders-basic principles of digital recording. References 1.Shering Bridge . Types of data-static-dynamic-transient-rise time. PHI.Flow measurement . Principles of Measurement & Instrumentation – Morris.U.guarded Wheatstone bridge. capacitive. ionization and mechano electronic type. Analog and digital information-comparison. Sarma & Mani. Module 3 Intermediate elements-instrumentation amplifier. spectrum analyzer. Multiplexing . photo conductive and photo voltaic type. Transducers & Instrumentation – D. piezo electric. MGH. Error -classification of measurement errors--sources of measurement errors.Temperature measurement .Force & torque measurement.Pressure measurement .Wheatstone bridge . S Murthy. Module 2 Transducers-parameters of electrical transducers-types-active and passiveanalogue and digital types of transducers. PHI. Electromechanical type-potentiometric. Instrumentation-devices and systems . 3. Module 5 Basic measurements .Doeblin.Strain measurement . current and position type-RF telemetery-pulse telemetery (analog and digital)-pulse amplitude. pulse duration and pulse position modulation.Rangan. 285 . strain gauge. Basic principles of Signal Analyzers-Distortion analyzer wave analyzer. Data transmission elements-block diagram of telemetering system-classification of telemetering systern-Electrical telemetering system--voltage.Wagner ground connection. Module 4 Bridge measurements .Wein Bridge . response time & settling time. Opto electrical type-photo emissive.ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION L 605 3+1+0 Module 1 Objectives of engineering measurement-Basic measuring system-block diagram and description-Performance characteristics of instruments-static and dynamic. 4. inductive (self generating and non self generating type). Module 5 State variable analysis and compensation techniques – introduction to state variable concepts – state variable description of linear dynamic systems – state equations – state transition matrix – representaion of state equations – lag compensator – lead compensator – lag lead compensator (design of compensators is not needed). Kuo. PHI. Active filters: LPF.C. TMH. L 607 List of Experiments 1. Module 4 Root Locus technique – basic theory and properties of root loci – procedure for construction of root loci – error detectors – servo motor – tacho generator – magnetic amplifier. References 1. Logarithmic amplifiers. All pass & notch filters. mechanical and electromechanical system – block diagram – signal flow graph – Mason’s gain formula. Triangular. 2. Control system design: Graham C Goodwin. 3. derivative and integral controllers. 3. Module 2 Time domain Analysis – Type and order of a system – typical test signals for the time response of control system – impulse and step response of first and second order systems – steady state error – static and dynamic error coefficients – concepts of stability – Routh Hurwitz criterion – basic ideas of proportional. PHI. Modern Control Systems: Dorf. Gopal. 4. HPF. Module 3 Frequency domain analysis – frequency response – frequency domain specifications – Bode Plot – Nicol’s chart – Nyquist stability criterion – relative stability – gain margin – phase margin. BPF. Square wave.CONTROL SYSTEMS L 606 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to control system – Basic idea of control systems and their classifications – transfer function – transfer function of electrical. LINEAR IC LAB 0+0+3 . Saw tooth generation using op amp. 4. Automatic control system – B. Pearson Edn Control systems principles and design: M. 286 Modern control engineering – Katsuhiko Ogata. Pearson Education. Measurement of op amp parameters. 2. 5. the following laboratory experiments should also be done in the lab. The notebooks will be checked periodically throughout the semester. One of the lab experiments will be given for examination to be completed within 60 to 90 minutes with a maximum of 30% marks. 1. 7. 8038 function generators. 8. voting machine etc. 6. Schematic capture software (OrCAD or similar) familiarization. 2. The schematic and PCB design should be done using any of the standard schematic capture & PCB design software. MINI PROJECT L 608 0+0+3 The mini project will involve the design. 8. for his convenience. Analog to digital converters. The university examination will consist of two parts. as part of the project grade. Astable and mono stable multi-vibrators using 555 Light activated alarm circuit Speed control of electric fan using triac Illumination control circuits Touch control circuits Sound operated circuits. 287 . 9. construction. SMPS. Each student may choose to buy. 70% marks will be allotted for the demonstration and viva voce on the mini project. There will be several projects such as intercom. PCB design software (OrCAD Layout or similar) familiarization. Any experiment related to L505 may be added to the above list. In addition to this. 3. burglar alarm. Digital to analog converters. Note Precision rectifiers. 5. 7.5. 6. 10. and debugging of an electronic system approved by the department. Each student must keep a project notebook. Switched capacitor filter. inverter. his own components and accessories. UPS. Sample and hold circuit. 4. A demonstration and oral examination on the mini project also should be done at the end of the semester. SEVENTH SEMESTER 288 . I2C bus.watch dog timers . Module 5 Matrix key board interface . dual slope. sigma delta. RS422. 7.optically isolated triac interfacedesign of a temperature control system. LED.architecture-comparison with 89C51. 22V10 GAL – dual port RAM – FIFO . Pearson Education. The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi. Penram International. 6.interfacing programs using C and assembly language.89C2051 micro-controller.gate arrays. flash – comparison . References 1. Pearson Education.phase angle .design of a simple trainer circuit using 89C51/89C2051 µC – interfacing of DIP switch. PHI.features – comparison – PLA – PAL. Web site of Atmel semiconductors . SPI bus – operation – timing diagrams – 2 wire serial EEPROM – 24C04 – 3wire serial EEPROM – 93C46 .interfacing programs using C and assembly language.GAL -comparison – combinational PAL – PAL with flip-flops – study of 16L8. Digital fundamentals: Floyd. 5. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala.measurement of frequency . 4.A/D interface – digital to analog converters – different types – D/A interface . Pearson Education. Module 2 Embedded C compiler – advantages – memory models – interrupt functions – code optimization . 7 segment display. TMH Programming with ANSI C and turbo C: Kamthane.interfacing – interfacing programs using C and assembly language .atmel. Module 4 Serial bus standards .power factor – stepper motor interface .AT keyboard – commands – keyboard response codes .interfacing programs using C and assembly language. successive approximation.www.single slope.FPGA . Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck.MICRO-CONTROLLER BASED SYSTEM DESIGN LA701 2+1+0 Module 1 Various logic families .serial communication standards . alphanumeric LCD – relay interface – design of a traffic light control system .RS232. 3. Programming and customizing the 8051 µC: Myke Predko. RS485 – comparison – MAX232 line driver/ receiver .interfacing .universal serial bus – PCI bus.dc motor speed control – L293 motor driver .DS1232 watch dog timer – real time clocks – DS1302 RTC – interfacing .design of a position control system .com 289 .typical ICs . Module 3 Analog to digital converters. 2.low voltage differential signaling – PC printer port – registers – interfacing . Latch up. Module 2 Monolithic components: Isolation of components.junction isolation and dielectric isolation.Monolithic resistors.metallisation. 5.scaling of MOS structures. CMOS circuit design layout and simulation: Barter. Mc Graw Hill pub. Module 4 Subsystem design and layout.wire bonding and packaging.impurity profile. Module 5 Gallium Arsenide Technology: Sub-micro CMOS technology.Simple logic circuits.Transistor fabrication. Khanna Pub.FET structures. Basic VLSI design: Douglas Pucknell. Integrated Circuits: K R Botkar. Modern VLSI design: Wolf.epitaxial growth. Addison weslay.Capacitance of layers.Oxidation process. slicing and polishing.silicon gate technology. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: H E Weste. References 1. 3.Diffusion profiles. CMOS logic systems – bus lines.physical mechanism. control of threshold voltage (Vth). PHI.Lithography.Twin well process.design rules.buried layer.Basic circuit concepts. 7.IC crossovers and vias.schottky diodes and transistors. Pearson Education. VLSI technology: S M Sze.sheet resistance and resistor design.Chemical vapour deposition (CVD).Channeling effect.parasitic effects. BiCMOS circuit. IEEE press.patterning.circuit design processstick diagrams.monolithic diodes.monolithic capacitors.oxide isolation.Diffusion of impurities.GaAs fabrication. 290 .silicon shaping.inverter.Device modeling.junction and MOS structures.complementary (erfc) error function. Module 3 CMOS technology: Metal gate and silicon gate. 4.resistors in diffused regions.power supply rail distribution.Driving large capacitance loads. NOR gates.Fick’s I and II law of diffusion. Introduction to VLSI: Conway.JFETMOSFET.PMOS and NMOS. 2.BiCMOS technology.Crystal structureDoping process. 6.Ion implantationAnnealing process.VLSI TECHNOLOGY LA 702 3+1+0 Module 1 Process steps in IC fabrication: Crystal growth and wafer preparationCzochralski process.MOS resistors.fabrication steps. Pearson Edn.reactors.MESFET.Wiring capacitance.Photolithography.Delay. Fine line lithography.Gaussian profile.apparatus.subsystem design processdesign of a 4 bit shifter.effects of miniaturization. electron beam and x-ray lithography.arrangementspower dissipation. NAND gates.scaling factors. References 1.CW radar.Phase changer.Applications of Hybrid junction.principle of operation.Principle of operation of Transistors and FETs.Isolator.applications of CW radar. 5.advantages and applicationsWave guides.impedance.IMPATT and TRAPATT devices. 4.T junctions.Attenuator. Avalanche Transit time devices.power. Radar systems and radio aids to navigation — A K Sen & A B Bhattacharya. Microwave and radar — A K Maini.LORAN.Block schematic of pulse radar.Magnetron.MICROWAVE AND RADAR ENGINEERING L703 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Microwaves. 2.Radar frequenciesApplications of radar. — M Kulkarni.Characteristic features. 3.principle of operation.principle of operation.CW radar with nonzero IF. Microwave Communication: Basic Principles of Microwave Links – Microwave relay Systems – block schematic of terminal transmitters and receivers – repeaters – basic principles of design of a microwave links.Traveling Wave Tube.Concept of N port scattering matrix representation.VSWR.frequency. McGraw Hill.Doppler navigation .InP diode.basic concepts and properties. Khanna Publishers.Radio ranges. Module 4 Radar range equation.Reflex Klystron. Module 3 Microwave semiconductor devices.Multicavity Klystron.Instrument Landing System. Microwave tubes. Introduction to radar systems — Merrill I Skolnik.FM CW radar-FM CW altimeter. Microwave devices and circuit: Samuel Liao.Properties of S matrix.Tunnel diode.Different types of microwave antennas-basic principles.High frequency limitations. Microwave and Radar Engg.Circulator.Gyrator.Gunn diode.Global positioning system. 291 .Gunn diode as an Oscillator and an amplifier. Module 5 Direction finders. PHI. Transferred Electron Devices. E plane and EH plane Tee junctions. Module 2 Microwave measurements. Satellite navigation. Directional coupler-Termination.S matrix formulation of two-port junction.H plane. its S matrix and properties. Scattering matrix. NavigationHyperbolic navigation.MTI and Pulse Doppler radar. Passive microwave devices. optical amplifiers.reflections at boundarycritical angle.Optical wave guides .future developments References 1.cutoff wave length measurements. Module 3 Optical sources. 292 .applications of fibre optic systems. Optical communication: M Mukund Rao .rise time budgetprotection techniques. LASER diodes.Optic fibre cables. PHI 6.source to fibre power launching – lensing schemesmodulation circuits.Mode coupling – Attenuation in single mode and multimode fibres. 9. S Chand & co. Fibre optics in telecommunication: Sharma.Measurements.splicing techniquesoptical fibre connectors. Pearson Education. Module 4 Basic optical communication systems.Brief description of modes in SI fibre and GI fibre.fibre attenuation measurements.Index profile-effect of index profile on propagation. Ltd 8.photodetectors-principles of photo detection – PIN diode – APD – operating principles – photo-multiplier tubes.V number .dispersion measurements. Fibre optic communication technology: Djafer K Mynbaev. Optical Networks .point-to-point link. 11.total internal reflection . 10.WDM – transceiver requirements-TDM. Optic fibre communication: John M senior. Module 2 SI fibre and GI fibre . 3.Pulse dispersion and Band Width limitation.SOAs – EDFAs. Optical communication system: John Gower. PHI. Khanna. Mc Graw Hill 7. Pearson Education.Propagation in fibre. Optical fibre and fibre optic communication: Subir Kumar Sarkar. Pearson Education. Telecommunication principle circuits Systems and experiments: S. Pearson Education.optical receivers.Optic fibre couplers: types of coupling – fibre to fibre joints.LEDs.Ramabhadran.3rd Generation Transport systems: Black. Fiber Optic Communication: Palais.OPTICAL FIBRE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS L704 2+1+0 Module 1 Recollection of basic principles of optics: ray theory.characteristics of cables. 2.Introduction to optical fibre networks. 5. Electronic communication: Dennis Roddy & John coolen. Module 5 OTDR .operating characteristics. Digital Communication system with Satellites & Fibre Optics Applications: Kolimbris. PHI.expression for acceptance angle-acceptance cone – numerical aperture.band width measurements. 4.refractive index profile measurements.numerical aperture. Universities press. Encoding of cyclic codes. redundancy and efficiency of channels. Decoding of cyclic codes. Sequential decoding -Stack algorithm.. Pvt. Communication Systems: Simon Haykin. channel capacity. Ltd.Symmetric channels. Shannon-Hartley theorem. RS codes. Binary Erasure Channel. Prentice Hall Inc. information rate. Interleaving techniques: . Cyclic codes: . Capacity of a channel with infinite band width. Optimum modulation system. Arithmetic coding. Noiseless coding theorem. Construction of basic source codes: Shannon-Fano algorithm.Block and convolutional interleaving.Generator polynomial.Encoding. Module 5 Convolutional codes: . Shannon theorem. Generator and Parity check matrices. Continuous channels: . Binary Symmetric Channel. 4. Coding and interleaving applied to CD digital audio system -CIRC encoding and decoding. Costello Jr. Burst error correction. Error detecting and correcting capabilities. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Binary unsymmetric channel. BCH codes. ARQ: . Principles of Communication Systems: Taub & Schilling. Instantaneous codes. Module 4 Codes for error detection and correction: . Tree and Trellis diagrams. conditional and joint entropies -relation among entropies Mutual information. Coding efficiency and redundancy. Generator and Parity check matrices. Module 2 Discrete channels: . Mullick & Chatterjee. Hamming codes. interpolation and muting. John Wiley & Sons. Linear block codes. Error Control Coding Fundamentals and Applications: Shu Lin & Daniel J.Capacity of band limited Gaussian channels.Concept of amount of information -units. Maximum likelihood decoding of convolutional codes -Viterby algorithm. Purpose of encoding. Digital Communications Fundamentals and Applications: Bernard Sklar.INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING L705 3+1+0 Module 1 Information theory: . Kraft's inequality. Cascaded channels. Syndrome computation and error detection. repetition of symbols. Probability of error and throughput. Performance of ARQ. Construction of instantaneous codes. Standard array and Syndrome decoding. References 1. Person Education Asia 293 . Principles of Digital Communication: Das. ZIP coding. Trade off between band width and signal to noise ratio. 5. Module 3 Source coding: . Tata McGraw-Hill 3. Huffman coding.State.Encoding techniques. Encoding and decoding of systematic and unsystematic codes.Parity check coding.Types of ARQ. Entropy marginal. 2. Module 4 Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems. INC.S. mixed integer programming problems. Module 3 POLYMORPHISM .constructors and destructors members access control. New Age International P. Operation Research an introduction: H.R.Declaring objects Member functions .Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions. 2. Pearson Education Asia.Defining virtual functions – Usage of virtual functions . 5. References 1. Module 2 Encapsulation & Inheritance: Building classes . A. 294 .Virtual functions . Module 3 Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method. Richard D. S. D.I) LA706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to loops: Evolution of object oriented languages . Irwin. Optimization theory and application: S.process of language translation – Need of objects Definition of Object .Support for experiments and structure . Module 5 Network Techniques Shortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm. Budnick. T. Principles of Operations Research for Management: F.I) CMELRTA 706.Oriented Language. Belegundu. Eastern Economy Edition.Abstract classes . Taha. Mojena. McLeavey. Panneerselvam. R. 3.simulation using abstract classes. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering: A.OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . Ltd. Rao. D. Chandrupatla. Operations Research: R.1 3+1+0 Module1 Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method . 4. PHI OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN C++ (ELECTIVE . Module 2 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods. Local minima .Cauche training .Perception Representation . C++.Boltzmann’s Training .Training the Grosbery layer .Single layer & multi-layer networks . Wiley Eastern. Balaguruswamy.Module 4 OVERLOADING: Overloading functions .Pre initializing the wright vectors .statistical properties . 2. Pearson Education. Pearson Education.Applications .Linear separability . Text Book Neural Computing Theory & Practice . Wasserman.Statistical Hopfield networks – Bi-directional associative memories .Adaptive resonance theory Architecture classification . Applications .Selecting Friend or Member Functions for Operator Overloading.temporal instability.Associative memory . Module 4 Statistical methods.Friend functions. Ada) features. Module 5 DYNAMIC OBJECTS: Dynamic object allocation .Overloading operators to provide new meaning .network configurations Network paralysis . C++ Programming language: Strostroup.artificial neuron .Continuous BAM .activation functions .Training artificial neural networks . Object oriented programming with C++: E. 3. Module 2 Back Propagation . TMH. Smalltalk.Application.Philip D. References 1. 295 . Object oriented programming usig C++: Pohl.Principles .Object oriented databases case study – some language (Simula.Inline functions outside class definitions .Training algorithm .applications . Object Oriented Programming in C++: Nabajyoti Bjarne.Training algorithms. NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE . Module 3 Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer .Using references with dynamic memory allocation . 4.Learning .Full counter propagation network . 5.I) L706-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction . Module 5 Hopfield nets .Thermo dynamic systems .Training the cohenen layer .Applications to general non-linear optimization problems. Data abstraction & OOP in C++: Gordenkeeth.Artificial specific heat methods .Recurrent networks .stability .Implementation. Nervous systemBioelectric potentials.cardiovascular system.ECG recorder.Man-instrument systemcomponents.C arm machine.Block schematic of A mode.parameters.electrodes and leads.Spirometer. 296 .physiological systems of human body.Yegnanarayana.H.B.I) L 706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Biometrics.bio-potential electrodes.Respiratory system.isolated power distribution system.Simon Haykins. Respiratory measurements.implantable units.cardiac imagingechocardiography.continuous flow analyzer.pump oxygenators. Electrical safety: Physiological effects of electric current.isolation of patients.x ray films.indirect measurement. Pearson Education. 2.image intensifiers. Blood pressure measurements.need of grounding.Fluoroscopycomputed tomography.ECG-EEG-EMG. 4. 5. Clinical measurements: Blood cells.References 1.artificial kidney. Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks . continuous.Resting and Action potentials.echoencephalography.propagation.blood purification. Schalkoff.applications.sphygmomanometer.Chapman & Hall Artificial Neural Networks .Lung volume and capacities.spectro photometer. PHI BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE . McGraw Hill Artificial Neural Networks .different dialysers.The Kidney.Gantry.detectors.direct measurement techniques.let go currentshock hazards.Biomedical instruments.chemical tests. Neural Networks .pulse modulators.hemodialysis. B mode.Robert J. Intensive care unit: Planning and location of different instruments.Bedside monitors.different recorders.Transducers.CAT scan: block schematic. Module 4 X ray imaging and measurements: x ray generation.photographic imaging.Applications of Ultrasound: Gynecology and obstetrics.basic modes of transmission. 3.transmitter-receiver.The heart. pulsed DopplerUltrasonic imaging. Module 5 Bio-telemetry: components in telemetry system.Gas exchange measurements. An Introduction to neural computing .Prosthetic instrumentsartificial heart.Attenuation.Pay Y.tests on blood cells.blood flow measurements. M mode instrumentsElectronic scanners: Linear and Phased array. Module 3 Ultrasonic measurements: Characteristics of Ultrasound.x ray machine.pulsed.Doppler effect. Module 2 Biomedical measurements: ECG measurement.colorimeter. NMR clusters. software.C. task control block . next-fit. A handbook to biomedical instrumentation: R S Khandpur. Houghton Mifflin Company. co-routines. fault detection and containment. Databases for hard real time systems. fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware.based. EDF. Module 2 Real time kernel – polled loop systems.M Krishna. fault types. 3. 2. Shini (McGraw Hill) 297 .packing algorithm. synchronization in software. Transaction. hierarchal. stop and go multi-loop. Module 5 Programming Languages – Desired language characteristics. critical. round robin. rate monotonic deferred server. fixed rate systems. transient faults. cause of failure. Real time databases. Aperiodic. embedded systems . Biomedical Instrumentation: John G Webster. soft real time systems. PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. real time design issues. real time computer. integrated failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems. bin. Pearson Edn. protocols – contention – based. Module 3 Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies.task status. network architecture issues.Hard real time systems. fault latency. Non-critical. characteristics. master chain model. buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling. Text Book Real Time Systems . Introduction to biomedical technology: Joseph J Carr. information. hybrid systems. main memory databases. software error models. Kang G. PHI. time. Module 4 Fault tolerance – definition. scheduling – uni-processor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic. interrupt driven systems – sporadic.I) LA 706-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems. myopic offline. definition of real time systems – real time systems. redundancy – hardware. Biomedical Instrumentation & Measurements: Leslie Cromwell. task classes – Periodic. maintaining serialization constituency.References 1. combinational model. token . polled bus. Disk schedule algorithms. IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm. 4. Real Time Systems. j) Serial EEPROM. simulator). Computer aided assembly language program development for 89C51/89C2051. 5. k) Real time clock. 7. d) Matrix keyboard interface. c) Alphanumeric LCD display. Tata McGraw Hill MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LAB LA707 1. i) Opto isolated I/P and O/P. linker and simulator for 89C51/89C2051. external interrupts. 74HC165). e) Seven segment display. Study of Intel Hex file format. 9. Programming examples using Embedded ‘C’ compiler for 89C51/89C2051. 0+0+3 Familiarization of 8085 trainer kit. Programming examples using timer. Use of assembler. Note 298 . l) Interfacing using RS 232 and printer port. 4. a) A/D converter. Design & Analysis 2. arithmetic operations (Using assembler. Design and construction of a simple flash programmer for 89C51/89C2051 µC. simple examples. Real Time Systems Philip Laplante (IEEE) Krishna. manual code entry. Programming examples. g) Stepper motor. 8. Any other embedded processor with similar or better capability may be used instead of 89C51/89C2051. 2. Design and construction of the following interfacing modules. b) D/A converter. 6. f) Extending I/O port using shift registers(74HC595. h) Infra red transmission and reception. Sorting. 3.References 1. PWM. Radiation Pattern of various types antennae. Antenna Measurements . 4. 299 . Delta modulation. 2. Wave-guide Measurements. 6. Experiments of Satellite communication system. Directivity. Attenuation. 5. 10. PSK. Study of PLC's. 3. 7. Characteristics of Klystron. Familiarization of Digital modulation and demodulation Trainer Kit.Gain. Microwave measurements . wavelength. PCM. Study of optical fibers and optical communication systems. PPM. 8. Impedance. 9.COMMUNICATION II LAB L708 0+0+3 1. ASK.VSWR. Display systems. PAM. EIGHTH SEMESTER 300 . An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking: Keshav. Pearson Education.base band and broad band Lan’s .concentration-virtual circuit and data-grams .ISO-OSI 7 Layer Standard -peer processes-Functions of each layer-TCP/IP reference model Transmission media -description and characteristics .flow control – buffering .base band and broad band transmission-synchronous and asynchronous -full duplex. 8.virtual terminal . Computer Networks: Andrew S Tannenbaum.X-21 digital interface.remote procedure call-client server model .COMPUTER NETWORKS LA 801 3+1+0 Module 1 Network goals -topologies. Transport layer. Data communication: Hausly 6. Local Area Networks: William Stallings.design issues -data exchange . Pearson Education.file transfer protocol-E-mail-introduction to distributed system . Uyless Balack 7. Computer Networking: A Top Down Approach: Kurose Pearson Education.2nd ed-William A Shay (Vikas Thomson Learning) 301 . protocols standards & interfaces. Pearson Education.establishing and releasing connection .configurations-concept of internet. Understanding Data Communication and networks.routing congestion control. 4. half duplex linksConcepts of WAP technology. Computer Networks. Module 3 LAN. References 1.ATM-protocol architecture -ATM logical connections -ATM cells -cell transmission. 3.a simple transport protocol on X-25. Module 2 MODEMS-serial communication standards . Pearson Education.dialogue management synchronization.ATM adaptation layer -AAL protocols -basic principles of SDH and SONET.crash recovery . 5.design issues. Module 5 Application layer . Computer Network & Internet: Comer. 2.cryptographypresentation layer in ARPANET.shared memory -IEEE802 standards-introduction to X-25.carrier sense networks-CSMA/CD -ring network.Presentation layerdata presentation-compression.Need for data link layer-stop and wait and sliding window protocol-HDLC-terminal handlingpolling-multiplexing. Module 4 Session layer.network security-privacy. ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS L802 3+1+0 Module1 Satellite Communication - Satellite orbits – Geo synchronous orbit –orbital velocity – Round trip time delay - Antenna look angles - Satellite classifications spacing - frequency allocation- System parameters analysis - link equations- Link Budget - Spacecraft subsystem (block schematic). Tracking and telecommand Earth stations – Antenna systems – receiver subsystems (block) - functioning LNA – LNB - down converter - channel filters - demodulatorsINTELSAT/INMARSAT –Overview of INSAT. Module 2 Types of satellite communication system-FSS, DSS-Direct broadcasting and community broadcast - Multiple Access Techniques– Introduction- FDM-FMFDMA, PSK-TDMA, SSMA, CDMA - Switching techniques – circuit – message - packet switching- Packet satellite network-domestic satellite system. Module 3 The cellular concept – Introduction - Frequency reuse –channel assignment – Hand off strategies – prioritizing handoff –practical handoff – Co-channel interface and system capacity – channel planning – adjacent channel interference –Cell splitting – sectoring – repeaters – micro-cell concept- Blue tooth technology- Fundamentals and Applications. Module 4 Wireless communication system-paging-cordless & cellular system –comparisonSecond generation cellular networks-third generation cellular networks - Global System for Mobile – services and features – Architecture – Radio subsystem – channel types – frame structure - Global positioning Systems - basic conceptssystem block - positioning – Applications. Module 5 Spread spectrum Techniques and remote sensing- Pseudo noise sequences –time hopping-frequency Hopping – Robustness – Fast and Slow hopping – Hybrid & Chirp spread spectrum- Synchronization – acquisition – Tracking - Concepts of Jamming -Analysis of DS/SS – Analysis of avoidance-generation of signalsdetection –Applications. References 1. Electronic communication system fundamentals: Wayne Tomasi, Pearson Education. 2. Wireless communication principles and practice: T S Rappaport, Pearson Education. 3. Satellite communication: Gagliardi. 4. Digital Communication Fundamentals and Applications: B Sklar, Pearson Education. 5. Digital communication: Simon Haykin, John Wiley&Sons. 6. Space communication System: Filipowasky, McGrawHill. 302 ADVANCED MICROPROCESORS LA803 3+1+0 Module 1 Intel 8086 Microprocessor - Internal architecture – Block diagram – Minimum and maximum mode operation – Interrupt and Interrupt applications – DMA data transfer – 8087 math coprocessor. 8086 memory organization – even and odd memory banks – segment registers – logical and physical address – advantages and disadvantages of physical memory. Module 2 Addressing modes used in 80x86 family - Data addressing mode – register addressing, immediate addressing, direct addressing, register indirect addressing, base plus index addressing, register relative addressing, base relative plus index addressing, scaled addressing. Program memory addressing modes - direct program memory addressing, relative program memory addressing. Stack memory addressing mode. Module 3 Intel 80286 Microprocessor - 80286 Architecture, system connection – Real address mode operation – Protected mode operation Module 4 Intel 80386 Microprocessor - 80386 Architecture and system connection – Real operating mode – 386 protected mode operation – segmentation and virtual memory – segment privilege levels and protection – call gates – I/O privilege levels – Interrupts and exception handling – task switching – paging mode – 80386 virtual 86 mode operation. Module 5 Advanced Intel Microprocessors - 80486 – Processor model – Reduced Instruction cycle – five stage instruction pipe line – Integrated coprocessor – On board cache – Burst Bus mode. Pentium – super scalar architecture – u-v pipe line – branch prediction logic – cache structure – BIST (built in self test) – Introduction to MMX technology. References 1. The Microprocessors 6th Edition Barry B. Brey Pearson Edu. 2. Microprocessor and Interfacing 2nd Edition Douglous V. Hall TMH 3. The 80x86 family John Uffenbeck 303 TELEVISION ENGINEERING L 804 3+1+0 Module 1 Elements of Television system: Basic block schematic of television transmitter and receiver, Analysis of Television pictures, Scanning, human factor consideration, flicker, interlaced scanning, number of scanning lines, Horizontal and vertical resolution, maximum video frequency, Colour resolution and bandwidth, Composite video signal, video signal dimensions, vertical and horizontal synchronization signal dimensions, channel bandwidth, vestigial side band transmission, channel bandwidth and allocations for colour transmission. Module 2 Television camera and transmitters: Photoelectric effects, Working principle of image orthicon, vidicon, plumbicon, CCD, structure of CCD and its working, Monochrome and Colour television camera: block schematic explanation, TV transmitters: Positive and negative modulation and its comparison, high level and low level modulation and its comparison. Colour TV picture tubes: purity and convergence, Delta gun, PIL, Trinitron tubes, LCD screens. Module 3 Monochrome and colour reception, Monochrome receiver: Detailed block schematic, Yagi antenna, BALUN transformers, RF tuner, electronic tuning, SAW filters, IF conversion, VSB reception and correction, video detector, AGC: delayed AGC and Keyed AGC, video amplifier, cathode and grid modulation, sync separation, horizontal and vertical deflection circuits and wave forms, sound separation. Power supplies: SMPS and block schematic explanation, EHT generation and its wave form description, Typical ICs in different stages. Module 4 Colour Television: Compatibility consideration, Colour response of human eye, Three colour theory, additive mixing of colours, chromaticity diagram, Luminance and chrominance, colour difference signal and its generation, Polarity of colour difference signal, Frequency interleaving and Colour burst signal, delay lines, Basic colour television systems: PAL and NTSC, Block schematic explanation. Module 5 Television applications: CCTV and its functional block schematic, Cable television: converters, cable connections, Satellite television: Dish antenna, LNB, Down converters, Video discs: VCD and DVD, Digital recording, LASER source, High definition television. References 1. 2. 3. 4. Monochrome and colour television: R R Gulati, Wiley Eastern. Colour Television, Theory and Practice: S P Bali, Tata Mc Graw Hill. Television engineering: A M Dhake, Tata Mc Graw Hill Basic Television Engineering: Bernad Grob, Mc Graw Hill. 304 ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE - II) CMELRT 805-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides, unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – solution of Fredhlom integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution. Module 3 Gamma, Beta functions Gamma function, Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions. Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. Classification of second order equations- Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Linear Integral Equation: Ram P.Kanwal, Academic Press, New York A Course on Integral Equations: Allen C.Pipkin, Springer, Verlag Advanced Engg. Mathematics: H.K.Dass, S.Chand Advanced Engg. Mathematics: Michael D.Greenberge, Pearson Edn. Asia Numrical methods in Engg.&science: B.S.Grewal, Khanna Publishers Generalized functions: R.F. Hoskins, John Wiley and Sons. Principles and Techniques of: Bernard Friedman, John Wiley and sons Applied Mathematics 8. Principles of Applied Mathematics: James P.Keener, Addison Wesley. 9. Numerical methods: P.Kandasamy,K.Thilagavathy,K.Gunavathy, S.Chand & co 305 VHDL (ELECTIVE - II) LA805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Hardware Abstraction- Basic Terminology- Entity DeclarationArchitecture Body- Configuration Declaration- Package Declaration- Package Body- Model Analysis- Simulation- Basic Language Elements –Identifiers- Data Objects- Data Types- Operators. Module 2 Behavioural Modelling: Entity Declaration- Architecture Body-Process Statement- Variable Assignment Statement- Signal Assignment Statement- Wait Statement- If Statement - Case Statement- Null Statement- Loop Statement- Exit Statement- Next Statement- Assertion Statement- Report Statement- Other Sequential Statements- Multiple Processes- Postponed Processes - Dataflow Modelling: Concurrent Signal Assignment Statement- Concurrent versus Sequential Signal Assignment- Delta Delay Revisited- Multiple DriversConditional Signal Assignment Statement- Selected Signal Assignment Statement- the UNAFFECTED Value- Block Statement- Concurrent Assertion Statement- Value of a Signal Module 3 Structural Modelling: Component Declaration- Component InstantiationResolving Signal Values - Generics and Configurations: GenericsConfigurations- Configuration Specification- Configuration Declaration- Default Rules - Conversion Functions - Direct Instantiation- Incremental Binding. Module 4 Subprograms and Overloading: Subprograms- Subprogram OverloadingOperator Overloading- Signatures- Default Values for Parameters - Packages and Libraries: Package Declaration- Package Body-Design File- Design LibrariesOrder of Analysis- Implicit Visibility- Explicit Visibility. Module 5 Advanced Features: Entity Statements- Generate Statements- Aliases- Qualified Expressions- Type Conversions- Guarded Signals- Attributes- Aggregate TargetsShared Variables- Groups - Model Simulation: Simulation- Writing a Test BenchConverting Real and Integer to Time- Dumping Results into a Text Fi1e- Reading Vectors from a Text File- A Test Bench Example- Initialising a MemoryVariable File NamesHardware Modelling Examples: Modelling Entity interfaces- Modelling Simple Elements- - Different Styles of ModellingModelling Regular Structures- Modelling Delays- Modelling Conditional Operations- Modelling Synchronous Logic- State Machine Modelling- Interacting State Machines- Modelling a Moore FSM- Modelling a Mealy FSM- A Generic Priority Encoder- A Simplified Blackjack Program- A Clock Divider- A Generic Binary Multiplier- A Pulse Counter- A Barrel Shifter- Hierarchy in Design. Text Book VHDL Primer Third editions: J. Bhasker, Pearson Education Asia. 306 References 1. Introducing VHDL from simulation to synthesis: Sudhakar Yalamanchilli, Pearson Education Asia MEDICAL ELECTRONICS (ELECTIVE - II) L 805-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Bioelectric potentials Human cell – action potential – ECG waveform – relation with heart action- bio-potentials from brain- excitation and inhibition potentialsElectroencephalogram- muscle action- EMG- muscular servo mechanism. Biopotential electrodes: Half cell potential- equivalent circuit between electrodes and skin – electrodes types- stimulating electrodes- biomedical transducersclassification- selection. Module 2 Biomedical amplifiers – op amps- differential amplifiers- OPA 111: FET input op amp- data sheet- high impedance 50 Hz reject filter with gain- instrumentation amplifier – INA 101- pH probe amplifiers- pH probe electrometer- Bridge amplifiers- input protection- isolation amplifiers- basic design- carrier type isolation amplifier- synchronous demodulator- opto isolators- optical couplingTransformer coupled isolation amplifiers- ISO212- Fiber optic isolation amplifierchopper stabilized amplifier- differential chopper amplifier- input guardingshield driver. Module 3 ECG wave form- The standard lead system- Einthoven triangle- ECG preamplifier- Right leg drive circuit- shield drive- Typical ECG amplifier circuitQRS complex detection- ECG digitization- improvement in resolution- ECG machine- mechanism- patient cables- ECG machine maintenance. Blood pressure measurements- Pressure transducers- Amplifiers- dc amplifiers- isolated dc amplifier- pulsed excitation amplifier- ac carrier amplifier- systolic, diastolic and mean detector circuit plethysmography- blood flow measurementselectromagnetic flow meter. Module 4 EEG- Instrumentation requirements- Neuron membrane potential- EEG electrodes- Frequency bands- multi-channel EEG recording systemspreamplifiers- circuits- EEG telemetry systems. ICU monitoring system- intensive care equipments- cardio tachometers- lead fault indicator- central monitoring consoles- telemetry system. Module 5 Medical Imaging: Computed tomography- basic principle - data accumulationscanning motions – x ray tubes- collimators- detectors- image reconstructionalgorithms- display – resolution. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance- nuclear structure and angular momentum- magnetic dipole moment- alignment- Larmor frequencyRF magnetic field- Free Induction decay- Instrumentation- Imaging system. 307 References 1. Introduction to Biomedical equipment technology: J J Carr, Pearson Education. 2. Biomedical Instrumentation: John G Webster, Mifflin Hougton Co. 3. Medical Electronics: C Raja Rao, University Press. 4. Biomedical Instrumentation: R S Khandpur, TMH ADVANCED MICRO-CONTROLLERS (ELECTIVE - II) LA805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Low pin count controllers – Atmel AVR family – ATTiny15L controller architecture – pin descriptions – features – addressing modes – I/O space – reset and interrupt handling – reset sources - Tunable internal oscillator. Module 2 Timers – Watch dog timer – EEPROM – preventing data corruption – Analog comparator – A/D converter – conversion timing – ADC noise reduction – PortB – alternate functions – memory programming – fuse bits – high voltage serial programming – algorithm. Module 3 National semiconductor COP8 family - COP8CBR9 processor – features – electrical characteristics – pin descriptions – memory organization –EEPROM security – brownout reset – in system programming – boot ROM. Idle timer – Timer1, Timer2, Timer3 -operating modes – PWM mode – event capture mode Module 4 Power saving modes – Dual clock operation – Multi input wake up – USART – framing formats – baud rate generation – A/D conversion – operating modes – prescaler – Interrupts – interrupt vector table – Watch dog – service window – Micro-wire interface – waveforms. Module 5 Microchip PIC16 family – PIC16F873 processor – features – architecture – memory organization - register file map – I/O ports – PORTA - PORTB – PORTC – Data EEPROM and flash program memory – Asynchronous serial port – SPI mode – I2C mode. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Design with PIC micro-controllers: John B Peatman, Pearson Education. DS101374: National Semiconductor reference manual. National semiconductor web site – www.national.com 1187D: Atmel semiconductor reference manual. Atmel semiconductor web site – www.atmel.com DS30292B: Microchip reference manual. Microchip semiconductor web site – www.microchip.com 308 E-COMMERCE (ELECTIVE - II) LA805-5 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce - E-Commerce Framework- Anatomy of ECommerce Applications - E-Commerce Consumer & Organization ApplicationsE- Commerce and World Wide Web - Internet Service Providers - Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce - WWW as the Architecture- Hypertext publishing. Module 2 Network Security - Client-Server Network Security - CS Security Threats – Firewalls - Data & Message Security - Encrypted Documents - Security on the Web. Module 3 Electronic Payment Systems - Types of Electronic Payment Systems - Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System - Smart Cards - Credit Cards - Risk in Electronic Payment Systems - Designing Electronic Payment Systems. Module 4 Electronic Data Interchange - EDI Application in Business- EDI-Legal - Security and Privacy Issues - EDI standardization - EDI Envelope for Message Transport Internet based EDI - Internal Information System- Work-flow Automation and Coordination- Supply Chain Management- Document Library- Types of Digital Documents- Corporate Data Warehouses. Module 5 Recent Trends in E-Commerce - Multimedia in E-Commerce- Video Conferencing with Digital Videos- Broad Band Telecommunication- Frame & Cell Relays- Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS)- Asynchronous Transfer Mode- Mobile Computing and Wireless Computing. Text Book Frontiers of Electronic Commerce: Pearson Education. References 1. Global Electronic Commerce: J Christopher Westland & Theodore H K Clark. 2. E- Commerce The cutting edge of Business: Kamlesh K Bajaj & Debjani Nag. 3. E-Commerce: Strategy Technologies and Applications, TMH. Ravi Kalakota & Andrew B Whinston, 309 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (ELECTIVE - III) LA806-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Multi-rate Digital Signal Processing – Sample rate reduction decimation by integer factors- sampling rate increase – interpolation by integer facto - Design of practical sampling rate converters: Filter Specification- filter requirement for individual stages - Determining the number of stages and decimation factors - Sampling rate conversion using poly-phase filter structure – poly-phase implementation of interpolators. Module 2 Adaptive Signal Processing – Adaptive filters – Concepts- Adaptive filter as a Noise Canceller - Other configurations of the adaptive filter - Main components of the adaptive filter – Basic Wiener filter theory – The basic LMS adaptive algorithm – Practical limitations of the basic LMS algorithm - Recursive Least Square Algorithm – Limitations - Factorization Algorithm. Module 3 Introduction to two dimensional signal and systems - 2D – DFT Transforms Properties and applications - Discrete Hilbert Transform and Discrete Cosine Transform – Properties and Applications - Short term Fourier Transform - Gabor Transform - Properties and Applications. Module 4 Wavelets – Wavelet Analysis – The Continuous Wavelet Transform - scaling shifting - scale and frequency - The Discrete Wavelet Transform - One Stage filtering - Approximation and Details - Filter bank analysis – Multilevel Decomposition – Number of levels – Wavelet reconstruction – Reconstruction filter- Reconstructing Approximations and details- Multilevel Reconstruction Wavelet packet synthesis- Typical Applications. Module 5 General and special purpose DSP Processors - Computer Architecture for signal processing – Havard Architecture - Pipelining - Hardware Multiply and Accumulate – Special Instructions - Replication - On-chip Memory Cache Extended Parallelism - SIMD – VLIW and static super-scalar Processing - Brief study of TMS320C4X and ADSP 2106 processors. References 1. Digital Signal Processing: Emmanuel C Ifeachor, Barrie W Jrevis, Pearson Education. 2. Theory and Applications of DSP: L.R Rabiner and B gold 3. Electronic filter Desig Hand Book: A .B Williams and FT Taylor, McGraw Hill 4. Wavelets and Subband Coding: Valterli & Kovaceric, PHI. 5. Analog Devices & Texas Instruments Users Manuel of TMS320C4X and ADSP 2106x. 310 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - III) LA806-2 3+1+0 Module 1 INTRODUCTION: Definition of multimedia, multimedia, hardware, software applications and software environments - Media Types - Analog and digital video, digital audio, music and animation - Analog & Digital video - Memory storage Basic tools - Authoring tools. Module 2 BUILDING BLOCKS: Text - Hyper text - Sound - Sound cards - Standards Image - Image types - Image compression, RLE, JPEG, MPEG - Fractal and Wavelet Compressions - Image file types - Animation - Capture and Playback techniques. (basic ideas only) Module 3 MULTIMEDIA ENVIRONMENTS: The Compact Disc family, CD-interactive, Digital Video Interactive, QuickTime, Multimedia PC and Microsoft Multimedia Extensions. Module 4 MULTIMEDIA PROGRAMMING: Framework: Overview, Media classes, Transform classes, Format classes and Component classes - Problems related to programming - Composition, Synchronisation, Interaction, Database integration. Module 5 ADVANCED MULTIMEDIA: Moving pictures - Techniques realistic image synthesis, Virtual Reality - Full motion digital video - Video capture techniques multimedia networks - Desktop video conferencing - Future multimedia. References 1. Multimedia Programming Objects, Environments & Framework - Simon J. Gibbs, Dionysios C. Tsischritziz (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.) 2. Multimedia- Making it work - Tay Van Ghan – Osborne Tata Mcgraw Hill 3. Authoring Interactive multimedia - Arch C Luther 4. Optimizing your Multimedia PC - L.J. Skibbe, Susan Lafe Meister - Comdex 5. Multimedia Bible - Winn L. Rosch, Sams 6. Multimedia Producers Bible- Ron Goldberg, Comdex 7. Multimedia Power Tools - Peter Jellam, Random house Electronic Pub. 8. Multimedia Computing - Mathew E. Hodger & Russel M. Sasnett, Addison wesley 9. Integrated Multimedia Systems - Palikom, The communication Wall Overview 311 SYSTEM SOFTWARE (ELECTIVE - III) LA806-3 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction: Concept of system software, classification of system s/w. Assemblers: over view of assembly process, elementary ideas of macros & macro processors. Compilers: Overview of compilation process, Parsing- top down & bottom-up parsing, storage allocation. Interpreters: basic ideas only. Module2 Operating Systems: types of OS, batch processing, multiprogramming, timesharing, real time OS. OS services UNIX OS –shells, Bourne Shell, C shellvisual editor. Module3 Information Management: File system- directory structure, basic file system calls, file protection, allocation methods disk blocks and inodes in UNIX. Device management. Module4 Processor Management: CPU scheduling - scheduling algorithms, Multiprocessor scheduling, Process management in UNIX, concurrent processcritical section, semaphores, synchronization, concurrent languages. Module5 Memory Management: swapping, partitions,, paging, segmentation, virtual memory concepts, page replacement, dynamic linking, caching of secondary storage, memory management in UNIX, Deadlocks: cause, detection, prevention, avoidance, recovery, combined approach to deadlock handling. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. System programming and Operating Systems – D M Dhamdhere System Software – an introduction to system Programming – Leland L Beck, 3ed. Operating System – Peterson & Silberschatz, Addison Wesley Operating Systems – Dietal H M Design of UNIX Operating System – Maurice J Bach UNIX System Programming – Stevens. 312 Categories of Embedded System. Challenges and Issues in Embedded Software Development. Mobile Java Applications. Security in Embedded Systems. 313 . Text Book Programming for Embedded Systems. Serial Communication with the 8051 Family of Microcontrollers. Handheld computers. Controlling an Appliance from the RTLinux System. Communication devices. Embedded Applications over Mobile Network example MP3 Sound Player. Wiley Dreamtech Reference 1. Control System. Voice-over-IP. Module 5 Java Applications & Future Trends in Embedded Systems: Networked JavaEnabled Information Appliances.Dreamtech Software Team. Protocol Converter.EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . Module 4 Real Time & Database Applications: . Smart Cards and the Cashless Society. Energy Meter Readings. Embedded Database Applications using examples like Salary Survey. Types of Embedded Operating systems. Communication Interface Standards. Micro-Controller Architecture. Requirements of Embedded Systems. Simulation of a Process Control System. Embedded Process Control System. Module 3 Embedded Communication System: Serial Communication. PC-to-PC Communication. Embedded Operating systems.Real-Time Embedded Software Development. Module 2 Embedded Hardware & Software Development Environment: . Sending a Message over a Serial Link.III) LA806-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Overview of Embedded System: -Embedded System. System on a Chip (SOC). Appliance Control using Jini. Biomedical Systems. Embedded System Development Process.Hardware Architecture. Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics. Fundamentals of Embedded Software where C and Assembly Meet – Daniel W Lewis. variable length coding .Image digitizers & scanners .color Image processing.Reconstruction of image from its samples Aliasing.Elements of visual perception . Realization of combinational and sequential circuits using PAL.Image compression standards.Characteristics of a digital image . causality & stability of LTI system.bit plane coding . 314 . 3.Wiener Filter Interactive restoration .Elements of digital image processing systems .Histogram modeling & Equalization Spatial Filtering .Inverse filtering .run length coding .III) LA806-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Image representation and modeling . Fundamentals of digital image processing: Jain Anil K. To find DFT of a given sequence using DIT & DIF FFT algorithms. a. Module 5 Image Coding & Compression.Two dimensional orthogonal & unitary transforms Properties of unitary transforms . Familiarization of PAL assembler.basic principles . PHI. Digital image Processing: I.loss-less predictive coding . Module 4 Image Restoration . SYSTEMS LAB L807 0+0+3 1.Image sampling & Quantisation . 4.Point processing . f. Module 2 Image Transforms . References 1. Experiments based on Matlab. Program to design IIR filter using Bilinear transformation impulse invariant methods. 3. Digital Image Processing: Pratt William K.Image analysis & vision -basic principles only. 5. John Wiley.lossy predictive coding . b.DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING (ELECTIVE .KL Transforms & their properties.Transform coding . 2. To find IFFT of a given sequence using DIT & DIF FFT algorithms. 2. d. Realization of simple digital circuits using VHDL. Control system simulation experiments. Pearson Education.Gonzalez Rafel C.Brightness & contrast . Programs to design filters using window techniques. e. Digital signal processing based on DSP processors. c. Module 3 Image Enhancement .Degradation model . To test linearity.Two dimensional DFT & its properties – Cosine – Hadamard – Haar – Sine .Filtering in the frequency domain .Two dimensional Sampling theorem . voce examination will be conducted to assess the student's overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. L 709 / 808 PROJECT DESIGN AND SEMINAR 0+0+2 Each student is required to present a technical paper on a subject approved by the dept. In addition to the seminar he / she shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide (s). panel of staff members.6. The paper should in general reflect the state of the art. certified reports of seminar and project work are to be presented for evaluation. VIVA – VOCE L809 A comprehensive Viva . At the time of viva . He / she shall submit a report on the paper presented to the department. Note Any other experiments may be added in accordance with the electives offered. Familiarization of FPGA trainer kits. Realization of digital circuits using FPGA. and submit a report of the project work done to the department.voce. 315 . 7. B.TECH. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING BRANCH 316 . THIRD SEMESTER 317 . Recurrence relations Manipulations of Numeric functions .Duality law Tautological implications Normal forms . Module 4 Discrete Numeric Functions & generating Functions.general properties . Discrete Mathematics . References 1.Bernard Kolman. A first look at Graph Theory . Trembly.P. Robert C.Richard Johnsonbaugh. Cryptography and network security principles and practice .Properties of binary relations . connected graphs. PHI 5.Trees .Equivalance relations and partitions .some properties of lattices .some special lattices.validity.Well formed formulas – Tautologoies . Sharon Cutler Ross.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .II RT301 3+1+0 Module1 Mathematical Logic . subgraphs.C. Bushy.Calculus .John Clark & Derek Allan Holton.Lieu.Inference Theory of the predicate calculus.generating functions .sub lattices . Module 3 Algebraic systems . McGraw Hill.Total solutions .the predicate calculus .solutions by the method of generating functions. R.L. Cycles. Paths. Discrete mathematical structures with applications to Computer Science .Homogeneous solutions Particular solutions . 2. Pearson Education Asia 318 . Allied Publishers 6.Lattices as a partially ordered set .J. McGraw Hill.spanning trees.direct product homomorphism . Module 5 Graph Theory: Basic concept of graphs. Elements of Discrete Mathematics . connectives . Module 2 Number Theory: Prime and Relatively prime numbers – Modular arithmetic – Fermat’s and Euler’s Theorems – Testing for Primability – Euclids Algorithm – Discrete Logarithms Relations & Functions .William Stallings.Equivalance of formulas .lattices as algebraic systems . Pearson Education Asia 4. Multigraph and Weighted graph .Recurrence relations .Linear recurrence relations with constant coefficients . 3.Statements. Consistency. Manohar.Functions and pigeon hole principle. Theorem proving . Discrete Mathematical Structures .the theory of inference for the statement . O/P unit.Programming Examples.Addressing Modes .Implicit Addressing.Hardware & Software Interrupts – Enabling. Microprocessor Architecture.I/O mapped I/O .Instruction Types – Arithmetic – Logic data transfer.Immediate Addressing . Registers.Pin Diagram . Ram 4.interrupt driven data transfer – DMA data transfer – DMA controller – 8257 – I/O channels. Addressing. Bus organizations. Mathur. I/P unit. Microprocessors.Renu Singh. Programming and Applications with the 8085 Gaonkar. Microprocessors Peripherals and Applications .synchronous and asynchronous transfer .Architecture of 8085.Direct and Indirect Addressing . Module 3 Subroutines .Memory mapped I/O .MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEMS R302 3+1+0 Module 1 CPU.Call Return sequence. New Age International 3. Memory Address Register . Branch. PHI 5.Registers.Gilmore 319 . New Age International 2.interfacing EPROM & RAM to 8085 – Data transfer schemes . B. References 1. Module 2 Instruction set of 8085 . interfacing and Applications .Adithya P. Control Unit.Address space partitioning . Module 4 Interrupts of 8085 . Introduction to Microprocessors Systems . Main memory.Stack Operations .B. Stack. Singh. Disabling and masking of interrupts – Polling – HALT & HOLD states – Programmable interrupt controller – 8259 Module 5 Interfacing Memory and I/O devices .State instruction and data flow. ALU. Microprocessors . P. I/O and Machine Control instructions . Memory. CPU of a microcomputer – timing and control unit – The fetch operation – Machine cycle and T.Memory interfacing .Programmed data transfer . Execution of an instruction.Memory Data Register – Memory systems . LCD. Seven segment display. Gain Bandwidth relation . UJT (basic concepts only).Thermal runaway. LM317 – LED.emitter follower Module 2 FET. 7805. Photodiode. Pulse Digital and Switching wave forms .Steps in Computer programming Features of a good program . Differentiation .wien bridge Oscillator – Hartley Oscillator . Module 5 Power supplies & Special semi conductor devices .Astable. data types. operators. Transistor As an amplifier RC coupled amplifier.Transistorised phase shift oscillator .Structured . data Input and Output statements. 320 .Flowchart Pseudocode.Object Oriented .Top down and bottom up approaches . Integrated Electronics . opto coupler. McGraw Hill 2.Cascading of transistors .Stability . References 1. TRIAC. expressions. FET amplifier – MOSFET.SOLID STATE ELECTRONICS RT303 2+1+0 Module 1 Transistor – Biasing . Simple Bootstrap sweep generators.Algorithms . Clamping. Integration. simple programming in C.Regulator power supplies – IC regulated Power supplies.cascade Darlington pair . examples Module2 C fundamentals: Identifiers. McGraw Hill 3.source drain characteristics and transfer characteristics.Millman and Taub.Modular Programming . 7905. SCR. depletion and enhancement type .Boylsted & Neshelsky.Millman and Halkias. keywords. Module 3 Oscillators . Electronics Devices & Circuits . Pearson Education PROBLEM SOLVING AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING RT 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Problem solving with digital Computer . Photo transistor. DIAC.Sweep generators. Bistable and Monostable Multivibrators .Concept of feed back .Colpits Oscillator (Operation and Expression for frequency) Module 4 Clipping. Frequency Response. Yeaswanth Khanetkar. Kochan. 7. while.else. Prism Books Pvt. Gantt. break & continue statements. Functions .while. Module 2 Procedure for ISO and ISI certification – Design. 321 2+1+0 . 3.void functions Recursion – Macros. Gottfried. Pearson Eduacation Let us .Program for bubble sort.Accessing array elements using pointers .Andrew C Staugaard Jr. PHI Programming with ANSI and Turbo C . 6. Command line arguments.Declaration.Module 3 Control statements & Functions: If . 2. Wiley Eastern Ltd. do . C Programming .Opening & Closing a file Creating & Processing a file. PBP 9.Stephen C. for. strings. Text Book 1. PHI HUMANITIES RT305 PART A: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Module 1 Scientific Management – Evolution of management theory – Contributions of Taylor. Iling W. Ltd.Operations on pointers .. Norton & Company Newyork 10.Bootle. Programming with C . Tata McGraw Hill References 1.A Modern Approach .Kerninghan & Ritchie. Pointers in C . 5. Emerson – Definition and functions of management – Authority.multidimensional arrays. switch.W. BPB Programming in C .Ashok N.Ronald Leach. Gilbreth.parameter passing . 4.Byron S. Module 5 Pointers & files . structures & unions . Kamthan. Module 4 Structured data types: Single dimensional arrays . BPB Publications Programming and Problem Solving with PASCAL . Responsibility. passing pointers to a functions. Development and implementation of reengineering – Inspection – SQC control charts – quality assurance – TQM – Zero defects. CBS publishers Using C in Program Design .Yeaswanth Khanetkar.Micheal Schneider.N. Delegation and Span of control – Types of structures of Organisation – Types of Business firms – Job evaluation and merit rating – Wages – Types of incentives. nested loops. Bangalore Mastering Turbo C .K. 8. Structured and Object Oriented Problem Solving using C++ . Computer Programming in C . Agarwal.don’t care combinations . binary decade. BCD nos.flip flops .Logic functions . gray code.SOP.A. Freeman and Gilbert. N. Module3 Sequential logic . 2. POS . 3. JK. Counters . Insurance companies– The stock market – functions – Recent trends. SIDBI.PART B: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS Module 3 The Indian financial system – Reserve bank of India – functions – commercial banking system – profitability of public sector banks – development financial institutions – IDBI.formation of switching function .error correcting codes. Module 4 Indian Industries – Industrial pattern – structural transformation – industrial growth – inadequacies of the programme of industrialization – Large and small scale industries – industrial sickness and government policy – industrial labour – influence of trade unions. Management.asynchronous. Wishwa Prakashan. haming code.K maps & quine mcclaskey method .master slave JK flip flop. and up/down counters .NAND NOR gates . IRBI – Investment institutions – UTI.universal gates . error detection using parity bits . T & D flip flops . References 1.SR. Subtraction.from word statements. and up/down counters.realization using logic gates . alphanumeric codes. Module 2 Postulates of boolean algebra .Ruddar Datt. Pearson Education Indian Economy . Module 5 The tax framework – Direct and Indirect taxes – Impact and incidence – Progressive and regressive – functions of the tax system – Black money – magnitude and consequences – Public debt – Debt position of the central and state governments – Deficit financing – revenue deficit and fiscal deficit – Problems associated with deficit financing. 4. S Chand and Company Ltd. LOGIC SYSTEM DESIGN R306 3+1+0 Module 1 Addition.synchronous binary decade. PHI Engineering Management. ICICI. Multiplication & division of binary nos.Stoner.Mazda.truth tables canonical forms . 322 . excess3 code.basic theorems .methods of minimization of logic functions . Indian Economy – Problems of Development and Planning . Charles R. Tata McGraw Hill.Morris Mano.static shift registers . (use of files. Logic and Computer Design – M. Full adder. 5. Pearson Education SOLID STATE ELECTRONICS LAB R307 1. PROGRAMMING LAB R308 0+0+4 1.Thomas C.arrays Structures .Frequency response Astable multivibrators using BJT. 2. internal commands. Digital Design Principles & Practice – John F. 3.peripherals . 0+0+4 Characteristics of Silicon. Moris Mano.Zvi Kohavi. carry propagation adder. 5. Characterisctics of CE. PHI 2. compilers. Progrmming experiments in C to cover control structures . Kime Pearson Education 3. program manager.serial in & parallel in shift registers . 2. Familiarisation with word processing packages like wordstar and Msword 4. Switching & finite automata theory . Single stage RC coupled amplifiers .design . 323 . 8. Digital Design .typical IC’s . Familiarisation with computer system microprocessor .functions . Zener diodes.Rc phase shift oscillator. control panel etc. CB configurations of transistors.left & right shift registers .memory card etc. Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT304 problem solving and Computer Programming can be included.DOS Windows etc.Module4 Adders .Carry look ahead adder. Bartee. Digital Computer Design . file manager. Familiarisation of C++ and Visual tools. An introduction to digital computer design . Clipping and clamping Circuits . Digital computer fundamentals .ring counter. Half subtractor & Full subtractor .Rajaraman & Radhakrishnan. Johnson counter. directories.Half adder. carry save adder. Germanium. Wakerly. Tata McGraw Hill. 7. 4.Malvino. 5. Tata McGraw Hill 4. Characteristics of FET. 6.pointers and files. References 1. Sweep Generator (Simple sweep) Oscillators . 6.RC differentiating and Integrating Circuits.counters using shift registers . Familiarisation of operating system .) 3. Pearson Education 7. Module 5 Registers . external commands. Half wave and full wave an Bridge rectifiers. FOURTH SEMESTER 324 . . Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis.B. Khanna Publishers 2.simple problems. National Publishing Company 3.formation by eliminating arbitary constants and arbitary Functions .solution of Lagrange Linear Equations – Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation. its mean and variance . Wiley Eastern Ltd.fitting of binomial & poisson distributions normal distribution .simple applications in engineering problems. F and Chi square test – Level of significance .Erwin Kreyszig. Mathematics .I. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar.Finding P. Laxmi Publications Ltd. difference proportion.Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion.Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms . Higher Engineering Mathematics .M.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity . Grewal.III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents .Sneddon. II -3rd year Part A & B .Ian N.standard normal curve .McGrawhill International Edn. poisson and normal distributions. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations .K. Venkataraman.properties of normal curve . 7.its mean and variance . Pearson Education Asia / PHI 5. 6.S. 4. single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected) References 1. Pearson Education Asia 325 . Module 3 Fourier Transforms: .simple problems in binomial.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability .The binomial distribution. by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations. Advanced Engg. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance.Linear Simultaneous eqns.inverse transforms .poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution . Elements of Partial Differential Equations . Engineering Mathematics Vol. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson. Evolution of object oriented languages . 4.single bus and two bus organization. Computer Organization . Horizontal and vertical micro instructions – Nano instructions. Displays.Need of Objects Definition of Object-Oriented Language – Classes and Objects – Creating and Using Classes and objects – Member functions and variables – Constructors and Destructors. Mc Graw Hill OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING R403 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to OOP . Keyboard.ALU Design.Pal Chaudhuri. Mouse. Pearson Education Asia.Arithmetic: Signed addition and subtraction – serial and parallel adder – BCD adder – Carry look ahead adder. Execution of a complete instruction – interconnection structures – layered view of a computer system. Virtual memory – Cache memory – Memory interleaving. Computer Organization and Architecture -William Stallings. Module 5 Input – Output: Printers. Plotters. PHI 5. Module 2 CPU . Mc Graw Hill 2. Device interface – I/O processor – Standard I/O interfaces – RS 232 C. PHI 6. Digital Logic and Computer Design . Module 3 Control Unit Organization: Processor Logic Design – Processor Organization – Control Logic Design – Control Organization – Hardwared control – Microprogram control – PLA control – Microprogram sequencer. References 1.John P Hayes. Computer Architecture and Organization . Multiplication – Array multiplier – Booth’s Algorithm.Morris Mano. Computer Organization and Design . 326 . IEEE 488.2 (GPIB).Hamacher. Computer Organization and Architecture -M Morris Mano. PHI 3. Division – Restoring and non-restoring division. OMR and OCR. Module 4 Memory: Memory hierarchy – RAM and ROM – Memory system considerations – Associative memory.COMPUTER ORGANIZATION R 402 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Organization and Architecture – Review of basic operational concepts – CPU. Vranesic and Zaky. floating point arithmetic . power dissipation .ROM types . TMH . MultiplexersBuffers .Fan in .Nabajyoti Barkakati.Fan out. Balaguruswamy. Module 3 Polymorphism – Runtime and compile time polymorphism – overloading functions and operators – selecting friend member function for operator overloading . Pearson Education Asia 8.DTL . 2. Gosling.Andrew C Staugaard Jr.I2L & CMOS.Virtual Destructors – Virtual Base Classes classes – Creating and using templates – Namespaces . An Introduction to Object-oriented programming – Timothy Budd 10. PHI 3.Flip flops . 327 .Dynamic object allocation .Template Module 5 Dynamic Objects . Object Oriented Programming in C ++ . Module 4 Advanced Concepts.Inline functions.comparison .Herbert.Stanley B Lippman.ECL . Other Object oriented languages – Java – Object oriented features in Java – Comparison with C++ References 1.MOS RAMs.Dietel & Dietel. Comparison of circuits. Problem Solving with C++ .E.Ira Pohl.Robert Lafore.Noise margin window profile . Structured and Object Oriented Problem Solving using C++ . Module 2 Storage elements .Arnold. Tristate logic . Holmes.Virtual methods – pure virtual methods – Abstract classes Defining and using of virtual methods.Member access control in classes – Friend functions and classes – Extending classes . Pearson Education Asia 9.BJT RAM cells . Object oriented Programming with C++ .Registers. Object-oriented programming using C++ . Pearson Education Asia INTEGRATED CIRCUITS R404 3+1+0 Module 1 Logic Families . C++ Primer . pure virtual methods and abstract classes – applications of abstract classes. 6. TMH 5.Module 2 Inheritance and Access Control . Schildt.TTL .RAM . Josee Zajoie. Decoders. PHI 4.Propagation delay .Public Private and Protected Inheritance – Classification of Inheritance – Single – Multiple – Multilevel – Hierarchical – Hybrid. Pearson Education Asia 11. C++ How to program . The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition Pearson Education Asia 7.Latches . Galgotia Pub.Memory systems . Java 2 Complete Reference .Walter Savitch. Object Oriented Programming in C++ .. Dqueues.Priority queues . 328 . Blakesley & John Willey. Module 3 D/A Converters .Input. Module 2 Study of basic data structures – Arrays.inverting and non inverting opamps.Structures-Sparse matrix – Stacks – Queues.Successive approximation type . External sorting methods (basic idea only).PAL .Binary weighted resistor type . Module 5 Sorting methods: Selection sort. slew rate .parameters .Binary Trees – Tree Traversal – Inorder .Square wave generator . Quick sort.flash memories . Strings – Data representation – Pattern matching.Ladder type A/D converters – counting type . Evaluation of expressions – Polynomial representation using arrays. Graphs – Depth first and breadth first search.definitions .PLD .Circular queues. Voltage. Input bias current. McGraw Hill Pulse Digital & Switching Wave forms . Module 5 Opamp Applications: Summing. 2. . Module 3 Linked Lists . Merge sort.PGA .Algorithm SpecificationRecursive AlgorithmsDocumentationPerformance Analysis and Measurements.Basic principles . Digital Integrated Electronics .Doubly linked lists . Offset. Khanna Publishers DATA STRUCTURES & PROGRAMMING METHODOLOGIES R 405 3+1+0 Module 1 Principles of programming – System Life Cycle .Time and Space complexity-Complexity calculation of simple algorithms. Comparator.Taub & Shilling.PLA .RAM organization . Radix sort. Differentiator .Ideal Opamp .Botkar. 4. References 1.Triangular wave generator using opamps. Heap sort. Module 4 Trees .Linked stacks and queues .Millman & Taub. Module 4 Opamps: Characteristics .FPGA .Integrator . Insertion sort.Magneto optic storage.R. CMRR.Preorder and Postorder. Bubble sort.CPLD CDROM . McGraw Hill Digital design with standard MSI & LSI by T. Integrated Circuits .Polynomial representation using linked lists.Parallel comparator type dual slope type. 3. The Intel Microprocessors 8086/8088. Fundamental Algorithms: Knuth.8255.flag manipulation. An introduction to Data Structures with applications: Trembley & Sorenson. Pearson Education Asia 3. Programming and Applications with the 8085 Gaonkar.arithmetic –branch – loop. 80486. Data Structures using C & C++: Langsam. 80386. 6. 8251. Architecture. 2.Micro controllers (brief idea only) Module 3 8086/88 Architecture. 8279 (functions and internal block diagram only) Module 2 Interfacing with 8085 . 80286. Sahni & Mehta.shift & rotate – string. 8252. PHI 7. Algorithms + Data Structures = Programs: N.References 1. 80186/80188. Brief study of latest processors of Intel & AMD (Architecture not required) – Introduction to RISC processors References 1. Data structures in Java: Thomas Standish.REP instruction – writing simple program in 8086 – Additional features of 80286 – protected mode memory addressing. Pearson Education Asia 4. Module 4 Instructions format of 8086 – data transfer. The 80X86 family . Programming and Interfacing – Barry B Bray. PHI 329 . Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++: Horowitz. Classic Data Structures: Samanta.Interfacing keyboard – Hardware and Software approach – Interfacing seven segment displays . Galgottia Pub. McGraw Hill 8. Module 5 Additional features of 80386 – Paging mechanism – Interfacing coprocessors in 80386 – Additional features of Pentium Processors. Block diagram – Addressing modes – memory addressing modes – Program memory addressing modes – stack memory addressing modes. Data Structures and program design in C: Robert Kruse. New Age International 2. Augenstein & Tanenbaum 5. Pentium and Pentium Pro processors.Wirth. PHI 3.Interfacing D/A and A/D converters . Microprocessor Architecture. Pearson Education Asia ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS & PERIPHERALS R 406 3+1+0 Module1 Study of Interfacing ICs .John Uffenbeck. Study of decoders and Multiplexers. Postfix and Prefix conversions. TMH 7. Binary Trees. Array and Linked list implementation of Stacks. 7. IBM PC and Clones . 0+0+4 DATA STRUCTURES LAB R408 Experiments based on the following: 1. 0+0+4 330 .Ray 6. Synchronous and Asynchronous Counters 10. TMH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LAB R407 1. 5. Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier using Op-amp .frequency response. Pearson Education Asia 5. A/D Converter. Dqueues. Astable and Monostable multivibrators using gates. Programming Design and Interfacing – Bhupendra Singh Chhabra. Intel Microprocessors .K. Study of shift registers and their applications. D/A Converter. 12. The Intel 8086/88 Microprocessor Architecture. Study of flip flops 9.Bhurchandi. Graphs.A. Astable multivibrator using Op-amp.Govindarajalu. 11.Douglas V. Sorting and Searching methods.A.James L. 4. Microprocessors and Interfacing . Infix. 4.frequency response.4. Hall. Polynomials. TMH 8. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd 9. 3. Introduction to the Intel Family of Microprocessors . 8. M. 3. K. Ray and K. OP-amp Characteristics 2. Transfer Characteristics and specifications of TTL and MOS gates. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals . String representation and pattern matching Any experiment according to the syllabus of R405 can be substituted. 6. 2. Sparse matrix.Antonakos. Queues. Differentiating and Integrating Circuits . FIFTH SEMESTER 331 . general problem . Grewal. Ltd Advanced Engg Mathematics .service pattern Queue disciplines . Hira. Schaum’s Outline Series Operations research . Higher Engg. Module 5 TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEM: Balanced transportation problem . Module 3 FINITE DIFFERENCES: Meaning of operators – ∆.Hungerian techniques References 1.PHI Numerical Methods in Science & Engg . Mathematics .ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Module 4 LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEM : graphical solution of LPP.solution of LPP using simplex method .Arrival pattern .S.steady state solutions – Little’s formula.optimum solution by Modi method . M/M/1/N . 3.Richard Bronson.Langrange’s and Newton’s divided difference interpolation formula .Bisection method .Big M method – duality in LPP.E . 2. Khanna Publishers.first and second order derivatives using forward and backward formula .Approximate solution of equations – Horner’s method solutions of linear simultaneous equations . Venkataraman. 332 . 5.Method of false position Newton’s method .numerical integration . S. µ .interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula .M.numerical differenciation .S. Wiley Eastern Ltd. 4.The Markovian model M/M/1/$.Gauss Seidal method. Gupta & D.δ . 6. B. Operations research .trapizoidal rule .Assignment problem .initial basic feasible solution -Vogel’s approximation method .Iterative methods of solution-Jacobi’s method .Panneer Selvam.K.K.Chand & Co. .solution of algebraic and transcendental equations . National Publishing Co.Dr. Module 2 NUMERICAL METHODS: Introduction .P.Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules. Operations Research .IV RT 501 3+1+0 Module 1 QUEUEING THEORY: General Concepts .Ervin Kreyszig. Memory Management in UNIX. Tenenbaum. Hierarchy of Processes. Pearson Education Asia 2.Channels and Control Units – Disk Scheduling methods. Shared and Virtual Devices . Threads.OPERATING SYSTEMS R502 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction OS Concepts – Evolution of OS.Nutt.Deitel & Deitel. Schemes – Paging – Simple. Internal and External Fragmentation. Critical Section Problem – Two process solution. handling. Multilevel. Text Book 1. Scheduling Algorithms – Process Management in UNIX. recovery. Operating Systems: Design & implementation . General Structure of MSDOS.Hash Table. Linux. Segmentation – Simple. Modern Operating Systems . Module 4 Memory Management Objectives and functions. Virtual Memory Concept. avoidance. Precedence Graph.Kernel. Module 5 Information Management Files and Directories – Directory Structure –Directory Implementation – Linear List . Operating Systems – William Stallings. Operating Systems . Pearson Education Asia 5.Process Control Block – Process Scheduling – Operations on Processes. Direct Access Storage Devices .Andrew S. Device Management: Dedicated. Page Replacement Algorithms. Scheduling Criteria. Simple Resident Monitor Program (No design). Pearson Education Asia / PHI 4.detection.Serial Access Devices. Semaphores – Deadlock. Windows 2000. prevention. CPU Scheduler – Preemptive and NonPreemptive. Co-operating Processes. Dispatcher. Monitors.Andrew S. Demand Paging . Operating Systems Concepts – Silberschatz. Operating Systems . Multi-level Paging. Pearson Education Asia 333 . Shell. OS Structures. Module 2 Process Management Process & Threads – Process States . Starvation.Page Interrupt Fault. Overlays – Swapping. Tenenbaum. Direct Access Devices. Module 3 Process Synchronization & Interprocess Communication Concurrent Processes. Critical Regions. Galvin. Synchronization Hardware. Wiley Publications References 1. Segmentation with Paging. Interprocess communication. PHI 3. Schedules and RecoverabilitySerializability of Schedules-Query processing and Optimization. Database Principles.tuple relational calculus. Pearson Education Asia References 1.Date (7th Edition) Pearson Education Asia 3.Concurrency Control. delete and update statements in SQL – views – data manipulation with SQL Module 3 Introduction to Transaction Processing. Abraham Silbershatz.Data modeling . An Introduction to Database Systems . Programming and Performance – Patrick O’Neil.J. Text Book 1.C.Transaction and System ConceptsDesirable properties of Transactions. Replication and Allocation Techniques.storage organization in oracle .Cursor in PL/SQL Module 4 Database Design– Design guidelines– Relational database design – Integrity Constraints – Domain Constraints. Fundamentals of Database System Elmasri and Navathe (3rd Edition).Hierarchical and object oriented models-Data Modeling using the Entity Relationship Model. Oracle case study: The basic structure of the oracle system – database structure and its manipulation in oracle.Bibin C.Purpose of database systems-Components of DBMS – DBMS Architecture and Data Independence.Henry F Korth.Query Processing – semijoin -Concurrency Control and Recovery.DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS RT503 3+1+0 Module 1 Basic Concepts . insert. An Introduction to Database Systems .Programming in PL/SQL.Referential integrity – Functional DependencyNormalization using Functional Dependencies.Different Types. Database System Concepts . Boyce Codd Normal Form– Multivalued Dependencies and Forth Normal Form – Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form – Pitfalls in Relational Database Design.Entity Relationship Model. Relational – Network. Data definition with SQL.Data Fragmentation. Module 2 Structure of relational databases – relational databases – relational algebra. Mc Graw Hill 2nd edition.general definitions of Second and Third Normal Forms. Normal forms based on primary keys. 2. Module 5 Distributed databases: Distributed Database Concepts.-assertions – triggers. Desai 334 . Elizabeth O’Neil 4. Galgotia publications 2. Sahni & Mehta.storage allocation & liberation – First fit. Fundamentals of Database Systems: Elmasri & Navathe.Sequential search. weight balanced trees.Macros – Macro definition and usage.top down and 335 .schematics for Macro expansion – Design of a Macro pre-processor . Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++: Horowitz.Macro Assembler.Single pass assembler. File Structures an Object-Oriented Approach with C++: Folk. Collision-Collision Resolution Techniques-Extendible Hashing. Pearson Education Asia 3. References 1. Binary search. Multiway search Trees. Data Structures. Threaded Binary Trees. height balanced trees. Searching . Pearson Education Asia 5.Dynamic storage management. Module 4 Search trees: -AVL Trees.Design of two pass assembler. Module 2 Index Structures for Files: . Algorithms and Applications in C++: Sahni Galgotia publications 6.FILE STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS R504 2+1+0 Module1 File Organization: .Operations on Files – Heap Files .Garbage Collection & Compaction. Pearson Education Asia.Sequential Files – Indexed sequential files – Direct files – Secondary key retrieval.B Trees-B+ Trees. Data structures & Program design in C: Robert Kruse Pearson Education Asia LANGUAGE PROCESSORS RT 505 3+1+0 Module 1 Assembler Overview of the assembly process . 4. best fit – Buddy system. Dynamic Hashing. Module 5 Storage management: . Zoellick. Module 3 Hashing: .Static Hashing-Hash Tables-Different Hash Functions-Mid SquareDivision-Folding-Digit Analysis. Riccardi. Data Structures using C & C++: Langsam.Augenstein & Tanenbaum. Module 2 Introduction to Compilers Compilers and Translators – Structure of a compiler – lexical analysis – syntax analysis – context free grammars – basic parsing techniques.Single level Ordered Index-Multilevel IndexesIndexes on multiple Keys. Interpolation search. Module 3 Storage allocation Data descriptors. References 1. Sethi.ASK.Conditional and Iterative constructs. PSK. 2. 3.Aho A. DPSK .V.Analog pulse modulation – PAM. System Software . PM. FSK. PPM – Generation of various modulated waves (Block diagram only) –Digital Pulse modulation (PCM). Beck. 336 .Procedure calls – Code optimization – Optimization transformations – Local optimization and global optimization – Compiler writing tools – Incremental Compilers Module 5 Loaders and Linkers Loading – Program relocatability – linking – various loading schemes – linkage editing – Design of linkage editor – dynamic loading – overlays – dynamic linking. Addison Wesley. Mc.bottom up parsing (brief idea only). Text Book 1. Pearson Education Asia DATA COMMUNICATION RT 506 2+1+0 Module 1 Communication concepts – Analog modulation – Various schemes – AM. Ullman Narosa Publications..Dhamdhere Mc Graw Hill 2.Shannon`s Theorem. Graw Hill. PWM. Compilers Principles Techniques And Tools Aho. Systems programming . FM –Sampling theorem .Leland L.Static and Dynamic storage allocation – Storage allocation and access in block structured programming languages – Array allocation and accessCompilation of expressions – Handling operator priorities – Intermediate code forms for expressions –code generator. Module 4 Compilation of Control Structures Control transfer.Donovan. Module 2 Multiplexing . Synchronous Time Division Multiplexing –Statistical time Division multiplexing – Key Techniques . Principles of Compiler Design .An Introduction to Systems Programming. Ullman. System Programming and Operating Systems .Recursive Decent parser – Shift reduce parser.Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) – Time Division Multiplexing (TDM).Channel capacity . 6. 5.Half duplex – Full duplex. 3.Vijay K. Module 5 Terminal handling – Point to point. Components of computer communication – Concentrators . Programming Peripheral Controllers. PHI 8.Fred Halsall Pearson Education Asia 5. 2. Data and Computer Communication . Principles & Application of GSM.Behurouz & Forozan Mc Graw Hill. 4. Noise. 4. 7.Kennedy. fibre optic cable. Pearson Education Asia 9. Interfacing the Trainer Kit. Umesh Publications MICROPROCESSOR LAB R507 1. Familiarization of training kits. Simple programs for Arithmetic and Data Transfer. message switching) Module 4 Error detection and Correcting codes: Hamming code – Block codes and convolution codes – ARQ techniques – Transmission codes – Baudot – EBCDIC and ASCII codes – Barcodes. Asynchronous and Isochronous transmission. Tanenbaum. Modern Digital & Analog Communication Systems – B.Front end Processor – Transmission media – Guided media – Twisted pair cable. Computer Networks & Open Systems . Multidrop lines. References 1. Introduction to Data Communications & Networking . Parallel.A. Any experiment according to the syllabus R302 can be substituted 0+0+4 337 . Principles of Communication System .P Lathi Prism Books Pvt. Communication Engineering .different types of noise – Basic Principles of Switching (circuit. Computer Networks . 3. Transmission modeSimplex . Electronic communication system . Ltd.Taub & Schilling Mc Graw Hill. coaxial cable. Synchronous. GSM service and GSM system architecture. Mc Graw Hill. Garg Pearson Education Asia 6. Kumar.A.William Stallings.S. Data Communication.Module 3 Digital data transmission – Serial. packet. 2. Study of MASM Programming. . views 2. cursor. Simple queries. 5. 4. use of arithmetic and string functions. 0+0+4 338 . ODBC/JDBC Interface. Importing and Exporting data. insertion.DATABASE LAB R508 Experiments for performing the following: 1. function. updation. deletion of tables. Implementation of File Structures Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT503 can be substituted. Database Administration 6. indexes. Simple PL/SQL programs. procedure. trigger. 3. sequence generator. Creation. use of exceptions. 7. savepoints. nested queries. SIXTH SEMESTER 339 . ATA – Communication ports – Serial – Parallel port – Keyboard / Mouse Interface connectors. PC Hardware Complete Reference . Sector layout. Hard Disk Interfaces – IDE.data transfer rate – Access time – Constant linear velocity – constant angular velocity . PC Upgrading Maintenance & Trouble shooting guide . References 1. The Indispensable PC Hardware Book .function & operations.PC & PC BASED SYSTEMS R601 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to PC Hardware components – study of motherboards ––Different types of ports. Module 3 Optical Storage CD ROM. CD Technology. Chauhan. CD-R. CD-RW.BPB 3. Module 2 Storage Devices Floppy – Floppy Disk Controller . linear and physical memory addresses – Extended and Expanded memory – Cache memory – Video memory – HMA . AGP.RAID – Holographic storage. Kataria 340 . USB. drive specifications.Buffers – Interface – Magneto optical drives – WORM devices –DVD. Upgrading and repairing PC’s (4th edition) .Sectors – Disk formatting – partitioning Hard disk features – Hard disk data transfer modes –Programmed I/O – Direct memory access – Ultra DMA – Data addressing – Standard CHS addressing – Extended CHS addressing – Logical Block Addressing.Disk Physical specification & operations – Disk magnetic properties – Cylinders – Clusters – Hard disks – Hard disk drive operation – Magnetic data storage . Inside the PC (8th Edition) .Craig Zacker & John Rourke. virtual. Wiley 5.64 KB Limits – 640 KB barrier – Logical.Corey Candler. Module 5 Bus Structures ISA. PCI.Peter Norton. CDROM. slots and connectors-Add-on cards-Power supply– SMPS. Module 4 Memory Management in PC Parity – ECC – Static & Dynamic RAM – Memory Addressing – Segmented addressing . EIDE.Abel. IBM PC Assembly Language Programming .Scott Mueller. segmented. Pearson Education 6. S. Tata McGraw Hill 2. K. PHI 7.Flat memory model – Advanced memory technologies. Pearson Education 4. PCMCIA. Troubleshooting and Repairing Your PC .Dr.Messmer. SOFTWARE ENGINEERING RT 602 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Software engineering Introduction – Software and software Engg.Structured Programming .Reliability assessment Programmer Productivity .Testing Process Comparison of Verification and Validation Techniques . Mehdi Jazayeri.Functional and Structured Testing .Code inspections – Unit testing.Internal Documentation – Verification .verification .Problem Analysis . Software Engineering Theory and Practice .Pankaj Jalote. Text Book 1.coupling cohesion – structured design methodology . Pressman.Roger S.Ian Sommervilla. Fundamentals of Software Engineering –Rajib Mall. Pearson Education Asia 4.Error removal efficiency. Pearson Education 3.time sheets – reviews – cost schedule – milestone graph – risk management.Symbolic execution . Narosa Publication References 1. Module 3 System Design Design Principles – Problem partitioning and hierarchy – abstraction – modularity – top down and bottom_up – strategies – module level concepts .Information Hiding Programming style .Phases in software developmentSoftware development process models-Role of Management in software development –Role of Matrics and measurement –Software requirement specification(SRS) . Module 5 Testing Testing fundamentals .Shari Lawrence. Module 4 Coding Top-down and Bottom-up . Module 2 Project Planning Cost Estimation – Uncertainties – models – COCOMO model – Project scheduling – average duration estimation – Project scheduling and milestones – staffing and personal plan – Rayleigh curve – personnel plan – team structure – software configuration – management plans – quality assurance plans – verification and validation – inspections and reviews . PHI 341 . PHI 5.matrics.validation . Tata McGraw Hill 2.Code Reading Static Analysis .project monitoring plans . Software Engineering .. Software Engineering . An integrated approach to Software Engineering . Fundamentals of Software Engineering – Carlo Ghezzi.Proving Correctness . Module 5 CONCEPTS IN SAMPLING Sampling designs and schemes – Errors in sampling – Simple random sample – stratified random sample – Cluster sample. Total Quality Management – Dale H. Sample size destination – Estimating population mean – Estimating population proportion. Projects preparation. Budgeting & Implementation – Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill 2. References 1. Selection.Harvey Maylor . Bridges.Phases of capital budgeting – Project development cycle – 7-s of project management – Requirements of a project manager – Forms of project organization. Apprisal. Besterfield – Pearson Education 5. Gateways. REVIEW: Performance of Evaluation – Abaudonment Analysis – Behavioral issues in Project Management Module 4 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT Quality systems – ISO 9000 series – ISI – Benchmarking – Quality Function development (QFD) – Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) – ISO 14000. Quality assurance and TQM – Jain & Chitale – Khanna Publishers COMPUTER NETWORKS RT 604 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: ISO-OSI Reference Model – TCP/IP Reference Model – Comparison Network hardware-Repeaters. Module 2 PROJECT ANALYSIS Market Analysis – Technical Analysis . Hub. Routers. 342 .Pearson Education 4.Financial Analysis – Risk Analysis – Social cost Benefit Analysis. Quality control and Improvement – Amitava Mitra – Pearson Education 6. Projects – Planning. Module 3 CONTROL OF PROJECT Control Systems – Control of major constraints – Project management software & information systems.Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill 3. Implementation & Review . Analysis. Project Management . Cable Modem.PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND QUALITY ASSURANCE R603 2+1+0 Module 1 PROJECT PLANNING Overview – Capital expenditure . Tanenbaum. Communication Network: Leon. Antonakos..3 standards for LAN Module 3 Network layer: Virtual Circuits.Congestion prevention policies – Traffic shaping – Leaky bucket algorithm – Flow specifications – jitter control Module 4 Transport Layer: .Transport Service . Bluetooth . Mansfield Jr. Module 5 Application Layer: Domain name system – DNS name space – Resource records – Name servers – operation of DNS . McGraw Hill 343 . Datagrams. 4. Pearson Education Asia/ PHI 2. Garcia.Physical Layer: Transmission Media– ISDN system Architecture – Communication Satellites – geostationary satellites . James L.Low earth orbit satellites– Satellite v/s Fiber Module 2 Data Link Layer: Design issues-Error Detection and correction – Elementary Data link protocols. Multiple access protocols – ALOHA – Pure ALOHA – Slotted ALOHA – Carrier Sense Multiple Access protocols – persistent and non-persistent CSMA – CSMA with collision detection – IEEE 802. Computer Networks (Second Edition): Larry L Peterson & Bruce S Davie.Link state routing – Distance vector routing – Multicasting – Link state multicasting – Distance vector multicasting Congestion Control Algorithms – General principles – Packet discarding – Choke packets . An Introduction to computer networking: Kenneth C. Computer Networks (Fourth Edition): Andrew S. Introduction to Data Communications and Networking: Behrouz. Pearson Education 6. (Harcourt India) 5.Components – Error correction – Network topology – Piconet and scatternet – L2CAP layers – Communication in Bluetooth networks References 1.Electronic Mail – MIME Mobile networks: Mobile telephone systems.Elements of transport protocols – Internet Transfer Protocols UDP and TCP – ATM – Principle characteristics.Medium Earth Orbit Satellites. .Sliding window protocols. LAN Protocols: Static & Dynamic channel allocation in LAN’s and WAN’s. Routing Algorithm – Optimality principle .Flow Based Routing . Prentice-Hall India 3. Forouzan. Widjaja Tata McGraw Hill.Flooding . Computer Networking: James F Kurose & Keith W Ross. Frames. Inline style sheets. Java 2 Complete reference .Nested classes – Inner classes – Anonymous Inner classes – Exception handling – Creating & using exceptions. BPB Module 3. IP multicasting. DELETE. Creating & using classes in Java – Static classes – Inheritance – Final methods.Java Script – variables. Dynamic updating of pages with JAVA Script. event handling. Embedded style sheets. functions. Embedding ActiveX controls . Arrays. Email: Working of SMTP and POP protocols (Overview only). Datagrams.Security features for applets . Pearson Education Asia 2. External Style sheets.Evan Bayross. CGI . References Module 1. DHTML.1 event model Module 4 Network Programming with Java . control statements. Java Script.Deitel & Nieto.using the structured graphics – ActiveX Control.Features of Java – Applets & Application – Life cycle of applets . Swing. Arithmetic operations – message boxes.Herbert. AWT. HTML. creating and using packages. Module 3 Java programming – Features of Java.5 1. CLASS Attribute. document object model. Tables.Deitel. RMI (Structure and Working of a simple RMI Program only) Module 5 HTTP Protocol working – HTTP methods. POST. Java 2. Wiley Dreamtech 344 .NETWORK COMPUTING RT 605 3+1+0 Module 1 HTML Documents Basic Tags for Font & Paragraph Formatting Lists. variables and classes – Interfaces .Inter applet communication – Threads & Thread synchronization – TCP/IP Programming with Java – Iterative & Concurrent servers. XML and JavaBeans Programming Black Book – Steven Holzner. GET. Tata McGraw Hill 4. Perl. Module 2 Dynamic HTML Pages Client side scripting . Multithreaded programs and thread synchronization. PUT.2.4. Absolute and relative positioning of elements. Internet and World Wide Web How to program . Basic working of a CGI supported web server – Simple CGI program in C to validate user name & Password. Creating GUI with AWT and Swing – -JDK1. HEAD Server side scripting – HTML Forms & CGI – GET & POST. DIV & SPAN Tags.5 3. image Maps Cascading Style Sheets Style Element. Schildt. Control Abstraction.Horowitz and Sahni. Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms . Merge Sort. Multi-stage Graph. Kruskal’s Algorithm – Job sequencing with deadlines. Computational Procedure and Program. TMH ALGORITHM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN R606 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction and Complexity What is an algorithm – Properties of an Algorithm.Joseph Weber. Quick Sort. The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition . Knapsack problem. Module 3 Greedy Strategy Control Abstraction. Pearson Education Asia 6. Forouzan.deterministic algorithms.Stevens W Richard. ‘Theta’. Unix Network Programming . Minimum Cost Spanning Trees – Prim’s Algorithm. Travelling Salesman Problem. Recursive Algorithms –Space and Time Complexity – Asymptotic Notations – ‘Oh’. Holmes. Pseudocode Conventions. All-Pairs Shortest Paths.5. Module 5 Backtracking Control Abstraction . Module 4 Dynamic Programming Principle of Optimality. Insertion & Selection Sort. Galgotia 345 . Text Book 1. –Deterministic and non . Optimal Storage on Tapes. Gosling. PHI 7. Selection of ‘k’th Smallest Element. Travelling Salesman Problem. Recurrence Relations and Recurrence Trees for Complexity Calculations. Study of Algorithms. TCP/IP Protocol suite. General Knapsack Problem. Difference between Algorithm. 2/e -Behrouz A. Profiling. Finding Maximum and Minimum. Common Complexity Functions. 15-puzzle.Bounding Functions. Computer Networks .Comparison Trees for Searching and Sorting. Lower Bound Theory . Sum of Subsets. Oracles and Adversary Arguments – Merging. and LC Control Abstractions. Stressen’s Matrix Multiplication. N-Queens Problem. LIFO.Arnold. PHI 9. Binary Search. Module 2 Divide and Conquer Control Abstraction. ‘Omega’. PHI/ Pearson Education Asia Additional References 8. Using Java 2 Platform .Tenanbaum. Divide and Conquer Matrix Multiplication. Branch and Bound Techniques – FIFO. DC Hearth & Company 4. Foundations of Algorithms . Kumarss N. process scheduling methods. Tata McGrHill 3.Sara Baase & Allen Van Gelder. 4.References 1. 7. Working of device drivers. Data Structures algorithms and applications .Sahni. 346 . 0+0+4 Symbol table construction Single pass and two pass assembler. The topic for the mini project should be simple as compared to the main project.Richard Neapolitan. Bottom Up and Top Down Parser.Thomas Coremen.. Generation of code for linkers & loaders. MINI PROJECT R608 0+0+4 The aim of the mini project is to prepare the students for the final year project. Ronald Rivest -PHI SYSTEM SOFTWARE LAB R607 1. Computer Algorithms – Introduction to Design and Analysis . 6. Pearson Education 2. Code generation. Macro processor module binder (with limited Instruction set) Lexical analyzer. Charles. 2. 3. Introduction to algorithm. but should cover all the aspects of a complete project. Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT505 can be substituted. 5. SEVENTH SEMESTER 347 . OBJECT ORIENTED MODELING AND DESIGN RT 701 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: object oriented development-modeling concepts – object oriented methodology – models – object oriented themes-Object Modeling– links and associations – advanced links and association concepts – generalization and inheritance . Object Oriented Modeling and Design -JamesRumbaugh.Iterating the analysis System Design: Breaking system into subsystems . concepts. Design model.Specifying operations – Constraints – A sample functional model – Relation of functional to Object and Dynamic models.grouping constructs – a sample object model Advanced Object Modeling: aggregation – abstract classes – generalization as extension and restriction – multiple inheritance – metadata – candidate keys – constraints. Text Book 1. Pearson Education Asia 348 . Jacobson Methodology.handling boundary conditions-Common Architectural Frameworks Module 4 Object Design: Overview of Object design – Combining the three models – Designing algorithms – Design optimization – Implementation of control – Adjustment of inheritance . requirement model. Analysis Model. Object Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications . models. Module 3 Analysis: Analysis in object modeling. Implementation model and Test Model-Unified Modeling Language (UML). managing of data stores.Design of association – Object representation – Physical packaging – Documenting design decisions-Comparison of methodologies Module 5 Other Models: Booch’s Methodology.Notations. Handling of global resources.Identifying concurrencyallocating subsystems to processors and tasks.Grady Booch. Adding operations. Module 2 Dynamic modeling: Events and states – Operations – Nested state diagrams – Concurrency – Advanced dynamic modeling concepts – A sample dynamic model – Relationship of Object and Dynamic models.architecture. Prentice Hall India 2. Functional modeling: Functional models – Data Flow Diagrams . dynamic modeling and functional modeling. actors and use-cases. Ivan Jacobson.Projections. Addison Wesley 5.Richard C. Application of raster scan graphics. Clipping – Line clipping – Polygon Clipping. Video Display Devices. Sriram. Display processors – Display files – graphical input & output devices. Computer Graphics (C version) . Prentice Hall India COMPUTER GRAPHICS RT 702 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Computer Graphics: Basic concepts in Computer Graphics – Applications of Computer Graphics.Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Pearson Education Asia) 349 . Pearson Education Asia 2. Krishnamoorthy 4.Buffer Method. Text Book 1.References 1. Module 5 Advanced Technologies: Fractals – Classification of Fractals – Self-Squaring Fractals. Object Oriented Analysis and Design using UML . Succeeding with the Booch OMT Methods -A practical approach . Interactive Graphics system – Raster scan and Random scan systems – Generating a raster image. UML and C++ practical guide to Object Oriented development . A. Visible Surface Detection – Classification of Visible surface detection algorithms – Backface Detection. Windowing. Dutoit. Object Oriented Software Engineering . Bresenham’s – Bresenham’s Circle drawing algorithm . Pearson Education Asia 3. Module 2 2D Graphics: Line drawing algorithms – DDA.Raster Animation.Lockheed Martin. Clipping. Depth. Ray-Tracing Methods.H. Object Oriented Software Engineering .2D Transformations. 3D Object Representation – Polygon Surfaces – Quadratic surfaces – Spline Representations – Bezier Curves and Surfaces – BSpline Curves and Surfaces. Srimathi. Allen H. Surface Rendering Methods-Basic illumination Models – Polygon–rendering Methods.Berno Bruegge. Module 4 3D Rendering: Three-Dimensional Viewing . Morphing. Module 3 3D Graphics: 3D display methods.Lee & William. Animation. H. Gouraud Shading. Scan-line Method. 3D Transformations. Fundamentals of Computer graphics & multimedia. P.References 1. McGraw Hill edition 3. Sproull (second edition). Robert . VanDam. Computer Graphics .D. Module 3 Pushdown Automata – Formal definition – Language acceptability by PDA – Deterministic and nondeterministic PDA – Context free grammar . Computer Graphics Principles & Practice -Foley. Schildt.F. Newman. Feiner. Computer Graphics .Michael Sipser.Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Prentice Hall of India) 2. Module 5 Algorithmic complexity – Tractable and intractable problems – Complexity classes – Class P – Class NP – NP Complete and NP Hard problems. Java 2 complete reference . Tata McGraw Hill 6.Herbert. Introduction to the Theory of Computation. Brooks/Cole (Thomson Learning) 350 . Hughes (second edition in C). Prentice Hall of India 5.Roy A Plastack & Gordon Kally (Schanmi Series McGraw Hill edition) THEORY OF COMPUTATION R703 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to the theory of computation – Set theory – Definition of sets – Properties – Countability – Uncountability – Equinumerous sets – Functions – Primitive recursive and partial recursive functions – Computable and non computable functions – Diagonalization principle – Formal representation of languages – Chomsky Classification.Deterministic and Nondeterministic finite automation – Finite Automation with -Transitions – Eliminating -Transitions Conversion of NFA to DFA – Regular operations – Regular Expressions – Pumping lemma for regular languages – Applications of finite state automata – Lexical analysers – Text search. Mukherjee. Addison Wesley 4. Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics – William . Module 4 Turing Machines – Formal definition – Language acceptability – Universal Turing Machines – Halting Problem of Turing Machines – Church’s Thesis Godelization. Module 2 Introduction to Automata theory – Definition of Automation – Finite Automata – Formal definition – Language acceptability by Finite Automata – Transition Diagrams and Transition systems .Applications of PDA – Parsing. References 1.N. Osborne. Rajeev Motwani & Jeffry Ullman (Pearson Edn) ADVANCED SOFTWARE ENVIORNMENTS R704 2+1+0 Module 1 Windows Programming – Components of Windows API. Visual C++ Programming Bible – Leinecker & Archer IDG Books 4. 2 1. N.Bernard M Morct (Pearson Edn) 5.Distinction with ordinary programs – Event Driven Programming – WinMain Function – Creating Windows – Message loop – Window procedures . Chandrashekharan. TMH 351 . Module 4 CORBA object reference – Managing references at server – CORBA factories – CORBA object creation in C++ & JAVA – CORBA Exceptions – Destroying CORBA objects . Module 3 CORBA – Introduction – Features – Fundamental concepts in Distributed objects – CORBA IDL – stub & Skeleton . Languages & Computation John Hopcroft. Introduction to Automata Theory. References Module1.Basic Architecture of X-Windows systems – Layers in XWindows Architecture – XWindows Programming – Simple Hello World Application in X.L. Theory of Computer Science – K.implementing a simple CORBA server and CORBA client with C++.Drawing on MFC windows – Handling mouse & Keyboard events.Menus & Buttons – Drawing on Windows. Visual C++ Programming . The Theory of Computation . Christos H Papadimitriou Prentice Hall of India / Pearson Education Asia 4.P. Elements of the theory of computation -Harry R Lewis. Command line options and resources – connecting to XDisplay – creating windows and graphics context – Handling events – creating child windows.2.comparison of CORBA & DCOM Architectures.Yashwanth Kanetkar (BPB) 2. Module 2 MFC Features & Advantages – MFC Classes – Life cycle of an MFC application – The CWinApp Classes – Creating windows – Message maps and event handling – Menus & Buttons . Programming Windows Fifth Edition – Charles Petzold Microsoft Press 3. Prentice Hall of India 3. Visual C++ Handbook . Module 5 X-Windows – Clients & Servers . Mishra. bound and constrained properties .using and creating events – Introspection – creating & using Beanlnfo clauses – customization – providing custom property editors and GUI interfaces.using the bean from a client – Development of stateful session bean. 4 5.Pearson . X-Windows system programming – Nabajyoti Barkakati (2nd Edition). XML by Example: Building Ecommerce applications . loops & execution handling in JSPs with scriptlets – Accessing beans via scriptlets.Reading & setting Properties of JavaBeans – Connecting forms & bean properties – Serialized beans – declaring variables & methods in pages – scriptlets – conditionals.Sean Education Asia 352 McGrath.CDATA section Module 2 Document Type declarations – Creating XML DTDs – Element type declaration – Attribute List Declaration – Attribute types – Attribute defaults – Displaying XML Data in HTML browser as HTML tables – Storing XML data in HTML document – Converting XML to HTML with XSL minimalist XSL style sheets – XML applications Module 3 Java Beans: Features – Designing Java Beans – Creating and using properties – Induced . Module 5 EJB – Basics of EJB – Types of Beans – Development of Session Beans – Steps – Creating & Implementing Interfaces – Writing Deployment descriptors – Packaging and deploying bean .Module 3. Module 4 JSPs . Pearson Education Asia Module 5 6. Prentice Hall of India WEB TECHNOLOGIES RT 705 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to SGML – features .Creating simple JSP Pages – templating – Request time expression – Request & Response objects – Reading parameter values – Using Javabeans in JSPs .XML. COM & CORBA side by side – Janson Pritchard. XML as a subset of SGML – XML Vs HTML – Views of an XML document – simple XML documents – Starting & Ending of Tags – Attributes of Tags – Entity References – Comments . Entity beans – Features (Basics of developing and using entity beans) References Module1. 2 1. Steven Holzner. Prentice Hall of India 3. 6. TMH ELECTIVE .Module3 2. 4. OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . Wiley Dreamtech Module4 4.Multivariable optimization with inequality constrains – Kuhn-Tucker conditions. Mastering Enterprise Java Beans and the Java 2 Platforms. IDG Books India Module 5 6. Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields in technology. EJB Design Patterns .Floyd Marinescu Additional Reference 8. Java Server pages .Barry Burd. Internet & Web Technologies . 2. JSP: Java server pages . 3. Weber. Swing.Larne Pekowsky – Pearson Education Asia 5. Enterprise Edition – EdRoman (WILEY computer publishing) 7. Module 2: One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination metods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation metods. XML and Java Beans . 7. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the university before the course is offered.Joseph L. AWT. 353 Optimization Techniques Operating System Kernal Design Principles of Real Time Systems Windows Programming Mobile Computing Software Architecture Lan Technology 3+1+0 .I) CMELRTA 706-1 3+1+0 Module1: Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method.I R706 List of electives 1.Raj Kamal. 5. Programming Black Book . Using JAVA 2 Platform Special Edition Java 2. Chandrupatla. A. D.S. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering . D.Dijkstra’s Algorithm Floyd’s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm References 1.I) R706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Operating system – Basic Structure . 5. mixed integer programming problems Module 5 Network Technique Shortest path model . Module 2 Processes and Tasks – Process relationship – process creation – Process Scheduling – Scheduling algorithm – SMP Scheduler Synchronization in kernel – Synchronization techniques . Taha. The ext2 File system – Directories in ext2 – block allocation and addressing extensions in ext2 file system 354 . 4. New Age International P. Budnick. R.F. Rao.Interprocess communication using semaphores.reentrant kernels -Signals –Interrupts – Timer interrupts . Mojena. Belegundu. Module 4 Interger – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomery’s method for all integer programming problems. Richard D.S.System calls – Implementation of simple system calls – Booting procedure.Kernel – monolithic and microkernel architectures – Overview of UNIX kernels – Process kernel Model . Operation Research – R. Module 4 Linux File systems: Basic principles – kernel representation of file systems – layered file system architecture – Virtual file system – filesystem registration – mounting. McLeavey. Optimization theory and application .A. Operation Research an introduction . Irwin. Eastern Economy Edition. Pearson Education Asia. S. 2.H. 3. INC.Module 3 Unsonstrained minimization Gradient of function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method. Ltd. Principles of Operations Research for Management . T. Pannerselvam. messages and shared memory Module 3 Memory Management – The architecture independent memory model in Linux – memory pages – Virtual address space and linear address calculation – Virtual address space for a process – User segment – Virtual memory areas – Kernel Segment – Memory allocation in kernel segment – Block device caching mechanisms in Linux – paging – Page cache and management – handling page faults.R. PHI OPERATING SYSTEM KERNEL DESIGN (ELECTIVE . packing algorithm.1 Bible – Christofer Negus (IDG Books) 1. Red Hat Linux 7. time. definition of real time systems – real time systems. integrated failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems. Module 4 Fault tolerance – definition. 4. E Dumas.linuxdoc. real time design issues. bin. embedded systems . 5. protocols – contention – based. rate monotonic deferred server.task status. round robin. F Mevel (John Wiley) 7.I) RT706-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems. PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . real time computer. Non-critical.Module 5 Device drivers – Character and block devices – polling – interrupt sharing – implementing a device driver for PC speaker References Linux Kernel Internals 2nd edition – Beck (Pearson Education Asia) Understanding the Linux Kernel . information. 3.Hard real time systems. soft real time systems. NMR clusters.Daniel P Bovet and Marco Cesati (O’Reilly) Linux Device Drivers – Rubini A. Unix Internals Then New Frontiers – Vahalia U (PHI) 8. token . network architecture issues. fault detection and containment. fixed rate systems. software. cause of failure. task control block .org/LDP/tlk/tlk. redundancy – hardware. 2. Module 2 Real time kernel – polled loop systems. fault types.based. critical. Aperiodic. interrupt driven systems – sporadic. hybrid systems. master chain model. Linux Kernel Book – Card R. hierarchal. co-routines. fault latency. synchronization in software. next-fit. fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware.html) 6. stop and go multiloop. EDF. Module 3 Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies. software error models. transient faults.Silbershatz and Galvin (John Wiley) Linux Kernel Online Book– David A Rusling (http://www. buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling. polled bus. Module 5 355 . task classes – Periodic. combinational model. IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm. (O’Reilly) Operating System Concepts . myopic offline. scheduling – uniprocessor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic. Common dialog Controls – Font. main memory databases. buttons .M Krishna. List view Control.MDI and SDI interfaces – Menus Module 3 ActiveX controls . Real Time Systems . picture box.I) RT706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction . arcs. Databases for hard real time systems. characteristics. Disk schedule algorithms. Kang G. Image box. Text Book 1. labels. Tata McGraw Hill WINDOWS PROGRAMMING (ELECTIVE . Progessbar. flipping.RichTextBox. Comboboxes. data types. Shini (Tata McGraw Hill) References 1. blurring. Real time databases. Frames. circles – plotting points –Filling figures with colors and patterns – Using clipboards to transfer images between applications Printing graphics and text – Creating animations with Picture clip control applying image effects – stretching.Krishna. ellipses. constants.Philip Laplante (IEEE) 2.Event handling procedures – Properties Window – Common properties for Controls. egraving. lines. Print Dialogs – Creating Custom activex controls – Creating Events and properties for ActiveX controls. Timer.setting colors Drawing text. Tree View Control.. maintaining serialization constituency. Flexgrid Control.Concepts of Windows Programming . Drive and Directory List boxes. control statements – Forms – Creating and Using basic Controls – text boxes. Checkboxes. Option Boxes – Frames . embossing.Programming Languages – Desired language characteristics. Design & Analysis . Module 4 Graphics and Multimedia – Drawing Graphics in Windows .File.C. sweeping – Using the Multimedia Control – Handling multimedia Errors Module 5 356 . File. Shape controls. Real Time Systems. Message boxes Module 2 Visual Basic Programming (Contd) Standard Controls – List boxes. Transaction.Event Driven Programming – Languages that support Windows Programming – Visual Basic – Java – Visual C++ Visual Basic Programming: Basic Language features – Variables. Real Time Systems. Scrollbars. MEO. Snooping TCP.Architecture. inserting.Mobile IP. Reverse Tunneling.Satellite Systems-GEO. Handover.Garry Cornell (BPB) Using Visual Basic . handover scenarios. Module 3 Wireless LAN and ATM: . DSDV. 802. Layers.Services. Traditional TCP. Cellular systems.I) RT706-5 Module 1 Introduction: . Dynamic Host configuring protocol. IP packet delivery. Advertisement and discovery. Visual Basic 6 Programming Black Book – Steven Holzner (Dreamtech Press) Programming Windows fifth Edition . Frame structure.Infra red and Radio Transmission. Ad hoc networks – Routing. Addressing. 3+1+0 Module 5 357 . comparison between 802. Broadcast Systems-Broadcast transmission. Wireless ATM. Tunneling and Encapsulation. Requirements.11. Hierarchical Algorithms. Indirect TCP. Transmission. Module 2 Wireless Communication Systems: -Telecommunication Systems-GSM & DECTArchitecture and Protocols.Ivan Petrosaus (BPB) Visual Basic . Module 4 Mobile Network and Transport Layers:. Registration.11 and 802.Reference Model. Functions. Optimization. 3.Goals. Mobile telephone systems Simplified Reference model. Digital Video Broadcasting. Infrastructure and ad hoc networks.Resselman (PHI) MOBILE COMPUTING (ELECTIVE . Requirements.Database Access – Using DAO. Digital Audio BroadcastingMultimedia Object Transfer Protocol.Charles Petzlod (Microsoft Press) Visual Basic . Mobile TCP. 4.Short History. Reference Model. LEO. RDO and ADO for accessing databases – Creating tables. References 1.16.Bluetooth. deleting and updating records – Using the Data Control – Using the ADO Data Control Using Windows API: Using DLL Procedures in Visual Basic – Declare statement – Handling C++ and Windows Data types – Playing sound with API funtions – Capturing Images from the screen – Handling mouse outside Applications window – Making an ‘always on top’ window. Multi carrier modulation. Radio Access Layer. Types. Dynamic source routing. 5. 2. Location Management. IPv6. Applications and Protocol. Access Point Control Protocol (APCP). Layered systems – Repositories – Interpreters – Process control – Heterogeneous Architectures. Usage of HTML. WWW system architecture.I) RT706-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Software architecture – Architectural styles – pipes and filters – data abstraction and object oriented organization – Event based. Implicit invocation. Software Architecture – perspectives on an emerging discipline . Preason Education Asia References 1. Text Book 1.HTTP.Requirements for architecture – Description languages – first class connectors – Adding implicit invocation to factorial processing languages.Wireless Application Protocol & World Wide Web WAP.I) 358 . Computer Networks – Andrew S. Protocols-Datagram. Transaction. WWW. PHI 2. PHI LAN TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE .Mary Shaw.Wireless Telephony Application. Mobile Communications – Jochen Schiller.Architecture. Session -Wireless Application Environment-WML.Features. Communication Networks -Fundamental Concepts and Key Architectures LeonGarcia & Indra Widjaja. Tata McGraw Hill SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE (ELECTIVE . Script. David Garlan. Tanenbaum. Module 2 Shared Information Systems – Integration in software Development Environment – Integration in the design of Buildings – Architectural structures for shared information systems Module 3 Guidance for user interface architecture Quantified design space – Formal models and specifications-The value of architectural formalism – Formalizing the architecture of a specific system – Formalizing the architectural style – Formalizing an architectural design space Module 4 Linguistic issues . Module 5 Tools for architectural design – Unicon – Exploiting style in architectural design environments – Architectural interconnection Reference 1. CSMA/CA – polling – Token passing – Ethernet – ACRNETs – IBM/PC network – IBM token ring.IEEE 802.Life cycle of LAN.LAN standards .dreamtech 2.David M. Thomas – BPB 9. Introduction to Local Area Networks. Peterson – McGraw Hill 8. Jaiswal References 1. Bridges. 2. Kerser – McGraw Hill 11. Module 4 LAN Operating System – Peer – to –peer network – Function & responsibility – Print spooler – Current Network Operating Systems. 3.Models for Communication Topology .Jaisal – Galgotia Publications Networking and Connectivity . Text Book 1. Types of switch. protocol evaluation factors – CSMA – CSMA/CD.Arne Mikalsen Per Borgesen – WILEY. driver.Paul J. Fortier – McGraw Hill Networking Technologies . S. FDDI.Gerd E. Routers. Network interface cards.Raymond P.R706-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Classification of LAN . Basandra. Wenig – Academic Press TCP/IP Networking – A Guide to the IBM Environment .2 LLC. Module 3 Traditional interconnection components – Repeater. Design & security.Robert M. 4. LAN. McClain – Academic Press Wireless LANs . 6. LAN.Peter Hodson – BPB 10. The Business Guide to Local Area Networks . Local Area Network . printing queue – LAN security – physical security – logical security. IEEE 802.William Stallings COMPUTER HARDWARE AND NETWORKING LAB 359 .x MAC. Local Area Networks . Local area networks: Management. K. 5.S. 7.Stan Schutt – PHI Handbook of LAN Technology . port switching & segment switching – combined speed – Hubs.Gary R.John E McNamara Understanding Local Area Network. Module 5 Management & security – security levels – printing environment – opportunities. Module 2 Protocols: LAN protocols. DHTML. File Servers etc…) 5. UNIX Network programming . Red hat Linux Bible. pipe & messages. Programs with HTML.Stevens. TCP/IP Bible –Rob Scringer (IDG Books) NETWORK PROGRAMMING LAB R708 Experiments using interprocess communication and synchronisation & IPC using semaphore. Experiments for communication with peripheral devices using C and MASM. XML. Design & Programming of add-on cards familiarisation with device drivers. Upgrading & Repairing PC’s . Cards. Using Java2 Platform – Weber (AWL) PROJECT & SEMINAR 360 .R707 Familiarisation with PC Components 0+0+3 1.Cristofer Negas (IDG Books) 3. DNS. Network problems and recovery. Any experiments according to the syllabus of RT604 Computer Networks. Programs for FTP and socket based chat. Network diagnostics softwares. Java Beans. Faimiliarisation with network configuration (routing. 4. Java Script. 2. JSP and EJB. References 1. Network 0+0+3 communication.Scott Muller (PHI) 2.Communication through serial port . Diagnostic S/Ws. Remote Method Invocation. Java. (PHI) 2. RT605 Network Computing and RT705 Web Technologies may be substituted References 1. Applets. Implementation of File Transfer . Experiments for serial and parallel port communication using C and MASM. 3. Micro controllers etc. Lan trouble shooting.Communication through TCP/IP port Efficient error checking algorithms (Eg: CRC) Remote Procedure Call. On completion of the project work. The paper should in general reflect the state of the art. and submit a report of the project work done to the department. He/ She submits a report of the paper to the department. 361 . He/She shall present the work done before a panel of staff members.R709/ R808 0+0+3 Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. In addition to the seminar He/She shall undertake a project work in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide(s). EIGHTH SEMESTER 362 . TMH 6. Virus. Worm – Security services and mechanisms.SECURITY IN COMPUTING RT 801 2+1+0 Module1 Introduction: Security basics – Aspects of network security – Attacks – Different types – Hackers – Crackers – Common intrusion techniques –Trojan Horse. Module 2 OS Security – Protection Mechanisms –Authentication & Access control – Discretionary and Mandatory access control – Authentication mechanisms – Official levels of computer security (DoD) .Security issues – SQL security DAC based on granting & revoking privileges – MAC for multilevel security – Statistical database security. Pearson Education Asia 3. Using JAVA 2 platform. Weber. John wiles 363 . Information theory coding and cryptography. William Stallings. Text Books 1. 4 Network Security Essentials Applications & Standards. William S. Module5 Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network. Wiley Dreamtech 7. Jay Ramachandran. Pearson Education Asia 2. Ranjan Bose. Module1. Pearson Education Asia 5.5 Designing security Architecture Solutions. Module3 Cryptography and network security principles and practice. access control and remote execution in UNIX.Types of a holes – Study of the security features for authentication. Andrew S.Security mechanisms in JAVA platform – Applet security – Security policy and Security Manager. Tanenbaum. Module 4. Prentice Hall of India 4. Module2 Modern operating System. Sead Muftic.. Joseph L. Module 5 Database Security: . WINDOWS 2000 Module 3 Cryptography: Basic Encryption & Decryption – Transposition & substitution ciphers – Caesar substitution – Polyalphabetic substitutions – Crypt analysis – Symmetric key algorithms – Fiestel Networks – Confusion – Diffusion – DES Algorithm – Strength of DES – Comparison & important features of modern symmetric key algorithms – Public key cryptosystems – The RSA Algorithm – Diffice Hellman key exchange – comparison of RSA & DES – Message Authentication & Hash functions – Digital signature Module 4 Network & Application Security: Kerberos – X509 Authentication service – IP security Architecture – Secure socket layer – Electronic mail security – Pretty Good privacy – S/MIME – secure Electronic Transactions – Firewalls .Security breaches – Concept of a hole . Mastering JAVA security: Cryptography.Jaisal.Marcus Gonsalvus.Loosely coupled and Tightly coupled multiprocessors . Module 4 Multiprocessor architectures and Programming .Parallel computer structures-Architecture classification schemes .Data flow computers architectures .O.Charles P.Mark A.Dynamic pipelines .References 1.Linear pipelining .Architecture of Cray-1.Kai Hwang & FayeA. Module 3 Array processors . Implementing IPv6.Shea. Pfleeger IEEE Computer Science Press Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network.Associative array processing . 2.G.Process synchronisation mechanisms.E.Briggs.Memory organization.General pipelines . IDG Books HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING R802 2+1+0 Module1 Introduction to parallel processing .mesh connected networks .Classification of pipeline processors .Interconnection networks . Module5 Dataflow computers . Text Book 1. 5.Static data flow computer -Dynamic data flow computer -Data flow design alternatives.Indian contribution to parallel processing. McGraw Hill 364 . 3.Language features to exploit parallelism . Wiley dreamtech Firewalls Complete .Data driven computing and Languages . Wiley Dreamtech 8.Rich Helton. Galgotia Publication Security in Computer Operating System . TMH Networking Technologies .SIMD array processors .Static vs dynamic networks . John wiles Designing Security Architecture Solutions – Jay Ramachandran.Instruction and Arithmetic pipelines – Design of Pipilined instruction unit-Prinnciples of Designing Pipeline ProcessorsInstruction prefetch and branch handling.Interconnection networks . Security in Computing . Miller P. Algorithms and Architecture . 4.SIMD matrix multiplication-Parallel sorting on array processors .Trends towards parallel processing Parallelism in uniprocessor . 6.Cube interconnection networks Parallel algorithms for array processors . NCC Blackwell Manchester Oxford 7. Module 2 Principles of pipelining and vector processing .Sead Muftic. Computer Architecture & Parallel Processing . Zelkowitz. Marvin V.Declarations and type checking for data structures. Arirban Basu. Language Paradigms.Specification of data types. Parallel programming. sequence control between statements. Declarations. 5.Harold S.Robert W Sebesta.Exception handling in JAVA.V. PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES R803 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction – Role of programming languages .Effects of Environments on languages . Implementation of data structure type . Pratt.Bhatkar. 2. Text Book 1.Vijay P.Virtual computers and binding times.Joshi.Kai Hwange & Douglas Degneot Mc Graw Hill Highly parallel computing .Sharma.Assignment and Initialisation Structured data types . attributes of data control.PHI Super Computers .Specification of data structure types.V. Asok K. HIgh Performance Computer Architecture .Abstract data types revisited.Terrence W. Pearson EducationAsia 365 . Rajaraman . Elements of Parallel computing . Introduction to exception handling . Hardware developments. Module 4 Subprogram control .George S.Sequence Control . 6.References 1.. Allan Gottlieb . 7. Asok V. software architecture.Benjamin Cumings Publishers. Design & Implementation . sequencing with arithmetic expressions. Stone.Implicit and Explicit sequence control.Language Design issues . Module 3 Abstract data types. Almasi. Programming Languages. Polymorphism. Rajaraman . implementation of elementary data types.Wiely arstern Parellel Processing for Super Computers & AI . Advanced Computing .Subprogram sequence control. Pearson Education Asia / Prentice Hall of India Reference 1. Shared data in subprograms . Encapsulation by subprogram . 4. Addison Wesley. 3.Variations of subprogram control. Module 5 Advances in Language design . storage management . type checking and type conversion .Type definition. Inheritance. Module2 Data types . Programming Languages . Pearson Education Asia 2. Artificial Intelligence Rich E. Pearson Education Asia 366 . Artificial Intelligence. Bi-directional search – Constraint satisfaction search.2. Introduction to frames and semantic nets.Problems and problem spaces . Module 4 Knowledge and Reasoning – Review of representation and reasoning with Logic – Inference in first order logic. Matching and evaluation. A* algorithm. Stuact Russell – Peter Narang. Depth – Limited search. An Introduction to Artificial Intelligence – Eugene Charniak & Drew McDermot. Unification.Heuristic for constraint satisfaction problem – Iterative deepening – Hill climbing – Simulated Annealing.McGraw Hill Booq Company Module 5 3. . Module3 Game playing and knowledge structures – Games as search problem – Imperfect decisions – Evaluation functions – Alpha – Beta pruning – state of art game programs.4 1. forward and backward chaining – Resolution. modus ponens. Inference rules involving quantifiers. Module 5 Introduction to Prolog – Representing facts – Recursive search – Abstract data types – Alternative search strategies – Meta predicates. meta interpreters – semantic nets & frames in prolog.Problem characteristics – Problem solving by searching. Searching strategies – Breadth first search. Pearson Education Asia References 1. DFS. Heuristic functions – Inventing Heuristic functions . Text Books Module 1.ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE RT 804 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – Definitions – AI application areas – Example problems.3. Module 2 Informed search. Artificial Intelligence – A modern approach. George F Luger. Uniform cost search. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions. unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the university before the course is offered. 4. Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields in technology. 2. Beta functions Gamma function.ELECTIVE . 6.I) CMELR 805-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides. Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations. Module 3 Gamma.Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite 367 Advanced Mathematics Client-Server Computing E-Commerce Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems Distributed Computing User Interface Design 3+1+0 . Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function.II R805 List of electives 1. Classification of second order equations. 3. 5. ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE . P. Module 5 Communications Network communication .II) RT 805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction History .Request acceptance dispatching .Michael D.semaphores .semaphore implementations in NT & Netware.K. 2.The costs of Client Server Computing .Greenberge.Allen C.Advantages and Disadvantages .Ram P. Mathematics.difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation. Module 2 Design Fundamentals of client server design .mutual exclusion .Processor .Case study Novell Netware and Windows NT .Kandasamy. 368 . Springer – Verlag Advanced Engg.Keener.Example client server implementations .Server communication model.Building portable client server applications.Gunavathy.Managing the interaction of client and server . John Wiley and Sons.Preparing applications for client server .F. S.James P. 4.Cross Platform Computing Distributed Computing . Linear Integral Equation.Developing server applications . 6.processing queues . Pearson Edn.Grewal.Threads .R. Numerical methods .Client Server Databases.Optimizing applications for client server . Academic Press. Module 4 Synchronization Scheduling implementations .B.S. Asia Numrical methods in Engg. Khanna Publishers Generalized functions .Kanwal. & Science . Mathematics . S.Client server interaction using message.Chand Advanced Engg.Advantages and draw backs of multiple processor .critical sections .Inter process communication . Hoskins. K.context switching pre emptive systems . Principles and Techniques of Bernard Friedman . K. 9.uses .Child and parent processor .Dass. 7. Principles of Applied Mathematics.Pipkin. References 1.Communications Techniques protocols & Client server interaction protocols . 5. Module 3 Multitasking Multi programming vs multitasking .H. New York A Course on Integral Equations .Execution of requests .Chand & co CLIENT SERVER COMPUTING (ELECTIVE .John Wiley and sons Applied Mathematics 8.Thilagavathy. 3.Client Server Computing & Hetrogenous Computing . Addison Wesley. BPB. Module 2 Network Security Client-Server Network Security. Document Library. 3. Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce.Schqnk. Galgotia. Client Server Strategies. Novell Press.H. Supply Chain Management. Module 3 Electronic Payment Systems Types of Electronic Payment Systems. Corporate Data Warehouses Module 5 Recent Trends in E-Commerce Multimedia in E-Commerce. BPB. Work-flow Automation and Coordination.Commerce and World Wide Web – Internet Service Providers. Text Book 1. EDI-Legal. 5. Mobile Computing and Wireless Computing.II) R805-3 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce E-Commerce Framework.Joe Salemi. Global Electronic Commerce – J Christopher Westland & Theodore H K Clark 2. Developing Client Server Applications . Novell's Guide to Client-Server Application & Architecture. Internet based EDI. WWW as the Architecture. McGraw Hill. Broad Band Telecommunication. Smart Cards.References 1. Anatomy of E-Commerce Applications. Video Conferencing with Digital Videos. EDI standardization. Risk in Electronic Payment Systems. Credit Cards. Firewalls. Frame & Cell Relays. Guide to Client Server Databases .Kamlesh K Bajaj & Debjani Nag 369 .Commerce The cutting edge of Business . Data & Message Security. Types of Digital Documents.David Vaskevitch.W. Encrypted Documents. Security and Privacy Issues.Dawna Travis Dewire.Jeffrey D. 2. E-Commerce Consumer & Organization Applications. Module 4 Electronic Data Interchange EDI Application in Business.Ravi Kalakota & Andrew B Whinston. Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System. Designing Electronic Payment Systems. Frontiers of Electronic Commerce . CS Security Threats. Security on the Web.Inman. E-COMMERCE (ELECTIVE . E. E. Client Server Computing . 4. Internal Information System. EDI Envelope for Message Transport. Pearson Education Asia References 1. Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS). Asynchronous Transfer Mode. Hypertext publishing. 3. Pearson Education Asia. propagation delays and concurrency – waveforms and timing – signal values – shared signals – simulation model – synthesis model – Field Programmable Gate Arrays. Module 2 Basic language concepts simulation: signals – Entity architecture – concurrent statements – Constructing VHDL models using CSAs – delays. abstraction and accuracy – generics – component instantiation and synthesis – the generate statement subprograms: functions – procedures – sub program and operator overloading – packages and libraries.Zainalabedin Navabi. Analysis and modeling of digital systems . conditional signal assignment statements. variables – latch vs. simple CSA statements. Module 5 Basic I/O operations – the package TEXTIO – ASSERT statement – terminology and directory structure – simulation mechanics – synthesis mechanics – identifiers – data objects – data types – operators. flip flop – the wait statement – state machine. E-Commerce . Text Book 1.Sudhakar Yalamanchili. Introductory VHDL . Technologies and Applications. and selected signal assignment statements. McGraw Hill. Synthesis: language directed view – inference from within process – issues – signals vs. Synthesis: Interface from declarations.Role of hardware description language.J Bhaskar. Module 4 Modeling structure: Describing structure – structural VHDL model – hierarchy. 370 . References 1. Pearson Education Asia 2.Strategy.II) RT805-4 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to VHDL: Digital system design . TMH ANALYSIS AND MODELING OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . VHDL primer . Module3 Modeling behavior Simulation: The process construct – programming constructs – the wait statement – attributes – generating clocks and periodic waveforms – using signals – modeling state machines – constructing VHDL models – programming errors.Modeling digital systems – events. CODA. MACH.II) RT805-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction Importance of user interface – definition.Andrew S. PHI USER INTERFACE DESIGN (ELECTIVE . Group communication. replacement strategy. structure of shared memory space.Pradeep. RPC – model. Server management.overview.George Coulouris. K. centralized and distributed approaches. interfaces. mutual exclusion Module 4 Resource and Process management Features of scheduling algorithms. Human Interaction speeds – Understanding Business function 371 . user requirements. design issues.intention lists. Threads – scheduling. Module 3 Communication in distributed systems Client server communication. Name services – SNS name service model. stub generation. messages. characteristics. Distributed Operating Systems .Pearson Education Asia 2.II) RT805-5 3+1+0 Module I Introduction Introduction to Distributed Systems. load sharing. brief history – Graphical User Interface – Web User Interface – Principles of User interface design. Module 2 Design Process Human Interaction with computers. Module 5 Consistency maintenance Transaction recovery – methods. thrashing. Process migration mechanisms.Concepts and design . Distributed Systems – Concepts and designing . Sun Network File System – architecture and implementation. Module 2 Distributed file system File service components. design issues. load balancing. synchronizations. implementation. Distributed shared memory – Architecture. Distributed Operating Systems . Message passing – features. other distributed file systems – AFS. Jean Dellimore. Deadlocks in distributed systems – detection and prevention. Network technologies and protocols – overview. Human consideration. marshalling. Synchronization – clock synchronization. evolution. Importance of Human Characteristics.DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING (ELECTIVE . AMOBEA. References 1. Tenenbaum Pearson Education Asia 3. importance of good design. Byzantine failures. Tim Kindberg . Task assignment approach. design issues. Sinha. Fault tolerance – failures. event ordering. implementation techniques. problems. selection of windows.III R806 List of electives 1. Selection of device based and screen based controls . Pearson Education Asia References 1. 6.uses. Wiley Dreamtech 2. interface building tools Interaction devices: keyboard and function keys . Human Computer Interaction – John M. 7. Note New Electives may be added according to the needs of emerging fields in technology.text and messages – icons and images – Multimedia – colours. 5.ordering of screen data and content – screen navigation and flow – visually pleasing composition – amount of information – focus and emphasis – presenting information simply and meaningfully – information retrieval on web – Statistical graphics – Technological considerations in Interface Design. Multimedia Systems Embedded Systems Neural Networks Genetic Algorithms and Applications Advanced Networking Trends Data Processing and Analysis Techniques Biometrics 3+1+0 372 . Module 5 Software tools Specification methods. The name of the elective and its syllabus should be submitted to the university before the course is offered.speech recognition. Wiley Dreamtech ELECTIVE . Carroll. 3.pointing devices. Designing the User Interface 3rd Edn. 4.Module 3 Screen Designing Design goals . digitization and generation – image and video displays – printers. The Essentials of User Interface Design . Text Book 1. The Essential Guide to User Interface Design 2nd Edn. Galitz. Module 4 Windows and components Menus and navigation schemes. – Ben Shneiderman.Alan Cooper. organizing screen elements. choosing colours. Pearson Education Asia 2. – Wilbert O.screen meaning and purpose. 2. Format classes and Component classes . Multimedia Computing .Peter Jellam.Tay Van Ghan – Osborne . Hodger & Russel M.Simon J. Sasnett. Multimedia Programming Objects.Fractal and Wavelet Compressions file types . Multimedia PC and Microsoft Multimedia Extensions.Full motion digital video . 8. Synchronisation. Module 2 Text Image Image only) Building Blocks Hyper text .Ron Goldberg. CD-interactive. Random house Electronic Pub. QuickTime.Sound . Skibbe.Image . Multimedia Power Tools . music and animation . Rosch. MPEG . Tsischritziz (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. Database integration.Image types compression.) 2. RLE.Analog & Digital video .Memory storage . (basic ideas Module 3 Multimedia Environments The Compact Disc family. Optimizing your Multimedia PC .Video capture techniques . Multimedia Bible . Digital Video Interactive. Virtual Reality . Media classes. Dionysios C.Arch C Luther 4.Future multimedia.Making it work . Sams 6.III) R806-1 3+1+0 Module 1 1ntroduction Definition of multimedia. Module 4 Multimedia Programming Framework: Overview.multimedia networks . Integrated Multimedia Systems Overview .Composition. Susan Lafe Meister . The communication Wall 373 .Desktop video conferencing .Standards .J. multimedia.Winn L.Media Types .Techniques realistic image synthesis.Mathew E.Sound cards .Analog and digital video. Addison wesley 9.Comdex 5. Transform classes.Animation .Tata Mcgraw Hill 3.L. Comdex 7.Problems related to programming . Multimedia Producers Bible .MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE .Palikom. JPEG. References 1.Basic tools Authoring tools.Capture and Playback techniques. Interaction. hardware. Gibbs. Multimedia . digital audio. Module 5 Advanced Multimedia Moving pictures . Authoring Interactive multimedia . Environments & Framework . software applications and software environments . Training artificial neural networks . Biomedical Systems.Linear separability . Types of Embedded Operating systems.Dreamtech Software Team.III) RT806-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction . Sending a Message over a Serial Link. Micro-Controller Architecture. Embedded Operating systems. Module 3 Embedded Communication System Serial Communication. NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE . Categories of Embedded System. Embedded Applications over Mobile Network example MP3 Sound Player. Serial Communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-controllers. System on a Chip (SOC).activation functions . Protocol Converter. 374 . Energy Meter Readings. Text Book 1.Learning . Handheld computers.III) RT806-2 3+1+0 Module1 Overview of Embedded System Embedded System. Smart Cards and the Cashless Society.Single layer & multilayer networks . Voice-over-IP. Mobile Java Applications. Requirements of Embedded Systems. Controlling an Appliance from the RTLinux System. Embedded System Development Process. Module 2 Embedded Hardware & Software Development Environment Hardware Architecture. Communication Interface Standards. Simulation of a Process Control System. Embedded Process Control System. Challenges and Issues in Embedded Software Development. Module 5 Java Applications & Future Trends in Embedded Systems Networked Java-Enabled Information Appliances. Wiley Dreamtech Reference 1. Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics. Security in Embedded Systems. Module 4 Real Time & Database Applications Real-Time Embedded Software Development.Principles . Appliance Control using Jini.Training algorithms. Programming for Embedded Systems.artificial neuron .Perception Representation .EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . PC-to-PC Communication. Embedded Database Applications using examples like Salary Survey. Control System. Fundamentals of Embedded Software where C and Assembly Meet – Daniel W Lewis. Communication devices. Statistical Hopfield networks . 375 .Training the cohenen layer . References 1.Artificial specific heat methods .Recurrent networks . Neural Computing Theory & Practice .Module 2 Back Propagation .Adaptive resonance theory Architecture classification .0 .Elements of GPPS 2.III) RT806-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Architecture-Altering Operations Introduction. Module 5 Hopfield nets .Applications .Chapman & Hall Artificial Neural Networks . Recursion.Bidirectional associative memories . Wasserman. Loops.0 .Rotating the Tires on an Automobile – Boolean Parity Problem. Neural Networks . Schalkoff. Previous Methods of Determining the Architecture of a Multi-Part Program . 2.Training the Grosbery layer .Philip D. Transmembrane Segment Identification Problem using Architecture-Altering Operations for Iterations-Fibonacci Sequence.Local minima .Simon Haykins Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks . Text Book 1.0 Problems Illustrating GPPS 2.applications .0-Problems Illustrating GPPS 1.Full counter propagation network .network configurations Network paralysis . 4. An Introduction to neural computing .Robert J.Pre initialising the wright vectors .stability . SelfOrganization of Hierarchies and Program Architecture . 3.Associative memory .Training algorithm .Pay Y.H. Module 3 Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer .Applications to general non-linear optimization problems.Using Architecture Altering Operations for Subroutines.statistical properties .Cauche training . McGraw Hill Artificial Neural Networks . Module 2 Genetic Programming Problem Solver (GPPS) Elements of GPPS 1.Yegnanarayana. PHI GENETIC ALGORITHMS AND APPLICATIONS (ELECTIVE .Cart Centering.Previous Work on Automated Analog Circuit Synthesis. Module 4 Statistical methods . 5. Storage.B.Boltzmann’s Training .Continous BAM .On the origin of new function.Time-Optimal Robot Control Problem Multi-Agent Problem .Thermo dynamic systems .Implimentation.Application.temporal instability.Architecture-Altering operations for Subroutines -Automatically Defined Iterations. Koza. Johin R. Forrest H Bennett III. Wireless Ethernet – SONET – Sonet multiplexing. Gigabit Ethernet. Genetic Algorithms for VLSI Design. “ Genetic Programming III: Darwinian Invention and Problem Solving”.ISDN interface. Module 3 ATM – ATM Principles – BISDN reference model – ATM layers – ATM adaption Layer – AAL1. AAL5 – ATM addressing – UNI Signaling – PNNI Signalling Module 4 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION: Satellite communication principles .Geo stationary satellites . Layout and test Automation . Parallelization and Implementation Issues: Computer Time.Parallelisation of Genetic Programming –Implementation Issues.Transmission channels . AAL3/4. Sonet frame structure Module 2 ISDN .VSAT networks . 1999 Reference 1.block schematic of satellite earth station . B-ISDN.Protocol architecture . Kean. Fast Ethernet.III) RT806-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Ethernet Technology – Frame format – Interface Gap – CSMA/CD – 10 mbps Ethernet.Module 3 Automated synthesis of analog electrical circuits Synthesis of a Low-pass Filter and High-pass Filter The Role of Crossover in Genetic Programming. (basic ideas only) 376 . Text Book 1. Morgan Kaufmann.VSAT . Module 4 Evolvable Hardware Evolvable Hardware and Rapidly Re-configurable Field-Programmable Gate Arrays Discovery of cellular Automata Rules: Discovery of a Cellular Automata Rule for the Majority Classification Problem.Definition . David Andre. Module 5 Programmatic Motifs for molecular Biology Automatic Discovery of Protein Motifs –Programmatic Motifs and the Cellular Location Problem. AAL2. Elizabeth M Rudnick (Pearson Education Asia) ADVANCED NETWORKING TRENDS (ELECTIVE .Pinaki Mazumder.System architecture . Martin A.applications in personnel communication. Module 5 Wireless Lan – Infrared Vs Radio transmission – Infrastructure & ad hoc n/w – IEEE 802.11 – Hiper Law – Bluetooth – Physical Layer – MAC layer – Networking – Security References Module 1 1. An introduction to Computer Networking - Kenneth C Mansfield, Jr., James L. Antonakos, PHI Module 1,2,3 1. Communication Networks Fundamental Concepts & Key Architecture - LeonGarcia – Widjaja, Tata McGraw Hill 2. Mobile Communication - Jochen Schiller, Pearson Education Asia DATA PROCESSING AND ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE - III) RT806-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to COBOL programming -elements of COBOL divisions, sections and paragraphs -Table writing - complete program in COBOL using various options verbs, statements- conditional statements. Module 2 Table Handling – Occur clause – PERFORM verb – SET verb, SEARCH verb – Occurs depending clause – Sorting a Table. Module 3 Processing of various file structures in COBOL Language – File description – Fixed Length Record – Statements – Sequential File with variable length record – Sorting and merging of files – Direct access files. Module 4 Data warehousing – Definition – Multidimentional datamodel – OLAP operation – Data warehouse architecture – Warehouse Server – Metadata – OLAP Engine. Module 5 Data mining – Definitions, KDD Vs Data mining, DBMS Vs DM – DM Techniques, Issues and Challenges in DM – DM application areas. References 1. COBOL programming - M K Roy & D Ghosh Dastidar, Tata McGraw Hill 2. Data mining Techniques - Arun K Pujari (Universal Press) 3. Data mining Concepts and Techniques - Jawei Han & Micheline Kamber (Morgan Kunfmann Pub.) 4. Data Mining - Pieter Adriaans, Dolf Zantinge, Person Education Asia 5. Structured COBOL Programming - E. Rajasekar & S.Selvi (Anuradha Agencies) 6. Structured COBOL- A. S. Philippakis & Leonard, J. Kazmier (Tata McGraw Hill) 377 BIOMETRICS (ELECTIVE -III) RT806-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – Benefits of biometric security – verification and identification – basic working of biometric matching – accuracy – false match rate – false nonmatch rate – failure to enroll rate – derived metrics – layered biometric solutions Module 2 Finger scan – features – components – operation (steps) – competing finger scan technologies – strength and weakness Facial scan - features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness Module 3 Iris scan - features – components – operation (steps) – competing iris scan technologies – strength and weakness Voice scan - features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness Module 4 Other physiological biometrics-Handscan-retina scan- AFIS (automatic fingerprint Identification systems)-Behavieral Biometrics-Signature scan-Key stroke Scan. Module 5 Biometrics Application – Biometric Solution Matrix-Bioprivacy-Comparison of privacy factor in different biometrics technologies-Designing privacy sympathetie biometric systems-Biometric standards- (BioAPI, BAPI)-Biometric middleware. Reference 1. Biometrics -Identify Verification in a Networked World - Samir Nanavati, Michael Thieme, Raj Nanavati- WILEY-dreamtech GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA LAB R807 0+0+4 Point plotting, line and circle drawing, Line and Polygon clipping, transformations, hidden line elimination, curves, polygon hatching, Multimedia programming, Visual programming, Animation Any experiment according to the syllabus of R702 Computer Graphics may be substituted 378 PROJECT & SEMINAR R709/ R808 0+0+4 Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. The paper should in general reflect the state of the art. He/ She submits a report of the paper to the department. In addition to the seminar He/She shall undertake a project work in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide(s). On completion of the project work, He/She shall present the work done before a panel of staff members, and submit a report of the project work done to the department. VIVA -VOCE R809 A comprehensive Viva-voce examination will be conducted to assess the students overall knowledge in the specified field of engineering. At the time of Viva-voce, certified report of seminar, mini project and project work are to be presented for evaluation. 379 B.TECH. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS POLYMER ENGINEERING BRANCH 380 THIRD SEMESTER 381 MATHEMATICS – II ENGINEERING CMELPA 301 3+1 Module 1 Vector Differential Calculus Differentiation of vector functions - scalar and vector fields – gradient, divergence and curl of a vector function – their physical meaning – directional derivative – scalar potential, conservative fields – identities – simple problems. Module 2 Vector Integral Calculus Line, surface and volume Integrals – work done by a force along a path – Application of Green’s theorem, Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem. Module 3 Function of Complex Variable Definition of analytic functions and singular points – derivation of C.R. equations in Cartesian co-ordinates – harmonic and orthogonal properties – construction of analytic function given real or imaginary parts – complex potential – conformal transformation of function like zn, ez, 1/z, sin z, z+k2/z – bilinear transformation – cross ratio – invariant property – simple problems. Module 4 Finite Differences Meaning of ∆, ∇, E, µ, δ - interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula – central differences – problems using Stirling’s formula, Lagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals. Module 5 Difference Calculus Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences – Numerical integration – Newton – Cote’s formula – trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule – simple problems. Difference equations – Solution of difference equations. References 1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engg. Mathematics, Wiley Eastern Ltd. 2. Grawal B.S., Higher Engg. Mathematics, Khanna Publishers. 3. M.K.Venkataraman, Numerical Methods in science & Engg., National Publishing Co. 4. S.Balachandra Rao and G.K.Shantha, Numerical Methods, University press. 5. Michael D.Greenberg, Advanced Engg. Mathematics, Prentice-Hall. 6. M.R.Spiegel, Theory and Problems of Vector analysis, McGraw – Hill. 382 HUMANITIES P302 Part A: HISTORY OF SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY Module 1 Early Developments and Middle Period:Contributions of Indian, Chinese, Greek and Roman Civilizations to science and technology. The dark ages of science in Europe. Technology transfer from east to west, the role of Arabs. Module 2 Renaissance and the Early Modern Period:Flowering of Europian Technology, the fall of the Aristotelian universe and the beginning of modern science. Industrial revolution and its impact on Science, the historical development of prime movers, progress in steel making, the birth and growth of different branches of Engineering. The characteristic trends in 20th century science, comparison with the 19-th century approach. Theories of life and universe, science and religion. Module 3 Modern Trends in Technology:Developments in communication, transport and power engineering. Science in agriculture, the computer and space exploration. Integration of Science, technology and society, Science as agent of social change, Resource depletion and pollution. The urban problem and the social cost of progress, Limits to growth. Science and Technology in developing countries, Problems of technology transfer, Role of small scale and village industries, Gandhian approach to technology, Concept of appropriate technology. Part B: ECONOMICS Module 4 The basic economic problem, definitions, nature of economics and its laws. Economic Systems, Capitalism, Socialism and Mixed Economy. Theory of demand and supply, marginal utility theory, law of demand, elasticity, factors of production, cost of production, supply curves. Module 5 Theory of value, value and price, determination of market price and output under perfect competition and monopoly. Distribution, marginal productivity, theory of distribution, rent, wages, interest and profit. Money and banking, Classification of money, inflation, types of banks, their functions, credit creation. Public economics, Revenue, Taxation, Expenditure. National income, macro economic approach, GNP, MNP, NI, DI, PI, methods of calculation of national income. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. History of Science and Technology A History of Technology Science in Technology Science and Human Values Elements of Economics A Text Book of Modern Economics 7. Principles of Economics : : : : : : : R.V.G.Menon C.Singar J.D.Bernal J.Brownoskyi Paul A.V. Abuja K.I.H.L. Sundaram and Waish 3+1 383 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING P 303 3+1 Module 1 Computer fundamentals, classification, mainframe, mini and microcomputers, block schematic of personal computers. Concept of software and hardware. Introduction to PC operating systems, DOS and WINDOWS, Programming languages, classification, machine language, assembly language and high level language. Program development. Flow charts and algorithms. Compilers, assemblers. Module 2 C Programming, Introduction to C programming language, compilation of C programs. Structure of a C program, syntax of C language, input, output statements. Fundamental data types, variables, identifiers, keywords, operator precedence and associativity, arithmetic expressions. Simple exercise, Loop statements-for, while, do-while. Decision statements-if, nested if, switch statements, break and continue statements. Module 3 Arrays & Structures, single and multidimensional arrays, character arrays and its initializations. String and its initializations, Functions-concept, function declaration and calling. Arguments and local variables, parameter passing methods in C function, concept of recursive functions. Declaration and initialisation of structure variables. Array of structures and nested structures. Example programs using structures, unions. Module 4 Pointers, concept of pointers in C, declaration of pointer variables, use of pointers in arrays, functions and structures. Example programs using pointers, filessequential and random files, file type specification, creating a data file, file operators. References 1. Programming in C 2. Let us C 3. Pointers in C 4. Programming with C : : : : E Balaguruswamy Y.P.Kannetkar Y.P.Kannetkar Bryan.S.Gottfried,Tata McGrawHill POLYMER SCIENCE - I P304 3+1 Module 1 Importance in everyday life, classification, examples for natural, synthetic, homo polymer, copolymer, inorganic and biopolymers, structure of linear, branched, ladder, crosslinked and network polymers, homochain and hetero-atomic chain polymers, nomenclature, functionality of monomers, Bi-functional systems, poly functional systems, polymerisability 384 Module 2 Number average, weight average, viscosity average, z- average molecular weights, molecular weight distribution, polydispersity index, simple numerical problems to illustrate average molecular weight, basic principles of the following methods: end group analysis, colligative property measurements, osmometry, vapour phase osmometry, light scattering, ultracentrifugation, viscometry and gel permeation chromatography, Staudinger Index Module 3 Addition polymerization, mechanism and kinetics of free radical, cationic & anionic polymerization, free radical initiators, chain length and degree of polymerisation, control of molecular weight, inhibition, autoacceleration, chain transfer, coordination polymerisation, mechanism, kinetics, Ziegler- Natta catalysts, ring opening polymerization, diene polymerization. Module 4 Basics of condensation polymerisation, Carother’s equation, gelation, Copolymerization, different types of copolymers, monomer reactivity ratio, copolymer equation. Polymerisation techniques, bulk, solution, suspension, emulsion and interfacial polymerisation References 1. F.W. Billmeyer, Textbook of Polymer Science, Wiley international publishers, 1984. 2. Joel R. Fried, Polymer science and Technology, Prentice Hall, NJ, 1995 3. J.M.G. Cowie, Polymers: Chemistry and Physics of Modern Materials, Blackie, London, 1991. 4. R.J. Young and P.Lovell, Introduction to Polymers, 2nd Ed., Chapman & Hall, 1991. 5. Premamoy Ghosh, Polymer Science and Technology of Plastics and Rubbers, Tata McGraw - Hill, New Delhi, 1990. 6. H.R. Allcock and F.W. Lampe, “ Contemporary Polymer Chemistry”, Prentice Hall 1981. 7. F.W.Billmeyer, “ Text Book of Polymer Science”, Wiley Interscience, 1971. 8. F.Rodrigues, “ Principles of Polymer systems”, Mc Graw Hill, 1970 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY P 305 3+1 Module 1 Chemical bonding and molecular structure, electronic effects in organic molecules, inductive, mesomeric and hyperconjugation effects, acids and bases, reactive intermediates in organic chemistry- carbocations, carbanions, free radicals, carbenes and nitrenes. Module 2 Organic reaction mechanisms, introduction. Substitution and Elimination reactions: detailed study of SN1, SN2, SNi, SN1’, SN2’ and borderline mechanisms. 385 Nucleophilicity and basicity, leaving group effects, solvent effects, neighboring group participation. Detailed study of elimination reactions (E1, E2, and E1cb mechanisms), substitution vs. elimination. Rearrangement Reactions: common rearrangements in organic chemistry, rearrangement of carbocations, non-classical carbocations. Catalysis by acid & bases, Lewis acid catalysis, Phase transfer catalysis and applications of crown ethers. Methods of determination of organic reaction mechanisms. Module 3 Isomerism of organic compounds: isomerism, definition and classification, molecular representation, stereo isomerism, conformation, configuration, chirality and optical activity, stereocentre, racemisation and methods of resolution, chiral synthesis, optical purity and enantiomeric excess, configurational nomenclature, D, L, R and S, determination of configuration, geometrical isomerism, E/Z notation, interconversion of geometrical isomers, conformational analysis of acyclic and cyclic molecules, rotation about bonds, concepts of dihedral angle, torsional strain, optical rotatory dispersion and circular dichroism. Module 4 Organic Spectroscopy: principles and applications of UV, IR, NMR, ESR spectroscopic techniques for the structure elucidation of organic compounds, problem solving approach. Recent advances in NMR techniques, 13C–NMR, 2 dimensional NMR spectroscopy. References 1. Morrison & Boyd, Organic Chemistry, Prentice Hall. New Delhi, 6th edition,1992 2. B.S.Bahl and Arun Bhal, Advanced Organic Chemistry, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 15th edition, 1998 3. I.L.Finar, Textbook of Organic Chemistry, ELBS, 5th edition, 1996, 4. Jerry March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, New york, 1992 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING MP306 3+1 Module 1 Stress and strain - Bars of varying cross - sections – composite sections temperature stresses. Principal stresses and planes-Mohr's circle representation of plane stress. Module 2 Shear force and bending moments -Cantilever-simply supported and overhanging beams-concentrated and U. D. loadings analytical method. Relation between load. SF and BM. Theory of simple bending- bending and shear stress distribution rectangular, circular and 1-sections. Module 3 Slope and deflection of simply supported beams and cantilevers- Double integration- Macaulay's Method-moment area method- conjugate beam method. 386 Module 4 Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow shafts- power transmitted by shafts. Close-coiled and open coiled spring- leaf spring. Thin cyliders and jhick cylinders subjected to internal and external pressures- compound pipes -wire wound pipesstrain energy-axial loads, gradually and suddenly applied load-impact loads. Module 5 Columns and sturts- short and long columns-Euler's theory-Ran kine's theory Eccentrically Loaded columns-column with initial curvature. General description only of simple and compound steel, beams, columns and column foundationprinciple of reinforced concrete. Reinforcements detailing in R. C. Slabs, beams, columns & footings (No problem expected) References 1. Timoshenko.S.P, Strength of Materials, Part 1,D.Van Nostrand company, Inc.Newyork. 2. Popov E.P., Engineering Mechanics of solids, Prentice Hall of India, New Deihi. 3. Punmia B.C, Strength of Materials and Mechanics of structures, Vol 1,Lakshmi Publications, New Delhi. 4. Vazirani V.N., Ratwani N. M, Analysis of Structures, Vol 1, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi. 5. Kazimi S.M.A., Solid Mechanics, Tata Mc Graw Hill. 6. William A Nash, Strength of Materials, Mc Graw Hill. 7. Ryder G.H., Strength of Materials, ELBS. 8. Arthur Morley, Strength of Materials, ELBS, Longman’s Green& Company. CHEMISTRY LAB P 307 A. Organic synthesis 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Synthesis of ethyl n- butyl acetoacetate by the acetoacetatic ester condensation Synthesis of 3-nitrobenzoic acid from benzoic acid Nitration of aromatic hydrocarbons. Side chain oxidation of aromatic hydrocarbons. Benzoylation of phenols. Preparation of solid esters. Bromination of amines. 0+3 B. Purification and characterization of organic compounds 1. Purification (fractional crystallization, fractional distillation, chromatography) and separation of the components of a binary organic mixture (liquid-liquid, liquidsolid and solid-solid) using chemical analysis and IIR and NMR spectral data. 2. Identify the components of the given binary mixture. 3. Checking the purity of the separated components on TLC plates. 387 6. Programs involving files. Programs handling one-dimensional array. 3. 9. 4. 8. Programs handling structures. 11. 0+3 388 . 10. 7. 2. Simple C programs with control statements and loops. Familiarisation of DOS commands and WINDOWS.COMPUTER LAB P 308 1. Programs handling multidimensional array 5. Programs using pointers. Functions having arguments. A simple graphic program. Recursive functions. Programs using a simple function. FOURTH SEMESTER 389 . simple problems. 2. Poisson and normal distributions. Advanced Engg.its mean and variance . Engineering Mathematics Vol. References 1. Higher Engineering Mathematics.normal distribution . B.simple problems in binomial. by the method of variation of parameters – Cauchys equations .simple applications in engineering problems.MATHEMATICS – III ENGINEERING CMELRPTA 401 3+1 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents . Ian N. M. F and Chi square test – Level of significance .The binomial distribution. Khanna Publishers.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity .I.fitting of binomial & Poisson distributions .Mc Graw Hill International Edn.Poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution . 6. Wiley Eastern Ltd. difference proportion.solution of Lagrange Linear Equations – Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation. A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II). Mathematics. Richard A Johnson. 3. Probability and statistical inferences.properties of normal curve . Pearson Education Asia / PHI. 4. National Publishing Company. Erwin Kreyszig. its mean and variance . Grewal.S. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations: Formation by eliminating arbitary constants and arbitary Functions . 7.standard normal curve .Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion.inverse transforms . Pearson Education Asia. Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability . II -3rd year Part A & B. Laxmi Publications Ltd. 390 .K.Finding P. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance. Elements of Partial Differential Equations. 5. Hogg and Tanis. Venkataraman. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms . Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers. Bali and Iyengar.Linear Simultaneous eqns. single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected).Sneddon. using references with dynamic memory allocations.concept of motoring and generating action. abstract classes. Microsoft Press Yashwanth Kaneethkar. Graw Hill Strostroup Nabajyothy Bjarne Charles Petzold. usage of virtual methods. field control. Inheritance and access control. active X concepts. Visual Basic from the group UP Gordenkeeth Wiley Eastern E. GUI. concepts of classes and objects.. dynamic object allocation. Programming Windows 95 6. Module 4 Concepts of Windows programming. 391 . member functions. multiple inheritance Module 2 Polymorphism. References 1. Case study-C++. armature control. Auto and three phase transformers. Object Oriented Programming with C++ 5. definition. calculation of efficiency. Tata Mc. Data abstraction and OOP in C++ 2. DAO and ODBC. declaring objects. load test. characteristics. constructors and destructors. C++ 4. 280/12-0-12 V for inverters and rectifiers. applications. building classes. Module 2 Transformers: Transformer action. working. Object Oriented Programming with C++ 3. Balaguruswamy. simulation using abstract classes. operator overloading. load test. overloading methods. public. characteristics. design of typical step down transformers like 280/6-0-6V. concepts of DLL. extending classes. speed control. member access control-private. in-line functions outside class definitions. Visual C++ Programming 7. EMF equation. virtual methods. Tata Mc. Graw Hill ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY LP 403 3+1 Module 1 Basic Principles of Electric Machines. step up and step down transformer. protected. fundamentals of MFC. BPB Cary Cornessl. basic principles. visual programming concepts. load test. DC motor. DC generator. basic principles of current transformers (no analysis) basic principles of servo stabilizer. encapsulation and inheritance.OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING P 402 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. 230/9-0-9 V. selecting friend or member functions for operator overloading Module 3 Dynamic objects. Module 3 Centrifugal pumps-types of casings. types. Basic principles of operation of synchronous and induction motor characteristics (no analysis). Rajput K. AC&DC contactors. pitot tube. typical applications. stepper motor. Bernoulli’s theorem. discharge. rotational and irrotational flow. efficiency. characteristic curves. power required. compressibility. venturimeter. fields of applications. surface tension. Ampere hour rating of batteries.B. used for pagers and cellular phones. Fink CHEMICAL ENGINEERING .K. Electrical Technology Electrical Machines Electrical Design Estimating And Costing Electrical machines and Power systems Electric Engineers Hand Book B. NPSH. nickel metal hydride. work done. orificemeter. piezometer. laminar and turbulent flow. velocity diagrams. References 1. 2. priming. Module 4 Special Machines AC&DC servo motors. Reynolds number. working and characteristics only (no analysis). uniform and non uniform flow. pressure. critical velocity. universal motors. Module 2 Fluid flow phenomena-classification of flow. charging and discharging characteristics. working of tacho generators.Thereja R.I P 404 3+1 Module 1 Fluids-nature of fluids. starting of induction motors. construction working. differential manometer. ideal fluid.L. viscosity. block schematic of UPS. specifications chargeable batteries. measurement of fluid flow. electromagnetic relays. specific weight. simple manometer. steady and unsteady state flow. Maintenance of batteries. Pascal’s law. lead acid cells. capillarity. Module 5 Batteries: Dry cells. constructional features. density. cavitation. 3. secondary cells. Reciprocating pumps. synchros constructional features. real fluid. 392 . starters. rotameter. isothermal and adiabatic flow. Raina & Bhattacharya Vincent Del Toro Donald G. piping system. physical properties of fluids. battery charging circuits. constructional features.Module 3 A C Machines. characteristics of nickel cadmium. and lithium ion batteries. applications& specifications of stepper motors. bourden pressure gauge. criteria for selection of motors. measurement of fluid pressure. indicator diagram. single phase induction motor. concept of UPS. lithium batteries. slip. discharge. 4. construction of button cells. 5. compression modulus. shear rate dependent fluids. Module 4 Newtonian fluids and non-Newtonian fluids. New Delhi 3. J. third law of thermodynamics. engineering stress. entropy changes and irreversibility. molecular requirements of rubber-like elasticity. damping. thixotropy.term properties. Tata McGrawHill publishing company. proportionality limit Module 2 Mechanical models. Deborah number. modulus. stress. References 1. Engineering Thermodynamics. viscoelastic materials. types of thermodynamic systems and properties. elastic solid. psuedoplasticity. path functions and state functions. plasticity. work function. rheological measurements. true stress. Young’s modulus.strain curves. Newton’s law. intensive and extensive properties. closed.K Modi POLYMER PHYSICS P405 3+1 Module 1 Stress. Hooke’s Law. bulk modulus. energy driven and entropy driven elasticity. Gibb’s free energy. strain. tan δ. Maxwell. dynamic mechanical properties. Kelvin-Plank statement. secant modulus. factors affecting viscoelasticity. zeroth law of thermodynamics. heat capacity. compliance. thermodynamic treatment of rubbers.M Smith. Introduction to chemical engineering thermodynamics. Hydraulics and Fluid mechanics. formulation of first law. time dependent fluids. storage modulus. engineering strain. Module 3 Rubber elasticity. difference in the response of elastic solid. second law of thermodynamics. equations for creep and stress relaxation. viscous fluid and viscoelastic materials under static and dynamic conditions. rheopexy. fugacity and activity of pure fluids. simple numerical problems based on these principles. first law applied to non flow process. Nag 2. plasticity retention index. cone and 393 . oscillating disc rheometers. Power law. Poisson’s ratio. Boltzmann superposition principle. entrance and exit effects. open and isolated systems.term and long. Rabinowitsch correction. short. Burger.N Modi 5. viscous fluid.Module 4 Thermodynamics. Jagadish Lal 4. scorch time. S. dilatancy. capillary rheometer. generalised equations for these models. loss modulus. Voigt. induction time. true strain. spring. time. enthalpy. Fluid Mechanics. curing characteristics. tangent modulus. cure time. thermoelastic experiment. hysteresis. specific heat. P. Gibbs-Duhem equation.temperature equivalence principle. statistical mechanical theory. Clausius statement. Maxwell’s equations. Gough-Joule effect. Maxwell-Weichert. Clapyeron equation. dashpot.fundamental concepts and definitions. Fluid Mechanics. F. Bravais lattices. Falcetta. acidolysis. linear and cyclic arrangement. and thermodynamic views of glass transition. unit cells. terms and definitions. crystal systems. melt flow index. Tg.Samuels.J. free volume. Brydson. ozone. Polymer Science and Engineering. clarity. R. capacitance. draw down. Maclaren and Sons. heat. 394 . melt fracture. References 1. crazing. John Wiley & Sons NewYork 1971 4. John Wiley & Sons NewYork 1960. Tm. transparency. secondary transitions.plate viscometer. reactivity of functional groups. prediction of molar polarization and effective dipole moment. Structured Polymer Properties. Module 4 Effect of polymer structure on dielectric constant. micro-organism. die swell. supermolecular structures. Newyork1978 2. Module 2 Polymer solutions. Properties & structure of polymers. Hildebrand approach. UV light. hydrolysis.J. New York. power factor. Williams. H. types of solutions. polymorphism. A. primitive cell. factors affecting Tg. dielectric loss. 1974. Ferry. copolymers. shark skin. dissipation factor and loss factor.V. lower critical solution temperature (LCST). thermodynamic view of miscibility. J. J. 6. D. stabilisation to prevent degradation. elastic turbulence. S P E Text Book. chain end and random degradation. Tobolsky. A. degradation by oxygen. molecular motion. Flory Huggins theory. crystalline state. John Wiley & Sons NewYork 1997 3. factors affecting crystallinity. aminolysis. polymer analogous reactions. Mooney viscometer. effect of additives on electrical properties of polymers. addition and substitution reactions. polymer single crystals. factors influencing glass transition temperature.II P 406 3+1 Module 1 Amorphous state. lamellae. X-ray diffraction. Flow Properties of Polymer Melts POLYMER SCIENCE . Module 3 Chemical reactivity of linear and crosslinked polymers. spherulites. fringed micelle model. Viscoelastic Properties of Polymers. concentration regimes in polymer solutions. effect of polymer structure on optical properties. cross linking reactions. theta conditions. degree of crystallinity. John Wiley & Sons. elastic effects in polymer melt flow. David J. Haufman and J. polymer bound reagents. weathering. 5. first order and second order transitions. upper critical solution temperature (UCST). Introduction to Polymer science and Technology. hydrogenation. kinetic. C. Gedde. Load test on DC shunt motor. Acetone. gloss. Load test on 3-phase cage induction motor. Chapman & Hall. 1993. Painter and Michael M. 3rd Edition Elsevier Scientific Publishing Company Amsterdam – Oxford – Newyork. Polyurethanes and glyptal Resins.W. Load test on 3-phase slip ring induction motor. 1995. Ulf W.AIP. John Wiley & Sons. 7. 5. 4. Jozef. D. Synthesis of the following Polymers: Polymethyl methacrylate. 3. Ethyl Acetate. Prediction Of Polymer Properties. Polystyrene. Lancaster. Marcel Dekker Inc. An Introduction to the Mechanical Properties of Solid Polymers..M. Hoftyzen. 1982. reflectance. transmittance. prediction of refractive indices of polymers by group contributions. Physical Properties Of Polymers Hand Book. Load test on single phase transformer. England. 2. “Properties Of Polymer. Glycol. 6. 3.. Urea. Methyl methacrylate 3. Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin (Novolak and Resol). 4. 395 . Regenerated Cellulose. 8. Mark Ed. Newyork. Quantitative estimation of the following monomers: Aniline. ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB P 408 0+3 A total of 8 experiments (4 from Group A and 4 from Group B) out of 16 suggested below may be done in the laboratory.Hadley. Acrylonitrile. Polyacrylamide. Electrical properties of polymers. Second Edition. Fundamentals of Polymer Science. Determination of molecular weight by viscosity method. I. Load test on Single phase induction motor. J. 1995. Van Krevelen And P. Inc. Technomic Publishing Co. Acadamic press. Load test on 3-phase alternator – regulation at different power factor – Demonstration of terminal voltage control. Paul C. Phenol. Williston.Bicerano. Polymer Physics. Chichester. 1. Formaldehyde.C and Load test on DC generator.W.E. 1996. 7. GROUP A O. 2.Ward & D.haze. Coleman. 2. USA.Seanor. POLYMER PREPARATION AND CHARACTERISATION LAB P407 0+3 1.J. 1994. 1990. Newyork. 6. References 1. Vt.A. 5. ed. Urea-Formaldehyde and Melamine-Formaldehyde. D. 6. 396 .GROUP B Characteristics of diode and Zener diode. integrator. NOR. INVERTER. 7. OR. 1. Half adder and full adder using NAND gates. NAND. Half-wave and full-wave rectifier – study of wave forms and regulations. 5. Operational amplifier circuit – adder. Transistor biasing – assemble CE amplifier – study input and output Waveforms. 2. Study of logic gates – AND. 4. Assemble RC phase shift oscillator – study waveforms. 3. 8. Study of SCR – assemble single phase controlled rectifier – study phase control. FIFTH SEMESTER 397 . 6. PHI. 9. M. S Arumugam.Duality in L. 398 .Tulsian & Vishal Pandey. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science.S. 8.P. P.P.Narayanan. 2.S. Wiley Eastern limited.Balanced T. References 1. 3.C. convolution propertyinverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms. III. Dr.K. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions.Ramanaigh & S. Ervin Kreyszig.K.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method.T.Grewal.zeros and singularitiesResidues.Grewal.M. G. Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method. Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform. Advanced Mathematics for Engg.Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method . III. Students Vol. McGraw-Hill. A. Panneer Selvam.Pillai.S.Runge – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method. Dr.MATHEMATICS – IV ENGINEERING CMELPA 501 3+1 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem. Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Eulers method . Complex variables and applications. 5.residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle. Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems. Scitech publications T. 7. Operations research.Vishwananthan printers & publishers. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering. Engineering Mathematics Vol. 4.Venkitaraman.Isaac & A Somasundaram. shifting property. Kanna Publishers. Kanna Publishers. B. Pearson Education Asia. Churchill and Brown. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method. National Publishing Company. two phase method . B.P. Dr. New Delhi. Module 3 Heat exchange equipments-double pipe heat exchangers. co-current and counter current flows. Module 2 Convection-natural and forced convection. Tata McGraw-Hill publishing company. performance of evaporators. Sieder Tate equation. parallel and counter flow heat exchanger. calculation of overall coefficients from individual coefficients. Regimes of heat transfer in fluids. New Delhi. kettle type boilers. shell and tube heat exchangers. Heat transmission. heat flow through a cylinder. Mc Dams. plate type exchangers. enthalpy balances for single effect evaporators. thermal conductivity. methods of feeding.II P502 3+1 Module 1 Modes of heat transfer-conduction and Fourier law. evaluation of heat transfer coefficients. Nusselt number. condensers. resistance form of overall coefficients.Hill publishing company. capacity. Peclet number. 1-2 exchanger. Diirhring’s rule. shell and tube condensers. heat transfer coefficients in shell and tube heat exchangers. correction of LMTD for crossflow. multiple effect evaporators. factors influencing heat transfer coefficients. steady state conduction through single resistance and compound resistances in series. calculation of heat transfer area. New Delhi. temperature pattern in multipass exchangers.CHEMICAL ENGINEERING . Reynolds’s and Colburn analogies. single pass 1-1 exchanger. Coulburn equation. Tata McGraw . References 1. Module 4 Evaporation-Types of evaporators. fouling factors. individual and overall heat transfer coefficients. Unit operations in chemical engineering. Mc Cabe & Smith 3. significance of Prandtl number. 2-4 exchanger. 399 . equation for one dimensional conduction. evaluation of heat transfer coefficients. single effect evaporators. Graetz number. enthalpy balances in heat exchangers. Badger 2. unsteady state heat conduction. logarithmic mean temperature difference. extended surface equipment. boiling point elevation. Tata McGraw. analogy between heat and momentum transfer.Hill publishing company. economy. Introduction to chemical engineering. assessment of state of cure. liquid rubber.1973. phenolic resins. 66. electrical and oxidation properties. oxidation and ageing. PMMA and PAN Module 3 Monomer preparation. chemical and physical aspects. EV. DPNR. PF. cold and hot water. “ Plastic materials”. polymerisation. novolac. polymerisation. NBR-synthesis of monomers. classes of liquid elastomers. Module 3 IR. sheet. crystallisation. radiation. polymerisation. nitrosourethane. fluidised bed. Different curing systems. metal oxide. oximes. drum curing. SP rubber. press cure. properties and application of LDPE. epoxies. curing characteristics such as scorch time. chemical formula. PVA. Encyclopaedia of Polymer Science and Technology.PLASTICS . batch and continuous vulcanisation. molecular weight distribution. Saunders. powdered rubber. ABS.SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY P 503 3+1 Module 1 Advantages and disadvantages of plastics. cross linked and chlorinated PE.A. crumb. SBR. London. properties and application of PU. LNR. SAN. structure property relationship.SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY P 504 3+1 Module 1 Natural rubber. polymerisation. 6. diazo esters. MF and UF Module 4 Monomer preparation. cure time. anti degradants. J. crepe. “Organic Polymer Chemistry. 612 and polyacrylamide References 1. resol. PP and PS Module 2 Monomer preparation.J. chemical reactivity. microwave curing. IIR. semi EV. properties and application of nylon-5. HDPE. structure. polymerisation. Various forms of natural rubber. hot air. telechilic polymers. sulphur. RUBBERS . source. polyvinylacetate. K. vulcanisation techniques. 3. BR. crosslinking by different methods. sulphur monochloride. polyester. 2. 400 . strength of rubbers. polyvinilidine chloride. polyacetal. mechanism of crosslinking by different crosslinking agents. Module 2 Vulcanisation. Brydson. chemical properties. PC. peroxides. autoclave. induction time. Newnes Butterworths. molten salt bath. monomer preparation. conventional and sulphur less cure. Chapman and Hall “. properties and application of PVC. PVF. diamines. PTFE. properties and application of the following rubbers. drying. fillers. surface treatments. Brownian motion. KOH number. synthesis of polymers. VFA number. stabilisers. allied Science publishers. Brydson.A. oil resistant rubbers. preparation of dispersions and emulsions. A. vulcanising agents. polyvinylether elastomers. spreading. latex application to paper. dry rubber content. coir foam. test methods. volatile fatty acids. thickening agents. coagulant dipping. heated formers. antiozonant. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1978. latex compounding. preparation. Rubber Materials and Their Compounds Elsevier. Rubber Chemistry. total alkalinity. stability tests. nitrosofluoro elastomers. London. silicone rubbers. 1987. poly(thiocarbonyl fluoride) and related elastomers. structure.S. Ethylene based rubbers. polycarbonate rubbers. Module 4 Monomers. a comparison. degradation leading to acid formation. special ingredients. thermoplastic rubbers. phosphonitrillic elastomers. concentrated latex. 1988. preservation. Dipping Methods. 4. Acrylic rubbers.A. surface free energy and wetting behaviour. Lee. M. Rubber Technology.Whelan and K. 3. zeta potential. particle size and distribution.different types of CR. dipping with porous formers. chlorosulphonated polymers. J. electrical properties of colloidal system. total solids. compounding of 401 . coagulum content. stability and destabilisation. pH. redox potential changes. Brydson. impregnation. polynorbornene. LATEX TECHNOLOGY P 505 3+1 Module 1 Natural latex. halogenation of IIR. accelerators. antioxidants. coacervation.Morton. fabric proofing and coating. characterisation. straight dipping. significance of specification limits. vulcanisation. Latex concentration methods. J. sludge content. Module 2 Fundamental latex characteristics. Module 3 Manufacture of rubber goods from lattices and from solid elastomers. dispersing and emulsifying agents. mechanical stability time. polyalkenamers. Developments in Rubber Technology (Vol. polyurethane. References 1. polysulphide rubber. surface tension. and other miscellaneous additives. extraction of surface soluble materials. 2. latex bonded fibrous structures. thermal movement of molecules. compare the oxidation properties of saturated and unsaturated rubbers. Rubber textile composite products. crosslinking. antioxidants. zinc oxide stability. synthetic lattices and their blends. latex treated rugs and carpet backing. fluorine containing rubbers. deammoniation of latex. viscosity-concentration relationship. I-IV) Applied Science Publishers. principles of latex compounding. production of hollow articles. comparison between open mill and internal mixer. 1982 3. latex cement and adhesives. heat resistance. use of porous moulds in casting. nipples. liquid resistance. two-roll mill mixing. colorants. flame retardants. activators. and other special additives. U. balloon. advantages. protective coatings. High Polymer Latices. fillers. gelling systems. antioxidants. Transfer moulding. weather. dipped fabric gloves. ermeability. J. moulding of thermosets and rubber. Banbury mixing. dispersive and distributive mixing. UV absorbers. fragrances. 3rd edition. compounding. solid articles. Continuous foam production. use of latex in roads rubberisation. master batching. Madge. Vol I&II. low temperature resistance. Vanderblit Latex Handbook. References 1. typical latex compounds for foam production. gelling. bonding agents.12-14-1972 POLYMER PROCESSING .R. London 2. internal mixers. mould release agents. peptiser. compression moulding. Latex casting. V 25. washing. latex paints. D. medical.I P 506 3+1 Module 1 Compounding ingredients. retarders.latex. plasticisers. compression moulding cycle. Module 4 Latex foam processing methods. Maclaren & Sons. Maclaren & Sons Ltd. principles of mixing. accelerators. household gloves. equipment for moulding of thermoplastics. transfer moulding cycle. Latex Foam Rubber.A. factors to be considered for compound development. pp.S. Brabender plasticorder. mastication. tackifying agents. mechanical frothing by beating. automatic compression moulding. Dipped goods. antiozonants. manufacture of rubber thread. positive and semipositive. principles. formulation of a mix. manufacture of dipped goods like rubber band. troubleshooting.. prophylactics. and drying. chewing gum. blowing agents. compounding for specific applications. continuous mixing. types-flash. stabilizers. 1987 4. radiation resistance. C. ammonia content of latex. 402 . factice. resistance. Module 2 Compound development. vulcanisation. vulcanizing agents. different methods. extenders. ozone resistance. of Rubber Developments. oil resistance. surgeons gloves. Mausser. Blackley.T. Inc. Module 4 Plastics processing techniques. antistatic agents. electrical applications and opticalapplications. Pub.Vanderbilt Co. merits and demerits of gelling systems. Module 3 Compounding. UF. general mould design consideration. Rosato Kluwer. IR. Estimation of Polymers: Acrylonitrile content of NBR. troubleshooting. IIR. Total solid content. PVC. Injection moulding hand book. Specification tests for field latex Viscosity. Hand book of applied Polymer Processing Tech. Polyester. 2. Sludge content. Dry rubber content. NBR. Herbert Recs. 5. 4.. Chere. Identification of Thermoplastic Elastomers: SIS. Specification tests for dry rubber Volatile matter. Carbon black content. Rubber hydrocarbon content of NR. Richard C. PRI. theoretical and design consideration. PP. SBR. Polymer Engg. CR.limitations. Hytrel. Silicone. MF.V. Heat stability time. ZnO stability. Estimation of Fe. SBS. Hypalon. inc. Identification of Rubbers: NR. nitrogen content. Throne.P. Analysis of Polymer Compounds: Iodine value of rubber compounds. 403 . Charemisinoff & P. density. Mechanical stability time. Dirt content. PF. Volatile fatty acid number. SPECIFICATION TESTS LAB P 507 0+3 1. Silica content. 3. Thiokol. PVA. Hanser Pub. Chlorine content of CR. Total inorganic content. Progelhof James.. Hanser Publisher Munich 1993 3. Free sulphur content. Identification of Plastics: PE. Marcel Dekker. Coagulum content. POLYMER ANALYSIS LAB P 508 0+3 1. P0. BR. pH 2. 3. Munich 1994.N.Academic Publishers Boston 2nd edtion 1995. References 1. EPDM. Estimation of Mn. N. PS. Copper and manganese content. L. 2. D. Understanding of Injection moulding Tech. KOH number. Magnesium content. Principles. Estimation of Cu. Ash content. 4. . NY 1996. Specification tests for preserved latex Ammonia content. SEBS. SIXTH SEMESTER 404 . Hersey and Ken Blanchard ‘Management of Organisational Behavior’ (PHI) E. trade mark and copy rights.PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT P 601 3+1 Module 1 Evolution of scientific management. store room layout. marketing channels inventory controls. product life cycle strategy. determination of economic order quantity and recorder level. competitive marketing strategy. & Management’ 405 .S. raising of capital shares. motivating. functions of management. importance. proprietary. Formation of companies. profit sharing. objectives and principles of job evaluation. incentive plans.Sinha & R.Sinha ’Project Engg. public sector and co-operative sector. despatching and follow up. 2.B. 5. private limited and public limited companies. methods of eliminating fatigue cause. locating store. collective bargaining. workers participation in management. Module 2 Personnel management and Industrial relations. organising. time rate and piece rate systems of wage payment. 3. primary wage systems. store room registers and records. Koontzand O’ Dennel. sale of patent rights. product. Job evaluation and merit rating. new product development cycle strategy. scope and objective. methods of settlement.S. organisational structure of various departments. trade unions. authority and responsibility. marketing planning. Organisational structure line. psychological attitude to work and working conditions. controlling and coordinating. 4.Luffthans ‘Organisational Behavior’ (TMH) P. communicating. selection and training of workers. marketing Vs selling. determination of economic lot size in batch production. References 1. store techniques. Module 3 Production Management. function of production control. Application of patents.K. directing. 7. planning. scheduling. 6. labour welfare and social security. merit rating plans. batch and mass production.Buffa ’Modern Production Management’ E. co-partnership. recruitment.Choudhary ’Marketing Management’ A. effect of industrial disputes. joint stock. planning and control.‘Essentials of Management’ (TMH) F. routing. types of shares and debentures. private sector. staff and functional relationship. fatigue. objectives and functions of personnel management. systems of job evaluation. non-money incentives. span of control delegation. industrial psychology.Buffa ’Operations Management’ O. staffing. partnership. production control in mass production. Module 4 Marketing Management. Wages and incentives. Statistical quality Control. Education. LTPD. R. F-distribution. quality assurance. Engineering Manufacture and Statical Quality Control. use and significance of control charts. Testing of hypotheses for large samples.ENGINEERING STATISTICS & QUALITY CONTROL P 602 3+1 Module 1 Population and sampling. reliability tests. Organisation of a Q. 9. standard sampling plans. A. types of acceptance. 1975 3. 1975 2. Sigmund Halpern. Gupta And Kapoor. 1952 5.. determination of revised control limits. Mc-Graw Hill. AOQL in sampling.C. I. Richard. maintainability.J.W. department. quality vs. Training aids. total quality control. Khanna Publishers. f-tests and properties. t-distribution. contingency table. test for paired data. P-chart. Q-chart. construction. E. r-chart. types of control charts for variables and attributes. 1982 4. X2 distribution. choice of sample size for estimation. Module 2 Concepts of inspection. QC curves. References 1. factors contributing to reliability of products. estimating the mean value and variance. goodness of fit and independence. Irwin. quality control. sampling plans. bathtub curve. Inc. Applied statistics 406 . random sampling. cost of production.chart. Gupta and Kapoor. computer aided inspection. Testing of hypothesis for small samples.Burr. Process control: control charts. Uchart. An Introduction to Quality Control and Reliability. Module 3 Acceptance sample. operating characteristics. difference between means. plan. failure cycle of products. difference between means and standard deviations. confidence intervals. sampling risks.Gupta. failure rate. Concepts of AQL.” Statistical Quality Control” 8. Q. dodge roming plans. curves for acceptance. 6. NP. test of hypothesis for mean. MIL. Granth L. Quality Control and Industrial Statistics. mean time between failures. New York. design of sampling for stipulated producers risk and consumers risk. Grant. quality costs.L. quality rating system. STD. determination of probability of acceptance by these sampling plans. Quality Control Handbook (TMH) 7. economics of quality. zero defect. Delhi. continuous and sequential sampling plans. Module 4 Definition of reliability. Mc Graw Hill. 3 control limits. Inc. proportions. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics. Engene. means. LOSD. Engineering Statics and Quality Control.C. large and small samples.Duncon.C. quality circles. Dalton’s law. non ideal liquid solutions. Unit operations in chemical engineering. tray towers. choice of solvent. absorption factor. New Delhi.CHEMICAL ENGINEERING . Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited. Treyball 407 . multicomponent systems. falling rate period. Module 2 Molecular diffusion. rate of batch drying. feed quality and feed line. Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited. counter current flow. tower construction. batch drying. Badger 3. material and enthalpy balances in drying. New Delhi. types of tower packing. diffusivity of liquids and gases. mass. ideal liquid solutions. packed columns. Module 4 Gas absorption. mass transfer coefficient. equipments for drying. material balance in absorption. unbound and free water. heat and momentum transfer analogies. batch dryers. Mc Cabe & Smith. References 1. critical moisture content. solubility of gas in liquid. Applications of molecular diffusion. rate of drying curve. Tata Mc Graw-Hill Company limited. plate efficiency. time of drying. equilibrium diagrams.III P 603 3+1 Module 1 Distillation. Introduction to Chemical Engineering. relative volatility. calculation of the number of theoretical plates by Mc-Cabe Thiele method. factors affecting the constant drying rate period. vapour liquid equilibrium. continuous contact equipment. properties of tower packing. 2. steady state diffusion of A through stagnant B and equimolar counter diffusion in binary gases and liquids. mass transfer in drying. boiling-point diagrams. construction of fractionating column. Mass transfer Operations. constant drying rate period. heat transfer in drying. feed plate location. Module 3 Drying. minimum reflux. rectification. tunnel dryers. total reflux. rotary dryers. bound. absorption equipment. optimum reflux. principles of drying. Raoult’s law and Henry’s law. New Delhi. number of plates by graphical construction. minimum liquid-gas ratio. equilibrium moisture content. two component systems. Fick’s law. molecular diffusion in gases and liquids. 6. flexible lenses.Galin and M. Module 4 Chemistry of peptides. 450 west 33 rd Street. H. “Principles of Biochemistry. kinn system. restorative materials. Mark (Ed). Soft contact lenses:Clinical and Applied Technology. permanent implants for function. mouth protectors. 4. soft lenses. blood clotting system. 1989. 1978. dental impression and duplicating materials. chemistry of polysaccharides. synthetic approach to polypeptides and proteins.NewYork. polymeric blood. biocompatibility. 8. hydrogels. manufacture. polymer skin. polyelectrolyte based restorative sealants..B. plastic teeth. genitourinary system. implant design and applications. 408 . dental applications. Ruben Ed.Chapter 3.1973.Inc. gas permeable lenses. other applications of engineered material in clinical practices.F. and ICI Biological products Business.Ruben.John Wiley and sons. cardio vascular. respiratory patches and tubes. agar.”Principles of protein structure “. orbital (corneal and lens prosthesis) permanent implant for cosmoses. starch and cellulose. equilibrium swelling. Module 2 Biomedical applications of polymers. John Wiley and Sons New York. orthopaedics. Encyclopedia of polymer science and engineering. M.A. structure. Inc.. polypeptides and proteins. Ed. poly (vinyl pyrollidone) Module 3 Contact lenses.NewYork.. maxillofacial prosthetic materials. crown and bridge resins. types of soft lenses. New York. chemical modifications of cellulose. oxygen permeability. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. absorption and desorption.1978. John Wiley and Sons. Comprehensive Polymer Science Vol. silicone polymer implants. denture reliners.BIO MEDICAL & BIO POLYMERS P 604 3+1 Module 1 Biomaterials. Soft compact Lenses clinical and applied Technology. “Bio-Material” Macmillan Publishers Ltd. cleaning and disinfection. (Ed) David Byrom. DNA. denture base. Functional Monomers. RNA.7 7. digestive system. 5. 3.PP 299-487 2.Academic Press.H. polymer membranes. adhesives.. R. Nyquist. Eds. inflammation and wound healing. Galin and M. viscose rayon and cuprammonium rayon References 1. structural organisation in proteins. hard lenses. biological responses to implants. regenerated cellulose. Shulz and Bhirmer . Volume 1. algmater elastomers. silicone implants. stabilisation. Wilfred Lynch. Hand book of Silicone rubber fabrication. Yocum and E. 1991. nervous system.Marcel Dekker Inc. nucleic acids. New York 1000. Lehninger. analysis of long fibre composites.2-elastomers. (Edn) Plenum. Module 4 Introduction. applications. injection moulding. New York. characterization of interfacial bond strength. Inc. technological application. commercial grades. ionic thermoplastic elastomers. polyester. critical fibre length. physical and functional properties. Robeson. contact moulding. I. Stephense.4-polyisoprene. Rubber world. and H. phenolics). Markel Dekker. polymer concrete. polymeric binders for rocket propellants. specific interactions. compression moulding. rubber plastic blends. spinoidal decomposition. co-injection moulding.Olabisi.51(1971) 5. thermoplastic styrene block copolymers. properties of blends prepared by dynamic vulcanization. New york. cellulosics). nucleation and growth. Newman (Ed) ‘Polymer Blends’” Academic Press. spray up. and M.Nicolars. rule of mixtures. 164930. G. thermodynamic criteria for polymer miscibility. pultrusion. Goettler inc. Shaw. hand lay up. phase diagram. Module 3 Introduction. morphology. vacuum bag moulding. 1978 4. aramid.K. phase separation. blend characterisation techniques. nylon. polyester thermoplastic elastomers. Hand book of Elastomers. thermoplastic polyurethane elastomers. silicone based thermoplastic elastomers. Polymer-polymer Miscibility Academic Press. reinforcements (glass. A. carbon. 1979 3. preparation of polymer blends. manufacture.C. polymerfibre interface. 2. Paul S.W. 409 . Module 2 Structure-property relationship. morphology. matched die moulding. moulding process. short fibre and continuous fibre composites. thermoplasic 1. polymer impregnated concretes. applications. particulate and fibre filled composites. resin transfer moulding. New York. resins (polyester. New Developments and Technology (Eds).2-polybutadiene. factors influencing the performance of composites.Alliger. References 1. pull-out strength.. copolymer effect. matrices and fibres. O. Bhowmic. phase morphology. the role of the polymeric matrix in the processing and structural prpperties of copmposite materials (J C Sferis and L. pressure bag moulding. effect of coupling and bonding agents. analysis of short fibre composites. New York 1983. trans 1.POLYMER BLENDS & COMPOSITES P605 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. filament winding. etal. polyamide 1. basic structure.T. RRIM. epoxies. die design. manufacturing of pipes. application methods. screw design. process and product controls. stretching. References 1. heating cycle. elastic properties and die swell. crowning. Blow moulding Hand book. materials. filaments. Publisher Munmich 1996. finishing and machining of plastics. process controls for blow moulding machine. concept. types of injection unit. moulds. moulding cycle. principle. Hanser Published 1998. single screw and twin-screw extruders. Module 4 Rotational moulding. heat balance. trimming operations. methods of forming. 2-plate and 3-plate moulds. cables. ancillary equipment. blistering. terminology.POLYMER PROCESSING . extrusion of elastomers Module 3 Blow moulding. Chapman & Hall UK. trouble shooting of injection moulding. elements of plasticating process. injection & stretch blow moulding. clamping unit. joining. different types of gates. 3. cooling and trimming the parts. Berlin Plastics Engineering. extrusion profiles. process control. part design. D. terminology.J. sags. manufacturing methods. blown films. setting up of mould. extrusion blow moulding. winder. types of powder coating. Handbook. metering. wire coating. types of calenders and strainer. Throne. Hanser. Edited by Michael L. 4. computer operation. Extruder principle and operation. Stevens and J. classification of screw. types of extruders. take off-systems.V. basis. Rosato. cavity lay-out. types of dies. Thermoforming. 2.A. classification of machine hydraulics. James L. Rosato & D. heating of sheet. 2nd edtion 1995. process control variables. Technology of Thermoforming.V. definition. hot strength. single and multi layer. machinery powder coating.II P 606 3+1 Module 1 Injection moulding. lamination. screw design. M. thermoforming machinery. Society of the plastic Industries Chapman & Hall NY 1991. sheets. reaction injection moulding Module 2 Extrusion. embosser. types of machines. classification of moulds. process description. shrinkage. calendering. 410 . welding and assembling of plastics. flat film. process variables. extrusion heads. Covas. 4. Work practice in the production of latex foam 9. 9. sponge. Work Practice in calendaring. 3. Manufacture of rubber bands. 10. band formation. CV and LV rubber 7. 7. 5. household gloves. 12. 6. surgeons’ gloves. Preparation of dispersion. Preparation of micro cellular sheet. balloons. V-strap. 2. phase separation. tea mat. Work practice in the production of bonded coir PRODUCT MANUFACTURING LAB P 608 0+3 1. slurry and emulsions 2. Determination of Cure time. Preparation of latex based adhesives 8. Hand Lay up technique and Compression Moulding. man made hose. Creaming of NR latex.LATEX PRODUCTS LAB P 607 0+3 1. Work practice in mastication. solvent based adhesives. 5. LCST measurements. 411 . latex thread and articles by casting. injection bottle cap. eraser and oil seal. Preparation and characterisation of thermoplastic elastomers from rubber-plastic blends. 11. BR and EPDM. teats. Effect of mastication time on plasticity/ viscosity 3. rotational moulding and extrusion Compounding of PVC on two roll mill Visit to factories manufacturing tyres and non tyre products. solid tyre. finger caps. Preparation of fibre filled composites. injection moulding. Heat sensitized dipping. a) Miscible binary system (solution and melt mixing) b) Immiscible binary system (solution and melt mixing) c) Compatibilised binary system (solution and melt mixing) Preparation of miscible polymer blends. Preparation of SP. 8. Blending of NR with SBR. play ball. Latex impregnation in textiles 6. homogenisation and mixing using a laboratory mill 4. SEVENTH SEMESTER 412 . extenders. factors affecting adhesive bond. nondestructive methods. “ Surface coating: Science and Technology” Wiley. Module 3 Mechanism of film formation. oxidative drying. cratering. manufacture.1 2+1 Module 1 Reflection. chemical conversion treatments. Module 2 Classification based on polymeric resin. barrier properties. marine coatings. References 1. chromaticity diagrams for colour measurements. properties such as floating. electro deposition. thermodynamics of adhesion. “ Paint and Surface Coatings-Theory and Practice” Ellis Horwood Chichester 1987 413 . foaming. Fluoropolymers. paint application. solvent properties. silicones. factors affecting pigment dispersion. hydrocarbon resins. flow coating. Swaraj Paul. Mechanical properties and optical properties of coatings. emulsion. Classification based on application. diffraction. brushing. dilutents. R. acrylics. acrylic paints. automotive finishes. hiding power. pigment volume concentration (PVC). film thickness. destructive methods.Interscience 1985 2. interfacial tension. pigment properties. living micro organisms. specular gloss. surface cleaning methods. chemical drying. additives affecting viscosity. physical drying. driers. different methods used for film preparation. formulation. refraction. chemiphoretic deposition. bloom gloss. Lambourne. Module 4 Adhesion properties of coatings. dip coating. solvents. chemical reactions.I) P 701 . formaldehyde based resins. polyurethanes. flame retardance. gloss. spray painting. appliance finishes. selection. oil and alkyd paints. different types. different types. factors affecting coating properties. silking. effect of rheological behaviour on paint performance. pigments. paint preparation. dispersion and colour matching of pigments. additive colour mixing. colour science. aircraft finishes. slip resistance and storage stability. chlorinated rubbers. ageing properties. vinyl resins. film density. preparation of pigment dispersion. roller coating. coil coatings.PAINT TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . can coatings. oil. surface uniformity. epoxy coatings. components of paints. skinning. resins. internal stresses. An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications. reference models. job and process scheduling. linked linear list. HTML. II edition. pointers and linked allocations. rotational optimization. transition. sorting techniques. II edition. introduction to dream weaver. multi programming and time sharing concepts. design notations and techniques. development process. bubble sort. software cost estimation.M. operations. planning and cost estimation. 3. References 1. introduction. Software Engineering Concepts. real time and distributed system design. computer security. organizational structure. uses of computer networks. defining the problem. 1987. developing a solution strategy. searching techniques. Abraham Silberschatz. staffing level estimation. stacks. binary searching. Operating System Concepts.. E-commerce framework. queues. fundamental design concepts.Detail.I) P 701 . James. fundamental concepts of cryptosystems. introduction. introduction. walkthroughs and inspections.Peterson. Module 2 Operating systems. DHTML. 4. applications in business. process states. Module 3 Software engineering. 5. network topologies. 2. software cost factors. front page.G. Addison Wesley Publication Company. Pressman R. Harvey. introduction. network hardware & software. exchange sort. sequential searching. circularly and doubly linked list. Mc Graw Hill. test plans. importance of software. Software Engineering. Module 4 Software design concepts. storage structures for arrays. Computer networks. planning. Mc Graw Hill. design guidelines. 1998. Mc Graw Hill.L. Jean-Paul Tremblay& Paul. application of stacks. examples of network.2 2+1 Module 1 Data Structures. An Introduction to Operating Systems.Sorenson. selection sort. Addison Wesley Publication Company.S. interrupt processing. 1984. internet programming. Richard Fairley. seek optimization. applications. E-commerce. introduction. modules and modularization criteria. PCB. 414 . generation and history of operating systems. 1985. disk scheduling. cost estimation techniques.INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . detailed design consideration. 1985. milestone. marginal cost. Demand forecasting. methods study. deming. crosby. cost benefit analysis. law of demand. significance of economic analysis in business decisions. marginal cost pricing. objectives of a good plant layout. fixed cost. process layout. TQM system. variable cost. plant layout. quality control. References 1. full cost pricing. Module 2 Cost analysis. basic assumptions. O. pricing for a rate of return. Khanna. Varshney & K. pricing in practice. cost output relationship in the short run and the long run. factors governing plant location. Market price. production. economic and commercial feasibility. service and product quality. inspection. situations demand. financial feasibility. managerial uses of break even analysis. Elasticity of supply. bid pricing. productivity.Industrial Engineeering and Management. definitions of quality. break even analysis. equilibrium of the firm.Dhanpatrai PublicationsNew Delhi-1998 2. break even point.ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE . definition and scope of study of the subject. appraisal process. demand and supply analysis. Module 3 Capital budgeting.3 2+1 Module 1 Nature and scope of engineering economics. objectives and procedure. principles of motion economy. Law of supply. role of work study. present value comparison. rate of return. pricing decisions. break even chart. statutory price fixation in India.L. work measurement. 415 . evolution of total quality management. stop watch time study.4 2+1 Module 1 Basic concepts. product layout and combination layout. D-Economics-Mc'Grawhill-1992 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT & RELIABILITY ENGINEERING (ELECTIVE . W. method of appraising project Profitability. Elasticity of demand. juran. & Nordhaus.I) P701 . customer orientation. 3. pricing decisions. work sampling.I) P 701 . human factor. A. technical feasibility. preparing of feasibility report. Module 4 Work study. SIMO chart. pay back period. determinants of demand. need for capital budgeting. R. rating concept and systems.P. Maheswari-Managerial Economics-S Chand and Co. taguchi. Samuelson P. ishikawa theories. L. allowances. factors affecting productivity. human component. I. bench marking... 416 . POKAYOKE. goal setting. introduction. 1993. information system. CPK. on-condition maintenance. New Jersey. TQM road map. Module 4 Reliability. choice of maintenance strategy. series. periodic condition monitoring. 8.S. procedure.Module 2 Quality planning & techniques. QS 9000.. improvement. 1993. Kogan page Ltd. change management. continuous condition monitoring. John Wiley & Sons. continuous improvement techniques. reliability in design. brake system in automobiles and aircraft. New Delhi. motivational aspect. Addison – Wesley. routine testing for unrevealed faults. 1999. 5.. TQM. factors contributing to mean down time (MDT).T. process control. References 1. Bazovsky. USA. Total Quality Management. quality planning. New Delhi – 1975. team development. Rose. Practical Reliability Engineering 2edn. 7. Prentice Hall of India Pvt.. Tata McGrew Hill Pub. Reliability Theory and Practice. 1985. 3. meantime to failure. Srinath L. 2nd edn. Reliability Engineering. 4. factors contributing to mean maintenance time. Module 3 Human dimension & system development in TQM. manufacturing for quality. fault diagnosis. data based approach.. weibull model. Patrick P. statistical tools. documentation.. probabilistic nature of failures. 1984. John Bank. economics of maintenance. Ly\td. John Bentley. mean time to repair (MTTR). Co. Balagurusamy E. parallel and mixed configurations. process capability. TQM mind set. clauses. New Delhi. case studies of aircraft engines. Englewood Cliffs. definition. Samuel K Ho. participation style. deming wheel. 7QC tools. ISO 9000. 5S.. (MMT). USA. Maintainability. 2nd edn. 6σ. Reliability Engineering. system reliability. Kogan page Ltd. designing for quality. 2nd edn. TQM – An integrated approach. 2. hazard models. Affiliated East West Press.. Joel E.. Introduction to Reliability and Quality Engineering. structure. redundancy. hazard rate. mean failure rate. 6. 1961. FMEA.. Printice Hall. certification. QFD. 1996. Inc. meantime between failures. ISO 14000. electronic equipollents. team work. O’ Connor. quality circle. Module 2 Product development and research. return of investment.INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING P 702 2+1 Module 1 Introduction. price fixation. 6. determination of standard time and allowances. building design. finance and capital requirements. value engineering. Design Time and Motion Study Operations Management Value Engineering Methods Engineering System Analysis and Project Management J. technical collaborations. project environments. trial balance. capital budgeting. 2. Module 3 Maintenance and replacement.L. References 1. plant layout and material handling. principles of costing. trading profit and loss account. construction. principles of motion economy. design function. types of material handling equipment. critical examination. 8. investment proposals.S. types of investment. SIMO chart. field of application. source of finance. 3. foreign exchange regulations. 417 . 5. methods of allocation of overhead costs. preventive and breakdown maintenance. environmental control like lighting. product development. humidity. standardization.D. use of time study data. industrial waste disposalprinciples of material handling. element of double entry book keeping. development of design. economic aspect. importexport status. 4. noise.Riggs Hiegel Mc Cornic. cash flow statements. determination of economic life. project development cycle. layout. 7. manufacture Vs purchase. Barnes R. marketing survey and strategies. means of raising capital. product and process. experimentation. Production System Production Control Human Factors in Engg. government regulations. physical facilities. micro motion study and Therblings. Krick Cleand &king. testing. selection and application. availability of resources. evolution of modern concepts. objectives of design. selection of materials and processes. selection of factory site. methods of providing for depreciation.J. concept of project. E. dust. analysis of work methods using different types of process charts and flow diagrams. entrepreneurship. prototype production. accounting and costing. Miles L. comparison of flowchart. preinvestment analysis. ventilation. replacement of equipment. constructional details. criteria for selection of equipment. simplification. functions of an industrial engineer.M. Module 4 Methods Engineering. Buffa E. balance sheet. temperature. human factors in design. super finishing. operations. types. sine bars. twist drill nomenclature. parts. operations. autocollimator. part programming. II & III. types. analogy and digital control system. difference. manual part programming technique and computer aided part programming technique. types. milling. types. operations. specifications. gauges. operations only. types. S. Module 4 Transfer machines. planning. girt. grinding. parts of standard shaper. Vol. measurement principles. N. specification. Module 2 Shaping. single spindle and multispindle types. Manufacturing Technology.A. electro plating. grade and structure of grinding wheel. Module 3 Special machining. parts of center lathe. W. classification of measuring instruments. metal spraying. Vol. electro chemical machining. specifications. honing.J.K. symbols. go. Hajra Choudry. 1999. types. no gauges. boring. absolute and incremental position control. parts of double housing. planning machine. abrasive jet machining. Chapman. components. Workshop Technology. open and closed loop control system. types of lathe specification. specifications. surface roughness. chemical machining. M. electron beam machining. Elements of Workshop Technology promoters and Publishers. types. bonding process. electrical discharge machining. plasma arc machining. abrasives. operations table drive mechanism only. measurement.PRODUCTION ENGINEERING P 703 3+1 Module 1 Lathe. buffing. ultrasonic laser machining. capstan and turret lathe.C. drilling. 9th Edition. I.3 3. automatic lathe. fine finishing. classification. height gauge. 2. terms. single point tool nomenclature accessories and attachment. slip gauges. I & II Media 418 . Hastle Hurst. machines. References 1. specification. pneumatic and electronic controllers. Process system analysis and control. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. New Delhi 5. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. open and closed loop systems. Coughnour & Koppel. manometers. molecularity and order of a reaction. proportional integral derivative controller. proportional derivative control. liquid level and mixing process Module 2 Temperature measurement-different methods like electrical. material balance problems involving mixing. New Delhi. proportional integral controller. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. New Delhi 3. reaction rate. Introduction to chemical engineering. evaporation. Chemical reaction engineering. bourden tube. basic principles and transfer functions. contact and noncontact methods. Bhatt & Vora 2. thermocouple. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. concept of limiting and excess reactants. variables affecting the rate of reaction. types. Perry. New Delhi 419 . Process instrumentation. distillation and absorption. collision theory and transition state theory. ideal batch reactor. liquids and gases. Levenspiel. leaching. mercury thermometer. semi batch reactor. integral and differential method of data analysis.CHEMICAL ENGINEERING . first order systems. References 1. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. well type and inclined types.thermometers. Module 3 Chemical reaction engineering-classification of chemical reactions and reactors. ideal gas law. Tata McGraw Hill Company limited. bimetallic and resistance thermometers.IV P 704 3+1 Module 1 Process control-controllers. mixed reactor Module 4 Process calculations-methods of expressing composition of mixture of solids. New Delhi. Chemical engineer’s Handbook. Stochiometry. diaphragms. barometer. optical pyrometer. Pressure measurement. Anderson & Wenzel. 7. Patranabis. New Delhi 6. Process control. New Delhi 4. Patranabis. bellows. Arrhenius law. U-tube. Amagat’s law.liquid filled. Dalton’s law. beads. cycle tyres. force variations. Samuel K. autoclave. cycle tubes. principles of designing formulations for various rubber components. tyre mould design. tyre sizing. its geometry. rolling resistance. radial force variation. diaphragms. tyre reinforcement materials (textile. pneumatic resilience effect. basic functions. tyre curing methods. endurance test. bias belted. tube and tubeless tyres-basic features. printing office. US Govt. Tyre Technology. their components. Tom French. bagomatic. functions of a pneumatic tyre. tyre construction analysis. airbag. concave tyres. curing presses. effect of tread pattern. glass. winter tyres. bicycle tyre. OTR tyres. breaking and traction of tyres. green tyre design principles. quality control tests. New York. type balance. criteria of selection.TYRE TECHNOLOGY P705 3+1 Module 1 History on the design and development of tyres. automotive tubes. National Bureau of standards. bead winding machine. different components of a tyre. References 1. aircraft tyres. Module 2 Cord-rubber composites. 1971. textile treatment (RFL dip). 2. wet. different types of tyre building machines. manufacture of tyre treads. tyre forces on dry and wet road surface. failure mechanism of cord reinforced rubber. tyre wear. tyre flaws and separations. load carrying. the tyre function as a spring. mechanics of tyre pavement interaction. tyre friction contribution to driving control. Solid tyres. dimension and size-static and loaded. Module 3 Manufacturing techniques of various tyres . noise level. patographing. Module 4 Measurement of tyre properties. mileage. mechanism of noise generation. car tyres. OTR tyre. curing bags. aramid). bias. Mechanics of pneumatic Tires. foot print pressure distribution. rubber friction. steel. radial. cornering coefficient aligning torque coefficient. compounding techniques. noise measurements. force and moment characteristics. bladders. traction forces on dry. bias cutters. current status of tyre industry in India and its future prospects. ice. 1989. different styles and construction. BIS standards for tyres. X-ray holography. tubes and flaps. sidewalls.two wheeler. various factors affecting friction and sliding. 420 . fatigue resistance. Monograph. different types of tyres. tyre noise. evaluations. methods of building green tyres for bias. green tyre treatments. load sensitivity and load transfer sensitivity. traction. post cure inflation. Adam Hilger. sliding mechanism. radial and tubeless tyres. autoform. truck tyres. tyre stresses and deformation. bias belted. lateral force variation concentricity and ply steer. flatspotting. non-uniformity dimensional variations. vibration and noise reduction. wheel and plunger tests. snow and irregular pavements. contribution to road adhesion. steering control and self aligning torque. relative merits and demerits. Clark. Good year Tire and Rubber Company. Tire Technology. corona resistance. DIN. hardness. References 1. TEM. 2. compressive strength. 197 POLYMER TESTING P706 3+1 Module 1 Standards organizations. H1. 4th edition. Testing of Plastics ASTM Manual 35. 3.36. 1978. BIS. Module 4 Analysis of dielectric strength. surface resistivity.Brown.J. use of mass spectrometry. NMR spectroscopy. stress-strain behaviour in tension. DMA and TMA. F. Izod. arc resistance. long term testing. optical microscopy. flammability. heat deflection temperature. X-ray diffraction.up. New York 1984 Vishu Shah. heat of fusion. tensile strength. L. flexural strength. 4. Academic Press. ASTM. gloss. ageing. compression and shear. loss factor. gas chromatography. R. Tm. stress relaxation. IR. functional group analysis. Charpy. creep. 2 Vols. tear strength. DSC. transparency. Milano. TGA. Module 2 Chemical analysis of polymers. BS. Mechanics of Tire. abrasion resistance. volume resistivity. heat build. thermal conductivity. Robecchi. Kovac. ESR. preparation and conditioning of test pieces. electron diffraction. C13. dissipation factor. determination of Tg. refractive index. Physical testing of Rubber. Module 3 Principle and use of DTA.P. neutron diffraction in polymer characterization. resilience. dielectric constant. E. 4. FDA. Akron. Pirelli. SEM. impact. haze. Amiki. short term testing.37 BIS and TST Manual 421 . power factor. tacticity analysis. vicat softening point.3. 0+3 422 . Falling dart impact strength 7. Reynolds’s experiment 7. Verification of Bernoulli’s theorem 4. Fluid flow measurement using venturimeter 3. Characteristic curves of a reciprocating pump 10. Tensile strength 2. Izod and Charpy impact strength 6. Flex resistance 0+3 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY P 708 1. Compression strength 3. Fluid flow measurement using orificemeter 2. Flexural strength 4. Shore Hardness 8. Abrasion resistance 9. Simple distillation 6. Single tank system 5. Kinetics of hydrolysis of ethyl acetate. Tear strength 5.POLYMER TESTING LAB P707 Testing of mechanical properties of plastics and rubbers 1. Dynamics of thermometer 8. Rebound resilience 10. Characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump 9. EIGHTH SEMESTER 423 . contact angle. setting. test methods. hardening by cooling. immiscible substrates with interphase formation via chemical reaction. 424 . adhesive joint strength. Module 3 Hardening by solvent or dispersing medium removal. polyvinylalcohols. mechanical interlocking. chemically roughened substrates. adhesives in electrical industry. standard test methods. pressure sensitive adhesives. phenolic resins. cyanoacrylate. engineering properties of adhesives. mechanically roughened substrates. structural adhesives in aerospace. III edition. electronic theory. mechanical abrasion. effect of temperature. Skiests (Ed). environmental attack. polyvinylacetates. types of joints. References 1. hardening by chemical reaction. donor-acceptor interactions. Handbook of Adhesives. Marcel Dekker 1983. Module 4 Stresses. thermodynamics of adhesive. interface. Butterworths 1984 3. effect of joint geometry. measure of adhesion. epoxides. secondary force interactions. introduction. Van Nostrand Reinhold. anaerobic. adsorption theory. role of localized energy dissipation diffusion theory. lignin based resin.ADHESIVE TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . solvent cleaning. Handbook of Adhesives. acrylic. surface treatment. non destructive testing. Chemistry and Technology. adhesives from natural sources. plasma treatments. hot melt adhesives. 1990 2. polymer/ metal interface. non-hardening adhesives. Shields. tannin formaldehyde resin. work of adhesion. rheology of adhesion Module 2 Low energy surface. TPE based adhesives. adhesives in building construction. solvent. conductive. primary force interaction. chemical treatments. di isocyanates. selection of joint detail. strength of adhesion.II) P801 . service life prediction. high energy surface. adhesives in automobile industry. Pizzi (Ed) Wood Adhesives. rubber based adhesives. immiscible planar substrates.1 3+1 Module 1 Bond types. fracture mechanics of adhesive joints. primers. mechanism of adhesion. dynamic and static fatigue. joint design criteria. welding of plastics. acid base consideration. major packaging plastics. relation criteria for packaging materials. twin sheet & melt to mould thermoforming. package. PVDC. packaging legislation and regulation. elements. blown film. cast film & sheet. other cushioning materials & distribution packaging. New Delhi. packaging hazards and their controls. EVA. aseptic thermoforming. Module 3 Extrusion. PC ionomers & fluoro polymers. compression & transfer moulding. Susan E. thermoforming moulds. extrusion. shrink wrapping. film and flexible packaging. thermoforming packages.S. specialized packaging for food products Module 4 Thermoformed. laminations & co extrusions. lamination. vinylacetate.. injection moulding. PS. distribution hazards. migration & compatibility. PVC. printing. sterilization systems and health care products. barrier. case histories. special requirements of food and medical packaging. sealing. 425 . rotary thermoforming. multi layer film & sheet coatings. Ltd. variations in thermoforming and solid phase pressure forming. moulded and rigid packages. PV Alcohol.M. skin packaging. advantages & disadvantages of moulding foams. Hanser publications – Munich 2. plasma barrier coatings. PVA. Altalye. plastic pallets. scrabbles. Plastics in packaging. extrusion. position & thermoforming & wrap forming. packaging as a system. polyesters. PA. Seleke. approach. drums & other shipping containers. blow moulding. packaging equipment checklist. PE.PLASTICS PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY (ELECTIVE . energy requirement for conversion. thermoforming fill real. pallet & stretch wrapping. design of molded cushioning systems. evaluation of seals in flexible packages. flexible packaging products. References 1. testing plastic packages. stretch and shrink wrap. functions of packaging. pouching.2 3+1 Module 1 Introduction to plastics packaging.II) P 801 . metallizing. Understanding plastic packaging Technology. introduction. decoration process. Tata McGraw – Hill publishing Co. labeling & pigmenting. Module 2 Conversion process. advantages of plastic packaging. PP. polystyrene & other foams systems cushioning. environmental considerations. design. advantages of flexible packaging. sealing methods. A. Y) 2. equivalent alternate. “Plant Design And Economics For Chemical Engineers. “Process Engineering Economics”. F. capacity factors. need. multiplier and accelerator. Beep micro economics. 426 .II) P 801 . business cycle. Module 2 Capital requirements for process plants. amoritation. advanced techniques in management. managerial functions. sales forecasting. demand forecasting methods. cost indices. Peter And Timmerhaus. merit rating. principles. maintenance. annual cost methods. concept of industrial relations. depreciation. concepts recruitment. References 1.3 3+1 Module 1 Value of money.. job evaluation. Concept of management. Schwyer H. (N. income statement. accidents. economic balance in batch operation. labor management of relations. cyclic operations and multiple equipment units. capital requirements for completed plan. cost. causes and prevention. economic balance. time element. Module 4 Micro economics. equipment costs. “Cost And Optimisation Engineering “. accounting. personnel management. present worth method.PROCESS ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT (ELECTIVE . Mcgraw Hill Book Co. concept of marking. Keynesian employment theory. equation for economic studies and equivalence. product cycle. depletion. elasticity of demand and supply. rate of return and payment time. balance sheet. variable costs. merits and demerits.E. fixed costs. profits and returns. cost analysis. service facilities. capital recovery. reserach.. 3. economic production charts. economic analysis. cash flow analysis. Module 3 Economics of selecting alternates. equivalence. Jelam. national income.. earnings. selection and training and development. fatigue. scientific management. type of organization.F. interacting and non interacting types. Process Systems Analysis and Control McGraw Hill. Tata McGraw Hill. electrical and thermal conductivity. impulse and sinusoidal inputs transient response of chemical reactor. Process Control. humidity composition by physical and thermal properties and spectroscopy.. response to step. servo and regulator problems. digital computer applications. heat exchangers and distillation columns. second order system. 2. feedback characteristics of control systems. Harriot.PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION (ELECTIVE . tuning of controller settings. transportation lag. 3. response of second order systems to step. introduction to PLC programming and DCS. pH and concentration. Wiley 1978. temperature pressure. References 1. fluid density and specific gravity. microprocessors and computer control of chemical processes. Process dynamics and applications. first order systems. principles of pneumatic and electronic controllers. dynamics and control of chemical reactors. 427 . P. liquid level. bode stability criterion. Coughanowr D.4 3+1 Module 1 Principles of measurement and classification of process control instruments. Niquist diagram. examples.P. first order systems in series. impulse and sinusoidal forcing functions. Eckman. New York. block diagram. transfer functions. Module 2 Transient response of open loop systems. signal flow graph techniques. transfer function for controllers and final control element. stability criterion. concept of stability ROUTH test for stability. examples. New Delhi 1977. fluid flow. and Koppel L. volumetric and mass flow rate. Module 4 Introduction to frequency response of closed loop systems.M. D.R. viscosity and consistency. Module 3 Control system. Industrial Instrumentation.II) P 801 . development of block diagram for feed back control systems. response of first order systems in series. part families. contract inspection methods.. creating manufacture database. surface modeling. computer controls in NC. technology in Q. machine tools and related equipment. solid modeling finite element modeling.”CAD/CAM”. machine cells benefits of G. wire-frame modeling. human labour in the manufacturing system. computer generated time standards. Zimmers. computer in Q. Module 2 Conventional memorial control (NC).. problems with conventional NC. manual data input. direct digital control. NC co ordinate system. automate dimensioning. optical and non optical.M. computer integrated manufacturing systems. on line calculation capabilities. supervisory computer control. material handling system. input-output devices in CAD.T. design work station.). non contract inspection methods. CIMS benefits. process control strategies. adaptive control machining systems. Module 4 Group technology (G. digitizing. Jr. the macro statement in ATP.COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN & MANUFACTURE P 802 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. tape coding and format. Groover. Besent C. secondary storage. 1987 2. local coordinates. plotters and other output devices. combined DNC/CNC systems. retrieval type process planning system.C. economics of NC. introduction.T. introduction. design process. manufacturing systems. E. Prentice Hall of India. applications of NC. G. benefits of CAD. computer aided process planning. punched tape in NC. layering.C. Functions of graphic package. computer numerical control. NC controller technology. NC programming with interactive graphics. NC procedure. data base structure and content. groups. graphic terminal. Module 3 Structural modes of manufacturing process. distributed control versus central control. the ATP language. NC motion control system. patterns. part classification and coding. 3D transformations.T. computer aided testing. direct numerical control. References 1. constructing the geometry. machinability data systems. generative process planning system. application of computers for design. “ Computer aided Design and Manufacturing” Ellis Horwood Ltd England 1980 428 .B. M. conceteration. benefits of CAPP. voice NC programming. integration of CAQC with CAD/ CAM manufacturing systems.. computer assisted part programming. NC part programming. basic components of NC system. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing. operator input devices. planning function. 2D transformations.P. manual part programming. computer aided quality control. definition of various textile terms. Evans. finishing and dyeing. banana. relation between fibre properties and structure. nylon 66 and nylon 6. thermal properties.W.” Applied Sciences” 1982 3. evenness. pineapple. 1971 5. 1980 2. polyester. cellulose acetate. Butterworths. fabric properties such as strength. References 1. F. brief idea about the construction. use of animal and mineral fibres. Moncrief. strength. jute. crystallinity and orientation. nomex. detailed study of fibre properties such as mechanical properties. metallic fibres. Wiley – Interscience.” Man Made Fibres. poly vinyl alcohol. Moscow 1978 429 . Newness. chemical composition. saran. U. steel wire. coir.Wooton. “Text Book of Polymer Science”. uses of vegetable fibres such as cotton. definition of fibre. silk. lacing. polymer products containing fibres. denier. flax. twist. knitting. production. spandex. Wake and D. abrasion resistance.FIBRE TECHNOLOGY P 803 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. Textile reinforcement of Elastomers. fibre manufacturing industries in India. electrical properties. conversion from one system to another. fibre dimensions. Module 2 Fibres used in polymer industry. bursting strength. fabrics. properties and testing of viscose rayon. abrasion.” House technology” Applied Science Publishes 1979 4.B. yarn properties such as count appearance. present status and future prospects. brief idea about spinning of cotton yarns and blends. physical structure of fibre forming polymers. dynamic mechanical properties and their importance. optical properties and fibre friction. concept of order in fibres and polymers. tex. Sadov et al. fibre spinning. properties of yarns. yarn numbering system. fatigue. 6. cover factor. units of measurements. geometry of weaves. properties. chemical composition. carbon fibre. bonding and weaving.Billmeyer. felting.K. Module 3 Man made fibres. Booths. sisal. friction. use of fibres in the rubber and plastic industry. methods of investigating fibre structure. “Chemical technology of fibres and Material” Mir Publishers. “ Textile Testing”.types and sources. drawing of fibres. kevlar. moisture absorption. linen. Module 4 Yarn and textile production from fibres. air permeability. acrylic. biodegradability of polymers. enzymes. enzyme specificity. plastics wastes containing paper. Development of starch based polymers. non. disposal of residuals. chemical degradation initiates biodegradation. Marcel Dekker. Recycling of plastic materials (Ed) Francesco Paolo La Mantia. primary recycling. enzyme nomenclature. sorting and segregation of waste. Degradable polymers. environmental pollution. recycling of rubber. Plastics Waste Management (ed) Nabil Mustafa. enzymatic digestion. Marcel Dekkar. comparison of the impact on environment by polymers and other materials. degradation. solvent extraction. environmental degradation Module 3 Need for recycling of plastics from urban solid wastes. biodegradation. PET films Module 4 Secondary recycling. plastics identification. Chem Tee Publishing. ceramics and metals. comparison of total energy costs for product manufacture based on polymers.POLYMERS & ENVIRONMENT P 804 3+1 Module 1 Introduction. resources of polymers. 4. soil burial test. hydrolytic treatment. recycling and plastics waste management. introduction. difficulty in recycling of rubber products. manufacture of master batch. use of recyclable plastics in motor vehicles. crushing and separation. intracellular biodegradation. reclaimator process. thermal degradation. 430 . recoverable material. waste composition. hydrolysis of synthetic biodegradable polymers. remedy for environmental problem by polymers. equipments for primary recycling. New York. synthesis. TPO based materials. SPI coding. mixing and processing References 1. Module 2 Bio-degradation of polymers. specific recycling techniques. WTR. PE films. drawbacks. (eds) Ann 3. burning of polymers. New York. industrial sector. properties. advantages of reclaimed rubber in cost. household waste. polymer production and consumption. biopolyesters. physical factors affecting the activity of enzymes. Christine Albertsson and Samuel J. enzyme mechanism. assessment. awareness program. Huang. 2. extra cellular biodegradation. processing of mixed plastics waste. PP battery case. isolation. hydrolytic degradation. Edward Miller 2. H. designers checklist. rubber bridge bearings . electrical use. system with single degree of freedom.B. Plastic Products Design Handbook . periodic motion. backlash and working clearance. hinges. structural design of products under static and dynamic loads. design. different types. tolerances. plastic bearings. endurance limit. draft angles. multi degrees of freedom. plastic threads. design for stiffness.POLYMER PRODUCT DESIGN P 805 3+ 1 Module 1 Steps in product design. pump pressure. beltings. logarithmic decrements. damping. functional design. ribs. isolation of shock and transient vibrations. frictional properties. wall thickness. aviation. Handbook . effects of cyclic loading. footwear. snap fitting. pressure rating calculation. advantages and disadvantages. DuBois 3. stress concentration. glossary of gearing terms. optical use Module 2 Design features of products. gate size and location. rubber seals. moulded-ininserts. beats. couplings. damped vibrations.Dym Freakly and Payne “Theory and Practice of engineering With Rubber” Applied Science. simple harmonic motion. safety factor. octave rules. basic configurations. design of static and dynamic seals. natural frequency. marine fields. welding. tapers. rubber mountings. 1978 431 . dynamic isolation and transmissibility. hoses. two degrees of freedom. safe stress. functional surfaces and lettering. References 1. Module 4 Hysteresis. Plastic Products Design Engg. weld lines. joints. effect of fillers on properties and performance. design of rubber products in automobiles. energy absorption.S Levy & J. working stress. moulded and cut gears. rubber bearings. rubber. undamped vibration. sports goods. undercuts. vibration isolation. combination of simple harmonic motion. dimensions and specifications. London. Module 3 Plastic gears. pipes. critical damping. inside and outside corners. blind holes.metal components. cables. materials. design of beams and plates. principles of vibration. manholes. aesthetic design. lubricants. coulomb and solid damping. fatigue factor. Product Design With Plastics J. forced vibrations. external loading.to. frequency of damped vibrations. Bueche. Module 2 Electrical and electronic properties of polymers. pyroelectric and ferromagnetic properties. improving low performance polymers for high temperature use. polymers in non-linear optics. polymers for high temperature resistance.Mort & G. synthesis. 1998. R. polysiloxanes and metal chelate polymers. polyparaphenylene polypyrrole.Pfister. nitrogen and boron. 2nd edition. H.F. Chapman & Hall. References 1. structure. polymers for low fire hazards. polyelectrolytes for ion exchange. Dyson. Salil. Hanser Publications. 3. conducting polymers.SPECIALITY POLYMERS P 806 3+1 Module 1 High temperature and fire resistant polymers.K. polyelectrolytes based on carboxylates. ionomers based on polystyrene. F.Ku & R.Mark. photoresists for semi conductor fabrication. polyketones. applications. polyamides. polymers with integral ions. Electrical Properties of Polymers. fluoropolymers. ionomers based on polyethylene.Liepins. polyelectrolyte complexes. Dekker. polyesters. Marcel 5. Encyclopedia of polymer Science & Engineering. polyacetylene. 1989. Module 4 Liquid crystalline polymers. inorganic polymers. conducting mechanisms. Electronic properties of polymers. New York. 1962. physical properties and applications. types. Applied Science. Physical properties of polymers. New York. Module 3 Ionic polymers. Plastics for Electronics. heterocyclic polymers. 8.T. polymers with piezoelectric.Roy. 4. photo conducting polymers. Plastics Technology Hand book. aromatic polymers. 7. inorganic ionic polymers. Elsevier. optical fibre telecommunication cables. ionomers with polyaromatic backbones. eds. polysulphones. organometallic polymers. 1985.W. Munich 1987. Specialty Polymers. polyphenylene sulphide. polymers containing phosphorous. John Wiley & Sons. Manas Chanda. ion exchange. 2nd edition. J. insulating properties of polymers. 1993 6. Wiley. hydrophilicity. elastomeric ionomers. organometallic polymers. C. (Ed). 432 . 2. Wiley Interscience.Goosey. Matrin. New York. ionomers based on PTFE. A consolidated report of the project work in the form of a dissertation has to be submitted after the completion of the work. sincerity.CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY LAB P807 Determination of the following parameters 1. seminar paper and educational tour report for this examination. Preparation and analysis of soap 10. Hardness of water 6. Acid value of oils 2. Flash point and fire point PROJECT & SEMINAR P 808 0+3 Each student has to undertake a short project under the supervision of a guide. aptitude. knowledge. 0+3 VIVA VOCE P 809 A viva-voce will be conducted as a part of the university examination to assess the student’s overall ability and knowledge in the field of Polymer Engineering and allied subjects. The assessment of the project work will be based on the day-to-day performance of the student. Sucrose content of sugar 5. Iodine value of oils 3. the quality & content of the project report and seminar & viva-voce. Saponification value of oils 4. Dissolved oxygen in water 7. The candidate has to present the project report. Available chlorine content in bleaching powder 9. 433 . BOD and COD of water 8. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ENGINEERING BRANCH 434 .TECH.B. THIRD SEMESTER 435 . L. connectives – Well formed formulas – Tautologies. Module 4 Discrete Numeric Functions & generating Functions. McGraw Hill. Discrete Mathematics . subgraphs. 2. Cycles.Richard Johnsoubaugh (Pearson Education Asia) 4.Bernard Kolman. Recurrence relations – Manipulations of Numeric functions – generating functions – Recurrence – relations – Linear recurrence relations with constant coefficients – Homogenious solutions – Particular solutions – Total solutions – solutions by the method of generating functions. Module 3 Algebraic systems – general properties – Lattices as a partially ordered set – some properties of lattices – lattices as algebraic systems – sub lattices – direct product – homomorphism – some special lattices. Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science . Cryptography and network security principles and practice . Relations & Functions – Properties of binary relations – Equivalence relations and partitions – Functions and pigeon hole principle. Discrete Mathematical Structures . Elements of Discrete Mathematics . 436 .P. Module 2 Number Theory: Prime and relatively prime numbers – modular arithmetic – Fermat’s and Euler’s theorems – testing for primability – Euclids algorithm – discrete logarithms. Equivalence of formulas . Manohar. R.C. 5. Consistency.J. Paths. Robert C. Pearson Education Asia.Duality law Tautological implications – Normal forms – the theory of inference for the statement.John Clark & Derek Allan Holton. Trembly. Multigraph and Weighted graph – Trees – spanning trees. 3.II RT301 3+1+0 Module 1 Mathematical Logic – Statements. Allied Publishers. Theorem proving – the predicate calculus – Inference Theory of the predicate calculus.William Stallings. Bushy. Calculus – validity . A first look at Graph Theory . McGraw Hill. 6.Lieu. Sharon Cutler Ross.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . Module 5 Graph Theory: Basic concept of graphs. connected graphs. References 1. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS T 302 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: .N. Chirlian – Mc Graw Hill Electric Circuit Analysis. reciprocity. Two port parameters – two port variable – short circuit admittance parameters – open circuit impedance parameters – transmission parameters – hybrid parameters – parallel connection of two port networks. Text Book 1. Module 3 Second order equations – internal excitation. Thevenins and Norton’s theorems – proof and examples. Pole – zero locations for transfer functions.The resistance. Module 2 First order differential equations – solutions. The Laplace Transformation – Basic theorems – examples. E. Transform of signal waveforms – Shifted unit sep function – Ramp and Impulse function. Evaluating initial conditions. 2nd Edition – S. Pole – zero plot – domain behavior. 3. capacitance and inductance parameters. Loop variable analysis. Guillemin – John Wiley & Sons Network Analysis and synthesis – Franklin F Kuo – John Wiley & Sons Basic Network Theory – Paul M. Dot convention for coupled circuits. stability. Initial State of a network. Topological description of networks. Van Valkenburg – PHI References 1. Transform Impedance and transform circuits. Module 5 Network functions – Terminal pairs – one port and two port networks – Ladder networks – General networks. The network equations. Time constants. Vikas Publications 437 . Duality State variable analysis. Active element conventions. The integrity factor – examples – Initial conditions in elements Geometrical Interpretation of derivation. Introductory Circuit Theory – Errist A. Examples. 4. 2. series and parallel combinations of elements. Poles and zeros. Network Analysis – M. Theorem – Super position. Waveform Synthesis – Initial and final value – Convolution as a summation Module 4 Impedance function – Concept of Computer frequency.Kirchoff’s laws – source transformations.Sivanadam. examples Module2 C fundamentals: . Photodiode. Frequency Response. Pulse Digital and Switching wave forms . operators. PROBLEM SOLVING AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING RT 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Problem solving with digital Computer . 2. Module 5 Power supplies & Special semi conductor devices – Regulator power supplies – IC regulated Power supplies. UJT (basic concepts only). Clamping. References 1. data types. simple programming in C. Transistor As an amplifier – RC coupled amplifier.Flowchart Pseudocode. Gain Bandwidth relation – Cascading of transistors – cascade Darlington pair – emitter follower. keywords. Bistable and Monostable Multivibrators – Sweep generators. Differentiation – Astable.Millman and Halkias. SCR. TRIAC. depletion and enhancement type – source drain characteristics and transfer characteristics.Identifiers. data Input and Output statements. Simple Bootstrap sweep generators.Algorithms . Module 2 FET. FET amplifier – MOSFET. opto coupler.Object Oriented . Electronics Devices & Circuits . 3. DIAC. Seven segment display. Photo transistor. McGraw Hill.Modular Programming . LCD. Integrated Electronics .Structured .Millman and Taub. LM317 – LED. expressions. Pearson Education. 7805. 7905. Integration. 438 .Steps in Computer programming Features of a good program .SOLID STATE ELECTRONICS RT 303 2+1+0 Module 1 Transistor – Biasing – Stability – Thermal runaway. Module 3 Oscillators – Concept of feed back – Transistorised phase shift oscillator – wein bridge Oscillator – Hartley Oscillator – Colpits Oscillator (Operation and Expression for frequency) Module 4 Clipping.Top down and bottom up approaches .Boylsted & Neshelsky. Functions . Contributions of Taylor. while.multidimensional arrays. Pearson Eduacation Let us C .W. switch. PHI Programming with ANSI and Turbo C .Opening & Closing a file Creating & Processing a file. Wages – Types of incentives. PHI HUMANITIES RT 305 PART A: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Module 1 Scientific Management.Andrew C Staugaard Jr. Bangalore Mastering Turbo C .Kerninghan & Ritchie. Pointers in C .K. break & continue statements.Program for bubble sort. BPB Programming in C . Types of structures of Organisation – Types of Business firms. 2+1+0 439 . Ltd.Bootle.A Modern Approach . Gantt.Byron S. Evolution of management theory. Gilbreth.Operations on pointers . Definition and functions of management Authority.Inspection – SQC control charts – quality assurance – TQM – ZERO defects. structures & unions . passing pointers to a functions.Micheal Schneider. Responsibility.Yeaswanth Khanetkar.Declaration. Kamthan. strings. BPB Publications Programming and Problem Solving with PASCAL .Module 3 Control statements & Functions: If . Newyork Structured and Object Oriented Problem Solving using C++ .void functions Recursion – Macros. Command line arguments.Stephen C.. 8. Text 1. Emerson. Module 5 Pointers & files . Delegation and Span of control.while. 7. 3.parameter passing . for. CBS publishers Using C in Program Design . 5. Norton & Company 10. Module4 Structured data types: Single dimensional arrays . nested loops. Job evaluation and merit rating. 4. C Programming .N. Gottfried. PBP 9. Computer Programming in C .Yeaswanth Khanetkar. Iling W. Wiley Eastern Ltd.Accessing array elements using pointers .Ashok N. 6. Kochan. do . Programming with C . Tata McGraw Hill References 1. 2.Ronald Leach. Development and implementation of re-engineering .else. Module 2 Procedure for ISO and ISI certification – Design. Prism Books Pvt. Karnaugh map. Pearson Education. 2. ECL & IIL logic (Brief 440 . Design with NAND and NOR gates. Hexadecimal – Conversion. S. Carry save adder. laws and theorems. Completely and incompletely specified functions. Agarwal . Insurance companies – The stock market – functions – Recent trends. Octal. BCD adder. Self complementing. Switching function. Alphanumeric codes Boolean Algebra – Postulates. Freeman and Gilbert.Mazda. Logic gates. TTL NAND – analysis – characteristics. ICICI. profitability of public sector banks. Multiplexers.structural transformation – industrial growth – inadequacies of the programme of industrialization – large and small scale industries – industrial sickness and Government policy – industrial labour – influence of trade unions. Module 5 The tax frame work – Direct and indirect taxes – impact and incidence – progressive and regressive – functions of the tax system – Black money – magnitude and consequences – Public debt – Debt position of the Central and State Governments – Deficit financing – revenue deficit and fiscal deficit – Problems associated with deficit financing. Module 3 Logic families – positive and negative logic.Industrial pattern .Ruddar Datt. Module 2 Combinational logic circuits – adder – half and full. Demultiplexers. open collector gate. Encoders. Binary codes – BCD. Look ahead carry adder. Engineering Managemt .Indian Economy Problems of Development and Planning. Wishwa Prakashan.Stoner. Quine – Mc Clauskey method. functions – commercial banking system. subtractor – half and full. Realization using logic gates. tri-state gates. Implementation of logic functions using multiplexers and decoders. Management . Serial & Parallel adders. Product of Sum. IRBI – Investment institutions – UTI. Indian Economy . Comparators. Decoders.PART B: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS Module 3 The Indian financial system – Reserve bank of India. 4. simplification – rules. Chand and Company Ltd. Module 4 Indian Industries . SIDBI. A. References 1. switching circuits. DIGITAL ELECTRONICS T 306 3+1+0 Module 1 Review of number Systems – Binary. Excess – 3 and Gray code. 3.N. development financial institutions – IDBI. Sum of Product. John.Yarbrough. static and dynamic RAM. Programming experiments in C to cover control structures-functions-arraysStructures-pointers and files. 2nd Edn. NOR. PISO. Binary counters – Asynchronous and Synchronous – Design. McGraw Hill.Morris Mano & Charles R. Module 4 Sequential logic Circuits – classification.PHI 2002 2. Comparison of logic families. CMOS – Inverter. Johnson Counter. Conversion of one type of flip flop to another. compilers.) 3. EPROM. References 1. Pearson Education. Programmable ROMs. . SIPO. external commands.Taub and Shilling. Memory etc. control panel etc. flip flops – SR. EEPROM. Peripherals. Ring counter. 8th Edition . (use of files directories. Familiarization of operating system-DOS. Text Book 1. Processor. D. Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals. MS Access. Typical counter IC’s. Memories – ROM. Pearson Education. RAM – basic structure.B. properties. 2. 2. decade. (Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT304 can be included. file manager. 4. Digital Integrated Electronics .explanation only). Digital Electronics and Logic Design .) 441 . Windows etc. Up-Down counters. universal shift register. program manager. Somanathan Nair . T. MS PowerPoint and MS Word. Truth table and Excitation table. applications. Typical IC’s. Characteristics. 3. applications.Floyd.organization of a ROM. Digital Logic – Applications and Design .M. Digital Fundamentals. Familiarization with word processing packages like MS Excel. internal commands. Kime.Vikas Thomson Learning C PROGRAMMING LAB T 307 0+0+4 1. PIPO. Module 5 Shift registers – SISO. PLD – PLA and PAL. Master slave. JK. NAND. Familiarization with computer system. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB T308 0+0+4 1. Transistor. 4. FET. Determination of Bandwidth. Determination of parameters. 7.Half Wave. Simple sweep circuits. Simple regulator circuits. Input & Output Impedances. Wave shaping. UJT. 5.series regulator. 6. 8. Zener Diode. Design of Astable multivibrator for specified time period sharpening edges. Design of a single stage RC coupled amplifier. 2. clamping. Wein bridge oscillator. Design of clipping. Rectifiers with filters. Full wave& Bridge 3. Characteristics – Diode. 442 . RC differentiator and Integrator. RC Phase shift oscillator. FOURTH SEMESTER 443 . its mean and variance . Module 2 Partial Differential Equations ..III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficients . by the method of variation of parameters –Cauchy’s equations.simple problems. 4. Khanna Publishers 2.formation by eliminating arbitary constants and arbitary Functions .simple applications in engineering problems.poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution . Elements of Partial Differential Equations . 6. Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance. difference proportion. Laxmi Publications Ltd. Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis.The binomial distribution.properties of normal curve .simple problems in binomial.Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms . A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar. Grewal. poisson and normal distributions. National Publishing Company 3.M. Wiley Eastern Ltd.I.transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity .II -3rd year Part A & B . its mean and variance .K. Pearson Education Asia / PHI 5.McGrawhill International Edn.fitting of binomial & poisson distributions normal distribution .ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . single mean and difference of mean (proof of theorems not expected) References 1.Linear Simultaneous eqns. Advanced Engg. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson. Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability .solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation.Finding P.S.Ian N. Higher Engineering Mathematics . Venkataraman.Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: . Pearson Education Asia 444 .standard normal curve . F and Chi square test – Level of significance . Engineering Mathematics Vol.B.Sneddon.inverse transforms . Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig. Adam Drozdek.al. applications. Sparse matrix representation & addition using arrays. Stacks & Queues-Sequential Implementation. deletion. 6. radix sort. Basic data structures-Arrays. Algorithms-Analysis of algorithms.Hashing functions. 2.Kakde and U. PHI Data Structures and Algorithms – O. Module 2 Linked lists. Complexity calculation of simple algorithms. Balanced trees-AVL Trees & B Trees (basic idea only) Module 4 Graphs –representation. Polynomial representation using linked list Module 3 Trees-basic terminology-binary tree-binary search tree-insertion. Module 5 Selection sort. heap sort.G. traversal. al. Storage allocation and compaction.A. Data Structures and Program design in C . 4. applications Hashing. Priority queue & D queue. Vikas Thomson Learning. et. insertion sort. 7.Tremblay & Sorenson. quick sort & merge sort Sequential search. search. Circular linked list.Tanenbaum. 8. Introduction to Data Structures with Applications . Time & Space Complexity. Pearson Education Introduction to Algorithms – Thomas... TMH Data Structures in C & C++ . Circular queue. 3. binary search. Collision resolution Dynamic memory management. Big O notation. tree sort. et. traversal. Data structures. 9. Polynomial representation & addition using arrays.Coreman-PHI Fundementals of Data Structures in C++ .DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMS T402 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction. Pearson Education Classic Data Structures – Samanta.Horrowits and Sahni. 5. Records.NiklausWirth. Doubly linked list..Robert L Kruse. bubble sort.H.Galgotia Algorithms + Datastructures = Program. PHI 445 .Linked stacks and queues. need for balancing. Interpolation search References 1.Deshpande-ISTE Learning material Data Structures and Algorithms in C++. Module 5 PLL: Operating principle.Donald L. CMRR.LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS & APPLICATIONS T 403 2+1+0 Module 1 Operational Amplifiers – Block diagram. high pass.Gayakwad. IC power amplifiers.Ramakant A. 6. Comparators. Non Inverting Amplifier. Integrated Circuits . Flash converters (parallel). References 1. McGraw Hill.finite open loop gain. band pass. Analog multipliers. Oxford University Press 4. dual tracking and switching regulators. . band reject. Precision rectifiers.Schlling and Charles Belove 446 .Weighted resistor. . Khanna Publishers. Hybrid converters . Electronics Circuits . OP-AMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits. Equivalent circuit. Signal generatorsmonolithic waveform generators. drift.Sedra & Smith.Jacob Millman & Arvin Grabel. OP-AMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits. 5. Oscillators. Non-ideal Op Amp . V to I and I to V converters. Differential Amplifiers. Module 2 Active Filters: Butterworth and Chebyshev filters. circuit stability and slew rate. block diagram of linear voltage regulators. Integrating ADC.R. three terminal voltage regulators. applications of PLL. Ideal Op Ampcharacteristics. lock range and capture range. voltage regulator ICs and their design. frequency response. 4rd Edn. Module 4 Voltage regulators. R-2R networks. Multivibrators. Microelectronics Circuits . 3. A/D converters. Pearson Education 2.voltage references.I & II order filters – low pass. Pearson Education.Successive approximation. LM 565 and its applications.Botkar. Microelectronics . filter design. Dual slope. offset voltage.Coughlin and Driscoll. building blocks of PLL.K. Waveform generators. Integrator. Module 3 D/A converters. 6th Edn. band width. Inverting. negative voltage regulators. Instrumentation Amplifiers. bias current. SCSI References 1. Sequencing. Immediate. characteristics. I/O Processor. Indirect and Implicit addressing. Penram International 2. Multiplication-array multiplier. 5. DivisionRestoring & non. Vranesic & Zaky. Machine cycles Module 2 Instruction set Instruction set of 8085. Memory interleaving.Functions & Structure. Interconnection structures. Direct. execution of a complete instruction. Addressing modes. Internal architecture of a typical 8-bit Microprocessor (Intel 8085). Layered view of a computer system. 3. I/O Module. Computer System Architecture-Morris Mano. Mc Graw Hill 4. Programming & Applications – Ramesh S Gaonkar. Registers. Carry look ahead & Carry save addition.Restoring division Module 4 Memory Organization. examples (Assembly language programming not intended) Module 3 CPU organization. Arithmetic-Review of addition & subtraction techniques. Hardwired and micro programmed control units. Instruction cycle. Operating system. Stack. Virtual memory-paging. Memory system considerations. Computer Organization & Architecture -William Stallings. examples Instruction types – Arithmetic. Interrupt driven I/O. Logic. High speed techniques-Cache memory. Signals. Computer Organization-Hamacher. Booth’s algorithm. Interrupt. Branch. Data transfer. DMA Standard I/O interfaces: RS 232 C. Memory Hierarchy. Instruction formats.COMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE T 404 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction Organization & Architecture. Microprocessor Architecture. Associative memory. Module 5 I/O Organization. CPU-Memory connection. Processor Organization-Single bus and 2 bus organization. I/O techniques-Programmed I/O. Review of basic operational concepts like CPU registers. Functional Units of a computer. I/O and Machine control Instructions. Addressing modes-Register. Horizonal & vertical microprogramming. Pearson Education. Computer Organization & Design-Pal Chaudhari. GPIB. Pearson Education. PHI 447 . Communication Systems: Haykin Simon.Independence of a random variable.Complex exponentials.existence.Random processes through LTI systems.Z-Transform . Bayes Theorem. Introduction to random process.existence conditions. Signals and Systems: Farooq Husain. wide-sense stationarity.Pearson Edn. Special Signals.SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LTA 405 2+1+0 Module 1 Dynamic Representation of Systems . Discrete convolution and its properties. 4. Module 4 Laplace Transform .Willsky Alan. Auto and cross correlation. References 1.probability density and distribution functions.Frequency response of LTI systems.Causality linearityStability. Sampling Theorem.Discrete-Time Fourier Transform (including DFT) and properties.Introduction to probability.V. Moments. S.Fourier SeriesFourier Transform and properties.Laplace Transform and its inverse: Definition. Signals and Systems: Oppenheim Alan.Application of Laplace transform for the analysis of continuous time LTI system (stability etc.Pearson Edn..) Significance of poles & zeros.Discrete-Time Fourier series.power spectral density White noise.Umesh pub. Signals and Systems: I J Nagrarth. Realization of LTI system (differential and difference equations). 2. 448 . Adaptive signal processing: W Bernad.time-invariance.Application of ZTransform for the analysis of Discrete time LTI systems.Significance of poles and zeros. 3.function of a random variable.convolution Integral. Frequency response of discrete time LTI systems.Region of convergence and properties. Discrete form of special functions.Singularity functions (impulse and step functions). Module 2 Fourier Analysis of Continuous Time Signals and Systems .Region of Convergence and properties.Systems Attributes. Module 3 Fourier Analysis of Discrete Time Signals & Systems .Z-Transform and its inverse: Definition. Module 5 Random Signals .concept of random variable.John Wiley. Linear Time-Invariant Systems: Differential equation representation.Parseval’s theorem.Tata Mc Graw Hill. 5. Module 5 Advanced OO concepts. Object Oriented Programming in C++: Robert Lafore. Templates. structures and classes. PHI C++ Primer: Lippman and Zajoie. Virtual destructors. Pearson Education C++ for You++: Maria Litwin & Garry Litwin. References 1. Function overloading. Pearson Education. Classification of inheritance. Functions. Standard C++ with Object Oriented Programming: Paul.iterations and sequences.Wang. Inheritance. nested structures. 4. loops and decisions Module 2 Structures. virtual functions. 449 . accessing.S. 5. Galgotia Publications C++ Programming language: Bjarne Stroustrup. arrays of objects Module 4 Operator overloading.Characteristics of Object Oriented Language. 7. Virtual base classes.Basic concepts and terminology-C++ and object oriented programming C++ Programming basics.Structure specifier. constructors and destructors Arrays. Polymorphism-Run time and compile time polymorphism. standard library design.Declarations.OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN C++ T 406 3+1+0 Module 1 Need for OOP. Variables and storage classes Module 3 Objects and classes –creation and usage. 6. 3.Definition. member functions. 2. exceptions and exceptions handling. Pearson Education Object Oriented Programming in C++: Nabajyoti Barkakati. accessing. definition. argument passing. Arrays as class members. Vikas Publishing. Vikas Publishing Object Oriented Programming Using C++: Ira Pohl. 3. derived classes Templates Standard Library. 6. Strings. 4. Realization of RS.) Simple experiments based on the syllabus of T 402 .Half adder.synchronous and asynchronous. Counters. Triangular and square wave generators using OP-AMPs. Filters. 5. Desk Calculator example. Stack. 3. 6. Trees. 450 . 0+0+4 Characteristics of TTL and CMOS gates. Summing amplifiers. 5. Ring Counter and Johnson Counter. 2. fold back protection. JK and Master-Slave Flip-flops using gates and study of flip-flop ICs. Notch Filter. using flip-flops.Arrays. 2. VCO.C++ & DATA STRUCTURES LAB T 407 Using C++ Modern Compiler 1. HP and BP. Operational amplifiers. IC Voltage regulator.LP. standard containers. Simple sorting and searching techniques. Queues. D. IC power amplifier 13. 12. 4. Streams Using a Debugger 0+0+4 (Any experiment based on the syllabus of T 402 can be substituted. Inverting and non-inverting amplifiers. Shift Registers. Full adder. algorithms.Measurement of parameters. 8. 4-bit adder/subtractor. 9. T. Name spaces and Exceptions Programming with Multiple files Using classes. Realization of logic circuits using TTL and CMOS NAND/NOR gates. 11. Arithmetic Circuits. Weinbridge Oscillator. 7. PLL 14. INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LAB T 408 1. 7. 10. FIFTH SEMESTER 451 . using simplex Module 5 TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEM Balanced transportation problem . Module 2 NUMERICAL METHODS Introduction .service pattern .general problem .Gauss Seidal method.Panneer Selvam.K. Operations research Schaum’s Outline Series . Module 3 FINITE DIFFERENCES Meaning of operators – ∆.numerical integration .optimum solution by Modi method .Bisection method .. M/M/1/N . Module 4 LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEM Graphical solution of LPP. Operations research .Dr. 2.Ervin Kreyszig. PHI Numerical Methods in Science & Engg. Wiley Eastern Ltd. 6. Hira.Method of false position . 5. 452 .S.E .Hungerian techniques References 1.Newton’s method .The Markovian model M/M/1/$.Queue disciplines .Iterative methods of solution-Jacobi’s method .trapizoidal rule Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules.numerical differenciation . Venkataraman. Mathematics . Grewal.K.Approximate solution of equations – Horner’s method solutions of linear simultaneous equations . Khanna Publishers.S.Chand & Co. Operations Research . National Publishing Co. µ . 3.IV RT 501 3+1+0 Module 1 QUEUEING THEORY General Concepts .initial basic feasible solution -Vogel’s approximation method . 4. S.Richard Bronson.interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula .solution of LPP method .steady state solutions – Little’s formula.Langrange’s and Newton’s divided difference interpolation formula .Arrival pattern . Gupta & D.M.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS . B. .δ . Higher Engg. Ltd Advanced Engg Mathematics .Assignment problem .Big M method – duality in LPP.solution of algebraic and transcendental equations .first and second order derivatives using forward and backward formula .P. multiprocessing. 3. 2. Objectives and functions. SSTF. 4th Edition . . Module5 Distributed Systems Advantages.S etc. semaphores. Distributed Process management. hierarchy. Model of I/O organization. Disadvantages. Different types of O. Brief study of memory management in UNIX. Vikas Thomson Learning 453 . Multithreading. multithreading.S – multiprogramming. file organization and access. File allocation. TMH. Virtual memory – hardware and software support. 4. time sharing. model. Distributed message passing – RPC. PHI Understanding Operating System .OPERATING SYSTEM CONCEPTS T 502 4+1+0 Module 1 Introduction O. C-SCAN. 2. Module 4 I/O and File Management Design issues. deadlock. Guide to Operating Systems. Partitioning.Silber Schatz. co-ordinating processes. Pearson Edn. critical section. SCAN. FSCAN etc. comparison of Network and distributed O. Operating system Concepts . Distributed memory management. Operating systems. Multiprocessing. Disk cache.S. scheduling strategies. Pearson Edn.William Stallings. File management systems. Brief study of process management in UNIX and Win 2000.Nutt.Dhamdhere.S. Processes and Threads. Linux. microkernel. Modern Operating System . John Wiley. References 1. evolution of O. distributed O. Techniques.S. Segmentation. Clustering – cluster computer architecture. System Programming and Operating System . Disk scheduling policies and algorithms – RSS. (basic idea only). Brief study of file management in Unix and Win 2000.Tannenbaum. Paging. Module 3 Memory Management Memory management requirements. Directory structure.S. ClientServer architecture. Win 2000 and Solaris. Basic concepts and terminology. PRI. process hierarchy. Thomson Publications. UNIX overview. scheduler organization. Module 2 Process Management Process – states.Flynn. sharing and security. file system architecture. FIFO. Text Books 1. Operating Systems . O. real time. Windows – 2000 overview.Michel Parmer & Michel Walters. McHoes. Process synchronization – interacting processes. scheduling. win 2000 cluster server. description. LIFO. 5. 2. Boyce Codd Normal Form– Multivalued Dependencies and Forth Normal Form – Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form – Pitfalls in Relational Database Design.Transaction and System ConceptsDesirable properties of Transactions.Hierarchical and object oriented models-Data Modeling using the Entity Relationship Model.Bibin C. Elizabeth O’Neil 4.Cursor in PL/SQL Module 4 Database Design– Design guidelines– Relational database design – Integrity Constraints – Domain Constraints.J. Abraham Silbershatz . Database Principles.Query Processing – semijoin -Concurrency Control and Recovery. Oracle case study: The basic structure of the oracle system – database structure and its manipulation in oracle.Programming in PL/SQL.Date (7th Edition) Pearson Education Asia 3. Data definition with SQL. Replication and Allocation Techniques. An Introduction to Database Systems .general definitions of Second and Third Normal Forms. Normal forms based on primary keys. Fundamentals of Database System .Referential integrity – Functional DependencyNormalization using Functional Dependencies.tuple relational calculus. Module 5 Distributed databases: Distributed Database Concepts.Data modeling .Different Types. delete and update statements in SQL – views – data manipulation with SQL Module 3 Introduction to Transaction Processing.Purpose of database systems-Components of DBMS – DBMS Architecture and Data Independence.-assertions – triggers. Relational – Network. Database System Concepts .C. insert.Pearson Education Asia References 1.DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS RT503 3+1+0 Module 1 Basic Concepts .Schedules and RecoverabilitySerializability of Schedules-Query processing and Optimization. An Introduction to Database Systems .Data Fragmentation. Module2 Structure of relational databases – relational databases – relational algebra. Programming and Performance – Patrick O’Neil. Desai 454 .. Mc Graw Hill 2nd edition.Henry F Korth.Entity Relationship Model. Text Book 1.storage organization in oracle.Concurrency Control.Elmasri and Navathe (3rd Edition). flags. 80386. Module 2 Instruction set. References 1. Pentium Pro. 8086 Memory interface. PHI 5. 80286. Registers. 80286. Arithmetic and Logic instructions. Pentium III and Pentium IV processors.Liu & Gibson – PHI. 8237 – DMA controller. 80186/80188.Roy & Bhurchandi. Introduction to Micro controllers – architecture. Pearson Education Asia 2. Simple programs in 8086 Assembly language. Physical address calculation. TMH 455 . 80486. Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals. Memory Addressing.USART 8259 – Programmable interrupt controller. ready and wait states. Hall. MASM. 3rd Edn . Architecture. Programming and Interfacing. keyboard. Programming model. Pentium III and Pentium IV Processors. Programming & Design. The Intel Microprocessors 8086/8088. Architecture. Classification of instructions – Data transfer. Module 3 8086 hardware design – bus buffering and latching. address decoding. Microprocessors and Interfacing . 4. Program Development Tools – DEBUG. Module 5 Study of Peripheral chips 8255 – Programmable peripheral interface 8251 . 80486. Pentium II. bus timing – read and write. Micro computer Systems .The 8086/8088 Family. Program control instructions. IBM PC Assembly Language Programming. Internal architecture of 8086. applications. Module 4 Comparative study of the features of the 8086. 7-segment display and ADC with the Microprocessors.Peter Abel. block diagram. 3. TMH 6. The 80X86 family. Pentium. 8086 and 8088. 6th Edn – Barry B Bray. timing diagram. IBM PC Assembly Language Programming.Douglas V.MICROPROCESSORS T 504 3+1+0 Module 1 Evolution of 8086 family of microprocessors – 8088 to Itanium. 8279 – Programmable keyboard and display interface. 8254 – Programmable Interval Timer Brief study of interfacing of Stepper motor. 8086 memory organization. Addressing modes. Minimum mode and Maximum mode. 80386. Pentium II. Pentium. segmented memory. TASM etc. Pearson Education.John Uffenbeck. System Programming and Operating Systems – Dhamdhere Mc Graw Hill 2. Pearson Education Asia 456 .Donovan..top down and bottom up parsing (brief idea only).Single pass assembler.Recursive Decent parser – Shift reduce parser. Module 4 Compilation of Control Structures Control transfer.LANGUAGE PROCESSORS RT 505 3+1+0 Module 1 Assembler Overview of the assembly process. Compilers – Principles Techniques And Tools – Aho. Principles of Compiler Design . 2. Text Books 1.Static and Dynamic storage allocation – Storage allocation and access in block structured programming languages – Array allocation and accessCompilation of expressions – Handling operator priorities – Intermediate code forms for expressions –code generator. Sethi.Macros – Macro definition and usage.Design of two pass assembler.Macro Assembler.schematics for Macro expansion – Design of a Macro pre-processor .Conditional and Iterative constructs. Graw Hill. 3. Systems programming . Module 2 Introduction to Compilers Compilers and Translators – Structure of a compiler – lexical analysis – syntax analysis – context free grammars – basic parsing techniques. Addison Wesley. Ullman Narosa Publications.Procedure calls – Code optimization – Optimization transformations – Local optimization and global optimization – Compiler writing tools – Incremental Compilers Module 5 Loaders and Linkers Loading – Program relocatability – linking – various loading schemes – linkage editing – Design of linkage editor – dynamic loading – overlays – dynamic linking.V. Ullman. Mc. References 1. Beck.Leland L. System Software – An Introduction to Systems Programming . Module 3 Storage allocation Data descriptors.Aho A. fibre optic cable. Modern Digital & Analog Communication Systems – B. Transmission modeSimplex . Data Communication.Analog pulse modulation – PAM. Module 5 Terminal handling – Point to point.A. Synchronous Time Division Multiplexing –Statistical time Division multiplexing – Key Techniques .different types of noise – Basic Principles of Switching (circuit. Principles & Application of GSM . PPM – Generation of various modulated waves (Block diagram only) –Digital Pulse modulation (PCM). Asynchronous and Isochronous transmission. Communication Engineering . Data and Computer Communication .DATA COMMUNICATION RT 506 2+1+0 Module 1 Communication concepts – Analog modulation – Various schemes – AM. Electronic communication system . FSK.Taub & Schilling Mc Graw Hill.Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) – Time Division Multiplexing (TDM).ASK. 4. 7. FM –Sampling theorem . Kumar. PM. Components of computer communication – Concentrators . Umesh Publications 457 .Kennedy.Front end Processor – Transmission media – Guided media – Twisted pair cable. packet. Computer Networks & Open Systems . Garg Pearson Education Asia 6. Multidrop lines. Principles of Communication System . DPSK . Parallel. PHI 8.Fred Halsall Pearson Education Asia 5. Module 3 Digital data transmission – Serial. PWM. coaxial cable. GSM service and GSM system architecture.Shannon`s Theorem. Pearson Education Asia 9. Synchronous.A.S. 2.P Lathi Prism Books Pvt. Module 2 Multiplexing .Channel capacity . message switching) Module 4 Error detection and Correcting codes: Hamming code – Block codes and convolution codes – ARQ techniques – Transmission codes – Baudot – EBCDIC and ASCII codes – Barcodes. Ltd. Introduction to Data Communications & Networking – Behurouz & Forozan Mc Graw Hill. References 1.William Stallings. Computer Networks . Noise. 3.Vijay K. Mc Graw Hill. Tanenbaum. PSK.Half duplex – Full duplex. 4. b. Creation. reports. Foxpro or the latest packages) 8. Exposure to Data Base management packages (Preferably on 4 GLs like ORACLE/INTEGRA/SYBASE. d. Keyboard interfacing. LED moving graphic display board. Stepper motor control. e. Video display board. Trigger 2.DBMS LAB T 507 Experiments for performing the following: 1. IBM PC Assembly language programming using MASM/TASM. 3. 6. 2. Assembly language programming with 8 bit /16 bit Microprocessor kit. indexes. ODBC Interface 7. DAC/ADC interface. Library Management using the packages. Importing and Exporting Data. Interfacing experiments such as: a. f. 4. Exercise in Pay Roll. Natural Language Support 5. 0+0+3 458 . 3. Inventory Management. Queries. Study of 8 bit /16 bit microprocessor kit. Serial communication. views. c. Use of Link Libraries. Relational Operations. (Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT 503 can be substituted) 0+0+3 MICROPROCESSOR LAB T 508 1. Data Acquisition Board. Administration. Deletion of tables. Updating. g. SIXTH SEMESTER 459 . Besterfield – Pearson Education 5. Module 5 CONCEPTS IN SAMPLING Sampling designs and schemes – Errors in sampling – Simple random sample – stratified random sample – Cluster sample. Projects preparation. REVIEW: Performance of Evaluation – Abaudonment Analysis – Behavioral issues in Project Management Module 4 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT Quality systems – ISO 9000 series – ISI – Benchmarking – Quality Function development (QFD) – Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) – ISO 14000. PROJECTS – Planning. Quality assurance and TQM – Jain & Chitale – Khanna Publishers 460 . References 1. Apprisal. Quality control and Improvement – Amitava Mitra – Pearson Education 6.PROJECT MANAGEMENT T601 3+1+0 Module 1 PROJECT PLANNING Overview – Capital expenditure .Financial Analysis – Risk Analysis – Social cost Benefit Analysis.Harvey Maylor . Implementation & Review Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill 3. Budgeting & Implementation – Prasanna Chandra – Tata McGraw Hill 2. Sample size destination – Estimating population mean – Estimating population proportion. Selection. Project Management . Total Quality Management – Dale H.Phases of capital budgeting – Project development cycle – 7-s of project management – Requirements of a project manager – Forms of project organization. Module 2 PROJECT ANALYSIS Market Analysis – Technical Analysis .Pearson Education 4. Analysis. Module 3 CONTROL OF PROJECT Control Systems – Control of major constraints – Project management software & information systems. Fundamentals of Software Engineering – Carlo Ghezzi. Module 5 Testing Testing fundamentals . Module 2 Project Planning Cost Estimation – Uncertainties – models – COCOMO model – Project scheduling – average duration estimation – Project scheduling and milestones – staffing and personal plan – Rayleigh curve – personnel plan – team structure – software configuration – management plans – quality assurance plans – verification and validation – inspections and reviews .Reliability assessment Programmer Productivity .Information Hiding Programming style . Software Engineering Theory and Practice.Code inspections – Unit testing. Mehdi Jazayeri. Module 3 System Design Design Principles – Problem partitioning and hierarchy – abstraction – modularity – top down and bottom_up – strategies – module level concepts .Code Reading Static Analysis .Internal Documentation – Verification . Narosa Publication References 1.SOFTWARE ENGINEERING RT 602 2+1+ 0 Module 1 Introduction to Software engineering Introduction – Software and software Engg.Shari Lawrence.Testing Process Comparison of Verification and Validation Techniques .Functional and Structured Testing . Software Engineering .Roger S. Pressman. Tata McGraw Hill 2.time sheets – reviews – cost schedule – milestone graph – risk management.coupling cohesion – structured design methodology .project monitoring plans . Text Book 1. PHI 461 .Proving Correctness .validation .Phases in software developmentSoftware development process models-Role of Management in software development –Role of Matrics and measurement –Software requirement specification(SRS) ..Structured Programming .Error removal efficiency. An integrated approach to Software Engineering . Pearson Education Asia 4.Symbolic execution . Software Engineering .matrics.Pankaj Jalote.Problem Analysis .verification . PHI 5. Fundamentals of Software Engineering –Rajib Mall. Module 4 Coding Top-down and Bottom-up .Ian Sommervilla. Pearson Education 3. speech analysisspeech coding. Introduction .Signal Flowgraph. Desecrate time signal processing Oppenhiem.zero-input limit cycle Oscillations .hammingBlackman.FFT algorithms – General Computation using Radix 2 algorithm.One’s-complement.truncationrounding . References 1.Number Representation Fixed Point.Input quantization error Product quantization error .digital processing of audio signals.DSP based measurements systems.Location of the zeros of linear phase FIR filters.PHI Introduction to Digital signal processing: Johny R Johnson Digital signal processing: Proakis and Manolakis.advantages and limitations of Digital Signal Processing.Finite Word Length Effects in FIR Digital Filters.relation between Z.Scaling.DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LTA 603 3+1+0 Module1 Review of signals and systems.Quantization in Floating Point realization IIR digital filters . 5.homomorphic vecoder.using windows-rectangular.Overflow limit cycle Oscillations . 3. Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters. Module 2 Finite Impulse Response (FIR) Filters: Linear phase FIR filters.quantization errors in FFT algorithms. 2.cascade .channel vecoder.Pearson edn.Two’s .triangular or barlett windows. Digital signal processing: Oppenhiem and Sheffer.complement forms Addition of two fixed point numbers.Direct.lattice design-Fourier Series method.Basic Network structure for IIR filter.Transform and DFT. Module 5 Applications of digital signal processing: Speech Processing.Cascade.Linear Convolution using DFT. decimation – in time and Frequency .Radar signal processing.Co-efficient quantization error. Module 4 Finite word length effects in digital filters: Introduction.a general study. Digital signal processing: P Ramesh Babu. Digital signal processing: Ifechor.Quantization effects in the Computation of the DFT.Sign-Magnitude .Fast Fourier Transform. Equi ripple FIR design.Frequency response of linear phase FIR filters .Pearson edn. Realization of FIR.sub band coding.Butterworth designChebyshev design.Parallel Forms. 4.PCM DSP chips.effects due to truncation and rounding.design based on numerical solutions of differential equationsImpulse Invariant Transformation.Block floating point numbers.Multiplication in Fixed Point arithmetic Floating point numbers.Kaiser windows. Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) Filters .hanning. 6.quantization . Module 3 Discrete fourier Transform: Properties-Circular convolution. 462 .Scitech Pub. . James L. (Harcourt India) 5. Multiple access protocols – ALOHA – Pure ALOHA – Slotted ALOHA – Carrier Sense Multiple Access protocols – persistent and non-persistent CSMA – CSMA with collision detection – IEEE 802.Low earth orbit satellites– Satellite v/s Fiber Module 2 Data Link Layer: .Transport Service . Prentice-Hall India 3. Routers. Physical Layer: . Computer Networks (Second Edition): Larry L Peterson & Bruce S Davie.Static & Dynamic channel allocation in LAN’s and WAN’s.Electronic Mail – MIME Mobile networks: . Bluetooth . Cable Modem.Design issues-Error Detection and correction – Elementary Data link protocols.Tanenbaum. McGraw Hill 463 . Widjaja Tata McGraw Hill. Gateways. Pearson Education Asia/ PHI 2.COMPUTER NETWORKS RT 604 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: . Routing Algorithm – Optimality principle . Computer Networks (Fourth Edition): Andrew S.Medium Earth Orbit Satellites. Datagrams. Introduction to Data Communications and Networking: Behrouz. Module 5 Application Layer: -Domain name system – DNS name space – Resource records – Name servers – operation of DNS . Computer Networking: James F Kurose & Keith W Ross.Transmission Media– ISDN system Architecture – Communication Satellites – geostationary satellites .ISO-OSI Reference Model – TCP/IP Reference Model – Comparison Network hardware-Repeaters. Garcia.Mobile telephone systems.Sliding window protocols.Congestion prevention policies – Traffic shaping – Leaky bucket algorithm – Flow specifications – jitter control Module 4 Transport Layer: . LAN Protocols: .Elements of transport protocols – Internet Transfer Protocols UDP and TCP – ATM – Principle characteristics. .Flooding . An Introduction to computer networking: Kenneth C.Flow Based Routing . Bridges.Link state routing – Distance vector routing – Multicasting – Link state multicasting – Distance vector multicasting Congestion Control Algorithms – General principles – Packet discarding – Choke packets . 4. Forouzan.Components – Error correction – Network topology – Piconet and scatternet – L2CAP layers – Communication in Bluetooth networks References 1. Antonakos. Communication Networks: Leon. Mansfield Jr. Pearson Education 6. Hub.3 standards for LAN Module 3 Network layer: -Virtual Circuits. Deitel & Nieto.Inter applet communication – Threads & Thread synchronization – TCP/IP Programming with Java – Iterative & Concurrent servers.using the structured graphics – ActiveX Control. Arrays. Multithreaded programs and thread synchronization. Inline style sheets. Email: Working of SMTP and POP protocols (Overview only).5 1. document object model.Java Script – variables. HTML. Module 2 Dynamic HTML Pages Client side scripting .1 event model Module 4 Network Programming with Java . Creating GUI with AWT and Swing – -JDK1. Embedding ActiveX controls . Pearson Education Asia 2. Absolute and relative positioning of elements. Perl.Nested classes – Inner classes – Anonymous Inner classes – Exception handling – Creating & using exceptions. event handling. Creating & using classes in Java – Static classes – Inheritance – Final methods. POST. Dynamic updating of pages with JAVA Script. BPB 464 . PUT. External Style sheets. Arithmetic operations – message boxes.NETWORK COMPUTING RT 605 3+1+0 Module 1 HTML Documents Basic Tags for Font & Paragraph Formatting Lists. Datagrams. IP multicasting. Basic working of a CGI supported web server – Simple CGI program in C to validate user name & Password. CGI . control statements. Internet and World Wide Web – How to program . CLASS Attribute. Embedded style sheets.Evan Bayross. DHTML. functions. Text Books Module 1. DELETE. RMI (Structure and Working of a simple RMI Program only) Module 5 HTTP Protocol working – HTTP methods. Frames. Module 3 Java programming – Features of Java. creating and using packages. Java Script. GET.Security features for applets .Features of Java – Applets & Application – Life cycle of applets . image Maps Cascading Style Sheets Style Element. Tables. variables and classes – Interfaces . HEAD Server side scripting – HTML Forms & CGI – GET & POST. DIV & SPAN Tags.2.Deitel. CD-R. Gosling.Craig Zacker & John Rourke. Sector layout. linear and physical memory addresses – Extended and Expanded memory – Cache memory – Video memory – HMA . slots and connectors-Add-on cards-Power supply– SMPS. The Java Programming Language 3rd Edition . References 1. PHI 4. ATA – Communication ports – Serial – Parallel port – Keyboard / Mouse Interface connectors.Sectors – Disk formatting – partitioning Hard disk features – Hard disk data transfer modes –Programmed I/O – Direct memory access – Ultra DMA – Data addressing – Standard CHS addressing – Extended CHS addressing – Logical Block Addressing.Stevens W Richard. CD Technology.data transfer rate – Access time – Constant linear velocity – constant angular velocity . segmented.Disk Physical specification & operations – Disk magnetic properties – Cylinders – Clusters – Hard disks – Hard disk drive operation – Magnetic data storage . Unix Network Programming .Herbert. virtual. Module 2 Storage Devices Floppy – Floppy Disk Controller . PCMCIA.Module 3. Java 2 Complete reference .5 1. drive specifications.RAID – Holographic storage.Joseph Weber.Buffers – Interface – Magneto optical drives – WORM devices –DVD. Hard Disk Interfaces – IDE. PHI 2. EIDE. Module 3 Optical Storage CD ROM. Tata McGraw Hill 465 . Pearson Education Asia 3. Module 5 Bus Structures ISA. Forouzan.Arnold.function & operations.Tenanbaum. Schildt. PCI.Flat memory model – Advanced memory technologies. CD-RW. 2/e . USB.Behrouz A. TCP/IP Protocol suite. Tata McGraw Hill 2. AGP. PHI/ Pearson Education Asia References 1. CDROM.64 KB Limits – 640 KB barrier – Logical. Module 4 Memory Management in PC Parity – ECC – Static & Dynamic RAM – Memory Addressing – Segmented addressing . TMH PERSONAL COMPUTER HARDWARE T 606 4+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to PC Hardware components – study of motherboards –Different types of ports. Using Java 2 Platform . PC Hardware Complete Reference . Holmes. Computer Networks .4. Basic exercises in Processor Management – concurrent processing – memory management – implementation of shared memory and semaphores for process synchronization – device management – dead lock handling.Messmer. Bottom Up and Top Down Parser. Kataria SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING LAB T607 1. Generation of code for linkers & loaders. 4. Techmedia Publications The Indispensable PC Hardware Book . 466 . Wiley Upgrading and repairing PC’s (4th edition) . implementation of simple protocols (Any experiment according to the syllabus of T 502 and RT 505 can be substituted.Abel. 6.Dr. 3. Macro processor module binder (with limited Instruction set) Lexical analyzer. 2. Study on UNIX: UNIX Shell Programming. 5. Pearson Education IBM PC Assembly Language Programming . S. Inside the PC (8th Edition) . The topic for the mini project should be simple as compared to the main project. 3. 0+0+3 Symbol table construction Single pass and two pass assembler. but should cover all the aspects of a complete project.Scott Mueller. 5. 6.Corey Candler. PHI PC Upgrading Maintenance & Trouble shooting guide . Pearson Education Troubleshooting and Repairing Your PC . 4. K.Peter Norton.2. 7. Code generation. Chauhan. 7.) MINI PROJECT T608 0+0+3 The aim of the mini project is to prepare the students for the final year project. 8. SEVENTH SEMESTER 467 . Implementation model and Test Model-Unified Modeling Language (UML). managing of data stores.Iterating the analysis System Design: Breaking system into subsystems . Analysis Model.Specifying operations – Constraints – A sample functional model – Relation of functional to Object and Dynamic models.Grady Booch. concepts. Text Books 1.OBJECT ORIENTED MODELING AND DESIGN RT 701 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: object oriented development-modeling concepts – object oriented methodology – models – object oriented themes-Object Modeling– links and associations – advanced links and association concepts – generalization and inheritance .Advanced Object Modeling: aggregation – abstract classes – generalization as extension and restriction – multiple inheritance – metadata – candidate keys – constraints Module 2 Dynamic modeling: Events and states – Operations – Nested state diagrams – Concurrency – Advanced dynamic modeling concepts – A sample dynamic model – Relationship of Object and Dynamic models.Identifying concurrencyallocating subsystems to processors and tasks. Pearson Education Asia References 1.grouping constructs – a sample object model. actors and use-cases.handling boundary conditions-Common Architectural Frameworks Module 4 Object Design: Overview of Object design – Combining the three models – Designing algorithms – Design optimization – Implementation of control – Adjustment of inheritance .architecture. dynamic modeling and functional modeling. Adding operations. Object Oriented Software Engineering . models. Prentice Hall India 2.Ivan Jacobson. Object Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications . Design model.Design of association – Object representation – Physical packaging – Documenting design decisions-Comparison of methodologies Module 5 Other Models: Booch’s Methodology. Pearson Education Asia 468 . Functional modeling: Functional models – Data Flow Diagrams . Object Oriented Modeling and Design -JamesRumbaugh.Notations. Jacobson Methodology. requirement model. Module 3 Analysis: Analysis in object modeling. Handling of global resources. Depth. Clipping – Line clipping – Polygon Clipping. Allen H.Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Prentice Hall of India) 469 . Computer Graphics (C version) Education Asia) References 1.Lee & William. Windowing. 3D Object Representation – Polygon Surfaces – Quadratic surfaces – Spline Representations – Bezier Curves and Surfaces – BSpline Curves and Surfaces. Ray-Tracing Methods. Clipping. Module 4 3D Rendering: Three-Dimensional Viewing-Projections. A. 3D Transformations. Object Oriented Software Engineering . Module 3 3D Graphics: 3D display methods. Succeeding with the Booch OMT Methods -A practical approach . Surface Rendering Methods-Basic illumination Models – Polygon–rendering Methods. Bresenham’s – Bresenham’s Circle drawing algorithm . Sriram. Visible Surface Detection – Classification of Visible surface detection algorithms – Backface Detection. Computer Graphics.Berno Bruegge. Module 2 2D Graphics: Line drawing algorithms – DDA. Video Display Devices. Display processors – Display files – graphical input & output devices. Object Oriented Analysis and Design using UML .Buffer Method. H. Interactive Graphics system – Raster scan and Random scan systems – Generating a raster image. COMPUTER GRAPHICS RT 702 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Computer Graphics: Basic concepts in Computer Graphics – Applications of Computer Graphics. Module 5 Advanced Technologies: Fractals – Classification of Fractals – Self-Squaring Fractals. Application of raster scan graphics. Prentice Hall India. Gouraud Shading. Text Book 1.2.2D Transformations.Raster Animation. Addison Wesley 5.Richard C. Krishnamoorthy 4. Dutoit.Lockheed Martin.H. Pearson Education Asia 3. Srimathi. Animation.Donald Hearn & Pauline Baker (Pearson . UML and C++ practical guide to Object Oriented development . Scan-line Method. Morphing. Segmentation and Dualisation.F. Robert .D. Computer Graphics . Fundamentals Through Advanced. Computer Graphics Principles & Practice . Disadvantages.Kennedy 470 . System block diagram. ISDN-Protocol. Satellite classifications. Spacing. path characteristics – fading. Receiver (block diagram only) Microwave terminal station – transmitter and receiver. Repeater. Addison Wesley 4. Satellite uplink and down link models (block diagram only). ATM Blue tooth Technology WAP and WWW. Feiner. Protocols and Applications. Prentice Hall of India multimedia 5.Architecture. Module 5 Advanced Concepts Concepts of Wireless LAN. Module 2 Microwave communication Advantages. TDMA.Foley.N. Hughes (second edition in C). Light sources. VanDam.2. Block diagram of a typical transceiver.Herbert. 4th Edition. 4th Edn Wayne Tomasi. Java 2 complete reference . McGraw Hill edition 3. Cellular telephone. CDMA. GPS (Basic idea only) Module 4 Mobile Communication Mobile communication services. Light detectors. Acceptance angle and acceptance cone. Call system layout. Cable losses. Earth station.Roy A Plastack & Gordon Kally (Schanmi Series McGraw Hill edition) MODERN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS T 703 3+1+0 Module 1 Optical Fibre communication Advantages. Newman. Pearson Education. Mukherjee. Cable configurations. Architecture. Sproull (second edition). . Fibre configurations. Frequency allocation. Frequency modulated microwave radio system – Transmitter. Tata McGraw Hill 6. Geostationary satellites. Analog and Digital Cellular Telephones. Schildt. Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics – William . Electronic Communication Systems. Concepts – Cells. Interference. P. Analog Vs Digital Microwave. Call processing. Cell splitting. Text Book 1. TMH. PCSS Mobile telephone system. Light propagation through optical fibre. Fibre types. Module 3 Satellite Communication Satellite orbits. References 1. B-ISDN. Fundamentals of Computer graphics & . Electronic Communication Systems. Frequency reuse. Satellite Radio Navigation. Multiple accessing – FDMA. ) 2. Multimedia Programming Objects. CD-interactive. Communications andApplications. Authoring Interactive multimedia . Multimedia: Computing.Fractal and Wavelet Compressions file types . Rosch.multimedia networks . software applications and software environments. VikasThomson Learning MULTIMEDIA TECHNIQUES T 704 2+1+0 Module 1 INTRODUCTION Definition of multimedia.James E. Tsischritziz (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.Analog & Digital video . Pearson Education. Multimedia Bible . . Skibbe. References 1. Pearson Education. .Techniques realistic image synthesis. 4. Optimizing your Multimedia PC .2.Image types compression. PHI. Multimedia PC and Microsoft Multimedia Extensions. Transform classes. hardware. 3rd Edition . Electronic Communication systems. Susan Lafe Meister . Gibbs. Module 4 MULTIMEDIA PROGRAMMING Framework: Overview.Desktop video conferencing . Sams 7. JPEG. Database integration.Roddy & Coolen 3. Shuman. Sasnett.Mathew E.Analog and digital video.Arch C Luther 5.Memory storage .Video capture techniques . Multimedia making it work .Future multimedia.Peter Jellam.Simon J. RLE. Multimedia Computing . multimedia. Module 2 Text Image Image only) BUILDING BLOCKS Hyper text .Palikom.Image .Ralf Steinmentz and Klara Nahrstedt. Hodger & Russel M. Addison wesley 10. Synchronisation. MPEG .Tay Van Ghan – Osborne Tata Mcgraw Hill 4. (basic ideas Module 3 MULTIMEDIA ENVIRONMENTS The Compact Disc family. music and animation . QuickTime.Standards .Frank R Dungan. Digital Video Interactive. Multimedia in Action .Composition.Capture and Playback techniques. Interaction. Vikas Publication 8. Media classes.Animation . 3.Winn L. Integrated Multimedia Systems . The communication Wall Overview 471 . Module 5 ADVANCED MULTIMEDIA Moving pictures . Virtual Reality . Mobile Communications . Dionysios C. Electronic Communications. Environments & Framework.. Random house Electronic Pub.Sound .Comdex 6.Media Types .L.Sound cards . Format classes and Component classes .Full motion digital video .Problems related to programming . Multimedia Power Tools .Jochen Schiller. 9.J. digital audio. 4th Edition.Basic tools Authoring tools. Swing. XML as a subset of SGML – XML Vs HTML – Views of an XML document – simple XML documents – Starting & Ending of Tags – Attributes of Tags – Entity References – Comments . loops & execution handling in JSPs with scriptlets – Accessing beans via scriptlets.XML. AWT.using the bean from a client – Development of stateful session bean.Sean Education Asia McGrath. Using JAVA 2 Platform Special Edition .using and creating events – Introspection – creating & using Beanlnfo clauses – customization – providing custom property editors and GUI interfaces.CDATA section Module 2 Document Type declarations – Creating XML DTDs – Element type declaration – Attribute List Declaration – Attribute types – Attribute defaults – Displaying XML Data in HTML browser as HTML tables – Storing XML data in HTML document – Converting XML to HTML with XSL minimalist XSL style sheets – XML applications Module 3 Java Beans: Features – Designing Java Beans – Creating and using properties – Induced . 2 1. Weber. XML and JavaBeans Programming Black Book .Creating simple JSP Pages – templating – Request time expression – Request & Response objects – Reading parameter values – Using Javabeans in JSPs .Reading & setting Properties of JavaBeans – Connecting forms & bean properties – Serialized beans – declaring variables & methods in pages – scriptlets – conditionals. Java 2.Steven Holzner. Pearson Module 3 1. Wiley Dreamtech 472 . Entity beans – Features (Basics of developing and using entity beans) References Module1.Joseph L. Module 4 JSPs . Module 5 EJB – Basics of EJB – Types of Beans – Development of Session Beans – Steps – Creating & Implementing Interfaces – Writing Deployment descriptors – Packaging and deploying bean .bound and constrained properties . Prentice Hall of India 2. XML by Example: Building Ecommerce applications .WEB TECHNOLOGIES RT 705 2+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to SGML – features . 473 . CMELRPTA 706-01 T 706-02 RT 706-03 RT 706-04 RT 706-05 RT 706-06 T 706-07 Optimization Techniques Digital Image Processing Principles of real time systems Windows Programming Mobile Computing Software Architecture Optical Communication 3+1+0 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . 4. Mastering Enterprise Java Beans and the Java 2 Platforms.Module 4 1. 2.Raj Kamal. TMH ELECTIVE -I T 706 LIST OF ELECTIVE SUBJECTS 1. 7. IDG Books India Module 5 1.Larne Pekowsky – Pearson Education Asia 2. Enterprise Edition EdRoman (WILEY computer publishing) 2.Tucker conditions. Internet & Web Technologies . Module 2 Constrained multivariable optimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods.Floyd Marinescu Additional Reference 1. EJB Design Patterns .Barry Burd. Note New Elective subjects related to the recent trends in Information Technology can be added to this list. Java Server pages . Module 3 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hook and Jeeve’s method. 5. 6. 3. JSP: Java server pages . Institutions offering such courses should submit the detailed syllabus and get it approved from the University before offering the course.I) CMELRPTA 706-1 3+1+0 Module1 Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method – Multivariable optimization with inequality constrains – Kuhn. Module 4 Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems, mixed integer programming problems. Module 5 Network Technique Shortest path model – Dijkstra’s Algorithm – Floyd’s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm. References 1. Optimization theory and application - S.S. Rao, New Age International P. Ltd. 2. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering - A. D. Belegundu, T.R. Chandrupatla, Pearson Education Asia. 3. Principles of Operations Research for Management - F. S. Budnick, D. McLeavey, R. Mojena, Richard D. Irwin, INC. 4. Operation Research an introduction - H. A. Taha, Eastern Economy Edition. 5. Operation Research – R. Pannerselvam, PHI DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING T 706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Digital Image Processing, The Fourier and Z-Transform of Multi dimensional Sequences, Digital image processing in practice, Digitalizing images, Characteristics of an image digitiser, Types of Image Digitisers. Image processing software, Software organization, processing sequence the gray level histogram, Introduction to histograms, Uses of histograms, Relations between histogram and image. Module 2 Point operations, Uses, Linear point operations, Point operations and the histogram, Applications of point operations. Introduction to algebraic operations, Applications, Geometric operations, Grey level interpolation, Spatial transformation, applications, geometric operations, linear filtering theory – Harmonic signals and complex signal analysis. Module 3 Convolution operation, Applications of digital filtering some useful functions, Convolution filtering – Dimension sampling, Reconstruction of images from its samples, Nyquist rate, Aliasing and foldover frequencies. Non rectangular grid sampling, Practical limitation in sampling and construction. Display aperture and interpolation, Moire effect and flat field response. Module 4 Processing sampled data, Computing data, Truncation, Optics and System analysis, Diffraction limited optical systems, Abbreviation in an imaging system. Applications of Digital image processing – Image restoration, Approaches and models, Super resolution, System identification, DTF from degraded image spectrum, noise modeling. 474 Module 5 Image Segmentation by Thresholding, Optimal threshold selection, Gradient optical threshold selection, Gradient based methods, Region growing techniques – Segmented image structure. Measurement and classification size, shape, Measurements, Feature selection, Classification 3 dimensional image processing optical sectioning, CAT Stereo – Metric ranging, Stereoscopic image display – shaded surface display. References 1. Digital Image Processing- Kenneth R. Castleman, Prentice Hall. 2. Digital Image Processing – Rafael C Gonzalez & Richard E Woods, Pearson Education 3. Discrete Time Signal Processing- Oppenheim and Schafer, Prentice Hall of India. 4. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing- Anil K. Jain, Prentice Hall of India. 5. Introducing Digital Image Processing- Jensen J.R, Prentice Hall. 6. Image Processing, Analysis & Machine Vision –Sonka, Hlavac & Boyle, Thomson Learning PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE - I) RT706-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems, real time computer, task classes – Periodic, Aperiodic, critical, Non-critical, definition of real time systems – real time systems, embedded systems - Hard real time systems, soft real time systems, real time design issues. Module 2 Real time kernel – polled loop systems, co-routines, interrupt driven systems – sporadic, fixed rate systems, hybrid systems, task control block - task status, scheduling – uniprocessor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic, rate monotonic deferred server, EDF, IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm, next-fit, bin- packing algorithm, myopic offline, buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling. Module 3 Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies, network architecture issues, protocols – contention – based, token - based, stop and go multiloop, polled bus, hierarchal, round robin, fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware, synchronization in software. Module 4 Fault tolerance – definition, cause of failure, fault types, fault detection and containment, redundancy – hardware, software, time, information, integrated 475 failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems, NMR clusters, combinational model, master chain model, fault latency, transient faults, software error models. Module 5 Programming Languages – Desired language characteristics, Real time databases, characteristics, main memory databases, Transaction, Disk schedule algorithms, Databases for hard real time systems, maintaining serialization constituency. Text Book 1. Real Time Systems - C.M Krishna, Kang G. Shini (M?C Graw Hill) Reference 1. Real Time Systems, Design & Analysis - Philip Laplante (IEEE) WINDOWS PROGRAMMING (ELECTIVE - I) R706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction -Concepts of Windows Programming- Event Driven Programming – Languages that support Windows Programming – Visual Basic – Java – Visual C++ Visual Basic Programming: Basic Language features – Variables, data types, constants, control statements – Forms – Creating and Using basic Controls – text boxes, labels, buttons - Event handling procedures – Properties Window – Common properties for Controls. Message boxes Module 2 Visual Basic Programming (Contd) Standard Controls – List boxes, Comboboxes, Image box, picture box, Shape controls, Timer, Scrollbars, Frames, Checkboxes, Option Boxes – Frames - File, Drive and Directory List boxes - MDI and SDI interfaces – Menus Module 3 ActiveX controls - RichTextBox, Tree View Control, List view Control, Progessbar, Flexgrid Control, Common dialog Controls – Font, File, Print Dialogs – Creating Custom activex controls – Creating Events and properties for ActiveX controls. Module 4 Graphics and Multimedia – Drawing Graphics in Windows - setting colors Drawing text, lines, ellipses, arcs, circles – plotting points –Filling figures with colors and patterns – Using clipboards to transfer images between applications Printing graphics and text – Creating animations with Picture clip control applying image effects – stretching, flipping, embossing, egraving, blurring, sweeping – Using the Multimedia Control – Handling multimedia Errors 476 Module 5 Database Access – Using DAO, RDO and ADO for accessing databases – Creating tables, inserting, deleting and updating records – Using the Data Control – Using the ADO Data Control Using Windows API: Using DLL Procedures in Visual Basic – Declare statement – Handling C++ and Windows Data types – Playing sound with API funtions – Capturing Images from the screen – Handling mouse outside Applications window – Making an ‘always on top’ window. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Visual Basic 6 Programming Black Book Programming Windows fifth Edition Visual Basic Visual Basic Using Visual Basic Steven Holzner (Dreamtech Press) Charles Petzlod (Microsoft Press) Ivan Petrosaus (BPB) Garry Cornell (BPB) Resselman (PHI) MOBILE COMPUTING (ELECTIVE - I) R706-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction - Short History, Mobile telephone systemsSimplified Reference model. Multi carrier modulation. Cellular systems. Module 2 Wireless Communication Systems -Telecommunication Systems-GSM & DECTArchitecture and Protocols.Satellite Systems-GEO, LEO, MEO. Broadcast Systems-Broadcast transmission, Digital Audio BroadcastingMultimedia Object Transfer Protocol. Digital Video Broadcasting. Module 3 Wireless LAN and ATM - Infra red and Radio Transmission, Infrastructure and ad hoc networks, 802.11- Bluetooth- Architecture, Applications and Protocol, Layers, Frame structure. Comparison between 802.11 and 802.16. Wireless ATM- Services, Reference Model, Functions, Radio Access Layer. Handover- Reference Model, Requirements, Types, handover scenarios. Location Management, Addressing, Access Point Control Protocol (APCP). Module 4 Mobile Network and Transport Layers - Mobile IP- Goals, Requirements, IP packet delivery, Advertisement and discovery. Registration, Tunneling and Encapsulation, Optimization, Reverse Tunneling, IPv6, Dynamic Host configuring protocol, Ad hoc networks – Routing, DSDV, Dynamic source routing. Hierarchical Algorithms. Traditional TCP, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Transmission. Module 5 Wireless Application Protocol & World Wide Web 477 WAP- Architecture, Protocols-Datagram, Transaction, Session.-Wireless Application Environment-WML- Features, Script- Wireless Telephony Application. WWW- HTTP, Usage of HTML, WWW system architecture. Text Book 1. Mobile Communications – Jochen Schiller, Preason Education Asia References 1. Computer Networks – Andrew S. Tanenbaum, PHI 2. Communication Networks -Fundamental Concepts and Key Architectures LeonGarcia & Indra Widjaja, Tata McGraw Hill SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE (ELECTIVE - I) R706-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Software architecture – Architectural styles – pipes and filters – data abstract and object oriented organization – Event based, implicit invocation, Layered systems – Repositories – Interpreters – Process control – Heterogeneous Architectures. Module 2 Shared Information Systems – Integration in software Development Environment – Integration in the design of Buildings – Architectural structures for based information systems Module 3 Guidance for user interface architecture Artificial design space – Formal models and specifications-The value of architectural formalism – Formalizing the architecture of a specific system – Formalizing the architectural style – Formalizing an architectural design space Module 4 Linguistic issues - Requirements for architecture – Description languages – first class connectors – Adding implicit invocation to factorial processing languages. Module 5 Tools for architectural design – Unicon – Exploiting style in architectural design environments – Architectural interconnection Reference 1. Software Architecture – perspectives on an emerging discipline- Mary Shaw, David Garlan, PHI 478 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION T 706-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Optical fibres: Graded index and step index fibres- refractive index profiles, numerical aperture propagation of optical beams in fibres. Mode characteristics and cut off conditions (mathematical derivations required). MCVD technique for fibre fabrication, losses in fibres- attenuation, absorption, scattering and radiation losses. Module 2 Signal distortion in fibres – Intra model and inter model distortion – group delay , material and wave guide dispersion. Optical sources : Light Emitting diodes – LED structures – surface and edge emitters, mono and hetero structures – internal – quantum efficiency , injection laser diode structures – comparison of LED and ILD. Module 3 Optical Detectors: PN junction photo diodes, PN Photo detectors, Avalanche photo diodes, construction, characteristics and properties, Comparison of performance. Optical amplifiers (OAs): Need for OAs, Principles of operations of various OAs – SLAs, fibre amplifiers (FRA, FBA, EDFA). Comparison of performance. Module 4 Optical communication systems: Direct detection and heterodyne receivers. SNR, advantage of coherent optical communications. Optical digital communications, Transmission link analysis, point to point links – system consideration – link power budget and rise time budget. Module 5 Classification of light wave systems – linear systems: Intensity modulated Direct Detection (IMDD) and coherent systems. Non linear systems. Introduction to solitons –Solitons communications using lumped amplifiers, Bit error Rate performance. References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Optical Fibre Communications- Gerd Keiser, Mc Graw Hill. Fiber Optic Communications, 4th Edition. - Joseph C.Palais, Pearson Education. Optical Fibre Communications- Senior, PHI. Fibre Optic Communication – D C Agarwal, Wheeler Pub. Optical Communication Components & Systems – Franz & Jain, Narosa Publishing. 6. Optical Communication Systems – Gowar, PHI 479 MULTIMEDIA LAB T 707 1. Programs for a. Point plotting b. Line and circle drawing c. Line and Polygon clipping d. Transformations e. Hidden line elimination f. Curves 2. Web page design with HTML 3. Multimedia development using PowerPoint, 3D Studio, Adobe Photoshop. 4. Familiarization of latest multimedia development tools. 0+0+3 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LAB T 708 0+0+3 1. Analog optical communication experiments based on optical communication kits / benches 2. Digital optical communication experiments based on optical communication kits / benches 3. Digital communication experiments based on trainer kits. 4. Design of digital filters (software simulation using MATLAB/ SIMULINK) 5. FFT, DFT Implementation using software simulation (MATLAB/ SIMULINK) 6. Study of transmission media – coaxial cables – Types-Hubs-Bridges-RepeatersRouters-Gateways –Switches 7. Study of modems-NIC-Cable connectors and their usages 8. Study of Internet-accessing, services and applications 9. Simple network programming experiments in Java. PROJECT & SEMINAR T 709/ T 808 0+0+3 Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. The paper should, in general, reflect the state of the art technology. Report should be submitted to the department. In addition to the seminar, the students shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide (s). On completion of the project work in the 8th semester, each student shall present the work done before a panel of staff members, and submit a report of the project work to the department. 480 EIGHTH SEMESTER 481 SECURITY IN COMPUTING RT 801 2+1+0 Module1 Introduction: Security basics – Aspects of network security – Attacks – Different types – Hackers – Crackers – Common intrusion techniques –Trojan Horse, Virus, Worm – Security services and mechanisms. Module 2 OS Security – Protection Mechanisms –Authentication & Access control – Discretionary and Mandatory access control – Authentication mechanisms – Official levels of computer security (DoD) - Security breaches – Concept of a hole - Types of a holes – Study of the security features for authentication, access control and remote execution in UNIX, WINDOWS 2000 Module 3 Cryptography: Basic Encryption & Decryption – Transposition & substitution ciphers – Caesar substitution – Polyalphabetic substitutions – Crypt analysis – Symmetric key algorithms – Fiestel Networks – Confusion – Diffusion – DES Algorithm – Strength of DES – Comparison & important features of modern symmetric key algorithms – Public key cryptosystems – The RSA Algorithm – Diffice Hellman key exchange – comparison of RSA & DES – Message Authentication & Hash functions – Digital signature Module 4 Network & Application Security: Kerberos – X509 Authentication service – IP security Architecture – Secure socket layer – Electronic mail security – Pretty Good privacy – S/MIME – secure Electronic Transactions – Firewalls - Security mechanisms in JAVA platform – Applet security – Security policy and SecurityManager. Module 5 Database Security: - Security issues – SQL security DAC based on granting & revoking privileges – MAC 4 multilevel security – Statistical database security. Text Books Module1, 4 1. Network Security Essentials Applications & Standards - William S., Pearson Education Asia Module2 1. Modern operating System - Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Pearson Education Asia 2. Using JAVA 2 platform - Joseph L. Weber, Prentice Hall of India Module3 1. Cryptography and network security principles and practice - William Stallings, Pearson Education Asia 2. Information theory coding and cryptography - Ranjan Bose, TMH 482 Module 4,5 1. Designing security Architecture Solutions - Jay Ramachandran, Wiley Dreamtech Module 5 1. Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network - Sead Muftic, John wiles References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Security in Computing - Charles P. Pfleeger IEEE Computer Science Press Database Security Mechanisms for Computer Network - Sead Muftic, John wiles Designing Security Architecture Solutions – Jay Ramachandran, Wiley dreamtech Firewalls Complete - Marcus Gonsalvus, TMH Networking Technologies - Jaisal, Galgotia Publication Security in Computer Operating System - G.O.Shea, NCC Blackwell Manchester Oxford 7. Mastering JAVA security: Cryptography, Algorithms and Architecture - Rich Helton, Wiley Dreamtech 8. Implementing IPv6 - Mark A. Miller P.E, IDG Books INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND MANAGEMENT T 802 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction, Management and Systems, Classical and systems approach to organization, Organizational theory, Management and organizational behaviour, Factors affecting productivity, Leadership Styles, Organizational Effectiveness, Managerial Grid, Tasks and functions of Management, General management system. ERP & Related technologies, MIS, DSS, EIS. Module 2 The management process and information needs, Data Bank concept, Information systems for decision making, Automation of Decision making, Management science and the Decision rule, Decision assisting Information systems – MIS, DSS, EIS, ERP. Module 3 Management Information systems, Strategic and Project Planning for MIS, Conceptual system design, detailed system design, Implementation and maintenance. (Brief study only) Module 4 ERP, Introduction, ERP-modules, benefits, market. Implementation Life cycle, Vendors, Consultants and Users, Future direction in ERP. Module 5 Decision Support Systems – Managers and decision making, Decision Support Tools, Concept of DSS, Components, Basic concepts of Data Mining, Data Warehousing and Knowledge Management. Knowledge based decision support – Basic concepts only. 483 References Module 1,2&3 1. Information Systems for Modern Management - Murdick, Ross & Claggett, PHI. Module 4 2. Enterprise Resource Planning- Alexis Leon, TMH Module 5 3. Decision Support Systems And Intelligent systems - Efraim Turban, Jay E. Aronson, Pearson Education. 4. Managing Information Technology- Bhushan Dewan, Vikas Publishing E-COMMERCE T803 2+1+0 Module1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce E-Commerce Framework, Anatomy of E-Commerce Applications, E-Commerce Consumer & Organization Applications. E- Commerce and World Wide Web – Internet Service Providers, Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce. Module 2 Electronic Payment Systems Types of Electronic Payment Systems, Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System, Smart Cards, Credit Cards, Credit card based Payment system, Online payment process, Risk in Electronic Payment Systems, Designing Electronic Payment Systems. Module 3 Electronic Data Interchange EDI – Architecture, Application in Business, EDI-Legal, Security and Privacy Issues, EDI standardization, EDI Envelope for Message Transport, Internet based EDI, EDI and MIME, Value added Network. EDI Gateways. Module 4 Intra Organizational E-Commerce Internal Information System, Work-flow Automation and Coordination, customization and internal Commerce, Supply Chain Management, Document Library, Types of Digital Documents, Technological Architecture for Internal Commerce, Corporate Data Warehouses, advantages of Data Warehouses. Module 5 Recent Trends in E-Commerce Marketing on the Internet, Advertising on the Internet, Multimedia in ECommerce, Video Conferencing with Digital Videos, Broad Band Telecommunication, Frame & Cell Relays, Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS), Asynchronous Transfer Mode, Mobile Computing and Wireless Computing. Text Book 1. Frontiers of Electronic Commerce Whinston/Pearson Education 484 Ravi Kalakota & Andrew B Matching and evaluation. E.Kamlesh K Bajaj & Debjani Nag / Pearson Education ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE RT 804 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – Definitions – AI application areas – Example problems. Artificial Intelligence . Introduction to frames and semantic nets. Unification. Text Books Module 1. modus ponens. Module 4 Knowledge and Reasoning – Review of representation and reasoning with Logic – Inference in first order logic.Rich E. meta interpreters – semantic nets & frames in prolog.Heuristic for constraint satisfaction problem – Iterative deepening – Hill climbing – Simulated Annealing. A* algorithm. Pearson Education Asia Reference 1.McGraw Hill Booq Company Module 5 3.Problems and problem spaces . Module 2 Informed search.4 1. Global Electronic Commerce – J Christopher Westland & Theodore H K Clark 2. Searching strategies – Breadth first search. Artificial Intelligence . Depth – Limited search. Module 3 Game playing and knowledge structures – Games as search problem – Imperfect decisions – Evaluation functions – Alpha – Beta pruning – state of art game programs. Pearson Education Asia 485 . Module 5 Introduction to Prolog – Representing facts – Recursive search – Abstract data types – Alternative search strategies – Meta predicates. Inference rules involving quantifiers. An Introduction to Artificial Intelligence – Eugene Charniak & Drew McDermot. Heuristic functions – Inventing Heuristic functions .2. Uniform cost search.Stuact Russell – Peter Narang. Pearson Education Asia 2. . forward and backward chaining – Resolution. Artificial Intelligence – A modern approach .References 1.Problem characteristics – Problem solving by searching.Commerce The cutting edge of Business . Bi-directional search – Constraint satisfaction search.3.George F Luger. DFS. II T 805 List of elective subjects 1.ELECTIVE . 2. 486 .II) CMELRTA 805-1 CMELRPTA 805-01 RT 805-02 T 805-03 RT 805-04 RT 805-05 RT 805-06 T 805-07 T 805-08 Advanced Mathematics Client Server Computing High Performance Computing Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems Distributed Computing User Interface Design Satellite & Mobile Communication Data Compression 3+1+0 3+1+0 Module 1 Green’s Function Heavisides. 3. 8. Module 3 Gamma. 4. Module 4 Power Series solution of differential equation The power series method – Legendre’s Equation – Legendre’s polynomial – Rodrigues formula – generating function – Bessel’s equation – Bessel’s function of the first kind – Orthogonality of Legendre’s Polynomials and Bessel’s functions. Institutions offering such courses should submit the detailed syllabus and get it approved from the University before offering the course. ADVANCED MATHEMATICS (ELECTIVE . Beta function – Relation between them – their transformations – use of them in the evaluation certain integrals – Dirichlet’s integral – Liouville’s extension of Dirichlet’s theorem – Elliptic integral – Error function. Note: New Elective subjects related to the recent trends in Information Technology can be added to this list. 5. Beta functions Gamma function. 7. 6. unit step function – Derivative of unit step function – Dirac delta function – properties of delta function – Derivatives of delta function – testing functions – symbolic function – symbolic derivatives – inverse of differential operator – Green’s function – initial value problems – boundary value problems – simple cases only Module 2 Integral Equations Definition of Volterra and Fredholm Integral equations – conversion of a linear differential equation into an integral equation – conversion of boundary value problem into an integral equation using Green’s function – integral equation with separable Kernels – Integral equations of convolution type – Neumann series solution. Processor . New York A Course on Integral Equations .Child and parent processor . S.Case study Novell Netware and Windows NT .Server communication model.semaphores .Kandasamy.Dass. John Wiley and sons 8.Execution of requests .Michael D. K.II) RT 805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 INTRODUCTION History .Finite difference approximations to partial derivatives – solution of Laplace and Poisson’s equations by finite difference method – solution of one dimensional heat equation by Crank – Nicolson method – solution one dimensional wave equation.H.Inter process communication .Module 5 Numerical solution of partial differential equations Classification of second order equations.uses .Managing the interaction of client and server .Chand & co CLIENT SERVER COMPUTING (ELECTIVE . 487 . Module 5 COMMUNICATIONS Network communication .Building portable client server applications. Numerical methods . Mathematics . K. 9. Module 2 DESIGNS Fundamentals of client server design .Gunavathy.mutual exclusion .R.B.Request acceptance dispatching .S.Client server interaction using message.Pipkin.Advantages and Disadvantages . 2. Academic Press. Addison Wesley.Bernard Friedman.Greenberge.Optimizing applications for client server .P. Principles and Techniques of Applied Mathematics . 6. Linear Integral Equation .semaphore implementations in NT & Netware. References 1.context switching pre emptive systems .Preparing applications for client server . Khanna Publishers Generalized functions . 4. Module 4 SYNCHRONIZATION Scheduling implementations .Client Server Databases.K.Ram P.Allen C.The costs of Client Server Computing . 3.Keener.Cross Platform Computing Distributed Computing . Mathematics .Kanwal. Hoskins.Advantages and draw backs of multiple processor .Chand Advanced Engg.critical sections .Client Server Computing & Hetrogenous Computing . S.Threads .Communications Techniques protocols & Client server interaction protocols . Pearson Edn. &Science . Springer – Verlag Advanced Engg. 5.Thilagavathy. 7.Developing server applications .Example client server implementations .processing queues . John Wiley and Sons. Module 3 MULTITASKING Multi programming vs multitasking .F. Principles of Applied Mathematics . Asia Numrical methods in Engg.James P.Grewal. David Vaskevitch.mesh connected networks . Super Computers .Static vs dynamic networks .Wiely arstern 488 .Dawna Travis Dewire.General pipelines .SIMD array processors .Parallel computer structures-Architecture classification schemes .Architecture of Cray-1.Instruction and Arithmetic pipelines – Design of Pipilined instruction unit-Prinnciples of Designing Pipeline ProcessorsInstruction prefetch and branch handling. Client Server Strategies .Cube interconnection networks Parallel algorithms for array processors . 4.Kai Hwang & FayeA. Module 3 Array processors .Inman.Indian contribution to parallel processing.Schqnk. Client Server Computing .PHI 2. Elements of Parallel computing . Rajaraman . McGraw Hill References 1. Module 2 Principles of pipelining and vector processing .Jeffrey D.V.Joe Salemi.Associative array processing .Process synchronisation mechanisms.Interconnection networks . 2.Language features to exploit parallelism . Novell's Guide to Client-Server Application & Architecture . Computer Architecture & Parallel Processing .References 1.Trends towards parallel processing Parallelism in uniprocessor . BPB.SIMD matrix multiplication-Parallel sorting on array processors . Novell Press. Developing Client Server Applications -W.Data driven computing and Languages .Memory organization. Text Book 1.Data flow computers architectures .Loosely coupled and Tightly coupled multiprocessors .Classification of pipeline processors . McGraw Hill. Module 5 Dataflow computers .Briggs.Static data flow computer -Dynamic data flow computer -Data flow design alternatives.H. Rajaraman .Interconnection networks . HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING T 805-3 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction to parallel processing . Guide to Client Server Databases . 3. Galgotia. 5.Dynamic pipelines .Linear pipelining . BPB. Module 4 Multiprocessor architectures and Programming .V. Parellel Processing for Super Computers & AI . Architecture and Programming – Rajaraman & Murthy.Kai Hwange & Douglas Degneot Mc Graw Hill Advanced computer Architecture . 8. abstraction and accuracy – generics – component instantiation and synthesis – the generate statement Subprograms: functions – procedures – sub program and operator overloading – packages and libraries.Vijay P. Synthesis: language directed view – inference from within process – issues – signals vs.Bhatkar. Module 3 Modeling behavior Simulation: The process construct – programming constructs – the wait statement – attributes – generating clocks and periodic waveforms – using signals – modeling state machines – constructing VHDL models – programming errors. Asok V. Parallel Computers. variables – latch vs.Sudhakar Yalamanchili. Fountain and Kacsuk. and selected signal assignment statements.Sima. simple CSA statements. 6. Pearson Education Asia. Module 4 Modeling structure: Describing structure – structural VHDL model – hierarchy.II) RT 805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to VHDL: Digital system design . flip flop – the wait statement – state machine. 489 . propagation delays and concurrency – waveforms and timing – signal values – shared signals – simulation model – synthesis model – Field Programmable Gate Arrays. 7.Modeling digital systems – events.Role of hardware description language.Joshi. Text Book 1. 5. Addison Wesley. Synthesis: Interface from declarations. Stone. PHI ANALYSIS AND MODELING OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . 4. Arirban Basu. Introductory VHDL .Sharma. conditional signal assignment statements. Module 5 Basic I/O operations – the package TEXTIO – ASSERT statement – terminology and directory structure – simulation mechanics – synthesis mechanics – identifiers – data objects – data types – operators. Module 2 Basic language concepts simulation: signals – Entity architecture – concurrent statements – Constructing VHDL models using CSAs – delays.3. Advanced Computing . Pearson Edn High Performance Computer Architecture .Harold S. Asok K. brief history – Graphical User Interface – Web User Interface – Principles of User interface design. Threads – scheduling. replacement strategy. Distributed Systems – Concepts and designing . K.Andrew S. Network technologies and protocols – overview. Pearson Education Asia 2. implementation.II) RT 805-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction Importance of user interface – definition. synchronizations. event ordering.Pradeep. RPC – model. Module 2 Distributed file system File service components. Pearson Education Asia 2.intention lists. DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING (ELECTIVE . messages. Sun Network File System – architecture and implementation. centralized and distributed approaches. PHI USER INTERFACE DESIGN (ELECTIVE . Group communication. Server management. CODA.George Coulouris. user requirements. load balancing. Distributed shared memory – Architecture.Reference s 1.Sinha.Zainalabedin Navabi. marshalling. stub generation. AMOBEA. References 1.J Bhaskar.overview.II) RT805-5 3+1+0 Module I Introduction Introduction to Distributed Systems.Concepts and designing . Byzantine failures. thrashing. design issues. Distributed Operating Systems . implementation techniques. VHDL primer . Jean Dellimore Tim Kindberg. Distributed Operating Systems . evolution. Synchronization – clock synchronization. importance of good design. Fault tolerance – failures. Task assignment approach. MACH. Tenenbaum Pearson Education Asia 3. mutual exclusion Module 4 Resource and Process management Features of scheduling algorithms. design issues. interfaces. Name services – SNS name service model. Process migration mechanisms. Deadlocks in distributed systems – detection and prevention. Message passing – features. McGraw Hill. design issues. 490 . characteristics. structure of shared memory space. Analysis and modeling of digital systems . Module 3 Communication in distributed systems Client server communication. load sharing. other distributed file systems – AFS. Module 5 Consistency maintenance Transaction recovery – methods. organizing screen elements. Module 4 Windows and components Menus and navigation schemes.text and messages – icons and images – Multimedia – colours.uses. digitization and generation – image and video displays – printers. Frequency plan and reuse Transponders. relative power levelsTransmission path and path loss – power and link budget calculations – S/N ratiosaturation flux density and noise consideration – EIRP.pointing devices. Designing the User Interface – Ben Shneiderman. satellite launch vehicles. Carroll. Human consideration. Wiley Dreamtech SATELLITE AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION T 805-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Satellite Communication – review of basic concepts . Module 2 Multiple access Techniques.speech recognition.ordering of screen data and content – screen navigation and flow – visually pleasing composition – amount of information – focus and emphasis – presenting information simply and meaningfully – information retrieval on web – Statistical graphics – Technological considerations in Interface Design. interface building tools Interaction devices: keyboard and function keys . Pearson Education Asia References 1. Galitz.screen meaning and purpose. The Essentials of User Interface Design .emerging trends in communication satellites. Text Books 1. station. special purpose 491 .Module 2 Design Process Human Interaction with computers. Human Computer Interaction – John M. selection of windows.Alan Cooper. choosing colours.orbits – Geosynchronous and sun synchronous orbits – Kepler laws – power systems and eclipses – station keeping – altitude control and stabilization. Pearson Education Asia 2. Human Interaction speeds – Understanding Business function Module 3 Screen Designing Design goals . Importance of Human Characteristics. Module 5 Software tools Specification methods. Selection of device based and screen based controls . Satellite earth communication satellite. The Essential Guide to User Interface Design – Wilbert O. problems. Wiley Dreamtech 2. Mc Graw Hill Satellite Communications . 3. Mc Graw Hill. Hybrid and Chirp spread spectrum systems. Applications of spread Spectrum. Intelligent cell concept.fixed rate Vs variable rate – lossless Vs lossy compression – sources.Tom Lodgdon.D C Agarwal. Frequency hopping. Module 2 Predictive coding – DPCM – linear prediction – adaptive prediction – delta modulation – adaptive delta modulation. 4. Module 3 Transform coding – orthogonal transformations – bit allocation – performance gain of transform coding – sub band coding – coding based on models of human perception (human auditory system and visual system) Module 4 Vector quantization – introduction – memoryless vector quantizers – llyod algorithm – vector quantization design – tree structured VQ – multistep VQ – product codes – grain/shape VQ – lattice VQ – feedback vector quantization – 492 . Electronics Communication 4th ed .Module 3 Spread spectrum Communication – Direct Sequence or Pseudo noise. Mobile and Personal Communication System and Services – Raj Pandya. channels and codes – components of compression system – issues – quantization – optimal and adaptive quantization. Advanced intelligent network (AIN). Khanna Publishers. References 1. Module 5 Digital cellular systems – multiple access schemes – Global Systems for Mobile (GSM).TDMA-CDMA-Miscellaneous Mobile systems. CDMA cellular radio network. PHI DATA COMPRESSION T 805-8 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – signal compression .Y Lee. PHI Mobile Cellular Telecommunication -William C. Time hopping. AIN for mobile communications. 2. Module 4 Mobile cellular communications – introduction – basic cellular systemperformance criteria – uniqueness of mobile radio environment – operation of cellular systems – elements of cellular radio system design – general description – Frequency reuse – co channel interference reduction factor – desired C/I from a normal case in an omni directional antenna systems – hand off mechanism – cell splitting – consideration of the components of cellular system. Mobile Communications Satellite (Theory and Applications) .Dennis Roody & John Coolen. 5. 3. John Wiley. 6. Vector Quantization and Signal Compression. Module 5 Compression standards – CELP standard for speech – JPEG standard for still images – ISO/MPEG standard for audio and video – introduction to fractal image compression – application of wavelet analysis in signal compression – data compression – review of entropy coding – Huffman. Digital Speech. marginal. arithmetic and ziv – lempel coding. References 1.S.M. channel capacity – redundancy and efficiency of a 493 T 806-01 RT 806-02 RT 806-03 RT 806-04 RT 806-05 RT 806-06 RT 806-07 T 806-08 Information Theory and Coding Embedded Systems Neural Network Genetic Algorithm and Applications Advanced Networking Trends Data Processing and Analysis Techniques Bio metrics Fuzzy Systems 3+1+0 .vector predictive quantization – vector tree and trellis coders – adaptive VQ – VQ for speech coding – VQ for image coding. – Prentice Hall. Solari S. Nelson M. information rate.S & Noll P. 4. 8. ELECTIVE . 5. Gray R. Wavelet Transforms – Introduction to Theory and Applications. 2. The Data compression book.. Rao R.M & Bopadikar A. INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING T 806-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Information Theory: Concept of amount of information. 6. Jayant N. 3. Jean & Loup Gailly.J. BPB publications. runlength. units – entropy. 2.III T 806 List of elective subjects 1. McGrawHill. 4. Kondoz A. 5. Note New Elective subjects related to the recent trends in Information Technology can be added to this list. 7. conditional and joint entropies – relation among entropies – mutual information.M. Institutions offering such courses should submit the detailed syllabus and get it approved from the University before offering the course. digital Coding of Waveforms – Principle and /applications to Speech and Video. Addison Wesley & Longman Inc. Gersho A. Kluwer Academic Publishers. Digital Video/Audio Compression. Cryptography: Secret key Cryptography. symmetric channels – binary symmetric channel (BSC). 2. NJ. BCH codes. 5. 494 . Module 3 Codes for error detection and correction -parity check coding – linear block codes – error detecting and correcting capabilities – generator and parity check matrices – standard array and syndrome decoding – Hamming codes – encoding and decoding. Shannon – Hartley theorem – band width – SNR trade off – capacity of a channel of infinite bandwidth .Taub & Schilling.Simon Haykin..Hellman Public key distribution – RSA system. Module 5 Convolutional codes .channel. Huffman Coding. Communication Systems . public key cryptography. digital signatures. Principles of Digital Communication . block and stream ciphers. burst error correction –block and convolutional interleaving.description and decoding. Sequential decoding – Stack Algorithm. binary erasure channel (BEC). deterministic and noiseless channels – capacity of band limited Gaussian channels. Reed Solomon codes. state.Dr. coding efficiency and redundancy. coding theorem – construction of basic source codes –Shannon –Fano Algorithm.Das. Diffie. Error Control Coding Fundamental s and Application . ARQ schemes – performance of ARQ – Probability of error and throughput. Englewood Cliffs. John Wiley & Sons Pvt. Mullick & Chatterjee. Information and Coding Theory . Ltd. optimum modulation systems. decoding of cyclic codes. 3.Costello Prentice Hall Inc. Tata Mc Graw Hill.Shu Lin & Daniel J. S. Bangalore. Principles of Communication Systems . Wiley Eastern Ltd. DES. Module 4 Cyclic codes – description – generator and parity check matrices – encoding of cyclic codes – syndrome computation and error detection. Module 2 Source coding: Instantaneous codes – construction of instantaneous codes – Kraft’s inequality. Tree and Trellis diagrams – Transfer function and minimum free distance – maximum likelihood decoding of convolutional codes – The Viterbi Algorithm. Sathya Narayana Probability Dynaram Publications. 4. References 1.encoding – time and frequency domain approaches. noiseless. P. New Delhi. Biomedical Systems. Fundamentals of Embedded Software where C and Assembly Meet – Daniel W Lewis. Handheld computers. Module 5 Java Applications & Future Trends in Embedded Systems Networked Java-Enabled Information Appliances. Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics. Serial Communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-controllers. Communication devices. Controlling an Appliance from the RTLinux System. Embedded Operating systems. Simulation of a Process Control System. Types of Embedded Operating systems. Energy Meter Readings. Smart Cards and the Cashless Society. Appliance Control using Jini. System on a Chip (SOC). Module 4 Real Time & Database Applications Real-Time Embedded Software Development. Categories of Embedded System. Embedded Process Control System. Module 2 Embedded Hardware & Software Development Environment Hardware Architecture. Embedded System Development Process. Micro-Controller Architecture. Embedded Applications over Mobile Network example MP3 Sound Player. Text Book 1. Control System.EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . 495 . Challenges and Issues in Embedded Software Development. Requirements of Embedded Systems. PC-to-PC Communication.Dreamtech Software Team. Protocol Converter. Sending a Message over a Serial Link. Communication Interface Standards. Voice-over-IP. Embedded Database Applications using examples like Salary Survey. Security in Embedded Systems. Wiley Dreamtech Reference 1. Programming for Embedded Systems . Module 3 Embedded Communication System Serial Communication.III) RT806-2 3+1+0 Module1 Overview of Embedded System Embedded System. Mobile Java Applications. Neural Computing Theory & Practice . SelfOrganization of Hierarchies and Program Architecture .Chapman & Hall GENETIC ALGORITHMS AND APPLICATIONS (ELECTIVE .Architecture-Altering operations for Subroutines -Automatically Defined Iterations.Single layer & multilayer networks .Application.Using Architecture Altering Operations for Subroutines.Bidirectional associative memories .Cauche training .III) RT806-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Architecture-Altering Operations Introduction.applications .H.Principles .Applications .stability .Associative memory . Transmembrane Segment Identification Problem using Architecture-Altering Operations for Iterations-Fibonacci Sequence. References 1. An Introduction to neural computing .Full counter propagation network .NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE -III) RT806-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction . Module 2 Back Propagation .Training artificial neural networks .Adaptive resonance theory Architecture classification .Learning .Local minima .Simon Haykins 2.Boltzmann’s Training . Previous Methods of Determining the Architecture of a Multi-Part Program .statistical properties . Neural Networks . 3. Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks . Storage. Recursion.Linear separability .Implimentation.Time-Optimal Robot Control Problem Multi-Agent Problem .artificial neuron .Rotating the Tires on an Automobile – Boolean Parity Problem.Training algorithms.Philip D.temporal instability.Thermo dynamic systems . Loops. Module 3 Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer . Module 5 Hopfield nets .Continous BAM .Training algorithm .Training the cohenen layer .On the origin of new function.Statistical Hopfield networks .Pay Y.Cart Centering.Perception Representation .activation functions . Wasserman. 496 . Module 4 Statistical methods .Applications to general non-linear optimization problems.Training the Grosbery layer . Text Book 1.Artificial specific heat methods .Pre initialising the wright vectors .Recurrent networks .network configurations Network paralysis . B-ISDN. AAL2. Module 3 ATM – ATM Principles – BISDN reference model – ATM layers – ATM adaption Layer – AAL1. Fast Ethernet.applications in personnel communication. Wireless Ethernet – SONET – Sonet multiplexing. AAL5 – ATM addressing – UNI Signaling – PNNI Signalling Module 4 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION: Satellite communication principles . ADVANCED NETWORKING TRENDS (ELECTIVE – III) RT806-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Ethernet Technology – Frame format – Interface Gap – CSMA/CD – 10 mbps Ethernet. Morgan Kaufmann. 1999.Definition .Geo stationary satellites . Module 4 Evolvable Hardware Evolvable Hardware and Rapidly Re-configurable Field-Programmable Gate Arrays Discovery of cellular Automata Rules: Discovery of a Cellular Automata Rule for the Majority Classification Problem.0 Problems Illustrating GPPS 2. (basic ideas only) 497 .block schematic of satellite earth station .Elements of GPPS 2.Protocol architecture . Reference 1. Martin A. Module 3 Automated synthesis of analog electrical circuits Synthesis of a Low-pass Filter and High-pass Filter The Role of Crossover in Genetic Programming. Johin R. Sonet frame structure Module 2 ISDN .0-Problems Illustrating GPPS 1.0 .ISDN interface.Transmission channels . Forrest H Bennett III. Kean. Module 5 Programmatic Motifs for molecular Biology Automatic Discovery of Protein Motifs –Programmatic Motifs and the Cellular Location Problem. AAL3/4.Module 2 Genetic Programming Problem Solver (GPPS) Elements of GPPS 1. “ Genetic Programming III: Darwinian Invention and Problem Solving”. Parallelization and Implementation Issues: Computer Time. Koza.VSAT networks .VSAT .System architecture . Gigabit Ethernet.Parallelisation of Genetic Programming –Implementation Issues.0 . David Andre.Previous Work on Automated Analog Circuit Synthesis. Roy & D Ghosh Dastidar. sections and paragraphs -Table writing . Structured COBOL Programming. Communication Networks Fundamental Concepts & Key Architecture .) 4. Antonakos. KDD Vs Data mining.Security References Module 1 1.Jawei Han & Micheline Kamber (Morgan Kunfmann Pub. Pearson Education Asia DATA PROCESSING AND ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . DBMS Vs DM – DM Techniques. Jr. Data mining Techniques .Module 5 Wireless Lan – Infrared Vs Radio transmission – Infrastructure & ad hoc n/w – IEEE 802. An introduction to Computer Networking . statements-conditions and conditional statements. Module 4 Data warehousing – Definition – Multidimentional datamodel – OLAP operation – Data warehouse architecture – Warehouse Server – Metadata – OLAP Engine. SEARCH verb – Occurs depending clause – Sorting a Table. Data mining Concepts and Techniques..Pieter Adriaans. Mobile Communication . Dolf Zantinge.11 – Hiper Law – Bluetooth – Physical Layer – MAC layer – Networking . Module 5 Data mining – Definitions.2.3 1.M. Module 2 Table Handling – Occur clause – PERFORM verb – SET verb. Data Mining . PHI Module 1.LeonGarcia – Widjaja.Selvi (Anuradha Agencies) 498 . Issues and Challenges in DM – DM application areas.E.K.Kenneth C Mansfield. Module 3 Processing of various file structures in COBOL Language – File description – Fixed Length Record – Statements – Sequential File with variable length record – Sorting and merging of files – Direct access files. James L. COBOL programming .Jochen Schiller. Rajasekar & S. References 1. Tata McGraw Hill 2.III) RT806-6 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to COBOL programming -elements of COBOL divisions. Tata McGraw Hill 2.Arun K Pujari (Universal Press) 3. Person Education Asia 5.complete program in COBOL using various options verbs. Reference 1.features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness Module 3 Iris scan .WILEY-dreamtech FUZZY SYSTEMS T 806-8 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Fuzzy sets and systems.AFIS (automatic fingerprint Identification systems)-Behavieral Biometrics-Signature scan-Key stroke Scan. Basics of fuzzy sets membership function. height – normalized fuzzy set. Philippakis & Leonard. intersection and union equality. Raj Nanavati. Biometrics -Identify Verification in a Networked World . 499 .(BioAPI.features – components – operation (steps) – competing iris scan technologies – strength and weakness Voice scan .features – components – operation (steps) – competing facial scan technologies – strength and weakness Module 4 Other physiological biometrics-Handscan-retina scan. S.6. Module 5 Biometrics Application – Biometric Solution Matrix-Bioprivacy-Comparison of privacy factor in different biometrics technologies .III) RT806-7 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction – Benefits of biometric security – verification and identification – basic working of biometric matching – accuracy – false match rate – false nonmatch rate – failure to enroll rate – derived metrics – layered biometric solutions Module 2 Finger scan – features – components – operation (steps) – competing finger scan technologies – strength and weakness Facial scan . J. complement. BAPI) .A. Structured COBOL . support of a fuzzy set.Designing privacy sympathetie biometric systems-Biometric standards . α – cuts (decomposition of a fuzzy set).Samir Nanavati. Michael Thieme. Kazmier (Tata McGraw Hill) BIOMETRICS (ELECTIVE . set theoretic definitions on fuzzy sets.Biometric middleware. 3. fuzzy engineering – applications of fuzzy controls. Module 5 Further operations on fuzzy sets and proposed by Zadeh – concentration dilation. Properties of fuzzy sets operations (logical proof only). computation of the meaning of values of a linguistic variable. 4.Hooper Collins Publications. 2. max. No. January 1973. Fuzzy Engineering . transitivity. Man & Cybernetics. Bart Kosko . case studies. References 1. algebraic sum – product.Theory and Applications . JAVA beans. Prentice Hall of India. Familiarization of Internet Accessing and Trouble shooting Internet Programming with JAVA applets Web development with XML. JAVA script. drastic sum product. Prentice Hall.1. and max. symmetry. INTERNET LAB T 807 1. Extension principle and its applications. 5. SMC – 3. 6. 4. typical parameterized t – norms and s-norms (with simplified proof). fuzzy algorithms. Prentice Hall. compositions cylindric extension. bounded sum – product.C. – min..S George Lee. Fuzzy Thinking. 3.Klir and Yuan. IEEE Trans on Systems.Earl Cox. 2. Neural Fuzzy Systems . Resolution form of a binary fuzzy relation. 6. t -norms and t -conorms (s-norms) on fuzzy sets. contrast Intensification. Associated Press.T Lin & C. Similarity relations – reflexivity. Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic.Bart Kosko. The law of the excluded middle and law of contradiction on fuzzy sets. Module 3 Operations on fuzzy sets – intersection. Implementation of Search Engine Web Development with JSP and EJB Familiarization to the latest web development tools 0+0+4 (Any experiment according to the syllabus of RT 605 and RT 705 can be substituted) 500 . pp 28-44 5. vol. and min. Module 4 Fuzzy relation. Operations on fuzzy relations – projection.Module 2 Subsethood – basic definition based on membership functions. a linguistic hedges. Fuzzy Systems Hand Book . Extension of fuzzy sets concepts – type –2 and level 2 fuzzy sets – examples. Report should be submitted to the department. in general. certified report of seminar. In addition to the seminar. VIVA VOCE T 809 A comprehensive viva voce examination will be conducted to assess the student’s overall knowledge in the specified field of Engineering. The paper should.PROJECT & SEMINAR T 709 / T808 0+0+4 Each student is required to present a technical paper on subject approved by the department. reflect the state of the art technology. At the time of viva voce. 501 . and submit a report of the project work to the department. the students shall undertake a project work (as a team or individually) in the 7th semester itself in consultation with the guide (s). mini project and project work are to be presented for evaluation. On completion of the project work in the 8th semester. each student shall present the work done before a panel of staff members. TECH.B. DEGREE COURSE SYLLABUS APPLIED ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING BRANCH 502 . THIRD SEMESTER 503 . harmonic and orthogonal properties.scalar potential. Mathematics: Erwin Kreyzing.bilinear transformation. Mathematics: B.application of Green’s theorem. δ .Newton-Cote’s formula. 6. µ.conformal transformation of functions like Zn.difference equations .cross ratio.Stoke’s theorem and Gauss divergence theorem. 504 .trapezoidal ruleSimpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule.invariant property. Grewal.National Pub. . S.PHI. Module 5 Difference Calculus: Numerical differentiation using forward and backward differences. Numerical methods in Science and Engineering: M K Venkataraman. 1/z. Numerical integration. Module 3 Function of complex variable: Definition of analytic function and singular pointsderivation of C.their physical meaning .Khanna publishers. Numerical methods: S Balachandra Rao.conservative field – identities .work done by a force along a path. Module 4 Finite differences: meaning of ∆. 4.University Press. Advanced Engineering Mathematics: Michael D Greenberg.Schaum’s.central differences.solutions of difference equations. ez.gradient . 5.construction of analytic function given real or imaginary partscomplex potential.divergence and curl of a vector function . Higher Engg.surface and volume integrals.simple problems. E.problems using Stirling’s formulaLagrange’s formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals.Mc Graw Hill. Advanced Engg. z + k2/z .ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .interpolation using Newton’s forward and backward formula.Wiley Eastern. Pub. 2.simple problems.simple problems. Theory and Problems of Vector analysis: Murray Spiegel. Sin z. 3. References 1.R. equations in Cartesian co-ordinates.II CMELPA 301 3+1+0 Module 1 Vector differential calculus: Differentiation of vector functions.directional derivative .scalar and vector fields. Module 2 Vector integral calculus: Line. Graph of a network -Trees.hybrid and transmission parameters of two port networks. Passive filters as two port networks.Millman's theorem.Tellegen’s theorem. Sudhakar & S P ShyamMohan Network and Systems -D Roy Chaudhary Network analysis and synthesis -Franklin F Kuo – John Wiley & Sons Engineering Circuit Analysis -W H Hayt & Jack Kennerly – Mc-Graw Hill 505 .Constant K low pass. 2.port networks -Admittance.Solution of network problems using Laplace transform.impedance.E Van Valkenburg.co-trees -Incident matrix.Voltage and Current ratios of two .Norton's theorem.Frequency spectrum of periodic waveforms . Module 3 Fourier Analysis and Laplace transform .equilibrium equations.cut.Maximum power transfer theorem.Characteristics of ideal filters-Image impedance. PHI Circuits and Networks – analysis & synthesis – A. L.Non periodic signals and Fourier transforms.Fourier analysis of periodic signalsTrignometric and exponential forms.High pass and Band pass filtersm-derived filters-Composite filters. 3.Mesh and Node voltage Analysis – Coupled circuits – Dot conventions – Analysis of coupled circuits. Module 4 Two-port Networks and Filters .Reciprocity theorem . 4. Module 2 Network theorems-Super position theorem.Laplace TransformReview of theorems-Laplace transform of important signal waveforms . 5.DC&AC transients. RC and LC driving point functions – Foster and Cauer forms.Periodic functions.NETWORK THEORY LA 302 2+1+0 Module 1 Source transformation. Module 5 Network Synthesis – Realizability concept – Hurwitz property – positive realness – properties of positive real function – Synthesis of R. References 1.Thevenin’s theorem.Initial value and final value Theorems. Network analysis -M.set matrix-tie-set matrix.Analysis of networks. Cotton Electrical Machines: R. 3.Rajput Electrical Design Estimating & Costing: K.Raina & Bhattacharya Electrical Machines & Power systems: Vincent Del Toro 506 .c.3 phase induction motors – rotating magnetic field – torque equation – slip – torque-slip characteristics – operating characteristics – starting of 3 phase induction motors – starters – single phase induction motors – constructional features – types – working and characteristics only (no analysis) – constructional features of synchronous machines – principle of operation of alternator – emf equation – regulation by emf and mmf method – principle of operation of synchronous motor – starting of synchronous motor.C.c.O.starter – 3 point and 4 point starters – torque equation – speed equation – speed torque – characteristics of shunt.ELECTRICAL TECHNONOGY LA 303 2+1+0 Module 1 D. Module 2 D C motor . Pearson Education Electrical Technology: H. 5.B. Electrical & Electronic Technology: Hughes.transformer on no-load and load operation – phasor diagram – equivalent circuit – regulation – losses and efficiency – o. – Condition for self excitation – field critical resistance – critical speed – Load characteristics of generators – Losses – power flow diagram – efficiency – Condition for maximum efficiency – Applications.K.C.Generator . 2. References 1. 4.A C and D C servo motors – synchros – constructional features – working of a tachogenerator – stepper motors – construction. and s. Module 4 A.C. working. Module 3 Transformers . – Basic principles of 3 phase tranformer – autotransformer – applications. series and compound motors – Losses – efficiency – Brake test – Swinburne’s test – speed control – field control – armature control – series parallel control – applications. applications and specifications of stepper motors – universal motors constructional features – typical applications – criteria for selection of motors – electromagnetic relays – contactors.C Machines . Module 5 Special Machines . test – applications – Design of step down transformers like 230/6-0-6V. switching time.MOS capacitance.PHI.SOLID STATE DEVICES LA 304 3+1+0 Module 1 Energy bands and charge carriers in semiconductors: energy bands.Pearson Education Microelectronic Devices .Shur.emitter efficiency γ.equilibrium fermi levelsspace charge at junctions.majority and minority carrier distributionterminal currents.Nagchaudhari.amplification and switching.photo transistors. Pearson Education Integrated electronics – Millman and Halkias.Einstein relationcontinuity equation.conductivity and mobility. 7.current components at a junction: majority and minority carrier currents.volt-ampere characteristics. Physics of semiconductor devices .biasing in active region.pinch off voltage.rectifier actionZener diodes: volt-ampere characteristics.schottky transistors.S M Sze.MOSFETS: n MOS and p MOS: comparison.gate control.EHPs.enhancement and depletion types. Module 5 Field effect transistors: operation.Karl Hess. 4.derivation of diffusion constant D.open circuited transistor.Tata Mc Graw Hill. Module 3 p-n junction diodes: volt-ampere characteristics.charge carriers in semiconductors: electrons and holes.hall effect.Photo diodes: detection principlelight emitting diodes. Physics of semiconductor devices .pinch off and saturation.effect of temperature and doping on mobility.control of threshold voltage. 2. 507 .p-n junctions: contact potential.zener and avalanche breakdown.PHI.intrinsic and extrinsic material. References 1.carrier concentration: fermi level.Tunnel diodes: tunneling phenomenavolt-ampere characteristics. 5.drift and resistance. Semiconductor devices – Nagchoudhary. Module 4 Bipolar junction transistors: npn and pnp transistor action.Ben G Streetman.Mc Graw Hill.Varactor diodes. Theory of Semiconductor devices . Solid state electronic devices .direct and indirect semiconductors. Module 2 Diffusion of carriers.Mc Graw Hill.n-material and p-material.capacitance of p-n junctions. 6.metalssemiconductors and insulators.α and β gain factors.temperature dependance. 3. Electronic devices and applications: B Somanathan Nair.C filter analysis.self bias circuits.Pearson Edn. Electronic devices: Floyd. Module 3 Transistor Biasing: operating point.Q point selection.derivation of stability factor for ICO variation.I LA 305 3+1+0 Module 1 Rectifiers and Power supplies: Half wave.PHI. Integrated Electronics: Millman & Halkias. Module 4 RC Coupled amplifier: working.definition of stability factors.fixed bias. Electronic devices and circuits: Bogart. Module 2 Transistor as an amplifier: Transistor at low frequencies.UJT. 4.clamping. 6. 3. 7.collector to base bias.expression of voltage and current gain.S K Kataria & Sons Pub.simple sweep circuit. 2. Electronic devices and circuits: Allen Mottershed.h parameter model analysis.regulated power supplies: series and shunt.RC integration .bias stability.analysis and design. 8.design of regulated power supplies for specified output conditionscurrent limiting.PHI. Electronic Principles: Malvino.short circuit protection.ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS . 508 .UBS.differentiationtransistor as a switch.Mc Graw Hill.characteristics.input and output impedance. Module 5 Wave shaping circuits: clipping.CECB and CC configurations.analysis and design.analysis and design. Electronic devices and circuits: Boylsted & Nashelsky.FET: operation.DC and AC load lines.small signal model.transistor parameters from static characteristics. References 1.full wave and bridge rectifiersworking. 5. Electronic devices and circuits: J B Gupta.Pearson Edn.phase and frequency response.working and applications.FET amplifier: biasing.astable multivibrator.IC regulated power supplies.Tata Mc Graw Hill.comparison.bias compensationcompensation for ICO and VBE.working and design . Ram Kumar.external variables . References 1.The character set . 6. Programming in C .interactive programming.passing structure to a function .pointers and multi dimensional arrays.identifiers and keywords .declarations . 509 . Arrays: defining an array . Text Book 1.specifying argument .statements symbolic constants.pointers and one dimensional arrays .processing a structure . Programming Techniqes through C . Tata Mc Graw Hill. low level programming . PHI.function prototypes . Pearson Edn.for .self referential structures .The comma operator .creating a data file .processing an array . Functions .processing a data file. 5. Programming Ansi C . Module 4 Pointers Fundamentals .operations on pointers .getchar – putchar.passing pointers to a function .Rajaraman.accesing a function .defining a function .Relational and Logical operators . Structures and unions: defining a structure .user defined data types . Module 5 Data Files Opening and closing of a data file .passing arguments to a function . Module 3 Program Structure Storage classes .pointer declaration .COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LA 306 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to C C fundamentals .Data input and output .Kernighan & Ritche.unions.variables and arrays .Data types constants .The conditional operator . 4.Balaguruswamy. Schaum's series. Pearson Edn.a brief overview .passing functions to other functions. scanf.gets and puts functions .the C pre-processor.arithmetic operators . 3.Venkateshmurthy. Module 2 Control Statements While . Computer Programming .register variables – bit wise operation . The C programming language .nested loops -if else switch.passing arrays in a function – multi dimensional arrays .do while .Recursion.go to statement. printf .macros . Programming with ANSI and Turbo C: Ashok N Kanthane. 2. Theory and problems of programming with C. PHI.Library functions .continue .break .data types .Gottfried.array and strings.bit fields enumeration .command line parameters .expressions .Automatic variables .multi file programs. Swinburne’s test. Transistor.C. series and compound motors 6. Design and testing of DC power supplies for specified output. RC differentiator & Integrator.sharpening of edges. Pre-determination of regulation of the alternator by emf and mmf method. Study of star-delta connections. Load test on step-up/step-down transformer. shunt. Load characteristics of D. Study of starting of three phase induction motors and load test on squirrel cage induction motor. Characteristics . Determination of parameters. 1N4001. Familiarization of data sheets of components – OA79. 4. BC557. O. AF generator etc and Soldering practice. SZ6.8. Wave shaping. BC107. DVM. Load test on single phase induction motor. BASIC ELECTRONICS LABORATORY A 308 1. generators. 3. 12. 9. and Load characteristics of D. Design of Single stage RC coupled amplifier. Simulation of simple circuits using Spice. 2. 5. 7.C. O. UJT. BC547.Diode.C. 11.C. 0+0+4 Familiarization of CRO.C test on single-phase transformer. Study of stepper and servomotors. 6. 5. Design of Astable multi-vibrator for specified time period .C and S. 9. 3. Measurement of Electric power (single phase and three phase) and energy using wattmeter and energy meter. FET. 4.C. 2. Design of clipping. Determination of Band width. Load test on slipring induction motor. Design of FET amplifier. and verify the results in order to get soldering practice 510 . clamping.ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB LA 307 0+0+4 1. Simple sweep circuit. Note Students may assemble the circuits of the experiments on a universal P. 10. 10. 7. Determination of Band width. 8. calculation of efficiency and regulation at different power factors. 8.B. BFW10. 2N2646. FOURTH SEMESTER 511 . by the method of variation of parameters –Cauchys equations. References 1.M. Module 3 Fourier Transforms: . 512 .McGraw Hill. National Publishing Company 3. 4. 6.The binomial distribution. Laxmi Publications Ltd.Sneddon. Wiley Eastern Ltd.Ian N. Pearson Education Asia / PHI.its mean and variance .solution of Lagrange Linear Equations –Charpits Method – solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients – solution of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation using method of separation of variables – Fourier solution of one dimensional wave equation. poisson and normal distributions.simple applications in engineering problems. Elements of Partial Differential Equations . Advanced Engg.Finding P. 7. Miller and Fread’s Probability and statistics for engineers – Richard A Johnson.poisson distribution as a limiting case of binomial distribution .simple problems. F and Chi square test – Level of significance .I.S. Mathematics Erwin Kreyszig.Linear Simultaneous eqns.II -3rd year Part A & B .formation by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitary Functions . A text book of Engineering Mathematics (Volume II) – Bali and Iyengar. 2. Grewal. its mean and variance . single mean and difference of means (proof of theorems not expected).properties of normal curve . Probability and statistical inferences – Hogg and Tanis..Type 1 and Type 2 errors – Test of hypothesis – Test of significance for large samples – Test of significance for single proportion.K.B.fitting of binomial & poisson distributions normal distribution . Higher Engineering Mathematics .III CMELRPTA 401 3+1+0 Module 1 Ordinary Differential Equations: Linear Differential equations with constant coefficents . Khanna Publishers. Engineering Mathematics Vol. 5. difference of proportion.Statement of Fourier Integral Theorems – Fourier Transforms – Fourier Sine & Cosine transforms . Venkataraman.inverse transforms .transforms of derivatives – Convolution Theorem (no proof) – Parsevals Identity . Module 5 Population & Samples: Sampling distribution of mean (σ known) –Sampling distribution of variance. Pearson Education Asia. Module 2 Partial Differential Equations . Module 4 Probability and statistics: Binomial law of probability .ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .standard normal curve .simple problems in binomial. RAMs.Edge-Triggered JK Master-slave Flip-Flop.Amplitude modulation .Controlled Shift Registers . Multiplexers .theory.signed Binary Numbers . ROMs – PROMs and EPROMs . 7. 2.Karnaugh maps – Pairs – Quads .Open-Collector Gates – CMOS gates.Sum-of-Products method .Three-State Register. 6.AND gates . Oxford. Mc Graw Hill. 8. Digital Fundamentals: Floyd.NOT Gates . McGraw Hill.De Morgan’s Theorems NAND Gates – EXCLUSIVE .RS Latches .D Latches .7400 Devices .Synchronous Counters .Ripple Counters .Buffer Registers . Khanna Pub. References 1.Binary Subtraction .Binary Addition .Karnaugh Simplifications . Fundamentals of digital circuits: A Anand Kumar.decoder and encoder.TTL Characteristics . Module 3 Arithmetic-Logic Units .2’s Complement .Tristate Inverter .TTL Circuits Digital Integrated Circuits .USB & LSB.Shift Registers . COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING LA403 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: communication systems – Modulation .and Octets . Module 4 Flip Flops .Ring counters . PHI Digital Integrated Electronics: Taub and Shilling. Digital electronics: D C Green.AND OR.Boolean Relations . Pearson Edn. 5. 4.demultiplexers .Binary Adders . 3.NOR Gates .mathematical representationfrequency spectrum . A small TTL Memory.Half Adders Full Adders .TTL Overview .DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND LOGIC DESIGN LA 402 3+1+0 Module 1 Gates –Inverter .Level Clocking .Edge-Triggered D & T Flip-Flops .Algebraic Simplification . Pearson Edn.OR Gates .Don’t-Care Conditions. Pearson Edn. Digital Logic and state machine design: Comer.Frequency modulation 513 . Logic and computer design fundamentals: M Morris Mano.OR gates . Module 5 Registers and Counters .2’sComplement Adder-Subtractor.Modulo counters .need for modulationbandwidth. Digital electronic principles: Malvino and Leach. Module 2 Boolean Algebra and Karnaugh Maps .power relation. Digital electronic principles and applications: A K Maini. 6.suppressed carrier receiver Vestigial side band transmission .Amstrong modulator.importance of IF .basic block schematic.block schematic of single line analog SLIC board . ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS . Module 3 Radio receivers: Tuned radio frequency receiver.Frequency assignments .Solid state modulators circuit explanation. Electronic and radio engineering: A P Mathur.reactance modulator.sensitivity. Hybrid pi model.Facsimile . 5.FM receivers .explanation of components -r parameters in terms of h parameters -Tuned amplifiers -principle single tuned and double tuned amplifiers -frequency response -applications (no analysis) -multistage amplifiers -frequency response. Electronic Communication systems: George Kennedy.phase discriminator.block schematic of a telephone set.pilot carrier receiver .transmitter and receiver responses .circuit explanation .FAX transmitter and receiver.block diagram .II LA 404 3+1+0 Module1 High frequency equivalent circuit of a transistor.mathematical representation. Electronic communication: Roody and Coolen.frequency spectrum.block schematic explanation . 4.filtering of unwanted sideband .SSB receivers .schematic explanation . 2.Mc Graw Hill.advantages of VSB in television.theory.IF amplifiers .Mixer circuits .Phase modulationcomparison of AM.FM.PHI. Electronic communication Systems: Wayne Tomasi. 3.Pearson Edn. Module 2 Radio transmitters: AM transmitter . References 1.amplitude limiting . Module 4 Side band communication: Single side band transmission .PM.block schematic explanation .Automatic gain control circuit . 514 .PHI. Telephony and Carrier current engineering: P N Das.Electronic telephone .Pulse and tone signaling .Telephone subscribers loop circuit .ratio detectors.image frequency rejection .FM demodulators: slope detectors.suppression of carrier balanced modulator .selectivity. Module 5 Telephone Systems .AM receivers .RF amplifiers .simple and delayed AGC .Electronic private automatic branching exchange .superheterodyne receiver block schematic.simple diode detector .subscribers line interface circuit .Power line communication: block schematic explanation.circuit explanation.FM transmitter .varactor diode modulator. Modern communication Systems: Couch.two wire repeaters . Singularity functions (impulse and step functions). Sampling Theorem. 515 . Special Signals. Realization of LTI system (differential and difference equations).. series and shunt feedback -Feedback in amplifiers -its effect on amplifier performance -typical feedback arrangements -emitter follower .applications. voltage. Discrete form of special functions. Module 3 Oscillators -conditions for oscillation -analysis and design of RC phase shift oscillator. Module 2 Fourier Analysis of Continuous Time Signals and Systems .design . 2.Parseval’s theorem.applications .Bistable multi-vibrator -analysis and design -different methods of triggering -commutating capacitor -Schmitt trigger -working -design.Complex exponentials. tuned collector and Wien Bridge oscillators. Colpitt's.darlington emitter follower -cascade amplifier (principles only) -difference amplifier. Discrete convolution and its properties. Electronic devices and circuits -Boylsted & Neshelsky. SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LTA 405 2+1+0 Module1 Dynamic Representation of Systems . Mc Graw Hill Electronic principles -Malvino Electronic devices and circuits -Bugart Microelectronics Digital and Analogue -Botkar. Module 4 Mono-stable multi vibrator -analysis .triggering . class B.Module2 Feedback -different types -positive.convolution Integral.Frequency response of LTI systems.Fourier SeriesFourier Transform and properties. Pearson Edn. Module 5 Large signal amplifier -harmonic distortion -analysis of class A. 3. 5. class C and class D amplifiers -complimentary and symmetry stage -sweep generators voltage and current sweeps -time base generators -linearisation -miller and bootstrap sweeps . current.Causality.time-invariance. Linear Time-Invariant Systems: Differential equation representation. Crystal. negative. Integrated electronics -Millman & Halkias. general form of oscillator circuit -working of Hartley.Systems Attributes. References 1.linearityStability. 4. Pearson Edn.concept of random variable. Module 5 Random Signals .Laplace Transform and its inverse: Definition.Introduction to probability.existence.failure.Region of Convergence and properties.planning to achieve required quality. S.V. 3.Z-Transform and its inverse: Definition.Region of convergence and properties.Constant hazard models.Weibull model. Adaptive signal processing: W Bernad. Signals and Systems: Oppenheim Alan.mean time to failure (MTTF).Random processes through LTI systems.Linearly increasing hazard model.Hazard models.Umesh pub. 516 .failure rate.Application of Laplace transform for the analysis of continuous time LTI system (stability etc. Introduction to random process. Module 3 Manufacture for Quality and reliability: The need for prototype tests.mean time between failures (MTBF). Communication Systems: Haykin Simon.probability density and distribution functions.Tata Mc Graw Hill. 4.Discrete-Time Fourier Transform (including DFT) and properties.John Wiley. Auto and cross correlation.Application of ZTransform for the analysis of Discrete time LTI systems.function of a random variable. RELIABILITY AND HUMANITIES LA 406 2+1+0 Module 1 Concepts of reliability: Definition of reliability.) Significance of poles & zeros.classification of failuresmeasures of reliability.basic concepts of sequencing. 2.Pearson Edn.Willsky Alan. Moments. Bayes Theorem. wide-sense stationarity. Module 2 Failure pattern and fitting curves: Graphical plots. References 1. Frequency response of discrete time LTI systems.Significance of poles and zeros. Signals and Systems: I J Nagrarth.Discrete-Time Fourier series. Module 4 Laplace Transform .the quality standard.existence conditions.Module 3 Fourier Analysis of Discrete Time Signals & Systems . Signals and Systems: Farooq Husain. 5.Independence of a random variable.power spectral density White noise.Bath tub curves.Z-Transform . 11. 4. Simulation of above circuits using PSPICE. IC power amplifier.X and R chart.C chart. 3. 8. 10.Zero defects. Note New experiments may be added in accordance with subject LA 404 0+0+4 517 . 9. Hartley & Colpitts oscillators. Schmitt trigger.Scope of Industrial psychology-Theories of Motivation-Handling of workers grievances-Workers participation in management-Industrial discipline-Industrial disputes-Industrial fatigue-Wages and incentives.Module 4 Control charts in statistical quality control: statistical quality control advantagestypes of control charts. Design and testing of DC regulated power supplies (Fixed and variable). 6. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB LA 407 List of experiments 1. Reliability Engineering: L S Sreenath. Triac firing circuits. Power amplifiers: Design of class A and class AB push pull stage – verification of power output. SCR. design of two stage RC coupled amplifier. Design of Mono-stable and bi-stable multi-vibrators. References 1. 3. Module 5 Human relations: Human Behavior. Tuned amplifiers. Oscillators: Design of RC phase shift. 2. Design of bootstrap sweep generator. Reliability Engineering: A K Govil.Re-engineering.P chart. 7. Feedback amplifier. Industrial Engineering & Management: Banga and Sharma. 2. 5. Part 2 Programming Experiments in C/C++: Programming experiments in C/C++ to cover control structures. Microsoft Windows. operator & function overloading. 3. Familiarization of Microsoft Word. functions. inheritance. polymorphism. arrays. Computer hardware familiarization. pointers and files. classes.COMPUTER PRORAMMING LAB LA 408 Part 1 1. structures. Familiarization of MS-DOS commands. 2. Adobe Acrobat Reader. 0+0+4 518 . FIFTH SEMESTER 519 . T.P.C.S.ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS .Balanced T. Module 5 Linear programming: graphical solution – solution using simplex method (non – degenerate case only) – Big-M method.McGraw-Hill. Complex variables and applications . PHI.Grewal. shifting property.T.students Vol. M. Higher Engineering Mathematics . Kanna Publishers. III -S Arumugam. Vishal Pandey. 5. Scitech publications 9. Engineering Mathematics Vol. 7. Advanced Mathematics for Engg. Operations research . convolution propertyinverse transform – solution of 1st & 2nd order difference equations with constant coefficients using Z transforms. 6. III.Panneer Selvam.residue theorem-Evaluation of real integrals using contour integration involving unit circle and semicircle.Churchill and Brown. A.Tulsian.Pillay. 4. B.Duality in L. – Vogels approximation method – Modi method. 2.Dr. S.P.A . Somasundaram. Wiley Eastern limited.P.M. References 1. 520 .Vishwananthan printers & publishers. G.Rungea – Kutta method (IV order)Milne’s predictor corrector method.P. National Publishing company.properties –Z transform of polynomial functions – trigonometric functions. 8.IV CMELPA501 3+1+0 Module 1 Complex Integration: Line Integral –Cauchy’s integral theorem. Numerical methods in Science & Engineering .Cauchy’s integral formula-Taylor’s series-Laurent’s series. Pearson Education Asia. B.Narayanan. Kanna Publishers.Venkitaraman. two phase method.S.Newton –Raphson method – solution of system of linear equations by Jacobi’s iteration method and Gauss-Siedel method. Module 3 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Taylor’s series methodEuler’s method –Modified Eulers method . Quantitative techniques Theory & Problems . Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Ervin Kreyszig.K.Ramanaigh.Dr.Isaac.Grewal. Module 2 Numerical solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: Successive bisection method-Regula falsi method . Module 4 Z – Transforms: Definition of Z transform.K. 3.S.zeros and singularitiesResidues. Numerical methods in Engineering & Science – Dr. VSI and CSI. R. Galgotia Pub. Series and parallel operations of SCR.SCRS. John Wiley & Sons. Power Electronics: Rashid Muhammad. RL and EMF loadcurrent and voltage Commutation circuits.rating and specificationgate/base drive circuits-protection including cooling and application consideration of diodes. MCT. Module 5 DC to AC Converters . G. Power Electronics: Converter.. 4. Power Semiconductor Circuits: Dewan.Chopper classification.K. Module 4 DC to DC Converters . References 1.Constructional features.step up and four quadrant converters operation.Characteristics.power factor improvement methods for phase Controlled rectifiers.analysis and control with R.PWM & Square wave operation. and Satrughan A. Thyristors and Applications: Ramamoorthy.filters. Module 2 AC to DC Converters .Operation and analysis of Single phase and multi-phase uncontrolled and controlled rectifiers with R.Single phase and three phase bridge inverters.Harmonics and their reduction techniques. GTO.Configuration of three phase controllers. Wiley Eastern. Thyristorised Power Controllers: Dubey. 3. Pearson Edn. S. BJTS. John Wiley.free wheeling effect. 6. Doradlla. Mohan Ned.Block schematic. 2.voltage control .History of development of Power Electronic devices.Step down.effect of source inductance. 1975. 5. MOSFET and IGBT. 1987. Applications and Design. 521 . RL and back EMF load. PWM chips: SG3524 and TL 494.. Power Electronics: Harish C Ray.POWER ELECTRONICS LA 502 2+1+0 Module 1 Power semiconductor Devices . Module 3 AC to AC Voltage Converter .Operation and analysis of single phase integral cycle and phase controlled converters.Electromagnetic interference. S.B. dual slop. frequency and phase. 2.Ltd. Digital storage oscilloscope . ratio of two frequencies.BASIC INSTRUMENTATION A503 3+1+0 Module 1 Generalized configuration of Instrumentation system: Definition of measuring parameters . Deflection amplifier. Module 4 Digital instruments: Digital voltmeter ..Operation. Mechanical Measurement 5/e. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques. vector impedance meter. Sweep frequency generators. T.analog conversion. Schering bridges.J.D. phase. N. Dual trace oscilloscope. Lissajous figures. Maxwell. vector voltmeter. Function generators. Sensitivity. Frequency synthesizer. DSO controls. A.Y. Megger. DSO applications Spectrum analyzer. Digital LCR meter.Cooper.. Oscilloscope time . Cooper and W. inductance and capacitance using bridges Wheatstone. frequency.Hall of India Pvt. Oscilloscope controlsmeasurements of voltage. Q meter. New Delhi. successive approximation types.to. Module 3 Signal generators . Pearson Education. Resolution. Distortion meter. Standards of measurements.Delayed time base oscilloscope and controls Analog Storage oscilloscope. Measurements errors. Pulse generators. Precision. digital memory. 522 . D.Calibration. Wave form display. Text Books 1. Module 5 The cathode ray tube. digital . Mc Graw Hill.S. Doeblin. period.Rathore. pulse measurements. Electronic multimeter. Special oscilloscopes . Digital IC tester. 1995. Digital measurement of time interval. Dual beam and split beam.A. Narosa Publishers.1990.D.Bell. Storage oscilloscope controls. Z axis modulation.Audio generators. Measurement Systems-Application and Design. Sampling oscilloscope. oscilloscope probes. Kelvin. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements. Accuracy. Englewood Cliffs. 1994 References 1. 3. Static and dynamic. Analog to digital conversion and storage.base. Bombay. Hay. 1997 2. Beckwith. Digital Measurements Techniques. N. RF generators. Significant figures. Module 2 Measurement of resistance. Prentice . message passing architecture.Booth’s algorithmfast multiplication.micro instructions .I/O interfaces. & Architecture. Module 5 Introduction to parallel processing and architectureprocessors. Mc Graw Hill.memory management unitssecondary memories.sequencing of control signalshardwired control.fast adders.interrupt nesting. References 1.addressing methods and machine programming sequencing.internal organizationbipolar and MOS devices.cache memories -mapping functions . Module 2 Control unit.printers.pre fetching of micro instructions.array networks. Pearson Edn. Computer Systems and Architecture – Vincent P Heuring.standards. classification. Pearson Education.floating point numbers.instruction setscomputer arithmetic logic design.control signals.integer division.dynamic memories.pipeline architecture. Module 3 Memory organization.plotters.address translation-page tables .different addressing modes. Computer organization and Design – Pal Choudhary 4.daisy chaining. 2.bus arbitrations. Module 4 Input-Output organization.replacement algorithmsvirtual memories.semi conductor RAM memories. Computer Org.micro programmed controls.direct memory access (DMA)interrupts and interrupt handling.buses-scheduling.serial and parallel standards. Computer organization and Architecture – Hayes J P 5.Micro program sequencing.VDUs.disk drives.instruction execution cycle.device identificationvectored interrupts.interconnectionnetworks. H F Jordan. Computer organization – Hamacher C V.multiple memory modules and interleaving.handling multiple devices.Stallings.accessing I/O devices.PLAs.multiplication. 3.multistage 523 .branch address modification.COMPUTER ORGANISATION AND ARCHITECTURE LA504 2+1+0 Module 1 Basic structure of computer hardware and software. using voltage reference.Log amplifier.Subtractor.concept of virtual ground. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ramakand Gaykwad.Use of offset minimizing resistor (ROM) and its design.typical data sheet .Notch and all pass filters.Integrator and differentiator.Voltage series feedback and voltage shunt feedback .FSK demodulation .8038 Function generator chip .HPF.capture and lock range.565 PLL .LM 380 power amplifier .voltage follower .Umesh Publications.slew rate and its effect.LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LA 505 3+1+ 0 Module 1 Introduction to operational amplifiers – Basic differential amplifier .V/I converters and its applications .1723 switching regulators.566 VCO chip.RC phase shift and Wien bridge oscillators-Sample and hold circuit.dual input balanced output and unbalanced output.AM demodulation.equivalent circuit.I order and II order filters.Phase locked loop(PLL) . monostable multivibrator and its applications. Linear Integrated circuits: Roy Choudhary & Jain. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: Ravi Raj Dudeja.FM detection.Astable multivibrator. Integrated circuits: K R Botkar 524 . Module 2 Op amp in closed loop configuration: Different feed back configurations.Pearson Education.Peak detector circuit.Astable and monostable multivibrators. Module 5 Specialized ICs and applications: Voltage regulator ICs – 78XX and 79XX series317 variable regulators.transfer curve .Pin identificationpower supply requirements .applications. Module 4 Filters and timers: LPF.Op-amp parameters .Internal block schematic of op amp . 3.Differential amplifiers with one op amp and 3 op amps. 5.PLL applications: Frequency multiplication and division.Antilog amplifierComparators: zero crossing. 2.compensating networks .BPF. 555 timers – Functional block diagram.PHI publications.intercom using LM 380.open loop configurations .Switched capacitor filter.Wiely Eastern Publications.ideal op amp . References 1. Op amps and Linear Integrated circuits: R F Coughlin.Switched capacitor integrator.frequency response of op amps .regenerative (Schmitt trigger) comparators. Module 3 Op amp applications.Summer. 4.Triangular and sawtooth wave generators. Liquid crystal displays. Pearson Education 2. thermal expansion methods . Tata Mc Graw Hill.. Transducers and Display Systems. oscillographic recorders. N. galvanometric recorders. Practical Applications Module 5 Recorders: Strip chart recorders. 1993. optical pyrometers. W. Resistance temperature detectors . Instrumentation for Engineering Measurements. types of thermocouples.Application and Design. LVDT . Beckwith: Mechanical Mesurements 5/e.different types.F Riley and K G McConnel. temperature compensation. direct recording. resistive. B S Sonde. Measurements Systems . FM recording. strain gauge circuits. 1990. Module 2 Termocouple . typical uses of LEDs. thermopiles. 1979 References 1.Y. theory of liquid crystal display operation. fundamental laws. electro mechanical recorders. magnetic recorders. LEDs in direct and indirect bandgap materials. prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. reference junction considerations.. Display devices.TRANSDUCERS AND RECORDING SYSTEMS A506 3+1+0 Module 1 Transducers . 2. J W Dally.principle. Module 4 Strain measurements: strain gauges . selecting a transducer Temperature measurements: standards and calibration.bimetalic thermometers. Text Books 1. N Y. Electrical transducers. cathode ray tube. liquid in glass thermometers. E A Doeblin. Variable capacitance transducers.definition and classification. industrial thermocouples. quartz thermometers. piezo-electric transducers.Principle measurements using three wire and four wire bridge circuits. Module 3 Displacement transducers: variable resistance transducers. 525 . digital thermometers. advantages. variable inductance transducers. characteristics. New Delhi 3. typical use of LCDs. John Wiley and sons Inc. Classification of displays. vapour pressure thermometers. servo recorders. New Delhi. digital recorders. D V S Murthy. solid state sensors. digital displacement transducers. principle.semiconductor and optical strain gauges. Mc Graw Hill.construction. Transducers and Instrumentation. PRBS generator. Op amp measurements: input offset voltage. open loop gain. multipliers. thermocouple (2 expts) 9. a. Instrumentation amplifier & differential amplifiers measurements 7. Logic design using multiplexers (74150). Sample and hold circuits & measurements of rise time and fall time 8. 15. 14. Multivibrators and Oscillators 4. Design of 7 segment display circuits-static/dynamic (7447. Digital circuit simulation using electronic work bench/ similar working tools. 74190). TTL & CMOS characteristics (7400. 12. Op Amp basic circuits. Design and testing of ripple & synchronous counters using JK flip flops(7473. Ics .DIGITAL IC LABORATORY LA 507 List of experiments 1. (2expts). Counters using shift registers (Ring counter & Johnson counter). Interfacing of TTL & electromagnetic relay using transistor. ADC & DAC. FND542). 7476) 6. Design of astable & mono-stable multi-vibrators using gates. input offset current. 10. Voltage regulators. 2. d. 0+0+4 526 . LVDT c. MEASUREMENTS LAB A 508 1. 9. Subtractors. Triggered linear sweeps circuits. Adders. Transducer measurements. slew rate. Design of mono-shots using dedicated ICs (74123). opto coupler (4N33) & Darlington arrays (ULN2803). Logic family interconnection (TTL to CMOS & CMOS to TTL) 4. 8. common mode input resistance. 6. e. 11. Study of counter ICs (7490. full power band width comparison of different classes of opamps (2 expts) 3.78XX. strain gauge. Dual trace generator. pressure transducer. CD4001) 2. 79XX family. Logic design using decoders (74138). CMRR. 5. 7. Note Any experiment related to LA402 may be added to the above list. 13. Study of Storage Oscilloscopes. Design of half adder & full adder using gates.LM 723. 5. Diode thermometer b. 3. SIXTH SEMESTER 527 . Labour Welfare.Public sector.N.Industrial disputes-Trade Unions. Module 3 Marketing Management: Pricing.Quality circles. Ahuja.DelegationManagement by Objectives.Construction of Network (Basic ideas only). Production Management: Batch and mass productionInventory control.Industrial Fatigue.Price mechanism. Wishwa Prakashan K.Indian capital market.Role of the public sector .Span of control.Joint sector and Co-operative sector. Line and staff and Functional relationships.INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT & ECONOMICS LA 601 PART A: Industrial Management Module 1 Modern concept of Management: Scientific management-Functions of management-Planning .ICICI. Module 2 Personnel management: Objectives and functions of personnel managementRecruitment-Selection and training of workers. Module 5 Indian financial system.Co-ordinating. Industrial Management Industrial Management Marketing Management Indian economy Modern economic theory O P Khanna.Land.Investment institutions – UTI . Shyam Lal charitable trust. Agarwal. 2.Controlling . 3.Promotion.Difficulties in estimationTaxation.SIDBI. Khanna Pub.Stock market.Functions.Factors of production.PrivatisationMultinational corporations and their impact on the Indian economy.Market research-Advertising.Organising. 3+2+0 528 .Channels of distribution.Line.K.National income. capital and organization. Philip Kotler. Dhanpat Rai Pub. 5. K. Formation of companies: Proprietory-Partnership-Joint stock companies.Insurance companies .IDBI.Staffing – Directing – Motivating Communicating.Commercial banking system-Development financial institutions .IRBINABARD. 4.K Dewett.Organisational structures.EOQ-Project planning by PERT/CPM.Progressive and regressive. labour. PART B: Economics Module 4 Theory of demand and supply.Direct and indirect taxes. PHI A.Reserve bank of India: Functions . References 1.Black moneyInflation-Causes and consequences. I/O mapped I/O .ONCE mode.com 529 . Module 2 Atmel AT89C51 microcontroller – features .pin configurations . PORT1.TCON SFR serial interface .flash programming & verification.single step operation .pin descriptions .data memory .TMOD SFR .program protection modes .I/O addressing .fetch/execute cycle .instruction execution .register banks . mode1. mode2.architecture of 8085.atmel.mode0.power on reset circuit.port structures and operation . The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala.on chip oscillator.interrupt control system . Module 5 Timer0 & Timer1 . Penram International Microprocessors and Architecture: Ramesh S Goankar Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck.interrupt sources .port bit latches and buffers . 2.and memory mapped I/O schemes .bus timings – de-multiplexing AD0AD7 – flags . PORT2. mode3. 3.MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS A602 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers: Function of microprocessors. The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi.power control register .interfacing of RAM and EPROM .instruction timings and operation status. Pearson Education.internal block schematic .block schematicsbaud rates. PORT3.interrupt enable register interrupt priority . Module 4 Machine cycles – interrupts .Programming examples.mode0.www.Program status word .addressing modes instruction set – arithmetic .program memory . mode1.external program & data memory timing diagrams.accessing external memory – programming examples. 4.memory decoding .generation of control signals .interrupt handling . mode2.SCON SFR .Boolean instructions .direct & indirect addressing area . mode3 .pin configuration and functions – tristate bus concept . References 1.I/O port timings – programming examples. idle & power down mode . 5.logical and data transfer instructions . PHI Web site of Atmel .program branching instructions .PORT0. Module 3 Memory organization . effects due to truncation and rounding. Digital signal processing: Oppenhiem and Sheffer. Module 3 Discrete fourier Transform: Properties-Circular convolution. Digital signal processing: Ifechor.advantages and limitations of Digital Signal Processing.speech analysisspeech coding. Equi ripple FIR design.Multiplication in Fixed Point arithmetic Floating point numbers. 3.Basic Network structure for IIR filter.Sign-Magnitude . 530 .Linear Convolution using DFT.Pearson edn.Cascade.One’s-complement. Realization of FIR. Module 2 Finite Impulse Response (FIR) Filters: Linear phase FIR filters.Number Representation Fixed Point.PCM DSP chips.digital processing of audio signals. Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) Filters .DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LTA 603 3+1+0 Module1 Review of signals and systems.Finite Word Length Effects in FIR Digital Filters. Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters.PHI Introduction to Digital signal processing: Johny R Johnson Digital signal processing: Proakis and Manolakis. 4.using windows-rectangular.zero-input limit cycle Oscillations . Module 5 Applications of digital signal processing: Speech Processing.relation between Z.Scaling.lattice design-Fourier Series method.Direct.Frequency response of linear phase FIR filters .quantization . 5.design based on numerical solutions of differential equationsImpulse Invariant Transformation.channel vecoder. Module 4 Finite word length effects in digital filters: Introduction. decimation – in time and Frequency .Radar signal processing.Scitech Pub.Transform and DFT.homomorphic vecoder.Pearson edn. References 1.Block floating point numbers.Input quantization error Product quantization error .Co-efficient quantization error.Overflow limit cycle Oscillations .FFT algorithms – General Computation using Radix 2 algorithm.sub band coding.Signal Flowgraph.Quantization effects in the Computation of the DFT.Butterworth designChebyshev design.Two’s . 2.truncationrounding .Kaiser windows.quantization errors in FFT algorithms.complement forms Addition of two fixed point numbers.Fast Fourier Transform. Desecrate time signal processing: Oppenhiem.a general study.Quantization in Floating Point realization IIR digital filters . 6.Parallel Forms. Digital signal processing: P Ramesh Babu.triangular or Barlett windows – Hanning – Hamming – Blackman .cascade .DSP based measurements systems. Introduction .Location of the zeros of linear phase FIR filters. accoustic intensity. Patranabis . Wiley International DATA COMMUNICATION A605 4+1+0 Module 1 Data transmission concepts and terminology . strain gauge. MGL.synchronous time division multiplexing . James W. elastic types. Doebelin .I A604 2+1+0 Module 1 Functional descriptions of measuring Instruments-Functional elements of an Instrument. Module 2 Multiplexing: Frequency division multiplexing . TMH. Circuit Switching: Introduction . null and deflection methods.Principles of Industrial Instrumentation .analog data.Analog and digital data transmission.digital data. gyroscopic force and torque measurement.INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION . 1996 3.torque measurement on rotating shafts.error detection techniques interfacing.signals .Dally . analog signals . sound pressure level measurement.Application and Design-IVth ed. electrical types. 1993.transmission media Data encoding . resolution of vector forces and moments in to rectangular components Module 3 Torque measurement . vibrating . bell gauges. positive displacement type and electric type flow meters. digital . active and passive transducers. differential pressure transmitters.statistical time division multiplexing.wire force tranducers.transmission impairments . feedback and optical methods.digital data...2nd ed.digital private & branch exchange . Flow meters: Area flow meters.2nd ed. analog and digital modes of operation. Vacuum measurement. mass flow meters. capacitance. digital signals .Instrumentation for Engineering Measurement .. Module 5 Pressure measurement . 1990 2. Asynchronous and synchronous transmission .analog data analog signals.characteristics of elastic force transducers. Module 4 Level measurement-float displacer. dynamometers. Module 2 Basic methods of force measurement. bubbler. radioisotope and ultrasound type.single node networks . References 1.Manometers. static and dynamic characteristics.Measurement systems .digital switching concepts .control signaling 531 . Nichols chart 532 . applications of domain specification.Data and Computer Communication (4th ed. gain margin and phase margin. Module 2 Standard test signals .routing with bridges .simple mechanical and electromechanical systems.Jones and Bartiett Publishers CONTROL SYSTEM THEORY A606 3+1+0 Module 1 Laplace transforms to linear systems.different topologies .Packet switching: principles .Introduction to Data Communication . Block diagram algebra.stability analysis. William stallings . Routh’s stability criterion.ISDN protocols broad band ISDN.25 Module 3 Local and metropolitan area networks: LAN/MAN technology . Larry Haghes .medium access control protocols . Bode plots.X.)-PHI 2.LAN/MAN standards Module 4 Computer Communication Architecture protocols . Module 3 Concept of stability.a practical approach . References 1.transmission structure . transfer function of linear systems-. Module 4 Nyquist plots. Frequency response analysis: frequency Open loop and closed loop control systems: examples.principles of inter networking . Closed loop frequency response.connectionless internetworking . root locus technique .optical fibre bus .the OSI model .System network architecture .the bridge .user access .Time response of first and second order systems .Mason’s gain formula.the TCP/IP protocol .connection oriented internetworking Module 5 ISDN: overview of ISDN . virtual circuits and data grams routing traffic control . Steady state and dynamic error coefficients. Analogous Systems: force voltage and force current analogy.natural frequency and damping ratio.example systems. Constant M and N circles. Nyquist stability criterion. signal flow graphs . Time response specifications. GPIB/RS232C interfacing of function generator and universal counter with PC 7. The product should be demonstrated at the time of examination. lag and lead .the function ergonomics and aesthetics should be considered while conceiving and designing the product. temperature transmitter. PC based data acqusition system 5. Variable inductance type c. Calibration of pressure gauges.Automatic Control Systems-Prentice Hall of India . Measurement of level. differential pressure transmitter etc 4. Programmable logic controllers .New Age International Ltd.C Kuo . Robotic trainer kit . B. The student should submit the report at the end of the semester. voltage to frequency converter 6. design.lag compensation. 533 . Variable capacitance type b. Thermocouples and RTDs e.New Delhi INSTRUMENTATION LAB A607 0+0+3 1.PC based control of robotic actions 8. The basic elements of product design . distance. E to P Conveter.preliminary considerations . Design of lead compensators and lag compensators.Control Systems Engineering .New Delhi 2.transfer functions of discrete data systems stability of closed loop discrete system .New Delhi Reference 1. The electronic part of the product should be an application of the analog & digital system covered up to the 6th semester. . frequency to voltage converter. vibration 3. Measurements using different types of transducers a.Module 5 Introduction to control system design .Modern Control Engineering .Gopal . Elements of discrete control systems .jury’s test bilinear transformation method Text Books 1. K Ogata . LVDT d. Phase locked loops.lead. I J Nagarath and M.ladder disgrams MINI PROJECT A608 0+0+3 Each student should conceive. develop and realize an electronic product.Prentice hall of India . Photocells 2. SEVENTH SEMESTER 534 . serial communication standards .dc motor speed control – L293 motor driver .phase angle . flash – comparison . 3. dual slope. Pearson Education. PHI.com 535 . 7 segment display.measurement of frequency . 2.atmel.GAL -comparison – combinational PAL – PAL with flip-flops – study of 16L8.RS232. 22V10 GAL – dual port RAM – FIFO .architecture-comparison with 89C51. sigma delta. 7. The 8051 Microcontroller: Kenneth J Ayala.AT keyboard – commands – keyboard response codes .DS1232 watch dog timer – real time clocks – DS1302 RTC – interfacing . 6. Programming and customizing the 8051 µC: Myke Predko. Module 2 Embedded C compiler – advantages – memory models – interrupt functions – code optimization .I2C bus.features – comparison – PLA – PAL. TMH Programming with ANSI C and turbo C: Kamthane. Web site of Atmel semiconductors .FPGA . Pearson Education.universal serial bus – PCI bus. 4. successive approximation.typical ICs . Pearson Education.gate arrays.low voltage differential signaling – PC printer port – registers – interfacing . Module 5 Matrix key board interface .89C2051 micro-controller. Module 4 Serial bus standards . Digital fundamentals: Floyd. alphanumeric LCD – relay interface – design of a traffic light control system . References 1. SPI bus – operation – timing diagrams – 2 wire serial EEPROM – 24C04 – 3wire serial EEPROM – 93C46 .watch dog timers .interfacing programs using C and assembly language.interfacing programs using C and assembly language.interfacing programs using C and assembly language.design of a position control system .single slope.optically isolated triac interfacedesign of a temperature control system.MICRO-CONTROLLER BASED SYSTEM DESIGN LA701 2+1+0 Module 1 Various logic families . The 8051 Microcontroller: Muhammad Ali Mazidi. 5.design of a simple trainer circuit using 89C51/89C2051 µC – interfacing of DIP switch.interfacing – interfacing programs using C and assembly language . Microcomputers and Microprocessors: John Uffenbeck. LED.A/D interface – digital to analog converters – different types – D/A interface . RS422. RS485 – comparison – MAX232 line driver/ receiver .power factor – stepper motor interface . Module 3 Analog to digital converters.interfacing .www. Penram International. Channeling effect.design rules.Oxidation process.Photolithography.junction isolation and dielectric isolation. NAND gates. 6.junction and MOS structures.Diffusion profiles.apparatus.Basic circuit concepts. Module 5 Gallium Arsenide Technology: Sub-micro CMOS technology. 536 . BiCMOS circuit.Monolithic resistors.wire bonding and packaging.scaling factors.Delay. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: H E Weste.Chemical vapour deposition (CVD).Twin well process.schottky diodes and transistors. Introduction to VLSI: Conway.Capacitance of layers.MOS resistors. Pearson Edn.oxide isolation.circuit design processstick diagrams. 5. Fine line lithography.Ion implantationAnnealing process.buried layer.PMOS and NMOS.silicon gate technology.Driving large capacitance loads. electron beam and x-ray lithography.Latch up.power supply rail distribution. Mc Graw Hill pub. References 1.Transistor fabrication.BiCMOS technology.inverter. CMOS circuit design layout and simulation: Barter.sheet resistance and resistor design.metallisation.physical mechanism. IEEE press.GaAs fabrication.complementary (erfc) error function. PHI.MESFET. Khanna Pub. 2. CMOS logic systems – bus lines.IC crossovers and vias. VLSI technology: S M Sze.Diffusion of impurities.JFETMOSFET. Basic VLSI design: Douglas Pucknell. NOR gates.scaling of MOS structures.Gaussian profile.monolithic capacitors. Module 2 Monolithic components: Isolation of components.patterning.FET structures.resistors in diffused regions.arrangementspower dissipation.impurity profile. Module 3 CMOS technology: Metal gate and silicon gate.Wiring capacitance. Integrated Circuits: K R Botkar.Crystal structureDoping process. 3. control of threshold voltage (Vth).Device modeling.subsystem design processdesign of a 4 bit shifter.fabrication steps.reactors. Module 4 Subsystem design and layout. Addison weslay.Lithography. 4.epitaxial growth.effects of miniaturization.parasitic effectsmonolithic diodes. slicing and polishing.silicon shaping.VLSI TECHNOLOGY LA 702 3+1+0 Module 1 Process steps in IC fabrication: Crystal growth and wafer preparationCzochralski process.Fick’s I and II law of diffusion.Simple logic circuits. Co. CHAUDBRY: Instrumentation Measurement and Analysis Mc Graw Hill. thermal conductivity.Co.various types. 3. Scintillation counter.II A703 3+1+0 Module 1 Measurement viscosity of density. magnetic type. gas and steam turbines combined cycles. ECKMAN: Industrial Instrumentation.stroboscopic method –Measurement of acceleration. Instrumentation and control of power plants.Patranabis: Principles of Industrial Instrumentation.Electrical. NAKRA. fluctuating loads on power plants. 2.Mechanical. applications and design. nuclear reactors. Gas chromagraphy. Geigor Muller counter. Module 5 Power plant instrumentation.Wiley Eastern PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL A 704 2+1+0 Module 1 Process Dynamics – Process Variables – Degree of freedom – Characterization of physical systems – Dynamics of liquid.Diesel electrical power plants. specific gravity scales used in petroleum industries-Different methods of measuring consistency and viscosity –Methods for measuring moistures and humidity – Electrical conductivity – Dielectric constant-Automatic electric psycho meter Module 2 PH and conductivity meters. mass spectometer. Pub. References 1. D.INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION . Pub. Gas turbine power plants. Module 4 Measurement of speed.calibrations. Module 3 Gas Analysis – Chemical absorption. Mc Graw Hill. propotional counters. 537 . DOEBLIN: Measurement systems.Electronic methods.pH measurement – pH electrode station – various types of electrodes – Installation and maintenances of pH meters – conductivity meters – Electrical conductivity of solution – cell construction operating principles. Mc Graw Hills Pub. infrared and ultraviolet light.Co. 4. gas and thermal process – Interacting and non interacting systems – Continuous and batch process – Self regulation and servo regulation operation – Problems. 1/4th decay ratio. floating. EMG. polarisable & nonpolarisable electrodes. multi position. Eckman. Theory of electrode . ISE. ECG. ERG. Process Control. D. Case study – Distillation column control – Combustion control and drum level control in steam boiler. Module 5 Complex control system: Cascade control – Feed forward control. Damped oscillation method. PID control modes – pneumatic and electronic controllers to realize various control actions Module 3 Optimum controller settings: Evaluation criteria. Ball valves – Value seizing. Electrode behaviour & circuit models. proportional I. EGG. Principles of generation and propagation of bioelectric potentials. Micro & macro shock hazards. Donald R Coughanowr. Electrical Safety Physiological effects of electricity. D Control modes – Composite control modes – PI.different types of electrodes.skin interface. Piping and Instrumentation diagram. Curtis Johnson. Module 4 Final control element: I/P converter – Pneumatic. Instrument Engineers Handbook 6. Principles of Process Control – Tata McGraw Hill 3. 538 . Valve body – globe. D. Protection of patients. conduction velocity and latency. References 1. EMC. power distribution and equipment design Module 2 Electrodes & Transducers: Bio potential electrodes . Bela G Liptak. ITAE – determination of optimum settings for mathematically described process using time response and frequency response – Tuning – Process reaction curve method. Ratio control. IAE. Continuous cycling metho. Electrical activity of heart.P. butterfly. Patranabis. Process System Analysis and Control – McGraw Hill BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION A 705 3+1+0 Module 1 Human Anatomy & Physiology: Anatomy & Physiology of major systems of the body. Process Control Instrumentation Technology – Eastern economy Edition 4. MEG. Peter Harriot. Process control – Tata McGraw Hill 2. Electrodes for stimulation. cavitation.Module 2 Control actions and controllers – Basic control actions – Characteristics of two position. Automatic Process Control – Wiley Eastern 5. diaphragm. Multivariable control. electric and hydraulic actuators – Valve positioner – Control valves – Effective valve characteristics. propagation of action through nerves. Electrical safety codes & Standards. EEG. PD. flouting. spirometer. Webster . properties. determination of conduction velocity and latency. pulse oxi meter. Defibrillator.Prentice Hall of India. transducers for pressure. Nebuliser. ECG: Working principles.short wave and ultrasound diathermy equipments. EMG machine.Academic Press INC 539 . EEG machine. Evoked potential systems. galvanometre. Module 3 Biopotential amplifiers. EMG & EEG . Surgical diathermy equipment. R. micro wave . Materilas. dialysis machines. Leads & electrodes: transducers for biological applications transduction principles. Method of application and selection . Jacob Kline.Medical Instrumentation . John G. Protection of patients.John wiley & Sons 3. Aspirator. nerve and muscle stimulators. Leslie Cromwell.basic requirements. Fred J. 1990 2. recoders & monitors: Amplifiers: for ECG.Hand book of Biomedical Engineering . electrocardioscope. Micro & macro shock hazards.Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements . auto analyser. EOG machine.Application and Design . Cobbold . Boston 2. pulse.Electronic BP Monitors.Pacemakers. Inhalator.Noise. Module 5 Therapeutic Equipments .S Khandpur . respiration. heart .equivalent circuits of leads & electrodes.lung machine. John C. Text Books 1. different types .Physiological effects of electricity. Phonocardiolography . characteristics. ECG machine.Transducers. electrostatic UV recorder and magnetic tape recorder Module 4 Diagnosis and therapeutic Equipments: Diagnosis Equipments .principle and clinical applications Biopotential recording . Humidifier and ventillators. electrode systems and clinical applications EEG: Working Principles. ERG machine. implantable transducers. power distribution and equipment design. lead system and clinical applications EMG: Working Principles and clinical applications. Weibell and Erich A Pferffer . Leads & Electrodes: Types.Houghton mifflin company.Tranducers for Biomedical measurements . flow.Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation .active and passive transducers. pulse monitors. Chemical sensors.Tata Mc Graw – Hill References 1. Electrical Safety . motion artfact and other considerations Recorders: Potentiometre. design considerations frequency. PH meter. Electrical safety codes & Standards. gas analysers. gain etc. PHI OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN C++ (ELECTIVE . Rao. mixed integer programming problems. D.process of language translation – Need of objects Definition of Object . Eastern Economy Edition.I) LA706-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to loops: Evolution of object oriented languages . New Age International P.Multivariable optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn-Tucker conditions. 3. Module 3 Unconstrained minimization Gradient of a function – Steepest descent method – Newton’s method – Powells method – Hooke and Jeeve’s method. Chandrupatla. Optimization Concepts and applications in Engineering: A. 5. R. Module 5 Network Techniques Shortest path model – Dijkstra`s Algorithm – Floyd`s Algorithm – minimum spanning tree problem – PRIM algorithm – Maximal Flow Problem algorithm.S. Principles of Operations Research for Management: . Irwin.F. Module 2 One-dimensional unconstrained minimization Elimination methods – unrestricted search method – Fibonacci method – Interpolation methods – Quadratic interpolation and cubic interpolation methods.Oriented Language.I) CMELRTA 706-1 3+1+0 Module1 Classical optimization techniques Single variable optimization – Multivariable optimization with no constraints – Hessian matrix – Multivariable saddle point – Optimization with equality constraints – Lagrange multiplier method .R. Module 4 Integer – Linear programming problem Gomory’s cutting plane method – Gomory’s method for all integer programming problems.S. INC 4.OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES (ELECTIVE . Operation Research an introduction: H.Support for experiments and structure . T. Optimization theory and application: S. Operations Research: R. References 1. D. Taha. Ltd. Module 2 Encapsulation & Inheritance: Building classes . Panneerselvam. Mojena. A. 2. Richard D. 540 . Pearson Education Asia.Declaring objects Member functions .constructors and destructors members access control.Budnick. Belegundu. McLeavey. support of a fuzzy set.Friend functions. Wiley Eastern.product. drastic sum product.projection.norms) on fuzzy sets. Basics of fuzzy sets membership function.Using references with dynamic memory allocation . Module 4 OVERLOADING: Overloading functions .examples.intersection. transitivity. C++: Strostrout. and min and max. α . C++. Properties of fuzzy sets operations (logical proof only).Object oriented databases case study – some language (Simula.Inline functions outside class definitions .normalised fuzzy set. Extension principle and its applications. typical parameterised t .basic definition based on membership functions.concentration dilation.norms and s-norms (with simplified proof). bounded sum product.I) A 706-3 3+2+0 Module 1 Introduction to Fuzzy sets and systems. complement. contrast Intensification. 2. Smalltalk. Data abstraction & OOP in C++: Gordenkeeth.simulation using abstract classes. subsethood .Abstract classes . set theoretic definitions on fuzzy sets. References 1.reflexivity. intersection and union equality. t-norms and t-conorms(s . Extension of fuzzy sets concepts type-2 and level 2 fuzzy sets .Overloading operators to provide new meaning . symmetry. Operations on fuzzy relations . Module 5 DYNAMIC OBJECTS: Dynamic object allocation . 4. Object oriented programming with C++: E. Applications . algebraic sum . height .Virtual functions .cuts (decomposition of a fuzzy set). Resolution form of a binary fuzzy relation. max-min. TMH. Balaguruswamy. Object Oriented Programming in C++: Nabajyoti Bjarne. Module 4 Fuzzy relation. Module 2 The law of the excluded middle and law of contradiction on fuzzy sets.Selecting Friend or Member Functions for Operator Overloading. 3. Ada) features. computation of the meaning of values 541 . FUZZY SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . Module 3 Operations on fuzzy sets .Defining virtual functions – Usage of virtual functions . Similarity relations . compositions cylindric extension. a linguistic hedges.Module 3 POLYMORPHISM . Module 5 Further operations on fuzzy sets and proposed by Zadeh . problem characteristics. Module 5 Knowledge engineering and Expert Systems Structure of an expert system.T lin & C S George Lee. 4. frames.Data. Rich E. Artificial Intelligence. game playing. distinctive features – case studies. Klir and Yuan. Associated Press 3.of a linguistic variable. Fuzzy Systems Handbook. IEEE Trans on Systems. fuzzy logics. Hooper Collins Publications. Module 4 Knowledge Structure Semantic nets. Artificial Intelligence. MGH References 1. No. Tower of Hanoi problem. Fuzzy Thinking. AND OR graphs. References 1. resolution. MIN – MAX strategies.3. resolution – refutation system. 2. Module 3 Knowledge representation Propositional logic predicate logic. Bart Kosko..1.H. January 1973. Prentice Hall. Fuzzy Engineering. information and knowledge problems and problem space. Academic Press. Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic: Theory and Applications.applications of fuzzy controls. forward and backward reasoning means – ends – analysis – puzzle problems. vol.J. Nison N. Bart Kosko. case studies. Module 2 Search Search strategies.1) LA706-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction Definitions. Prentice Hall. conversion of WFF to clause form. conceptual dependency – learning knowledge acquisition. ARTIFICAL INTELLIGENCE & EXPERT SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . fuzzy algorithms. 6. MGH 2. C. pp 28-44 5. Problem solving methods in Artificial Intelligence. scripts. different methods of learning.AI applications. Unification. 1977 542 . SMC . question answering – non monotinic reasoning.. Neural Fuzzy Systems. Earl Cox. Prentice Hall of India.. Text Books 1. fuzzy engineering . Heuristic search methods A and AO* algorithms. Alpha – Beta cut offs. Man & Cybernetics. Winston P. Databases for hard real time systems. fault latency. time.packing algorithm. software error models. Text Book 1. protocols – contention – based. Kang G. task control block . hierarchal.I) LA 706-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Real Time Systems – Structure of real time systems. definition of real time systems – real time systems. Module 4 Fault tolerance – definition. bin. Disk schedule algorithms. Shini (McGraw Hill) 543 . integrated failure handling – reliability – parameter values – series – parallel systems. network architecture issues. Real Time Systems. buddy strategy (no need of proofs) fault tolerant scheduling.Krishna. master chain model. soft real time systems.PRINCIPLES OF REAL TIME SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . embedded systems . information.Philip Laplante (IEEE) 2.Hard real time systems. Module 3 Communication – Communication Media and message sending topologies. token . cause of failure. main memory databases. next-fit. real time computer. IRIS tasks – multiprocessor scheduling – utilization balancing algorithm. rate monotonic deferred server. myopic offline. Module 5 Programming Languages – Desired language characteristics. critical. Non-critical. hybrid systems. fault types. Transaction. software. characteristics.C. redundancy – hardware.M Krishna.task status. Real time databases. scheduling – uni-processor scheduling – traditional rate monotonic. fixed rate systems. combinational model. EDF. Real Time Systems .based. co-routines. Tata McGraw Hill . synchronization in software. maintaining serialization constituency. transient faults. polled bus. NMR clusters. Design & Analysis . fault tolerant routing – clocks and synchronization – fault tolerant synchronization in hardware. fault detection and containment. round robin. Real Time Systems References 1. Module 2 Real time kernel – polled loop systems. interrupt driven systems – sporadic. real time design issues. Aperiodic. stop and go multi-loop. task classes – Periodic. 3. i. 5. Half bridge and Full bridge Converters 0+0+3 544 . Infra red transmission and reception. Real time clock. 9. Push pull DC – DC Converter. Alphanumeric LCD display. 6. g. 2. INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS LAB Note A 708 List of Experiments 1. simple examples. 5. Extending I/O port using shift registers (74HC595. manual code entry. A/D converter. Stepper motor. 3. AC Phase Control Circuit. Study of PWMIC TL 494. 4. Programming examples using Embedded ‘C’ compiler for 89C51/89C2051. Design and construction of a simple flash programmer for 89C51/89C2051 µC. 74HC165). Serial EEPROM. e. Regulation Characteristics of DC Drive. l. 0+0+3 Familiarization of 8085 trainer kit. Study of Intel Hex file format. external interrupts. arithmetic operations (Using assembler. c. Matrix keyboard interface. Seven segment display. 2. 4. 8. Step up DC – DC Converter. 7. Programming examples using timer. linker and simulator for 89C51/89C2051. Any other embedded processor with similar or better capability may be used instead of 89C51/89C2051. 6.MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LAB LA707 1. 8. 10. f. Battery Charger. 7. Computer aided assembly language program development for 89C51/89C2051. a. Opto isolated I/P and O/P. 9. Application of Opto coupler IC MCT2E. Study of DC Drive. Sorting. Use of assembler. Design and construction of the following interfacing modules. Programming examples. simulator). k. j. D/A converter. Linear Ramp Firing Circuit. d. h. b. Interfacing using RS 232 and printer port. 0+0+2 545 . SEMINAR The student is expected to present a seminar in one of the current topics in Electronics. Instrumentation. Information Technology. Control Systems and related areas. The student will undertake a detailed study on the chosen subject and submit seminar report at the end of the semester.PROJECT DESIGN & SEMINAR A 709 PROJECT DESIGN The student is expected to complete the design of the project work and submit the design phase report. Computers. EIGHTH SEMESTER 546 . Module 2 MODEMS-serial communication standards .flow control – buffering .design issues -data exchange . Pearson Education.concentration-virtual circuit and data-grams .configurations-concept of internet.network security-privacy. Understanding Data Communication and networks.establishing and releasing connection .shared memory -IEEE802 standards-introduction to X-25.remote procedure call-client server model . Computer Networks: Andrew S Tannenbaum. Uyless Balack Local Area Networks: William Stallings. Transport layer.virtual terminal .2nd ed-William A Shay (Vikas Thomson Learning) 547 . 2. 3. half duplex linksConcepts of WAP technology. 7.dialogue management synchronization.routing congestion control. 4.Need for data link layer-stop and wait and sliding window protocol-HDLC-terminal handlingpolling-multiplexing.base band and broad band transmission-synchronous and asynchronous -full duplex. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking: Keshav.design issues. Computer Network & Internet: Comer.X-21 digital interface. 5. Data communication: Hausly Computer Networks. References 1.ISO-OSI 7 Layer Standard -peer processes-Functions of each layer-TCP/IP reference model Transmission media -description and characteristics . 8. Pearson Education. Module 4 Session layer. Module 5 Application layer .base band and broad band Lan’s . Module 3 LAN. protocols standards & interfaces. Pearson Education.crash recovery .file transfer protocol-E-mail-introduction to distributed system .ATM adaptation layer -AAL protocols -basic principles of SDH and SONET.cryptographypresentation layer in ARPANET.COMPUTER NETWORKS LA 801 3+1+0 Module 1 Network goals -topologies. 6. Computer Networking: A Top Down Approach: Kurose Pearson Education.ATM-protocol architecture -ATM logical connections -ATM cells -cell transmission.carrier sense networks-CSMA/CD -ring network. Pearson Education.Presentation layerdata presentation-compression.a simple transport protocol on X-25. Concepts of state variable and state model . Inc. Module 3 State space modelling of systems: Inverted pendulum on a cart. Multiple input systems. missile guidance dynamics. Saunders College Publishing. A Nagooe Kani – Advanced Control Theory 548 . State space representation of dynamic systems: physical notion of system state.gura pole placement formula. state space representations of transfer functions. pole placement for single output systems. instrument servo.. Temperature control .Control System Design . T.Prentice Hall Inc. N J 3. spring coupled masses. Module 4 Shaping the dynamic response . Kailath . C. distillation column. Module 5 Introduction to MATLAB .modelling of systems given in module II References 1. Bass. Lagrang’s equations – examples Module 2 Transformation of state variables.Design of regulators for single input single output systems.files. Effect of pole . solution of differential equations in state space form.MATLAB functions . detectability and stabilisability. solution by the laplace transform. N. Kalman’s and Gilbert’s tests.construction and analysis of simple models . Englewood cliffs.analysis and design of control systems using MATLAB. N Y 2. Chen .Y 4. disturbances and tracking systems: exogenous variables.zero cancellation. B. cascade and parallel decomposition technique. the resolvent. State Space and algebraic methods. Linear observers: Need of observers. structure and properties of observers.Linear systems .An Introduction to state space methods Mc Graw Hill.m .Friedland .Analog and Digital Control System Design .state model for linear time invariant systems. Decomposition of Transfer functions: Direct. block diagram representations. interpretation and properties of the state transition matrix.Transfer function. Controllability and Observability: Physical interpretation. Simulink .two capacitance system.MODERN CONTROL THEORY A802 3+1+0 Module 1 Limitation of Conventional Control Theory. transfer function from state model. relative program memory addressing. Program memory addressing modes . direct addressing. 6th Edition . Module 5 Advanced Intel Microprocessors 80486 – Processor model – Reduced Instruction cycle – five stage instruction pipe line – Integrated coprocessor – On board cache – Burst Bus mode. Module 3 Intel 80286 Microprocessor 80286 Architecture. 8086 memory organization – even and odd memory banks – segment registers – logical and physical address – advantages and disadvantages of physical memory Module 2 Addressing modes used in 80x86 family Data addressing mode – register addressing.Internal architecture – Block diagram – Minimum and maximum mode operation – Interrupt and Interrupt applications – DMA data transfer – 8087 math coprocessor. The Microprocessors. scaled addressing. register relative addressing. Pentium – super scalar architecture – u-v pipe line – branch prediction logic – cache structure – BIST (built in self test) – Introduction to MMX technology. Brey Pearson Edu.John Uffenbeck 549 . The 80x86 family . Hall TMH 3.ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS LA 803 3+1+0 Module 1 Intel 8086 Microprocessor .direct program memory addressing. register indirect addressing. system connection – Real address mode operation – Protected mode operation Module 4 Intel 80386 Microprocessor 80386 Architecture and system connection – Real operating mode – 386 protected mode operation – segmentation and virtual memory – segment privilege levels and protection – call gates – I/O privilege levels – Interrupts and exception handling – task switching – paging mode – 80386 virtual 86 mode operation. immediate addressing. 2.Douglous V. base plus index addressing. Microprocessor and Interfacing 2nd Edition . base relative plus index addressing.Barry B. Stack memory addressing mode. References 1. Programming Technologies. CRT displays. Module 5 Network protocols: Printers. INC. Introduction to programmable logic controllers . Operator interfaces. Microprocessor based PLCs. 550 .Design and Application Module 2 Programmable Logic Controllers: Combinational logic controllers. workstations.Prentice Hall. Fieldbuses. Dobrivoje Popovic and Vijay P. MAP.Bradlley Protocol (AB. Serafin A Perrez. sequential logic controllers.PLC programming languages.1996 ROBOTICS (ELECTIVE .Marcel Dekker. system integration with PLCs and computers. flow sheet symbols. cost estimating. Protocol) References 1.Part II Supervisory computer tasks and configurations.II) A805-1 Module1 Robot Organization Coordinate transformation – Kinematics and inverse kinematics – trajectory planning and remote manipulation. 1990. Commercially available PLCs. logic controller design using programmable logic devices.Part 1 Basic packages.G Liptak . Enrique Mandado.COMPUTERISED PROCESS CONTROL A804 3+1+0 Module 1 Programmable Logic Devices: Basic Concepts. TOP. case study. B. I/O hardware and setpoint stations.Programmable Logic Devices and logic Controllers .Optic local area networks: MAP and TOP. Bhatkar . communication systems. Module 3 Distributed Control Systems . Jorge Marcos. Module 4 Distributed Control Systems . Fibre . multiplexers and remote terminal units. 3. . wiring practices and signal conditioning.1996 2.Distributed Computer Control for Industrial Automation .Allen. data highways – field buses.Handbook of Process Control . Programmable Logic Array (PLA)Programmable Array Logic (PAL). P Janaki Raman.Model Analysis.Basic Language Elements –Identifiers.Multiple DriversConditional Signal Assignment Statement.Loop Statement. References 1.Package Declaration. 1986 5.Data Objects. assembly and storage. IEEE Press.Basic Terminology.Assertion Statement. Hall and Hall” Robotics – A User Friendly Introduction”.Exit Statement. Tata Mcgraw Hill VHDL (ELECTIVE . Module 2 Behavioural Modelling: Entity Declaration.II) LA805-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction: Hardware Abstraction.Module 2 Robot hardware Robot sensors – Proximity Sensors – Range Sensors – Tactile Sensors – Visual Sensors – Auditory Sensors. Module 4 Robotic Vision Systems Principles of edge detection – Determining of optical flow and shape – image segmentation – Pattern recognition – model director sense analysis. Robot Manipulators – Manipulator Dynamics – Manipulator Control –wrists – End effectors – Robot Grippers. Charniakand. Mc Graw Hill. Vokobravotic “Introduction to Robotics”.Concurrent versus Sequential Signal Assignment. Lee. “Roboty Technology ande Applications”.Next Statement.Multiple Processes.Variable Assignment Statement. Saunders Publishing Company.Architecture Body-Process Statement.Case Statement. Co Tokyo 1985 2.Entity DeclarationArchitecture Body. Springer 1985 6.Wait Statement. 1986 7.Other Sequential Statements. Koren. processing.Signal Assignment Statement.Postponed Processes . 1985 3.Dataflow Modelling: Concurrent Signal Assignment Statement.Package Body. “Robtics for Engineers”. Module 3 Robot and Artificial Intelligence Principles of all Basics of Learning – planning Movement – Basics of Knowledge Representation – Robot programming languages.Configuration Declaration.Null Statement.Report Statement. Mcdermott. McGraw Hill Int. Charniac & Mcdermott.Operators.Data Types. Gonzalez aqnd Fu “ Robotics (11 Ed)”.Selected Signal Assignment 551 . “Robotics”.Simulation. Springer 1988 4.If Statement .Delta Delay Revisited. “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence”. Module 5 Robot control and Application Robot control using voice and infrared – overview of robot application – prosthetic devices – Robots in material handling. Reference 1. 552 . Text Book 1.Packages and Libraries: Package Declaration.Configuration Declaration.Component InstantiationResolving Signal Values .Subprogram OverloadingOperator Overloading. Bhasker.Modelling Conditional Operations.Dumping Results into a Text Fi1e.Incremental Binding. Module 3 Structural Modelling: Component Declaration.A Pulse Counter.Guarded Signals.State Machine Modelling.Implicit Visibility.Statement.Modelling Simple Elements.Hierarchy in Design.A Simplified Blackjack Program.Qualified Expressions.Learning .temporal instability.A Test Bench Example. Module 5 Advanced Features: Entity Statements.Training artificial neural networks .Local minima .the UNAFFECTED Value.Perception Representation .Explicit Visibility.Training algorithm .A Barrel Shifter.A Clock Divider. Pearson Education Asia.Aliases.Concurrent Assertion Statement.Aggregate TargetsShared Variables.Initialising a MemoryVariable File NamesHardware Modelling Examples: Modelling Entity interfaces.Interacting State Machines. Introducing VHDL from simulation to synthesis: Sudhakar Yakmandhiri.Attributes.Single layer & multi-layer networks .Modelling a Moore FSM..Generate Statements.Principles .Type Conversions.Modelling Delays.Generics and Configurations: GenericsConfigurations.Block Statement.Reading Vectors from a Text File.Conversion Functions .Writing a Test BenchConverting Real and Integer to Time.Linear separability . Pearson Education Asia NEURAL NETWORKS (ELECTIVE .activation functions .Modelling a Mealy FSM.Value of a Signal.Model Simulation: Simulation. Module 2 Back Propagation .Default Rules .artificial neuron .A Generic Binary Multiplier.Direct Instantiation.Training algorithms.Configuration Specification.A Generic Priority Encoder.Package Body-Design File.Signatures.Applications .Modelling Synchronous Logic.Default Values for Parameters . VHDL Primer Third editions: J. Module 4 Subprograms and Overloading: Subprograms.network configurations Network paralysis .Different Styles of ModellingModelling Regular Structures.Groups .Design LibrariesOrder of Analysis.II) A805-3 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction . Timer2. References 1.Recurrent networks . Module 4 Statistical methods. PHI ADVANCED MICRO-CONTROLLERS (ELECTIVE – II) LA805-4 3+1+0 Module 1 Low pin count controllers – Atmel AVR family – ATTiny15L controller architecture – pin descriptions – features – addressing modes – I/O space – reset and interrupt handling – reset sources . Module 5 Hopfield nets .Tunable internal oscillator.Training the Grosbery layer .Thermo dynamic systems . McGraw Hill Artificial Neural Networks . 3.applications .Statistical Hopfield networks – Bi-directional associative memories . Idle timer – Timer1. 5.Pay Y.statistical properties .Pre initializing the wright vectors .Chapman & Hall Artificial Neural Networks .Simon Haykins Adaptive Pattern Recognition & Neural Networks . Timer3 -operating modes – PWM mode – event capture mode 553 .Full counter propagation network .Robert J. Text Book 1. Wasserman.Associative memory .Cauche training . Schalkoff. Neural Computing Theory & Practice .Module 3 Counter Propagation networks: Kebenon layer . Module 3 National semiconductor COP8 family .Adaptive resonance theory Architecture classification . Neural Networks . An Introduction to neural computing .Boltzmann’s Training .Applications to general non-linear optimization problems.H.Implementation. 2. Module 2 Timers – Watch dog timer – EEPROM – preventing data corruption – Analog comparator – A/D converter – conversion timing – ADC noise reduction – PortB – alternate functions – memory programming – fuse bits – high voltage serial programming – algorithm.B.Yegnanarayana.Philip D.Application.stability .Continuous BAM .Training the cohenen layer .COP8CBR9 processor – features – electrical characteristics – pin descriptions – memory organization –EEPROM security – brownout reset – in system programming – boot ROM.Artificial specific heat methods . 4. WWW as the Architecture.CS Security Threats – Firewalls .Types of Digital Documents.com E-COMMERCE (ELECTIVE .Module 4 Power saving modes – Dual clock operation – Multi input wake up – USART – framing formats – baud rate generation – A/D conversion – operating modes – prescaler – Interrupts – interrupt vector table – Watch dog – service window – Micro-wire interface – waveforms. Module 3 Electronic Payment Systems .PORTB – PORTC – Data EEPROM and flash program memory – Asynchronous serial port – SPI mode – I2C mode.E-Commerce Framework. Microchip semiconductor web site – www. Module 5 Microchip PIC16 family – PIC16F873 processor – features – architecture – memory organization .E-Commerce Consumer & Organization ApplicationsE. DS101374: National Semiconductor reference manual. References 1. Pearson Education.microchip. Atmel semiconductor web site – www.Internet Service Providers .Data & Message Security .Internal Information System. 6. National semiconductor web site – www.Digital Token Based Electronic Payment System . 7.Encrypted Documents .Client-Server Network Security .national. 554 .Document Library.Supply Chain Management. 2. Module 4 Electronic Data Interchange .com DS30292B: Microchip reference manual.EDI standardization .Hypertext publishing. 5.EDI Envelope for Message Transport Internet based EDI .Risk in Electronic Payment Systems .Types of Electronic Payment Systems .Security on the Web.Credit Cards .II) LA 805-5 3-1-0 Module1 Introduction to Electronic Commerce . 3.Architectural Framework for Electronic Commerce .Smart Cards .EDI Application in Business.com 1187D: Atmel semiconductor reference manual.Commerce and World Wide Web .Corporate Data Warehouses.Anatomy of ECommerce Applications .register file map – I/O ports – PORTA .EDI-Legal . Module 2 Network Security .Security and Privacy Issues .Designing Electronic Payment Systems. Design with PIC micro-controllers: John B Peatman.atmel.Work-flow Automation and Coordination. 4. Module 2 Adaptive Signal Processing – Adaptive filters – Concepts.Properties and Applications.Commerce The cutting edge of Business: Kamlesh K Bajaj & Debjani Nag.Design of practical sampling rate converters: Filter Specification.Other configurations of the adaptive filter .Multimedia in E-Commerce .Switched Multimegabit Data Service (SMDS) .One Stage filtering . Global Electronic Commerce: J Christopher Westland & Theodore H K Clark. 2.Gabor Transform . Frontiers of Electronic Commerce: Ravi Kalakota & Andrew B Whinston. References 1.The Discrete Wavelet Transform . Module 3 Introduction to two dimensional signal and systems .scaling shifting .sampling rate increase – interpolation by integer facto . TMH ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (ELECTIVE .Mobile Computing and Wireless Computing.Sampling rate conversion using poly-phase filter structure – poly-phase implementation of interpolators.filter requirement for individual stages .Short term Fourier Transform .Recursive Least Square Algorithm – Limitations . E.Factorization Algorithm.Asynchronous Transfer Mode .Filter bank analysis – Multilevel Decomposition – Number of levels – Wavelet reconstruction – Reconstruction filter.Typical Applications. Text Book 1.2D – DFT Transforms Properties and applications .Main components of the adaptive filter – Basic Wiener filter theory – The basic LMS adaptive algorithm – Practical limitations of the basic LMS algorithm .III) LA806-1 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction to Multi-rate Digital Signal Processing – Sample rate reduction decimation by integer factors. E-Commerce: Strategy Technologies and Applications.Discrete Hilbert Transform and Discrete Cosine Transform – Properties and Applications .Video Conferencing with Digital Videos .Determining the number of stages and decimation factors . Module 4 Wavelets – Wavelet Analysis – The Continuous Wavelet Transform .scale and frequency .Module 5 Recent Trends in E-Commerce .Approximation and Details . 555 .Frame & Cell Relays . 3.Reconstructing Approximations and details.Broad Band Telecommunication.Multilevel Reconstruction Wavelet packet synthesis.Adaptive filter as a Noise Canceller . R Rabiner and B gold 3.Capture and Playback techniques. hardware.Desktop video conferencing . Media classes.Basic tools Authoring tools. McGraw Hill 4. Barrie W Jrevis.On-chip Memory Cache Extended Parallelism .Fractal and Wavelet Compressions file types .B Williams and FT Taylor.Problems related to programming . 2.Media Types . QuickTime. Transform classes.Brief study of TMS320C4X and ADSP 2106 processors. digital audio. (basic ideas Module 3 Multimedia Environments The Compact Disc family. Theory and Applications of DSP: L. Pearson Education. . software applications and software environments. Wavelets and Subband Coding: Valterli & Kovaceric. Format classes and Component classes .Computer Architecture for signal processing – Havard Architecture .Pipelining .multimedia networks . Digital Signal Processing: Emmanuel C Ifeachor. Module 5 Advanced Multimedia Moving pictures .Sound cards .Hardware Multiply and Accumulate – Special Instructions .Image . 5. Virtual Reality .Standards . PHI. RLE.Future multimedia.Analog & Digital video .SIMD – VLIW and static super-scalar Processing . Database integration. Synchronisation. 556 .Memory storage . Interaction. JPEG.Full motion digital video .Sound . References 1. Digital Video Interactive.Replication . Module 2 Text Image Image only) Building Blocks Hyper text . MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE .Techniques realistic image synthesis. Module 4 Multimedia Programming Framework: Overview.Video capture techniques .III) LA806-2 3+1+0 Module 1 Introduction Definition of multimedia.Analog and digital video. Electronic filter Desig Hand Book: A . multimedia. CD-interactive. music and animation .Composition.Image types compression. Analog Devices & Texas Instruments Users Manuel of TMS320C4X and ADSP 2106x.Animation . MPEG .Module 5 General and special purpose DSP Processors . Multimedia PC and Microsoft Multimedia Extensions. concurrent process. segmentation. classification of system s/w.Palikom. OS services UNIX OS –shells. Module 4 Processor Management CPU scheduling. 8. timesharing. basic file system calls. Parsing. multiprogramming. Assemblers: over view of assembly process. Interpreters: basic ideas only.top down & bottom-up parsing.Comdex 5.L. page replacement. prevention. Sams 6. 557 . Multimedia. Random house Electronic Pub. Susan Lafe Meister. Module 2 Operating Systems Types of OS. elementary ideas of macros & macro processors. real time OS. partitions. virtual memory concepts. System programming and Operating Systems – D M Dhamdhere 2.Making it work .Peter Jellam. Addison wesley 9. Optimizing your Multimedia PC. Deadlocks: cause. Multimedia Producers Bible . semaphores. Bourne Shell. Compilers: Overview of compilation process. recovery. synchronization. Comdex 7.Mathew E.scheduling algorithms. Environments & Framework .visual editor. The communication Wall SYSTEM SOFTWARE (ELECTIVE . caching of secondary storage.critical section. Device management. Multimedia Power Tools . Multimedia Bible .Tay Van Ghan – Osborne Tata Mcgraw Hill 3. paging.) 2. Sasnett.Arch C Luther 4. 3.Winn L. Process management in UNIX. allocation methods disk blocks and inodes in UNIX. memory management in UNIX.(AddisonWesley Publishing Co. avoidance.Ron Goldberg. storage allocation. concurrent languages. file protection. Design of UNIX Operating System – Maurice J Bach 6. Multimedia Programming Objects. C shell. batch processing. References 1. Module 5 Memory Management Swapping. Operating Systems – Dietal H M 5. UNIX System Programming – Stevens. Multimedia Computing . Skibbe. combined approach to deadlock handling. Integrated Multimedia Systems Overview. detection.J.directory structure. Operating System – Peterson & Silberschatz. Module 3 Information Management File system. dynamic linking. Multiprocessor scheduling. 3ed. Authoring Interactive multimedia . Hodger & Russel M. System Software – an introduction to system Programming – Leland L Beck.III) LA806-3 3+1+0 Module1 Introduction Concept of system software. Rosch. Addison Wesley 4.References 1. Module 4 Real Time & Database Applications Real-Time Embedded Software Development. Communication Interface Standards. Micro-Controller Architecture. System on a Chip (SOC). Programming for Embedded Systems. Categories of Embedded System.EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE . Module 5 Java Applications & Future Trends in Embedded Systems Networked Java-Enabled Information Appliances. Handheld computers.III) LA806-4 3+1+0 Module1 Overview of Embedded System Embedded System. Module2 Embedded Hardware & Software Development Environment Hardware Architecture. Serial Communication with the 8051 Family of Micro-controllers. Communication devices. Types of Embedded Operating systems. Requirements of Embedded Systems. Challenges and Issues in Embedded Software Development.Dreamtech Software Team. Controlling an Appliance from the RTLinux System. Embedded Operating systems. Control System. Applications of Embedded Systems in Consumer Electronics. Text Book 1. Biomedical Systems. Embedded Applications over Mobile Network example MP3 Sound Player. Security in Embedded Systems. 558 . Module 3 Embedded Communication System Serial Communication. Wiley Dreamtech Reference 1. Embedded System Development Process. Mobile Java Applications. Fundamentals of Embedded Software where C and Assembly Meet – Daniel W Lewis. Embedded Process Control System. Appliance Control using Jini. Voice-over-IP. Protocol Converter. PC-to-PC Communication. Simulation of a Process Control System. Smart Cards and the Cashless Society. Embedded Database Applications using examples like Salary Survey. Sending a Message over a Serial Link. Energy Meter Readings. Module 4 Image Restoration .III) LA806-5 3+1+0 Module 1 Image representation and modeling . Comparative study of P. Stepper Motor Control 9.bit plane coding .variable length coding . Module 5 Image Coding & Compression. PROCESS CONTROL LAB (A) A807 0+0+3 1.Reconstruction of image from its samples Aliasing. PHI. John Wiley.Elements of visual perception .Two dimensional orthogonal & unitary transforms Properties of unitary transforms .Characteristics of a digital image . DC motor speed control 10. Digital image Processing: I. Familiarisation of programmable logic controller.Filtering in the frequency domain . Pearson Education.Two dimensional Sampling theorem . Fundamentals of digital image processing: Jain Anil K. References 1.Transform coding . PI. Pressure control 7.DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING (ELECTIVE .loss-less predictive coding .Image sampling & Quantisation . Digital Image Processing: Pratt William K.Point processing .Inverse filtering .Wiener Filter Interactive restoration .Two dimensional DFT & its properties – Cosine – Hadamard – Haar – Sine .Image compression standards. Temperature control 6.run length coding . 2. Cascade control 8. Module 2 Image Transforms . Binary distillation column control 559 .lossy predictive coding . Level Control 4.Gonzalez Rafel C.Brightness & contrast .color Image processing.KL Transforms & their properties.Elements of digital image processing systems . PD and PID controllers 3. Flow control 5.Image digitizers & scanners .basic principles . Module 3 Image Enhancement . development of ladder diagrams and simulation 2.Image analysis & vision -basic principles only. 3.Degradation model .Histogram modeling & Equalization Spatial Filtering . Industrial Electronics. 560 . VIVA – VOCE A809 0+0+0 The students should prepare for an oral examination on Basic Circuit theory.PROJECT & SEMINAR A808 0+0+3 Each student is expected to prepare a report on the project work done by him/her and present a paper highlighting the work done by him/her in a seminar. Industrial training and overall performance. (50 marks University exam) Viva-Voce examination may be made based on Seminar. Instrumentations. The student is expected to complete the project work assigned to him/her and submit the project report by the end of semester. Industrial Visits. Computer Communication. Projects. Microprocessors. Digital systems. Signal Processing etc.